Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
404 N Olympic Ave_BLD2934_2026
NOTICE TO PERMITEE AND/OR OWNER ❑ PARTIAL APPROVAL ❑ CORRECTIONS REQUIRED ❑ DO NOT OCCUPY NAPPROVED PERMIT#: AM PM DATE: %'- JOB ADDRESS: LOT#: PROJECT: TYPE OF INSPECTION: OTHER: I ❑ NO PERMIT-STOP WORK-OBTAIN PERMIT ❑ CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT -STOP WORK ❑ STOP WORK UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY INSPECTOR. ❑ CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. ❑ WORK NOT READY FOR INSPECTION:$50 REINSPECTION FEE(PER IBC) MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO NEXT INSPECTION. ❑ CONTACT INSPECTOR 360-403-3551 ❑ CALL FOR REINSPECTION THEACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVEARE REQUIRED WITHIN DAYS OR PENALTIES IMPOSED BYLAW MAYAPPLY. FOR INS�P�E�CTION CALL: 360-403-3417 INSPECTOR DATE O PLANNING 0 CIVIL BUILDING CITY OF ARLINGTON - S NOTICE r5 TO PERMITEE AND/OR OWNER ❑ PARTIAL APPROVAL 71 CORRECTIONS REQUIRED Cl DO NOT OCCUPY APPROVED PERMIT#: ,A�-,^,^� =AMM �. Z �DATE: Z02f JOB ADDRESS: �tt�t �`r(�'tn(�j a.JE LOT : PROJECT: �100ynoj_t Ck►,1T�Yi TYPE OF INSPECTION: OTHER: Cl NO PERMIT-STOP WORK-OBTAIN PERMIT ❑ CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT -STOP WORK ❑ STOP WORK UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY INSPECTOR. ❑ CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. ❑ WORK NOT READY FOR INSPECTION:$50 REINSPECTION FEE (PER IBC) MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO NEXT INSPECTION. ❑ CONTACT INSPECTOR 360-403-3551 ❑ CALL FOR REINSPECTION L- M e.&— G� L 131?K-iS 1 R; T7b J=®z Lc>e,-;. MN� 7 �07�,O. THE ACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVE ARE REQUIRED WITHIN DAYS OR PENALTIES IMPOSED BYLAW MAYAPPLY. FOR INSPECTION CALL: 360-403-3417 INSPECTOR DAT O PLANNING 13 CIVIL BUILDING • CITY OF ARLINGTON , ., a NOTICE TO PERMITEE AND/OR OWNER ❑ PARTIAL APPROVAL Cl CORRECTIONS REQUIRED ❑ DO NOT OCCUPY OAPPROVED PERMIT#:r-J i - Z�?� AM PM DATE: ? .7��• L OB ADDRESS: L{1'�� LOT#: PROJECT: } " ' t), I� TYPE OF INSPECTION: !: :'`�. = -_I � 1 t�Ir , t� OTHER: ❑ NO PERMIT-STOP WORK-OBTAIN PERMIT ❑ CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT -STOP WORK ❑ STOP WORK UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY INSPECTOR. ❑ CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. ❑ WORK NOT READY FOR INSPECTION: $50 REINSPECTION FEE(PER IBC) MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO NEXT INSPECTION. 1 ❑ CONTACT INSPECTOR 360-403-3551 ❑ CALL FOR REINSPECTION k l l �t rl► " r i'l�x�z 1���J, THEACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVE ARE REQUIRED WITHIN DAYS OR PENALTIES IMPOSED BY LAW MAYAPPLY. FOR INSPECTION CALL: 360-403-3417 INSPECTOR DAT5 O PLANNING O CIVIL BUILDING CITY OF ARLINGTON roc S NOTICE TO PERMITEE AND/OR OWNER 9f PARTIAL APPROVAL ❑ CORRECTIONS REQUIRED ❑ DO NOT OCCUPY ❑ APPROVED ;�� ��-��� 1�^ PERMIT#: <. AM PM DATE: !- OB ADDRESS 1-�1 t LOT#: 1 PROJECT: '.vA I- rl,,,) v1,o,a,�' ;i ��►� �e-ti le TYPE OF INSPECTION: a �I OTHER: i (/III'r"l b)./1C�• ❑ NO PERMIT-STOP WORK-OBTAIN PERMIT ❑ CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT -STOP WORK ❑ STOP WORK UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY INSPECTOR. Cl CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. ❑ WORK NOT READY FOR INSPECTION:$50 REINSPECTION FEE(PER IBC) MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO NEXT INSPECTION. ❑ CONTACT INSPECTOR 360-403-3551 ❑ CALL FOR REINSPECTION N 811 t 't-\C/1 L G-ah16 Z- 0c--G-F I?cco-,s , Z ��C:-- 4-xI i iCt ILLxVc 1oriuvs 1n cc-t 1rv4. NVD C>01Fi �A��V� Arcv� r7 1( � `I I THE ACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVE ARE REQUIRED WITHIN DAYS OR PENALTIES IMPOSED BY LAW MAY APPLY. FOR INSPECTION CALL: 360-403-3417 INSPECTOR DA 71 PLANNING 0 CIVIL [BUILDING CITY OF ARLINGTON ' Vr • CITY OF ARLINGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 PHONE; (360) 403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:404 N Olympic Avenue NE Permit#:2934 Parcel#:00529900800902 Valuation:275000.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:CITY OF ARLINGTON Name:[Company Name] Name:Trico Companies LLC Address:238 N OLYMPIC AVENUE Address:[Company Address] Address:PO Box 409 City,State Zip:ARLINGTON,WA 98223 City,State Zip:Arlington,WA 98223 City,State Zip:Burlington,WA 98233 Phone: Phone:360-403-3448 Phone: LIC:TRICOCL886Q8 EXP: l 1/28/2020 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: Name: Address: Address: City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip: Phone: Phone: LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial Alteration CODE YEAR: 2015 STORIES: 1 CONST.TYPE: VB DWELLING UNITS: OCC GROUP: B BUILDINGS: I OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY; NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBCI l0/1RCl l0. SALES TAX NOTICE:Sales re l 1 to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be reported on your sales tax return form a oded Ciry of A g I. �/ Al&� jV l Si iature Print Name Date Released By CONDITIONS SEE RED-LINED DRAWINGS. ADHERE TO APPROVED PLANS. APPROVED JOB COPY SHALL REMAIN ON SITE FOR INSPECTIONS. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZES ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 01/22/2020 Building Permit Fee $2,912.21 01/22/2020 Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 01/22/2020 Building Plan Review Fee $1,892.94 01/22/2020 State Surcharge-Commercial $25.00 01/22/2020 Building Permit Fee ($2,912.21) 01/22/2020 Processing/Technology Fee ($25.00) 01/22/2020 Building Plan Review Fee ($1,892.94) 01/22/2020 State Surcharge-Commercial ($25.00) Total Due: $0.00 Total Payment: $0.00 Balance Due: $0.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 �t I .r � Whe 'ling for an inspection please leave the following infe' lion: Permit Number,Typ_ f Inspection being requested,and whether you prefek .orning or afternoon Permit#: 2934 Permit Date: 12/13/19 Project Name: City of Arlington Innovation Cen Site Address: 404 N Olympic Avenue NE Company/Applicant Name: City of Arlington Company/Applicant Address: 238 N Olympic Avenue City, State, Zip: Arlington, WA 98223 Contact: Sarah Lopez Phone: 360-403-3448 Email: slopez@arlingtonwa.gov Permit Type: Commercial Alteration Valuation: 275000.00 Square Feet: 1080 Number of Stories: 1 Type of Construction: VB Occupancy Type: B Proposed Use: Classroom and public restroom MIC/Opportunity Zone: Permit Issued: Permit Expires: DNU: Status: IN PROCESS Property Parcel# Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning 00529900800902 404 N OLYMPIC AVE CITY OF 641 Automobile ARLINGTON Repair&Services Plan Reviews Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status 12/13/2019 Commercial T.I. Building In Review 12/13/2019 Commercial T.I. PW-Sew-Rev In Review 12/13/2019 Commercial T.I. PW-Wat-Rev In Review 12/13/2019 Commercial T.I. PW Admin Rev In Review Fees Fee Description Notes Amount Building Permit Fee 322.10.00.00 $2,912.21 Processing/Technology Fee 341.43.00.02 $25.00 Building Plan Review Fee 345.83.00.00 $1,892.94 State Surcharge-Commercial 386.00.01.00 $25.00 Total $4,855.15 Uploaded Files Date File Name 12/13/2019 5992577-Inovation Center Plan Sct.pdf 12/13/2019 5992576-Innovation Center Project Manual.pdf 12/13/2019 5992575-lnttovatigrt Center M3.2 HVAC FLMIR PLAN-NEW.pdf 12/13/2019 5992574-Innovation Center ENGINEERING SI IEET.pdf 12/13/2019 5992573-Innovatton Center Applicaiton Commercial Remodel.pdf Kristin Foster From: Sarah Lopez Sent: Friday, December 13, 2019 9:34 AM To: Kristin Foster Subject: RE: permits for Innovation Center remodel Hi Kristin, The awarded contractor will fill out the L&I electrical permits. Architect says we don't need to fill out the NREC forms, approved per Paul. Thanks, Sarah Lopez Community Revitalization Project Manager I City of Arlington P. (360)403-3448 1 E. slopez@arlin onwa.eov F. (360)403-4605 1 W.www.arlin onwa.gov Note: Emails and attachments sent to and from the City of Arlington are public records and may be subject to disclosure pursuant to the Public Records Act. From: Kristin Foster<kfoster@arlingtonwa.gov> Sent:Thursday, December 12, 2019 9:46 AM To:Sarah Lopez<slopez@arlingtonwa.gov> Subject: RE: permits for Innovation Center remodel Are you applying for all the permits?All electrical is permitted through L&I. Kristin Foster Permit Technician City of Arlington 18204 59th Ave NE 360-403-3549 kfoster@arlingtonwa.gov From:Sarah Lopez<slo eezz@arlingtonwa.gov> Sent:Wednesday, December 11, 2019 3:46 PM To: Kristin Foster<kfoster@arlingtonwa.gov> Subject: RE: permits for Innovation Center remodel Thank you! I'm not sure, I am going to find out... Sarah Lopez Community Revitalization Project Manager I City of Arlington P. (360)403-3448 1 E. slopez@arlinetonwa.go�i F. (360)403-4605 1 W.www.arlingtonwa.gov Note: Emails and attachments sent to and from the City of Arlington are public records and may be subject to disclosure pursuant to the Public Records Act. i From: Kristin Foster<!<fo5ter@4rlingtonwa.l7ov> Sent:Wednesday, December 11,2019 3:41 PM To:Sarah Lopez<slopez@arlingtonwa.go,)> Subject: RE: permits for Innovation Center remodel Here they are. Did your architect include completing these forms in his scope of work? Kristin Foster Permit Technician City of Arlington 18204 59th Ave NE 360-403-3549 kfoster@ arlingtonwa.gov From:Sarah Lopez<slopez@arlingtonwa.gov> Sent:Wednesday, December 11, 2019 2:36 PM To: Kristin Foster<;cfoster@arlingtonwa.gov> Subject: RE: permits for Innovation Center remodel You probably have it somewhere else on the website... From: Kristin Foster<kfoster@arlingtonwa.gov> Sent:Wednesday, December 11, 2019 2:34 PM To:Sarah Lopez<slopez@arlingtonwa.gov> Subject: RE: permits for Innovation Center remodel Imagine that... O Give me a few and I'll get you a link to the forms. Kristin Foster Permit Technician City of Arlington 18204 591h Ave NE 360-403-3549 kfoster@arlingtonwa.gov Frnm: q;imh I nrne7 cclnn@a P7rIington� @.,c77oy> Sent:Wednesday, December 11, 2019 2:33 PM To: Kristin Foster<kfoster@ art ingtonwa.gov> Subject: RE: permits for Innovation Center remodel Hi Kristin, I did a quick search for the NREC form, on our website it goes to this page: http://www.arlingtonwa.gov DocumentCenter/View/525/Mechanical-Submittal-Instructions-PDF?bidld= #7 the link on that page for the NREC Compliance form goes here https://www.neec.net/energy-codes-in-washington/ - but there is no form on that webpage. ? 2 COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE -Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360)403-3551 The following minimum information is required for your Commercial/Multi-Family Building Permit Application. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. One(1) City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Permit Application (One (1) permit application per building or structure is required) ❑� One(1) City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Submittal Requirements Form Two(2)Architectural Drawings Two(2) Structural Drawings Two(2) Structural Calculations One(1) Project Specification Manuals (if applicable) ❑ One(1) NREC Code Compliance Forms ❑ One(1) Special Inspection Requirements Forms ❑ One(1) Occupant's Statement of Intended Use Form Drawings shall be BOUND SEPARATELY BY TYPE, architectural, structural and landscape, and then ROLLED TOGETHER IN COMPLETE SETS> An intake appointment is required for all new Commercial or Multi-Family Building Permit Applications. To schedule an appointment please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360) 403 3551 or by email to Pre A Appointment Request I acknowledge that all items designated above are included as part of this application. REV 2019 Page 1 of 7 ` r COMMERCIAL REMODEL s'a 7+ I IMICRIIAllT A nnI N^ ATl/1I•I jNG + ' p IF 11�OWN■ I MIF r IV II'VM I 1 V I\ l '1 Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 A. FEES DUE AT TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE B. CODES The City of Arlington currently enforces the following International Codes 1. 2015 International Building Code(IBC) 2. 2015 International Residential Code(IRC) 3. 2015 International Mechanical Code(IMC) 4. 2015 International Fuel Gas Code(IFGC) 5. 2015 International Fire Code(IFC) 6. 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code(UPC) 7. 2015 International Property Maintenance Code(IPMC) 8. 2015 International Existing Property Code(IEBC) 9. 2015 Washington State Energy Code(WESC) 10 2017 Accessible&Usable Buildings and Facilities(ICC/A117.1) Washington State Amendments 1. WAC 51-50 Washington State Building Code 2. WAC 51-51 Washington State Residential Code 3. WAC 51-52 Washington State Mechanical Code 4. WAC 51-54 Washington State Fire Code 5. WAC 51-56&51-57 Washington State Plumbing Code and Standards 6. WAC 51-11 Washington State Energy Code 7. WAC 296-46B Electrical Safety Standards,Administration, and Installation C. CITY OF ARLINGTON DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design Wind Speed: 85 miles per hour(Exposure C) Ground Snow Load: 25 pounds per square foot Seismic Zone: D2 Rainfall: 2 inches per hour for roof drainage design. Frost Line Depth: 18 inches Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,500 psf unless a Geo-Technical Report is provided. (IBC Table 1804.2&IRC R401.4.1) D. PLANS AND DRAWINGS Submit two(2)complete sets of drawings and plans. Drawings and plans must be submitted on minimum 18"X 24", or maximum 30"X 42"paper.All sheets are to be the same size and sequentially labeled. Plans are required to be clearly legible,with scaled dimensions, in indelible ink, blue line, or other professional media Plans will not be accented --that a-re- ma-rked nraliminary nr not ---- -- ---- for construction,that have red lines,cut and paste details or those that have been altered after the design professional has signed the plans Please Note:A separate submittal of plans is required for each building or structure. REV 2019 Page 2 of 7 �011 Y f�0 COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 DETAILED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents A. 0 SITE PLAN—,REQUIRED WITH ALL SUBMITTALS (May be included as part of the Architectural Drawing cover Sheet) 1 Drawing shall be prepared at scale not to exceed 1"=20 feet. 2 Show building outline and all exterior improvements. 3 Provide property legal description and show property lines 4 Provide dimensions from the property lines to a minimum of two building corners(or two identifiable locations for irregular plan shapes) 5 Show building setbacks,easements and street access locations. 6 Indicate North direction 7 Indicate finish floor elevation for the first level. 8 Provide topographical map of the existing grades and the proposed finished grades with maximum five feet elevation contour lines 9. Show the location of all existing underground utilities, including water, sewer,gas and electrical. 10. Flood hazard areas,floodways, and design flood elevations as applicable. B. I I ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 1. El Cover Sheet a) Building Information 1 Specify model code information. 2 Construction Type. 3 Number of stories and total height in feet 4 Building square footage(per floor and total) 5 IBC Occupancy Type(show all types by floor and total). 6 Mixed-use ratio(if applicable) 7 Occupant load calculation(show by occupancy type and total) 8 List work to be performed under this permit b) Design Team Information 1 Design Professional in Responsible Charge 2 Architects 3 Structural Engineers 4 Owner 5 Developer 6 Any other Design Team Members 2. Floor Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum '/<-inch scale. b) Plans must show the entire tenant space. c) Specify the use of each room/area. d) Provide an occupant load calculation on the floor plan. (on every floor, in all rooms and spaces) e) Show ALL exits on the plans; include new, existing or eliminated. 0 Show Barrier-Free information on the drawings. g) Show the location of all permanent rooms,walls and shafts h) Note the uses in the adjacent tenant spaces, if applicable i) Provide a door and door hardware schedule j) Show the location of all new walls,doors,windows, etc. REV 2019 Page 3 of 7 V D^ COMMERCIAL REMODEL �. ni=ils/1wm9r Anne I^ A-�1'IOIV I- `■\I!�■ 1 Mr 9— amI VJy Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 k) Provide details and assembly numbers for any fire resistive assemblies. 1) Indicate on the plans all rated walls,doors,windows and penetrations. m) Provide a legend that distinguishes existing walls,walls to be removed and new walls. 3 ❑ Reflected Ceiling Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum %4-inch scale. b) Provide ceiling construction details. c) Provide suspended ceiling details complying with IBC 803.9.1.1 Show seismic bracing details. d) Show the location of all emergency lighting and exit signage. e) Detail the seismic bracing of the fixtures f) Include a lighting fixture schedule. 4, ❑ Framing Plan a) Specify the size,spacing, span and wood species or metal gage for all stud walls. b) Indicate all wall, beam and floor connections. c) Detail the seismic bracing for all walls. d) Include a stair section showing rise, run, landings, headroom, handrail and guardrail dimensions. 5 ❑ Storage Racks(if applicable) a) Structural calculations are required for seismic bracing of storage racks eight feet or greater in height. b) Eight feet or less, show a positive connection to floor or walls. NOTE: High pile storage shall meet the requirements of current International Building and Fire Codes. C. ❑ SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. Where special inspection is required by IBC 1704,the registered design professional in responsible charge shall prepare a special inspection program that will be submitted to the City of Arlington and approved prior to issuance of the building permit to comply with IBC 106.1. D. ❑ WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 1. One(1)completed Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code Envelope Summary forms. E. OCCUPANT'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE 1. The Occupant's Statement of Intended Use form shall be completely filled out and may require the submittal of a Hazardous Materials inventory Statement(HMIS). Contact the Arlington REV 2019 Page 4 of 7 COMMERCIAL REMODEL r�ry�o PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 The building permit does not include any mechanical, electrical, plumbing or fire sprinkler/alarm work. These permits are issued separately. Mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or fire sprinkler/alarm permits require a separate permit application and may also require separate plan review. Please note that any tenant improvement work in a space that involves food handling or preparation requires Snohomish County Health District approval before the permit can be issued. You must provide the Permit Center a copy of the approval letter or the approved plans. Contact the Snohomish County Health District at(425) 339-5250 with any questions or for more information. An intake appointment is required for all large Tenant Improvement Building Permit Applications. To determine if your project requires an intake appointment, to schedule an appointment or to ensure that you have the most current information, please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403-3551 or by email to ced arlingtonwa.gov Application by courier or mail will not be accepted. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal. REV 2019 Page 5 of 7 Y COMMERCIAL REMODEL -� PERMIT APPLICATION llNG�v Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY TWO(2) SETS OF CONSTRUCTION PLANS, TWO(2)SETS OF SPECIFICATIONS, TWO(2) SETS OF STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS, ONE(1) SETS OF NREC ENERGY CODE APPLICATIONS AND ONE(1) OCCUPANTS'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE. Type of Permit: (i)Commercial Remodel 0Commercial Addition ®Tenant Improvement Project Address: 404 N Olympic Avenue Parcel ID#: 00529900800902 Arlington Innovation Center MC MAHON515T ADD TO ARL BLK0080{ Project Description: Legal Description: Project Valuation: $275,000 Owner: City of Arlington Phone Number: 360-403-3448 Address: 238 N Olympic Ave City: Arlington State: WA Zip Code: 98223 Contact Person:Sarah Lopez Phone Number: 360-403-3448 Cell Phone: E-mail: slopez@arlingtonwa.gov Address: 238 N Olympic Avenue City: Arlington State: WA Zip Code: 98223 Contractor: to be determined Phone Number: Address City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration: Plumbing Contractor: Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration Mechanical Contractor: Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration: REV 2019 Page 6 of 7 COMMERCIAL REMODEL �Pl GS PERMIT APPLICATION IN Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone(360)403-3551 Project Name/Tenant City of Arlington Innovation Center Site Address404 N Olympic Avenue Bldg./Unit/Suite IBC Construction Type IBC Occupancy Type Description of Use Classroom and public restrooms Building Square Footage 1080 Number of Stories 1 Square Footage per Floor 1080 Will there be any installation, modification or removal of the following? (Check all that apply) ❑ Automatic fire extinguishing systems ❑ Compressed gas systems ❑ Fire alarm and detection systems ❑ Fire pumps ❑ Flammable and combustible liquids(tanks, piping etc. .) ❑ Hazardous materials ❑ High piled/rack storage ❑ Industrial ovens/furnace ❑ Private fire hydrants ❑ Spraying or dipping operations ❑ Standpipe systems ❑ Temporary membrane structure,tents(>200sq ft)or canopies(>400 sq ft) Provide details on any of the above checked items: Installation,changes,modifications or removal of any of the above may require additional submittals, information,or permits during the plan review or construction process. I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington. Sarah Lo eZ Digitally signed by Sarah Lopez N Date:2019.12.03 13,34:08-08'00' Applicants Signature Sarah Lopez 12-3-2019 Print Applicants Name Date FOR STAFF USE ONLY ecelve M2:,-4 0* DEC 03 2019 Permit# A epted By Amount Received Receipt# Date Received REV 2019 Page 7 of 7 NOTICE a � TO PERMITEE AND/OR OWNER I ❑ PARTIAL APPROVAL ❑ CORRECTIONS REQUIRED i ❑ DO NOT OCCUPY XAPPROVED PERMIT#:ro - z i T_A iZp_m DATE: ,u=.f-OZ-D JOB ADDRESS: �I �;�>r'��� C� A,lL LOT#: PROJECT: UA-Tt )R TYPE OF INSPECTION: �)I ITT,e,( EAU �_,A 01-iF a. l�1 f (OTHER: ` ❑ NO PERMIT-STOP WORK-OBTAIN PERMIT ❑ CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT -STOP WORK ❑ STOP WORK UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY INSPECTOR. ❑ CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. ❑ WORK NOT READY FOR INSPECTION:$50 REINSPECTION FEE (PER IBC) j MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO NEXT INSPECTION. ❑ CONTACT INSPECTOR 360-403-3551 ❑ CALL FOR REINSPECTION f ,71WIF;/ - yb THE ACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVEARE REQUIRED WITHIN DAYS OR PENALTIES IMPOSED BYLAW MAYAPPLY. FOR INSPECTION CALL: 360-403-341/7 kel) INSPECTOR DATE` 0 PLANNING Cl CIVIL (BUILDING CITY OF ARLINGTON �� NOTICE TO PERMITEE AND/OR OWNER ❑ PARTIAL APPROVAL Cl CORRECTIONS REQUIRED ❑ DO NOT OCCUPY NAPPROVED PERMIT#: AM'I PM DATE: LA JOB ADDRESS: !l i �` ( � t�-x Ci LOT#: PROJECT: ! �t1�i r L��'' c �1 p(,C,\fir_ TYPE OF INSPECTION: ( I 'tln 1 o 4 v 4)t f\ �\ OTHER: ❑ NO PERMIT-STOP WORK-OBTAIN PERMIT ❑ CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT -STOP WORK ❑ STOP WORK UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY INSPECTOR. ❑ CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. ❑ WORK NOT READY FOR INSPECTION: $50 REINSPECTION FEE (PER IBC) MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO NEXT INSPECTION. ❑ CONTACT INSPECTOR 360-403-3551 ❑ CALL FOR REINSPECTION THE ACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVE ARE REQUIRED WITHIN DAYS OR PENALTIES IMPOSED BY LAW MAYAPPLY. FOR INSPECTION CALL: 360-403-3417 INSPECTOR DATE • 0 PLANNING 0 CIVIL -1 BUILDING CITY OF ARLINGTON Nc�° r NOTICE TO PERMITEE AND/OR OWNER Cl PARTIAL APPROVAL Cl CORRECTIONS REQUIRED ❑ DO NOT OCCUPY KAPPROVED PERMIT#: -ZA?4 I AMIkM DATE: .ZZ. 20?-o OB ADDRESS: LOT#: PROJECT: no,[ TYPE OF INSPECTION: OTHER: ❑ NO PERMIT-STOP WORK-OBTAIN PERMIT ❑ CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT -STOP WORK ❑ STOP WORK UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY INSPECTOR. ❑ CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. ❑ WORK NOT READY FOR INSPECTION: $50 REINSPECTION FEE (PER IBC) MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO NEXT INSPECTION. ❑ CONTACT INSPECTOR 360-403-3551 ❑ CALL FOR REINSPECTION t7-rjz;; i32�-_TS 110 0.6 cl,��-_ 1_7b E'ozL_4>4,.,) �hMr�, 741jn. �3 .i st j THE ACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVE ARE REQUIRED WITHIN DAYS OR PENALTIES IMPOSED BYLAW MAYAPPLY. FOR INSPECTION CALL: 360-403-3417 li INSPECTOR DATE O PLANNING 13 CIVIL/ BUILDING CITY OF ARLINGTON NOTICE TO PERMITEE AND/OR OWNER PARTIAL APPROVAL ❑ CORRECTIONS REQUIRED ❑ DO NOT OCCUPY ❑APPROVED f PERMIT#: 1`"T�?`"� AM PM DATE: + l JOB ADDRESS: !-� `) ��,}• !�' �'�_+�� �— LOT#: PROJECT: wlvwv Ct fi�u r f TYPE OF INSPECTION: �i'JI co II OTHER: f .ljt j,J1 l,lllrd 10-.IA)sj y f<< ❑ NO PERMIT-STOP WORK-OBTAIN PERMIT ❑ CONSTRUCTION IS NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT -STOP WORK ❑ STOP WORK UNTIL AUTHORIZED TO CONTINUE BY INSPECTOR. Cl CORRECTIONS LISTED BELOW MUST BE MADE BEFORE WORK CAN BE APPROVED. ❑ WORK NOT READY FOR INSPECTION: $50 REINSPECTION FEE (PER IBC) MUST BE PAID PRIOR TO NEXT INSPECTION. ❑ CONTACT INSPECTOR 360-403-3551 ❑ CALL FOR REINSPECTION :� l�tL-{✓�-��/C-- L/CIS: r2EurJl�C►� !� pF"('!GL ?Coc��/ _ t�clC.l� I L nl�7r'ft rl�+u5 10 GL: i hl 4 . r' NDT) DIA F IyDlov� r; r-'fo r� �i�►I ►-�r1 "� a.'l f IL c4cS3 THEACTIONS OR CORRECTIONS INDICATED ABOVE ARE REQUIRED WITHIN DAYS OR PENALTIES IMPOSED BYLAW MAYAPPLY. FOR INSPECTION CALL: 360-403-3417 INSPECTOR DATE Cl PLANNING o CIVIL BUILDING CITY OF ARLINGTON CITY OF ARLINGTON 238 N. OLYMPIC AVE - ARLINGTON, WA. 98223 \• �/ _../ PHONE; (360) 403-3551 BUILDING PERMIT Address:404 N Olympic Avenue NE Permit#:2934 Parcel#:00529900800902 Valuation:275000.00 OWNER APPLICANT CONTRACTOR Name:CITY OF ARLINGTON Name:[Company Name] Name:Trico Companies LLC Address:238 N OLYMPIC AVENUE Address:[Company Address] Address:PO Box 409 City,State Zip:ARLINGTON,WA 98223 City,State Zip:Arlington,WA 98223 City,State Zip:Burlington,WA 98233 Phone: Phone:360-403-3448 Phone: LIC:TRICOCL886Q8 EXP: 11/28/2020 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PLUMBING CONTRACTOR Name: Name: Address: Address: City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip: Phone: Phone: LIC#: EXP: LIC#: EXP: JOB DESCRIPTION PERMIT TYPE: Commercial Alteration CODE YEAR: 2015 STORIES: I CONST.TYPE: `IB DWELLING UNITS: OCC GROUP: B BUILDINGS: I OCC LOAD: PERMIT APPROVAL I AGREE TO COMPLY WITH CITY AND STATE LAWS REGULATING CONSTRUCTION AND IN DOING THE WORK AUTHORIZED THEREBY; NO PERSON WILL BE EMPLOYED IN VIOLATION OF THE LABOR CODE OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON RELATING TO WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND RCW 18.27. THIS APPLICATION IS NOT A PERMIT UNTIL SIGNED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL OR HIS/HER DEPUTY AND ALL FEES ARE PAID. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO USE OR OCCUPY A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE UNTIL A FINAL INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE AND APPROVAL OR A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY HAS BEEN GRANTED. IBC1 l0/IRC110. SALES"TAX NOTICE:Sales t rel to construction and construction materials in the City of Arlington must be reported on your sales tax return form a oded City of A-Ji g i . 1. ,o c Si tature Print Name Date Released By CONDITIONS SEE RED-LINED DRAWINGS. ADHERE TO APPROVED PLANS. APPROVED JOB COPY SHALL REMAIN ON SITE FOR INSPECTIONS. CALL FOR INSPECTIONS. THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZES ONLY THE WORK NOTED.THIS PERMIT COVERS WORK TO BE DONE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY ONLY. ANY CONSTRUCTION ON THE PUBLIC DOMAIN(CURBS,SIDEWALKS,DRIVEWAYS,MARQUEES,ETC.)WILL REQUIRE SEPARATE PERMISSION. PERMIT FEES Date Description Fee Amount 01/22/2020 Building Permit Fee $2,912.21 01/22/2020 Processing/Technology Fee $25.00 01/22/2020 Building Plan Review Fee $1,892.94 01/22/2020 State Surcharge-Commercial $25.00 01/22/2020 Building Permit Fee ($2,912.21) 01/22/2020 Processing/Technology Fee ($25.00) 01/22/2020 Building Plan Review Fee ($1,892.94) 01/22/2020 State Surcharge-Commercial ($25.00) Total Due: $0.00 Total Payment: $0.00 Balance Due: $0.00 CALL FOR INSPECTIONS BUILDING(360)403-3417 When calling for an inspection please leave the following information: Permit Number,Type of Inspection being requested,and whether you prefer morning or afternoon DRAFT Minutes of the Arlington City Council Meeting Council Chambers 110 East Third Street January 21, 2020 Councilmembers Present: Mike Hopson, Jan Schuette, Marilyn Oertle, Debora Nelson, Michele Blythe, and Jesica Stickles. Council Members Absent: None. Staff Present: Mayor Barb Tolbert, Paul Ellis, James Trefry, Kristin Banfield, Sarah Lopez, Ashleigh Scott, Kristin Garcia, Jim Kelly, Kris Wallace, Marc Hayes, Dave Ryan, Jay Downing, Kay Schander, Fred Rapelyea, Linda Taylor, Mike Wolanek, Jonathan Ventura, Shane Sharp, Mike Phillips, Rhonda Urton, Andrea Hill, City Attorney Steve Peiffle, and Wendy Van Der Meersche. Also Known to be Present: Don Vanney, Kathy Vanney, Holly Sloan-Buchanan, Avery Hufford, Lindsay Dunn, Heather Logan, and Doug Buell. Mayor Barb Tolbert called the meeting to order at 7:00 p.m.,and the Pledge of Allegiance and roll call followed. APPROVAL OF THE AGENDA Mayor Pro Tem Marilyn Oertle moved to approve the agenda as presented. Councilmember Debora Nelson seconded the motion, which passed with a unanimous vote. INTRODUCTION OF SPECIAL GUESTS AND PRESENTATIONS City Administrator Paul Ellis, Public Works Director Jim Kelly, M&O Manager Jay Downing, and Police Chief Jonathan Ventura introduced their employees receiving service awards, with Mayor Tolbert presenting the awards to those in attendance. Airport Dave Ryan (5 years) Administration Wendy Van Der Meersche (5 years) Finance Debbie Strotz (15 years) Maintenance &Operations Chris Faith (15 years) Pagel of 4 Minutes of the City of Arlington City Council Meeting January 21, 2020 Police Justin Olson (5 years) Peter Barrett (15 years) Erik Moon (20 years) Mark Pennington (20 years) Kay Schander (20 years) Public Works Joe Wilson (5 years) Sandy Boyd (15 years) Fred Rapelyea (15 years) Linda Taylor (15 years) Mike Wolanek (15 years) PROCLAMATIONS None. PUBLIC COMMENT None. CONSENT AGENDA Mayor Pro Tem Marilyn Oertle moved and Councilmember Debora Nelson seconded the motion to approve the Consent Agenda that was unanimously carried: 1. Minutes of the January 6 and January 13, 2020 Council meetings 2. Accounts Payable: EFT Payments and Claims Checks #98683 through #98785 dated December 31, 2019 through December 31, 2019 for$627,430.26; and EFT Payments and Claims Checks #98786 through #98836 dated January 7, 2020 through January 21, 2020 for $1,051,794.28; and Payroll EFT Payments and Checks #29491 through #29498 dated December 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 for$1,446,136.93. 3. Professional Services Agreement with Carletti Architects for Architectural and Engineering Services for Fire Station 48 4. Interlocal Agreement with City of Marysville for Interim Jail Services S. Professional Services Agreement with Blueline Group for Housing Action Plan 6. Professional Services Agreement with Dowl Engineering for 2020 Airport Improvement Projects 7. Professional Services Agreement with BHC Consultants for Wastewater Treatment Plant Design and Equalization Basin PUBLIC HEARING None. NEW BUSINESS Bid Award for Innovation Center Remodel Community Revitalization Manager Sarah Lopez requested Council award the 2020 Innovation Center Remodel Project to TRICO Companies, LLC. Page 2 of 4 Minutes of the City of Arlington City Council Meeting January 21, 2020 Mayor Pro Tem Marilyn Oertle moved and Councilmember Debora Nelson seconded the motion to award the Innovation Center Remodel Project to TRICO Companies, LLC, in the amount of $277,800.00, plus applicable sales taxes, and authorized the Mayor to sign the construction contract, pending final review by the City Attorney. The motion passed unanimously. Request to Waive Permit Fees for Innovation Center Remodel Community Revitalization Manager Sarah Lopez requested that City of Arlington building permit fees be waived for the Innovation Center Remodel project. The fees are not included in the contractor's price and would be paid by the City if not waived. Building permit fees have been waived for other City construction projects. Mayor Pro Tem Marilyn Oertle moved and Councilmember Jesica Stickles seconded the motion to waive the City of Arlington building permit, building plan review, and processing/technology fees for the Innovation Center remodel project. The motion passed unanimously. Selection of Mayor Pro Tem City Administrator Paul Ellis requested Council select a Councilmember as Mayor Pro Tem for 2020-2021. Councilmember Jan Schuette nominated Councilmember Jesica Stickles. Councilmember Jan Schuette moved and Councilmember Debora Nelson seconded the motion to select Councilmember Jesica Stickles as the City's Mayor Pro Tem for 2020-2021. The motion passed 5-1, with Councilmember Stickles abstaining. Resolution Adopting an Updated Fee Schedule City Administrator Paul Ellis requested Council approve a resolution adopting an updated fee schedule for 2020. Mayor Pro Tem Marilyn Oertle moved and Councilmember Jesica Stickles seconded the motion to approve the proposed resolution replacing Resolution No. 2018-010 and adopting a revised fee schedule, and authorized the Mayor to sign the resolution. The motion passed unanimously. Ordinance to Amend Arlington Municipal Code Chapter 13.12 to Freeze 2020 Utility Rates Public Works Director Jim Kelly requested Council approve an Ordinance to Amend Arlington Municipal Code 13.12 rescinding the scheduled 2020 CPI increase to the water, sewer, and stormwater utility rates. Mayor Pro Tem Marilyn Oertle moved and Councilmember Jesica Stickles seconded the motion to approve the ordinance rescinding the scheduled 2020 CPI increase to the water, sewer, and stormwater utility rates, pending final approval by the City Attorney. The motion passed unanimously. Murraysmith Design Services for Cascade Industrial Center (CIC) Utilities Public Works Director Jim Kelly requested Council approve a Scope of Work (SOW) and fee estimate from Murraysmith for infrastructure analysis and preparation of construction design documents for the Cascade Industrial Center (CIC Utility Improvements. Page 3 of 4 Minutes of the City of Arlington City Council Meeting January 21, 2020 Mayor Pro Tern Marilyn Oertle moved and Councilmember Jesica Stickles seconded the motion to approve the Murraysmith scope of work and fee for the Cascade Industrial Center Utility Improvements, and authorized the Mayor to sign the contract, pending final approval by the City Attorney. The motion passed unanimously. November 2019 Financial Report Finance Director Kristin Garcia reviewed the financial report for November 2019. Discussion followed with Ms. Garcia answering Council questions. DISCUSSION ITEMS None. MAYOR'S REPORT Mayor Tolbert indicated there is a tentative agreement between Volunteers of America Western Washington (VOAWW) and the City of Arlington for the VOAWW to operate the Arlington Community Resource Center (ACRC), because Lutheran Community Services will no longer operate the ACRC due to loss of grant funding. The plan is for the VOAWW to assume operation without any interruption of services. INFORMATION None. ADMINISTRATOR&STAFF REPORTS City Administrator Paul Ellis indicated the application for the open Council position is ready to be posted to the City's website. He will keep Council informed as the process continues to move forward. EXECUTIVE SESSION City Attorney Steve Peiffle announced that there would be a need for an Executive Session for discussion of two matters - discussion of pending or potential litigation [RCW 42.30.110(1)(i)]; and to review the performance of a public employee [RCW 42.30.110(1)(g)]. Mr. Peiffle stated he expected the two items of discussion to last 20 minutes, and the meeting would reconvene at 8:05 p.m. He indicated he would be asking Council to take action after the Executive Session, when Council resumes Open Session. Mayor Tolbert recessed the meeting at 7:43 p.m. The meeting reconvened at 8:09 p.m. Mayor Pro Tern Marilyn Oertle moved and Councilmember Debora Nelson seconded the motion to approve the Separation Agreement between the City of Arlington and Kristin Banfield and authorized the Mayor to sign the agreement. The motion passed unanimously. ADJOURNMENT With no further business to come before the Council,the meeting was adjourned at 8:09 p.m. Barbara Tolbert, Mayor Page 4 of 4 DRAFT Minutes of the Arlington City Council Workshop Council Chambers 110 East Third Street January 27, 2020 Councilmembers Present: Mike Hopson, Debora Nelson, Jan Schuette, Jesica Stickles and Michele Blythe. Council Members Absent: Marilyn Oertle, excused. Staff Present: Mayor Barb Tolbert, Paul Ellis, James Trefry, Ashleigh Scott, Bryan Terry, Jonathan Ventura, Marc Hayes, Jim Kelly, Dave Kraski, Chris Dickison, City Attorney Steve Peiffle, and Wendy Van Der Meersche. Also Known to be Present: Don Vanney, Kathy Vanney, Sid Logan, Heather Logan, Avery Hufford, Lindsay Dunn, CJ Jones,Annique Bennett, and Jan Berg. Mayor Barb Tolbert called the meeting to order at 7:00 pm, and the Pledge of Allegiance and roll call followed. APPROVAL OF THE AGENDA Mayor Pro Tem Jesica Stickles moved to approve the agenda as presented. Councilmember Debora Nelson seconded the motion, which passed with a unanimous vote. INTRODUCTION OF SPECIAL GUESTS AND PRESENTATIONS Mayor Tolbert introduced CJ Jones and Annique Bennett from Snohomish County Tourism, who provided a Data-Sharing Partnership presentation. PROCLAMATIONS None. WORKSHOP ITEMS - NO ACTION WAS TAKEN City Attorney Steve Peiffle reviewed proposed revisions to the City Council Rules of Procedure, with the addition of a Code of Ethics section. At the November 12, 2019 Council meeting, Councilmember Debora Nelson requested an item be added to the workshop entitled,"A Code of Conduct and Ethics for Councilmembers." During that discussion, it was agreed that City Attorney Steve Peiffle and City Administrator Paul Ellis would prepare a draft to bring to Council after the first of the year. Discussion followed with Mr. Peiffle answering Council questions. Pagel of 3 Minutes of the City of Arlington City Council Workshop January 27, 2020 Unscheduled Replacement of City Council Chambers Microphones City Administrator Paul Ellis reviewed a Request for Purchase (RFP) for City Council Chambers microphones. The existing microphone infrastructure was put in when Council Chambers was constructed in 2005. The frequent reconfiguration of the room is very hard on the cabling, requires staff time to rewire, and is cosmetically unappealing. Recently, cabling has gone bad,which leaves the microphones in operational. IT is proposing a wireless microphone system in Council Chambers to eliminate the wear and tear and simplify the setup. Because of the price of the equipment, a RFP must be generated to obtain a competitive bid. Discussion followed with Mr. Ellis answering Council questions. Replacement of Medic 48 Fire Chief Dave Kraski reviewed a replacement of Medic #48. The current apparatus replacement schedule has Medic #48 (AFD-16), a 2014 model year International with currently just over 100,000 miles, scheduled to be replaced in 2020. This request is for a "re-mount", meaning the removal of the patient area (box) off of the oldest EMS unit, updating and re-mounting it on a new chassis. This is standard practice and saves about$50,000.00. This request is for council to initiate the purchase. In an effort to maintain a current fleet of Fire and EMS apparatus, reduce maintenance costs and unscheduled purchases, a replacement schedule was implemented several years ago. This schedule is used for department budgeting and forecasting future needs. Discussion followed with Chief Kraski answering Council questions. Appointment to Planning Commission Community and Economic Development Director Marc Hayes reviewed the Planning Commissions' recommended candidate. An interview panel consisting of Councilmembers Debora Nelson and Mike Hopson, Planning Commission Chairman Tim Dean and Co-Chair Bruce Angell, and Community and Economic Development Director Marc Hayes Interviewed five applicants. From that interview process, Jan Berg was selected for recommendation to fulfill the vacant seat on the Planning Commission. Jan has been involved in municipal government for over thirty years, eight of those serving as City Administrator for the City of Lake Stevens. She has experience with annexations, sub- area planning and Comprehensive Plan updates, and staff believes she will be a great contribution to both Planning Commission and the Arlington community. Discussion followed with Mr. Hayes answering Council questions. Acceptance of Dedication of 180th Street Right of Way from SmartCAP Community and Economic Development Director Marc Hayes reviewed a conveyance of real property for right of way purposes. This conveyance of a strip of real property on 180th Street NE is for the purpose of the trail construction from 63rd Avenue NE to 59th Avenue NE. Page 2 of 3 Minutes of the City of Arlington City Council Workshop January 27, 2020 The dedication of property for right of way purposes related to new development is typically dedicated through the land use process, pursuant to 20.56.170 AMC. Discussion followed with Mr. Hayes answering Council questions. Acceptance of Dedication of 63rd Avenue Right of Way from Dantrawl This conveyance of a strip of real property is for further connection of 63rd Avenue NE from 172nd Street NE to 188th Street NE. Dedication of property for right of way purposes related to new development is typically dedicated through the Land Use process, pursuant to 20.56.170 AMC. Discussion followed with Mr. Hayes answering Council questions. Miscellaneous Council Items Councilmember Jan Schuette thanked Chief Jonathan Ventura for the excellent program Friday night, at the 2019 Police Department Annual Awards Ceremony, where many police employees, other staff employees, and members of the public were recognized. ADMINISTRATOR AND STAFF REPORTS None. PUBLIC COMMENT Avery Hufford, of Arlington, suggested after hearing discussion regarding replacement microphones, that Council consider streaming or providing video recordings of Council meetings. COUNCILMEMBER REPORTS Councilmembers Michele Blythe, Jesica Stickles, Jan Schuette, and Debora Nelson provided brief updates, while Councilmember Mike Hopson had nothing to report this evening. MAYOR'S REPORT Mayor Tolbert stated that there are several bills in Olympia that she is watching. EXECUTIVE SESSION None. REVIEW OF CONSENT AGENDA ITEMS FOR NEXT MEETING Council discussed and agreed to place the following items on the Consent Agenda for the February 3, 2020 Council meeting: Item No. 5 -Acceptance of Dedication of 180th Street Right of Way from SmartCAP Item No. 6 -Acceptance of Dedication of 63rd Avenue Right of Way from Dantrawl ADJOURNMENT With no further business to come before the Council,the meeting was adjourned at 8:28 p.m. Barbara Tolbert, Mayor Page 3 of 3 Ct`S-Y O� COMMERCIAL REMODEL PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 The following minimum information is required for your Commercial/Multi-Family Building Permit Application. Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. One (1) City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Permit Application (One (1) permit application per building or structure is required) ✓❑ One (1) City of Arlington Commercial/Multi-Family Submittal Requirements Form Two (2)Architectural Drawings ✓� Two (2) Structural Drawings ✓❑ Two (2) Structural Calculations ✓� One (1) Project Specification Manuals (if applicable) One (1) NREC Code Compliance Forms One (1) Special Inspection Requirements Forms One (1) Occupant's Statement of Intended Use Form Drawings shall be BOUND SEPARATELY BY TYPE, architectural, structural and landscape, and then ROLLED TOGETHER IN COMPLETE SETS> An intake appointment is required for all new Commercial or Multi-Family Building Permit Applications. To schedule an appointment please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at (360) 403 3551 or by email to Pre App Appointment Request. I acknowledge that all items designated above are included as part of this application. REV 2019 Page 1 of 7 Gt�Y Off, COMMERCIAL REMODEL ��LjNG�pZ PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 A. FEES DUE AT TIME OF PERMIT ISSUANCE B. CODES The City of Arlington currently enforces the following: International Codes 1. 2015 International Building Code(IBC) 2. 2015 International Residential Code(IRC) 3. 2015 International Mechanical Code (IMC) 4. 2015 International Fuel Gas Code(IFGC) 5. 2015 International Fire Code (IFC) 6. 2015 Uniform Plumbing Code(UPC) 7. 2015 International Property Maintenance Code (IPMC) 8. 2015 International Existing Property Code(IEBC) 9. 2015 Washington State Energy Code(WESC) 10. 2017 Accessible& Usable Buildings and Facilities(ICC/A117.1) Washington State Amendments 1. WAC 51-50 Washington State Building Code 2. WAC 51-51 Washington State Residential Code 3. WAC 51-52 Washington State Mechanical Code 4. WAC 51-54 Washington State Fire Code 5. WAC 51-56&51-57 Washington State Plumbing Code and Standards 6. WAC 51-11 Washington State Energy Code 7. WAC 296-46B Electrical Safety Standards,Administration, and Installation C. CITY OF ARLINGTON DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Design Wind Speed: 85 miles per hour(Exposure C) Ground Snow Load: 25 pounds per square foot Seismic Zone: D2 Rainfall: 2 inches per hour for roof drainage design. Frost Line Depth: 18 inches Soil Bearing Capacity: 1,500 psf unless a Geo-Technical Report is provided. (IBC Table 1804.2 & IRC R401.4.1) D. PLANS AND DRAWINGS Submit two(2)complete sets of drawings and plans. Drawings and plans must be submitted on minimum 18"X 24", or maximum 30"X 42" paper.All sheets are to be the same size and sequentially labeled. Plans are required to be clearly legible,with scaled dimensions, in indelible ink, blue line, or other professional media. Plans will not be accepted that are marked preliminary or not for construction,that have red lines, cut and paste details or those that have been altered after the design professional has signed the plans. Please Note:A separate submittal of plans is required for each building or structure. REV 2019 Page 2 of 7 Gt�Y COMMERCIAL REMODEL *M41 pZ PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 DETAILED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS Mark each box to designate that the information has been provided. Please submit this checklist as part of your submittal documents A. F-1 SITE PLAN -.REQUIRED WITH ALL SUBMITTALS (May be included as part of the Architectural Drawing cover Sheet) 1. Drawing shall be prepared at scale not to exceed 1"=20 feet. 2. Show building outline and all exterior improvements. 3. Provide property legal description and show property lines. 4. Provide dimensions from the property lines to a minimum of two building corners(or two identifiable locations for irregular plan shapes). 5. Show building setbacks, easements and street access locations. 6. Indicate North direction. 7. Indicate finish floor elevation for the first level. 8. Provide topographical map of the existing grades and the proposed finished grades with maximum five feet elevation contour lines. 9. Show the location of all existing underground utilities, including water, sewer, gas and electrical. 10. Flood hazard areas,floodways, and design flood elevations as applicable. B. ED ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 1. 0 Cover Sheet a) Building Information 1. Specify model code information. 2. Construction Type. 3. Number of stories and total height in feet. 4. Building square footage(per floor and total) 5. IBC Occupancy Type (show all types by floor and total). 6. Mixed-use ratio(if applicable) 7. Occupant load calculation (show by occupancy type and total) 8. List work to be performed under this permit b) Design Team Information 1. Design Professional in Responsible Charge 2. Architects 3. Structural Engineers 4. Owner 5. Developer 6. Any other Design Team Members 2. 0 Floor Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum '/4-inch scale. b) Plans must show the entire tenant space. c) Specify the use of each room/area. d) Provide an occupant load calculation on the floor plan. (on every floor, in all rooms and spaces) e) Show ALL exits on the plans; include new, existing or eliminated. f) Show Barrier-Free information on the drawings. g) Show the location of all permanent rooms,walls and shafts. h) Note the uses in the adjacent tenant spaces, if applicable. i) Provide a door and door hardware schedule. j) Show the location of all new walls, doors,windows, etc. REV 2019 Page 3 of 7 Gt�Y Off, COMMERCIAL REMODEL ��LjNG�pZ PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 k) Provide details and assembly numbers for any fire resistive assemblies. 1) Indicate on the plans all rated walls, doors,windows and penetrations. m) Provide a legend that distinguishes existing walls, walls to be removed and new walls. 3. ❑ Reflected Ceiling Plan a) Plan view 1/8"minimum scale. Details a minimum '/4-inch scale. b) Provide ceiling construction details. c) Provide suspended ceiling details complying with IBC 803.9.1.1. Show seismic bracing details. d) Show the location of all emergency lighting and exit signage. e) Detail the seismic bracing of the fixtures. f) Include a lighting fixture schedule. 4. ❑ Framing Plan a) Specify the size, spacing, span and wood species or metal gage for all stud walls. b) Indicate all wall, beam and floor connections. c) Detail the seismic bracing for all walls. d) Include a stair section showing rise, run, landings, headroom, handrail and guardrail dimensions. 5. ❑ Storage Racks (if applicable) a) Structural calculations are required for seismic bracing of storage racks eight feet or greater in height. b) Eight feet or less, show a positive connection to floor or walls. NOTE: High pile storage shall meet the requirements of current International Building and Fire Codes. C. ❑ SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. Where special inspection is required by IBC 1704,the registered design professional in responsible charge shall prepare a special inspection program that will be submitted to the City of Arlington and approved prior to issuance of the building permit to comply with IBC 106.1. D. ❑ WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 1. One(1)completed Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code Envelope Summary forms. E. OCCUPANT'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE 1. The Occupant's Statement of Intended Use form shall be completely filled out and may require the submittal of a Hazardous Materials inventory Statement(HMIS). Contact the Arlington REV 2019 Page 4 of 7 Gt�y COMMERCIAL REMODEL ��LjNG�pZ PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 The building permit does not include any mechanical, electrical, plumbing or fire sprinkler/alarm work. These permits are issued separately. Mechanical, electrical, plumbing, or fire sprinkler/alarm permits require a separate permit application and may also require separate plan review. Please note that any tenant improvement work in a space that involves food handling or preparation requires Snohomish County Health District approval before the permit can be issued. You must provide the Permit Center a copy of the approval letter or the approved plans. Contact the Snohomish County Health District at (425) 339-5250 with any questions or for more information. An intake appointment is required for all large Tenant Improvement Building Permit Applications. To determine if your project requires an intake appointment, to schedule an appointment or to ensure that you have the most current information, please contact the City of Arlington Permit Center at(360)403-3551 or by email to ced(d_)arlingtonwa.gov Application by courier or mail will not be accepted. Incomplete applications will not be accepted. I acknowledge that all items designated as submittal requirements must accompany my Building Permit Application to be considered a complete submittal. REV 2019 Page 5 of 7 Gt�Y COMMERCIAL REMODEL ��LjNG�pZ PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 THIS APPLICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY TWO(2) SETS OF CONSTRUCTION PLANS, TWO (2) SETS OF SPECIFICATIONS, TWO(2) SETS OF STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS, ONE(1) SETS OF NREC ENERGY CODE APPLICATIONS AND ONE(1) OCCUPANTS'S STATEMENT OF INTENDED USE. Type of Permit: OCommercial Remodel 0Commercial Addition OTenant Improvement Project Address: 404 N Olympic Avenue Parcel ID#: 00529900800902 Project Description: Arlington Innovation Center Legal Description: MC MAHONS I ST ADD TO ARC BILK 698D-00 S 76FT OF LOTS 9&19i Project Valuation: $275,000 Owner: City of Arlington Phone Number: 360-403-3448 Address: 238 N Olympic Ave City: Arlington State: WA Zip Code: 98223 Contact Person:Sarah Lopez Phone Number: 360-403-3448 Cell Phone: E-mail: slopez@arlingtonwa.gov Address: 238 N Olympic Avenue City: Arlington State: WA Zip Code: 98223 Contractor: to be determined Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration: Plumbing Contractor: Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration: Mechanical Contractor: Phone Number: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Contractor's License Number: Expiration: REV 2019 Page 6 of 7 Gt�y COMMERCIAL REMODEL *M41 pZ PERMIT APPLICATION Department of Community& Economic Development City of Arlington • 18204 59th Ave NE •Arlington, WA 98223 • Phone (360)403-3551 Project Name/Tenant City of Arlington Innovation Center Site Address 404 N Olympic Avenue Bldg./Unit/Suite IBC Construction Type IBC Occupancy Type Description of Use Classroom and public restrooms Building Square Footage 1080 Number of Stories 1 Square Footage per Floor 1080 Will there be any installation, modification or removal of the following? (Check all that apply) ❑ Automatic fire extinguishing systems ❑ Compressed gas systems ❑ Fire alarm and detection systems ❑ Fire pumps ❑ Flammable and combustible liquids (tanks, piping etc...) ❑ Hazardous materials ❑ High piled/rack storage ❑ Industrial ovens/furnace ❑ Private fire hydrants ❑ Spraying or dipping operations ❑ Standpipe systems ❑ Temporary membrane structure,tents (>200sq ft)or canopies(>400 sq ft) Provide details on any of the above checked items: Installation,changes, modifications or removal of any of the above may require additional submittals, information, or permits during the plan review or construction process. I hereby certify that the above information is correct and that the construction on, and the occupancy and the use of the above-described property will be in accordance with the laws, rules and regulation of the State of Washington. Sarah Lo eZ Digitally signed by Sarah Lopez h Date:2019.12.03 13:34:08-08'00' Applicants Signature Sarah Lopez 12-3-2019 Print Applicants Name Date FOR STAFF USE ONLY Permit# Accepted By Amount Received Receipt# Date Received REV 2019 Page 7 of 7 I CAP,AT R ED AT GRADE,RNN :ASP""' _ VISITED AUGUST 2019 I I I - BLOCK 8. - MCMAHON'S FIRST ADDITION ARLINGTON,VOLUME OF PLATS, LOT 11 LOT 12 I 3 I I I s I I I LOT 10 LOT 9 I I I I I I I I I I I :II I FEN I I I fix\ 0.4'CE SOUTH CONCRETE FENCE 114.33 -x�x�_ CURB 0.5' SOUTHJ S. } 3 SET LEAD&TACK 1 Q� 114.89 d '6 115.10 0 6'QINK FENCE aNB��' -- . I o WITH BRASS WASHER '16 114.99 Q 115.04 I i d - � BUSINESS SIGN ON 11532 1151+ 14.67 I J I I I d - F, 4 I SDCB 4 30"CONCRETE BASE �� LLJ �� I RIM=114.07 4 4 I CONCRETE Q d TB®TTOMS OW3= 13485> a '..1 I I Z TOP 4"CONIC OWS 112.77�(W) IE 4"CONC=112.40'(NE) 4 - - SDCB - 4 d N I ry )(114.38 _I - _ RIM=114.86'_ P I 70, Xi _1 r114.81 � --�1A6 4 S of �a = -'1' 4 1 o } LJJ > Q I 10 0 10 _J I SLOWER OUTSIDE 1 2i O 5.28 }, Q Q I A CONCRETE I FACE OF BUDDING S • . 14.53 I 11 - > z I SHOP FLOOR SOFFIT�12 d 115.15 1146b=^ SDCB SDMH --j SCOI2 1 - 1 0 = 115.04' d 4 +1 ,1 RIM=114.53' I RIM=114.78' N LL VERTICAL DATUM: NAVD88 zJ I ^ EXPOSED l I I i .SOIL n a $ Y• a z z I EXTERIOR w I LEGEND d EXPOSED IJBUILDING \\--I LLJ _7 _ 4 d SOIL FOOTPRINT I I OLD ^i a S / - GUARD POST I- I I 1,075 S.F. I GAS PU MP II I STORM DRAIN CAT CH BASIN (SDCB)N 114.64 1gO2_ SLA LjJ m I d STREET LAMP14.56 115.06 1504 115 05 115.06 I [E ELECTRICAL VAULT X113.954 h I } CL 3® WATER METER BOX OFFICE FLOG ROOF SUPPORT } FINISH FLOOR I �` I R.O.W. I STREET LIGHT ON UTUTY POLE 115 N BATHROOM FF=115.40' r COLUMN I 30' 4.67 �( I I I = .50' :I. 0 11�01 ^� I 1fi525 � � SEWER CLEANOUT 115:b Q 114.78 I / s I I O I SEWER MANHOLE 11145_9 LI ,.. '_'-. d p 1 I X 115.32 SPOT ELEVATION ON QT10. d I LOWER OUTSIDE FACE J -J a } I z I ® SET LEAD AND TACK(AUGUST 2019) - - EXPOSED OFdCANOPY EDGE1 o WITH BRASS WASHER"PLS 28067" - _ -L 113.58 I _ SOIL I CRACKED =127.5',6 }+• FF FINISH FLOOR, _ d j I 3 I TOP OF CONCRETE - 1 113.�4 CONCRETE 114.18 I S OWS OIL/WATER SEPARATOR + ! - . 114 40 4 1 14 54 115.04 I o + 22'S,1 115.091114.58 s .OH PWR S• •} ° SET-LEA & CK • CONGRETE SIDEW/FLK • } } } • 113 17 DRIVEWAY WITH Bf�ASS HER ° W • ,... °1 13 67 S - ® a°} + }, } DRIVEWAY• } - SDMH m SD RIM=11 .28'' SDMH ll3'1 .. 114.14 • .tl I 113.33, 1f13.74 RIM=113.30' 113,65 S 11°464 FACE OF CURB 113.7 114.20 I _- SD - SDCB - - - RIM=113.74' Sp \ - s0 - � LEGAL DESCRIPTION SSMH - RIM-113.48' - SD --- DMH \ THE SOUTH 76 FEET OF LOTS 9 AND BLOCK AND THE EAST 10 FEET - SD -_ IM=114.29 5 8 DI W g"DI OF ADDITIONSOUTH 76 FEET OF LOT 11,TTO ARLINGTON,AS PER PLABRECO RECORDED IN VOLUME FIRST -- SD -_ Sp RIM114 OF PLATS, PAGE 104, RECORDS OF SNOHOMISH COUNTY, o -- Sp __ I SITUATE IN THE COUNTY OF SNOHOMISH, STATE OF WASHINGTON. --- SE - (STATUTORY WARRANTY DEED AFN 201803280261) II W. 4TH ST. I I 3 I IN T - - - - - - - - - _ _ REV. 00 VSW 08-23-19 PROJECT: SHEET NAME: CITY ARLINGTON ME TRO N INNOVATION ION CENTER ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN and ASSOCIATES INC. 404 NORTH OLYMPIC AVE. 3 x LAND SURVEYS, MAPS, AND LAND USE PLANNING a', 28061 a° A PORTION LOT(S) 9, 10 & 11, BLOCK 8 s*BP PLAT OF MCMAHON'S ADDITION TO ARLINGTON PROJECT NO. ' 1c sro 307 N. OLYMPIC AVENUE, SUITE 205 BEING A PORTION OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE DRAWN BY:C.J.T. APPROVED BY:T.E.B.DATE: 19065 ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON 98223 SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 2, TOWNSHIP 31 DATE:AUGUST 2019 • 1" = 10' (360) 435-3777 FAX (360) 435-4822 NORTH, RANGE 5 EAST, W.M., FIELD BOOK: 5-31-61 DWG FILE: 19065.DWG SHEET: Copyright reserved 2019®Metron and Associates,Inc. CITY OF ARLINGTON, WASHINGTON C 1 OF 1 INNOVATION CENTER RENOVATION AND POCKET PARK MECHANICAL DESIGN PHASE I rT SYMBOL LIST GENERAL NOTES MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL COORD. CARLE4T1 ARCHITECTS P.S. SYMBOL ABBV. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL ABBV. DESCRIPTION INSTALL SEISMIC BRACING FOR ALL DUCTWORK,EQUIPMENT AND PIPING PER UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED,ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MOTORS AND CONTROLS SHALL BE I.B.C.REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE ENGINEERED AND STAMPED DESIGN DRAWINGS FURNISHED,SET IN PLACE AND WIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 15 OR 16 PER THE 'IUPAMUr@&PlerrOdppg BALL VALVE OT HP-1 T'STAT THERMOSTAT IF REQUIRED BY IBC.CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT OR HIRE A STRUCTURAL FOLLOWING SCHEDULE. 116 EAST FIR STREET ENGINEER DETERMINE BUILDING AND SYSTEM IMPORTANCE FACTORS. ITEM FURNISHED SET POWER CONTROL SUITE A GATE VALVE ALL ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UTILIZE ISAT OR OTHER SEISMIC BRACING COMPANY. BY BY WIRING WIRING N CHECK VALVE ARCH. ARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL INSTALL ALL PIPING ON ROOM SIDE OF BUILDING INSULATION. MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 _rr EQUIPMENT MOTORS MECH MECH ELEC MECH W GLOBE VALVE BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE,AND DO NOT Phone; 360 424-0394 T NECESSARILY REFLECT EVERY REQUIRED OFF-SET,FITTING OR ACCESSORY. MOTOR STARTER AND ELEC ELEC ELEC MECH Fax; 360 424-5726 17GI GAS COCK CDS CEILING DIFFUSER-SURFACE MOUNTED OVERLOAD HEATERS r� COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS WITH BUILDING 11■T r-{y,lo -- PEIDSET RELIEF VALVE I ♦ Y COIL CEILING DIFFUSER-LAY IN STRUCTURE AND ALL OTHER TRADES. FUSED AND UN-FUSED ELEC ELEC ELEC R pMITIB U THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE PRIOR TO BEGINNING DISCONNECT SWITCHES r CGS CEILING GRILLE-SURFACE MOUNTED WORK IN ORDER TO OBSERVE EXISTING CONDITIONS.VERIFY EXACT SIZE, THERMAL OVERLOAD AND Our difference W BALANCING VALVE LOCATION AND CONDITION OF ALL EXISTING SYSTEMS,DUCTS,PIPES,UTILITIES HEATERS I is engineered. .66 CGL CEILING GRILLE-LAY IN AND BUILDING STRUCTURE. LOW VOLTAGE MANUAL www.harrisgroup.com MECH MECH MECH MECH COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE LOCATE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. OPERATING AND SPEED SWITCHES I .P * X DEMO DEMOLISH VERIFY VOLTAGES AT THE SITE PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY EQUIPMENT. PROJECT NO:0070571.00 PRV FLOW GPM) C RELAYS AND MECH MECH MECH MECH DWG DRAWING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WASTE,VENT,WATER AND GAS PIPING, TRANSFORMERS UNION INCLUDING TRAPS,FITTINGS AND STOPS TO COMPLETE EACH EQUIPMENT n (E),EXIST. EXISTING ITEMS HOOK-UP TO THE POINT OF FINAL CONNECTION.CONNECTION BETWEEN LINE VOLTAGE T'STATS MECH MECH MECH - Cityof Arlington THERMOMETER VARIOUS PIECES OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE BY THE PLUMBING AND SWITCHES 9 ELECT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AT THE TIME EQUIPMENT IS BEING INSTALLED. Innovation Center Renovation PRESSURE GAUGE EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR ON FAST ACTION VALVES. LOW VOLTAGE MECH MECH MECH MECH and Pocket Park VIBRATION ISOLATOR TSTATS n EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATING MAJOR APPLICABLE CODES: 1r WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR 20151NTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS MOTOR VALVES, MO SOLENOID MECH MECH MECH MECH EFF EFFICIENCY/EFFICIENT 20151NTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS VALVES,MOTORIZED DAMPERS STRAINER FIR FLOOR REGISTER 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS V�D�I RPBP BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS TEMPORARY HEATING MECH MECH ELEC MECH GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR 2015 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS CONNECTION CONTACT: SARAH LOPEZ HOSE BIBB 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE CITY OF ARLINGTON GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE 1999 NFPA 99 • VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF ELECTRIC HEATING MECH MECH ELEC MECH COMMUNITY REVITALIZATION _ HSPF HEATING SEASONAL PERFORMANCE FACTOR PROJECT MANAGER O T CO CLEANOUT HWR HIGH WALL REGISTER 360-403-3448 w W WASTE HWG HIGH WALL GRILLE ---- V VENT I.E. INVERT ELEVATION L 4�o4W�yt�9 ------ CW COLD WATER IPLV INTEGRATED PART LOAD VALUE 6 ---------- HW HOT WATER LWR LOW WALL REGISTER HWG HOT WATER RECIRCULATION 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE NOTES , 479n HEAT TRACE TAPE ON WATER PIPING LWG LOW WALL GRILLE O �.�-'-f d-♦ -f-.�-,' +�g�Nr� MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR NOTE:ITEMS IN(PARENTHESIS)REFERENCE CODE SECTIONS FROM THE 2015 WASHINGTON (C403.2.6 VENTILATION)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE VENTILATION,EITHER NATURAL OR STATE ENERGY CODE. MECHANICAL,IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 4 OF THE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE. G G GAS MECH. MECHANICAL WHERE MECHANICAL VENTILATION IS PROVIDED,THE SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED TO (C403.2 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROVIDE NO GREATER THAN 150 PERCENT OF THE MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR REQUIRED BY C C,COND CONDENSATE (N) NEW ALL MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT,SERVING THE BUILDING HEATING,COOLING OR CHAPTER 4 OF THE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE OR OTHER APPLICABLE CODE OR TPL TPL TRAP PRIMER LINE NTS NOT TO SCALE VENTILATING NEEDS,WHICH COMPLY WITH SECTIONS C403.2.1 THROUGH C403.2.13. STANDARD,WHICHEVER IS GREATER. B O DUCT SECTION-SUPPLY OFCI OWNER FURNISHED,CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (C403.2.3 HVAC EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE (C403.2.8.3.1 LOW-PRESSURE DUCT SYSTEMS)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE JOINTS,SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS OF SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS O EQUIPMENT WHICH MEET THE MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENTS OF TABLES C403.2.3(1), REVISIONS; DUCT SECTION-RETURN C403.2.3(2),C403.2.3(3),C403.2.3(4),C403.2.3(5),C403.2.3(6),C403.2.3(7),C403.2.3(8)AND C403.2.3(9) OPERATING AT A STATIC PRESSURE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 2 INCHES WATER GAUGE(W.G.) e POC POINT OF CONNECTION (500 PA)WITH SECURELY FASTENED AND SEALED WITH WELDS,GASKETS,MASTICS(ADHESIVES), WHEN TESTED AND RATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE TEST PROCEDURE. MASTIC-PLUS EMBEDDED-FABRIC SYSTEMS OR TAPES INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE IO-31-19 PERMIT/BID SET DUCT SECTION-EXHAUST ryp. TYPICAL PLATE-TYPE LIQUID-TO-LIQUID HEAT EXCHANGERS SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS SPECIFIC TO THE OF TABLE C403.2.3(10). DUCT SYSTEM SHALL BE CLEARLY INDICATED ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IN r 12x8 RECTANGULAR DUCT(INSIDE DIMENSION) U.O.N. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE. 12"e ROUND DUCT (C403.2.4 HVAC SYSTEM CONTROLS)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EACH HEATING AND --------- C1 PLUMBING FIXTURE TAG COOLING SYSTEM WITH THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION C403.2.4.1, C403.2.4.2,C403.2.4.3,C403.2.4.4,C403.4.1,C403.4.2,C403.4.3,C403.4.4,C403.4.5,C403.4.6,C403.4.7, (C403.2.9 PIPING INSULATION)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL PIPING SERVING AS PART OF A _________12x8_________ SL SOUND LINED DUCT(INSIDE DIMENSION) EF C403.4.8,C403.4.9,OR C403.4.10. HEATING OR COOLING SYSTEM WITH THERMAL INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE �771�,�� FLEXIBLE DUCT 1 EQUIPMENT TAG C403.2.9. umzza 255 (C403.2.4.1 THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INDIVIDUAL THERMOSTATIC CONTROLS CAPABLE OF RESPONDING TO TEMPERATURE WITHIN EACH ZONE INSULATION PROTECTION OF PIPING INSULATION)CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL PIPING SPIRAL DUCT 1� FLAG NOTE WHERE THE SUPPLY OF HEATING AND COOLING ENERGY IS PROVIDED.AT A MINIMUM,EACH INSULATION EXPOSED TO WEATHER FROM DAMAGE,INCLUDING THAT DUE TO SUNLIGHT, FLOOR OF A BUILDING SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS A SEPARATE ZONE.CONTROLS ON SYSTEMS MOISTURE,EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE AND WIND,AND SHALL PROVIDE SHIELDING FROM SOLAR TURNING VANE CONNECTION(NECK)SIZE REQUIRED TO HAVE ECONOMIZERS AND SERVING SINGLE ZONES SHALL HAVE MULTIPLE RADIATION THAT CAN CAUSE DEGRADATION OF THE MATERIAL.ADHESIVES TAPE SHALL NOT BE COOLING STAGE CAPABILITY AND ACTIVATE THE ECONOMIZER WHEN APPROPRIATE AS THE PERMITTED. VD VOLUME DAMPER 10"e CDL TYPE(CEILING DIFF.LAY-IN) FIRST STAGE OF COOLING.SEE SECTION C403.3.1 OR C403.4.1 FOR FURTHER ECONOMIZER (C403.2.10 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING AND COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS) 300 CFM REQUIREMENTS.WHERE HUMIDIFICATION OR DEHUMIDIFICATION OR BOTH IS PROVIDED,AT MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMMISSIONED AND COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MD MOTORIZED DAMPER FLOW RATE(CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE) LEAST ONE HUMIDITY CONTROL DEVICE SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH HUMIDITY CONTROL SECTION C408. --0 BOO BACKDRAFT DAMPER SYSTEM. r3"(125) FIXTURE UNITS or BTUH SFD COMBINATION SMOKE/FIRE DAMPER PIPE SIZE SHEET TITLE: FD FIRE DAMPER DETAIL NUMBER RAD CEILING RADIATION DAMPER 1 SHEET ON WHICH DETAIL IS DRAWN GENERAL NOTES Sheet Index COVER SHEET Sheet Sheet Title SD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR MI M1 O COVER SHEET ® SECTION INDICATOR 1. DEMOLITION NOTES ARE FOR CLARIFICATION ONLYAND ARE SHOWN FOR M1.1 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS SUPPLY DIFFUSER THE CONTRACTOR'S BENEFIT.THESE NOTES ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE M2.0 PLUMBING BELOW GRADE PLAN-DEMO SHEET ON WHICH SECTION IS DRAWN COMPREHENSIVE.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE OR RELOCATE ALL M2.1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-DEMO m RETURN GRILLE 1 EXISTING MECHANICAL ITEMS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE M2.2 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-DEMO M1.0 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION. M3.0 PLUMBING BELOW GRADE PLAN-NEW ® EXHAUST GRILLE I 2. CONTRACTOR IS TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING DEBRIS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF M3.1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-NEW WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.ALL DEBRIS FOUND IN THE BUILDING M3.2 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-NEW REVISION TAG SHALL BE DISPOSED OF. 3. CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING FEATURES WHICH ARE TO REMAIN. 2015 WSEC TABLE C403.2.9 MINIMUM PIPE INSULATON THICKNESS(THICKNESS IN INCHES)' FLUID OPERATING INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE OR TUBE SIZE(inches) TEMPERATURE RANGE LAVATORY MIXING VALVE TABLE 313.E HANGER ROD SIZES Conductivity Mean Rating 1 TO AND USAGE(°F) gtu-inAh-fl2-°F)b Temperature,°F `1 <1-1/2 1-1/2-TO 4TO<S SCOPE OF WORK 105-140 0.21-0.28 100 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 HOT WATER DELIVERED FROM PUBLIC-USE LAVATORIES SHALL BE LIMITED TO A PIPE AND TUBE SIZE ROD SIZE QUIENTIN SUTTER 40-60 0.21-0.27 75 0.5 0.5 1.0 1.0 MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE OF 120°F BY A DEVICE THAT CONFORMS TO ASSE 1070 (INCHES) (INCHES) THE PHASE 1 MECHANICAL SCOPE OF WORK IS TO DEMO EXISTING PLUMBING PROJECT ARCHITECT: OR CSA B125.3 THE WATER HEATER THERMOSTAT SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AND HVAC AND PROVIDE NEW WORK IN THE AREAS SHOWN. GLK <40 0.20-0.26 75 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.0 A CONTROL FOR MEETING THIS PROVISION. 1/2-4 3/8 5-8 1/2 THERE SHALL BE ALL NEW PLUMBING PROVIDED FOR THE(2)RESTROOMS DRAWN BY: A.FOR PIPING SMALLER THAN ESS INCH(38 CH(AND LOCATED IN PARTITIONS WITHIN CONDITIONED SPACES, A LAVATORY SHALL J DEFINED AS A SINK USED PRIMARILY FOR HAND INCLUDING WATER HEATER AND NEW FIXTURES EXCEPT FOR THE(2)SINKS IN REDUCTION OF THESE THICKNESSES BY INCH NOT MM)SHALL BE PERMITTED(BEFORE THICKNESS WASHING THAT 1S ADJACENT TO WATER CLOSETS)/URINAL(S). 10-23 5/8 KLY ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED IN FOOTNOTE B)BUT NOT TO A THICKNESS LESS THAN 1 INCH(25 MM). THE BREAK AND LOBBY AREAS.THERE SHALL BE HEAT TRACE TAPE FOR ALL B.FOR INSULATION OUTSIDE THE STATED CONDUCTIVITY RANGE,THE MINIMUM THICKNESS(T)SHALL BE ALL LAVATORIES SHALL BE CONSIDERED PUBLIC USE FOR SI UNITS:1 INCH=25.4 MM PLUMBING NOT IN THE(2)RESTROOM AREAS AS THE REST OF THE BUILDING CHECKED BY: DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS:T=RI(1+T/R)K/K-1}WHERE:T=MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS,R=ACTUAL WILL BE UNHEATED IN PHASE 1.A NEW DOUBLE CHECK ASSEMBLY SHALL BE OUTSIDE RADIUS OF PIPE,T=INSULATION THICKNESS LISTED IN THE TABLE FOR APPLICABLE FLUID PROVIDED ON THE NEW COLD WATER MAIN LOCATED IN THE BREAK AREA 10/31/19 TEMPERATURE AND PIPE SIZE,K=CONDUCTIVITY OF ALTERNATE MATERIAL AT MEAN RATING TEMPERATURE CABINET. DATE INDICATED FOR THE APPLICABLE FLUID TEMPERATURE(BTU x IN/H x FT2 x°F)AND K=THE UPPER VALUE OF THERE SHALL BE NEW ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS PROVIDED IN THE THE CONDUCTIVITY RANGE LISTED IN THE TABLE FOR THE APPLICABLE FLUID TEMPERATURE. C.FOR DIRECT-BURIED HEATING AND HOT WATER SYSTEM PIPING,REDUCTION OF THESE THICKNESSES BY (2)RESTROOMS AND EXHAUST FANS PROVIDED FOR VENTIALTION. COMPUTER FILE NAME 1-1/2"INCHES SHALL BE PERMITTED(BEFORE THICKNESS ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED IN FOOTNOTE B BUT NOT TO THICKNESSES LESS THAN 1 INCH. + Co IOHT ame CAIa-errl ARCHITGCT•,P.S. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ELECTRIC HEATER SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION LOCAL CONNECTIONS W V HW CW EQUIP. CONTROL ELECTRICAL TAG LOCATION MFG/MODEL# WATTS ORIENTATION OPTION V/PH REMARKS DRINKING FOUNTAIN(ADA,FREESTANDING)-ELKAY MODEL LK4420BF1UDB,BARRIER FREE,BOTTLE FILLING STATION FHA UNISEX W 103 KING/PAW2422 1750 WALL MOUNT REMOTE 240V/1PH 1,2,3 BI-LEVEL WITH PET STATION,OUTDOOR APPLICATION,316 STAINLESS STEEL,VERIFY COLOR WITH ARCHITECT/OWNER DF1 DURING SUBMITTAL,HEAVY DUTY VANDAL RESISTANT,NON-REFRIGERATED,PUSHBUTTON,VANDAL RESISTANT 1-1/2" 1-1/2" - 11r' CARUETTIARCHITECTS F.S. EH-2 UNISEX RR 104 KING/PAW2422 2250 WALL MOUNT REMOTE 24OV/1 PH 1,2,3 BUBBLER,LEAD FREE,PROVIDE WITH CW SHUT-OFF VALVE TO SHUT-OFF DURING WINTER,PROVIDE WITH STAINLESS STEEL SURFACE CARRIER,NSF/ANSI 61&372/ASME Al 12.19.3 COMPLIANT. arch LGCwre&planning NOTES: FD1 FLOOR DRAIN-(SLAB ON GRADE)-J.R.SMITH 2O05Y,5"NB TOP,CI BODY,PROVIDE WITH TRAP PRIMER LINE. 2" 2" -- -- 116 EAST FIR STREET FD2 FUNNEL FLOOR DRAIN-J.R.SMITH 3610T,8.5"GRATE TOP WITH 4"FUNNEL,CI BODY,PROVIDE WITH TRAP PRIMER 2..1.COORDINATE LOCATION OF UNIT WITH ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES AND ALL OTHER TRADES. SUITE A __ __ 2.ELECTRIC HEATER TO BE SET AT 55F FOR FREEZE PROTECTION. LINE. 2" MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 3.PROVIDE WITH REMOTE THERMOSTAT AND LOCKING COVER. Phone; R601 424-0394 HB1 HOSE BIBS-W R,POLISHED D ED NON-FREEZE,DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PROTECTED,SELF-DRAINING,HINGED _- g/q^ FOX: 36O 424-5726 LOCKING COVER,POLISHED CHROME PLATED. L7 STAIN ESSLAVTORY(SDEEL,AIR CONTROL PROS BUTTON VALVE,CONCEALED CARRIER ARMS(BYPOTHERS),PLUMB REXTRAP 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" PERMIT/BID SET GEAR SERIES P-TRAP/H&C COVERS,PROVIDE WITH LEONARD 270 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE. Our difference EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE FUTURE PHASE 2 SINK-TWO COMPARTMENT(STAINLESS STEEL,COUNTERMOUNT)JUST DL-1933-A-GR,19"X33",&- sengmn 'd. EQUIP. E.S.P. FAN MOTOR MAX DEPTH,JUST J-35 CP STRAINER,JUST LK5000 SINGLE CONTROL DECK MOUNTED FAUCET WITH PULL-OUT SPRAY www.h."I.group._m S1(PH 2) LEVER HANDED AND OPTIONAL ESCUTCHEON,9-1/2"SPOUT,BRASS,CERAMIC DISC 1.5 GPM AERATOR,GRID DRAIN, 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" TAG AREA SERVED MFG'/MODEL NUMBER CFM INCHESE1W NOISE DRIVE DISCONNECT CONFIGURATION WEIGHT REMARKS SCREWDRIVER STOPS AND SUPPLIES,17 GA CHROME PLATED P-TRAP,PLUMBEREX HANDY-SHIELD MAXX SERIES P-TRAP/H&C WATER COVERS,PROVIDE IN-SINK-ERATOR BADGER 5XP GARBAGE DISPOSER,3/4HP 120V 8.1A. WG_ E11L5 PH_ dBA (LBS) 0 PROJECT NO:0070571.00 EF-1 UNISEX RR 103 GREENHECK/SP-A200 70 0 i 1 2.5 SONES DIRECT BY ELECTRICAL CEILING 35 1,2,3,4,5 FUTURE PHASE 2 SINK-SINGLE COMPARTMENT(STAINLESS STEEL,COUNTERMOUNT)JUST SL-1921-A-GR,19"X 21",8" EF-2 UNISEX RR 104 GREENHECK/SP-A200 70 0.5 1 2.5 SONES DIRECT BY ELECTRICAL CEILING 35 1,2,3,4,5 S2(PH 2) MAX DEPTH,JUST J-35 CP STRAINER,DELTA 100-DST SINGLE CONTROL DECK MOUNTED FAUCET,9"SPOUT,1.5 GPM 1 1/2" 1 1/2" 1/2" 1/2" AERATOR,SCREWDRIVER STOPS AND SUPPLIES,17 GA CHROME PLATED P-TRAP,PLUMBEREX HANDY-SHIELD MAXX SERIES P-TRAP/H&C WATER COVERS. City of Arlington NOTES: WATER CLOSET(ADA)-ACORN MODEL DURA-WARE 2120 SERIES,SIPHON JET TOILET,ON FLOOR,FLOOR OUTLET,ADA Innovation Center Renovation 1.PROVIDE FAN WITH MOTION SENSOR INTERLOCK OPERATION.TIME DELAY 10 MINUTES OFF. WC1 COMPLIANT,16 GAGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL,BLOWOUT JET TYPE,MIN.25 PSI FLOW PRESSURE,3.5 GPF, 3" 2" 1" and Pocket Park ENLONGATED BLOWL AND SELF-DRAINING FLUSHING RIM,CONCEALED WATER SUPPLY,3.5 GPF,VANDAL RESISTANT 2.DUCT CONNECTS TO FAN WITH APPROVED FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. SCREWS. 3.MOUNT FANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND CLEARANCES. 4_PROVIDE FAN WITH MOTORIZED DAMPER INTERLOCKED TO FAN OPERATION. WATER HEATER(ELECTRIC)-A.O.SMITH MODEL DEL-20,2500 WATT ELEMENT,20 GALLON TANK,14 GPH RECOVERY @ WH1 70F TEMPERATURE RISE,PROVIDE PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF,PROVIDE SEISMIC STRAPS,240V/1 PH, -- - 3/4" 3/4" 5_PROVIDE WITH SPEED CONTROLLER_ 10AFLA. CONTACT: SARAH LOPEZ CITY OF ARLINGTON COMMUNITY REVITALIZATION PROJECT MANAGER 360-403-3448 TABLE 313.3 HANGER AND SUPPORTS PLUMBING PIPING SCHEDULE MATERIALS TYPES OF JOINTS HORIZONTAL VERTICAL SERVICE LOCATION SIZE PIPE PIPE MATERIAL FITTINGS JOINTS WORKING TEST NOTES q4i L YAMgd STANDARD PRESSURE PRESSURE 4��ocw ,o�a CAST-IRON HUBLESS SHIELDED COUPLING EVERY OTHER JOINT,UNLESS OVER 4 BASE AND EACH FLOOR, FEET THEN SUPPORT EACH JOINT1.1.1.4 NOT TO EXCEED 15 FEET ABOVE GRADE 112"-3" COPPER TYPE L HARD DRAWN ASTM B88 WROUGHT COPPER WATER SAFE 70 PSIG 100 PSIG DOMESTIC COLD WATER SOLDER BCUP SOLDERED,BRAZED,THREADED,OR 1-1/2"INCHES AND SMALLER,6 FEET; EACH FLOOR,NOT TO DOMESTIC HOT WATER COPPER 8 COPPER ALLOYS s 47828 MECHANICAL 2 INCHES AND LARGER,10 FEET EXCEED 10 FEET DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION WATER SAFEO ,yR� BASE AND EACH FLOOR;PROVIDE BELOW GRADE 1/2"-4" COPPER TYPE K HARD DRAWN ASTM B88 WROUGHT COPPER SOLDER BCUP 70 PSIG 100 PSIG "BgNo4" SCHEDULE 40 PVC AND ABS DWV SOLVENT CEMENTED ALL SIZES,4 FEET;ALLOW FOR MID-STORY GUIDES;PROVIDE FOR EXPANSION EVERY 30 FEET EXPANSION EVERY 30 FEET ABOVE GRADE 1-1/4"-6" PVC-SCHEDULE 40 SOLID CORE ASTM D2665 PVC SCHEDULE 40(SOLID CORE)SOLVENT WELD AMBIENT 5 PSIG SANITARY WASTE FOR SI UNIT:1 INCH=25.4 MM,1 FOOT=304.8 MM BELOW GRADE 1-1/4"-6" PVC-SCHEDULE 40 SOLID CORE ASTM D2665 PVC SCHEDULE 40(SOLID CORE)SOLVENT WELD AMBIENT 5 PSIG NOTES: 2 SUPPORT ADJACENT TO JOINT,NOT TO EXCEED IS INTERVALS T(457 MM). SANITARY VENT ABOVE GRADE 1-1/4"-4" PVC-SCHEDULE 40 SOLID CORE ASTM D2665 PVC SCHEDULE 40(SOLID CORE)SOLVENT WELD AMBIENT 5 PSIG 2. BRACE NOT TO EXCEED 40 FOOT(12 192 MM)INTERVALS TO PREVENT HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT. BELOW GRADE 3. SUPPORT AT EACH HORIZONTAL BRANCH CONNECTION. REVISIONS: 4. HANGERS SHALL NOT BE PLACED ON THE COUPLING. TRAP PRIMER ABOVE GRADE 3/8"-1/2" COPPER TYPE ANNEALED ASTM B88 WROUGHT COPPER WATER SAFE 70 PSIG 100 PSIG 5. VERTICAL WATER LINES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO B SUPPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES WITH REGARD TO BELOW GRADE SOLDER BCUP 10-31-19 PERMIT/BID SET EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION,WHERE FIRST APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. I I -------------------' FIXTURE —�t--------------_ ___� 1"WATTS LF007QT-S DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER SHEET TITLE; WITH STRAINER AND PRESSURE REDUCING J.R.SMITH FIG 2698 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS WATER HEATER VALVE SET TO 80 PSI WATER SAVER TRAP PRIMER LOCATED IN CABINET MAIN BUILDING PRESSURE GAUGE 1"CW SHUT-OFF 1"WATER TO SYSTEM 1`___ 1/2" // RUBBER IN SHEAR 1"HWJ BALL VALVE ISOLATORS STRAINER LEAD COUNTERFLASH SLEEVE,3 LB, EXPANSION TANK) _ — T 8 P RELIEF VALVE EXHAUST FAN 3"SKIRT OVERLAP 1"MIN.RETURN PIPE RELIEF FULL Z LIP.MACHINE FORMED OR FLOOR DRAIN SIZE RE FLOOR DRAIN FABRICATED AND SOLDERED TYPE -_-- = FIELD FOLD-OVER TYPE PROHIBITED SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FLOOR f-1� PER I.M.C. R-10 NON-COMPRESS DRAIN PAN a WALL CAP j SLOPE TRAP INSULATION FLOOR a4 a CEILING ---------- PRIMER LINE QUIENTIN BUTTER GRILLE PROJECT ARCHITECT: Z - P-TRAP ' 1"WATER SERVICE FROM CITY GLK DRAWN BY: WATER HEATER PIPING DIAGRAM 2 DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER DETAIL 3 CEILING EXHAUST FAN DETAIL 4 PLUMBING VENT FLASHING (i)TRAP PRIMER DETAIL KLY CHECKED BY: M1.1 SCALE:NTS M1.1 SCALE:NTS M1.1 SCALE:NTS M1.1 SCALE:NTS M1.1 SCALE:NTS 10/31/19 DATE COMPUTER FILE NAME + COPYRIGHT 2016 CARLGTTI ARCXITGCT6,PA. 1 2 3 4 II II II I CAII I ARCHITECTS P.S. wd*omm&PM^„i 116 EAST FIR STREET SUITE A MOUNT VERNON, WA. 88273 f— (E)WASTE PIPING. Phone: (3601 424-0384 I SEE CIVIL FOR CONTINUATION. FOX. 13601 424-5726 (E)CLEANOUT I I I 40 PERMIT/BID SET Our difference T is engineered. I I www.harrisgroup.com I � I I I I I I III I PROJECT NO:0070571.00 I v I I I I I I I I I I IT I r— I I (E)BELOW SLAB PIPING CI�I of Arlington Innovation Center Renovation I j I j and Pocket Park I.E. (E)PIPING I I IN SI _ __J I CONTACT: SARAN LOPEZ r— ---T--r�-- I CITY OF ARLINGTON I I I COMMUNITY REVITALIZATION PHASE 1 AREA¢F WORK I )F \ l (L�/ I PROJECT MANAGER CAP WASTE Q (——— I III III L 360-403-3448 PIPIN AT F OOR' >� (E)WC �� —J--� L-----� r(I)L UR \ / L Y NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN.EXISTING AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ARE NOT AVAILABLE AND —\ 1 I INFORMATION SHOWN IS BEST GUESS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. DEMO(E)WASTENENT AT WC \ I X FIXTURE. REQUIRED FOR NEW / I � C°p 47828 FIXTURE.NEW FIXTURE IS + I p I SHIFTED SLIGHTLY.(RE 21 _\�� � I � I SAWCUT SLAB AS I �Sg� O L I I REQUIRED(TYP) ZONAL? \ I I I 5 DEMO(E)FD'FIXTURE FOR \ L——— J REPLACEMENT IN SAME \ I DEMO(E)BELOW SLAB PIPIN I LOCATION(TYP 2) _—J — _------ (EFD I REVISIONS: -----1---- T -------I--- ---� L 10-31-18 PERMIT/BID SET X_x DEMO(E)CW FOR NEW / J�\l�I I I CW IN SANE LOCATION 11@� -----J T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I III I I I I I II II � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I SHEET TITLE: I II I L I PLUMBING BELOW GRADE PLAN - DEMO \\ \\ ---------------- ------ --------------------------�— I \ I I \ I I I QUIENTIN SUTTER 11 PI.AN PROJECT ARCHITECT: NORTH GLK 1 PLUMBING BELOW GRADE PLAN-DEMO �� DRAWN BY: 0 1 2 a KLY CHECKED BY: SCALE:1/2"=T-0" 10/31/19 DATE COMPUTER FILE NAME M2 , 0 + COPYRIGHT 2MG C RLLTTI PA. 1 2 3 4 II II II I CARD_ETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. 6rdi twwre&pYnning 116 EAST FIR STREET SUITE A MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 Phone; (3601 424-0394 Fax; (360) 424-5726 I I I I I I I PERMIT/BID SET 40 — — — T Our diffes engineered. www.harrisgroup.com I � I I I I III I 1 PROJECT NO:0070571.00 I vv I I I I I I T I I City of Arlington r—T- I I Innovation Center Renovation jl and Pocket Park I I I I I I I I I/ NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL I I I I I DEMO(E)WC EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN. EXISTING AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ARE NOT CONTACT: SARAH LOPEZ DEMO DEMO(E)FID / AVAILABLE AND INFORMATION SHOWN O SINK ———— I CITY OF ARLINGTON 1 IS BEST GUESS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. COMMUNITY REVITALIZATION PHASE 1 AREA¢F WORK 1L PROJECT MANAGER 360-403-3448 DEM8(E)URINAL %1—X I DEMO(E)WC 1( ———— I �O�`�o4'lrT6'� °g7ox wed DEMO(E)HOT/COLD_ WATER AND VENT PIPING * \� DEMO(E)FD FIXTURE FOR REPLACEMENT _—� IN SAME LOCATION(TYP 2) I L— I I I I I — —— Ie I DEMO(E)LAV FOR �c + NEEW PIPING INTO BELOW GRE)CWADE. CONNECT ECT r I REVISIONS: REPLACEMENT IN SIMILAR LPcnnoN 10-31-19 PERMIT/BID SET T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II � I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SHEET TITLE; DEMO EXISTING HOSE BIBB I II I L I PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - DEMO I I /��\ IIII IIII 11 I I j \\ ---� ------------------------- I I � I I \ I I I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — t — — t — QUIENTIN SUTTER 11 PI.AN PROJECT ARCHITECT: NORTH GLK PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-DEMO �� DRAWN BY: 1 0 1' 2' 4' KLY CHECKED BY: SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" 10/31/19 DATE COMPUTER FILE NAME M 21 + COPYRI®T 2016 CARLG ARCXTrGC rep PA. 1 2 3 4 II II II I CARD_ETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. Grdi twwre&pYnning 116 EAST FIR STREET SUITE A MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 Phone; (3601 424-0394 Fax; (360) 424-5726 I I I I I I I PERMIT/BID SET 40 — — — T Our diffes engineered. www.harrisgroup.com I � I I I I III I 1 PROJECT NO:0070571.00 I V I I I I I I T City of Arlington r— J Innovation Center Renovation NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL and Pocket Park EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN. I C-——— EXISTING AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ARE NOT I AVAILABLE AND INFORMATION SHOWN Z11— IS BEST GUESS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. DEMO EXISTING EXHAUST / / I FAN A D DUCTWORK / _ \ CONTACT: SARAH LOPEZ /I \ DEIAOSUPPLYGRILLE CITY OF ARLINGTON�I I j 1 COMMUNITY REVITALIZATION PHASE 1 AREA¢F WORK O IL III PROJECT MANAGER ——— L 360-403-3448 IT---I DEMO SUPPLY GRILLE L LY I II I �ba DEMO EXIS ING EXHAUST FAN A 7CTWORK -- DEMO Sl1PPLY GRILLE Lys---- DEMO EXISTING FURNACE AND J ASSOCIATED DUCTWORK I — ----- I REVISIONS: ---- I / I 11 111 11 11 I i I 10-31-18 PERMIT/BID SET 11 I I �i 11 O I I I I 11 111 j I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I I I DEMO SUPPLY GRILLE I I DEMO HEATER I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SHEET TITLE; I I I I 1 1 I HVAC FLOOR PLAN - DEMO / ---------------- ------71 C--------------------------- I � I I � I I I — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — t — — t — QUIENTIN SUTTER 11 PI.AN PROJECT ARCHITECT: NORTH GLK HVAC FLOOR PLAN-DEMO �� DRAWN BY: 1 0 1' 2' 4' KLY CHECKED BY: SCALE:1/2"=V-0" 10/31/19 DATE COMPUTER FILE NAME M 2 , 2 + COPYRIGHT 2016 CARLGTTI PA. 1 2 3 4 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE (N)4"SANITARY SEWER PLUMBING CONNECTION TO(N)WASTE STUB PROVIDED BY CITY C:ARLETT ARCHITECTS P.S. archhwwre&IT ng I I 116 EAST FIR STREET SUITE A MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 I so I Phone; (360� 424-0384 Fax; f360 424-5726 I I I I II PERMIT/BID SET n — rence SAW UT SLAB AS Our dlffes engineered. — ——— REQUIRED FOR NEW PIPING INSTALL(TYP)� www.harrisgroup.com 7--- ------- -------t------------- — -------� 1 PROJECT N0:0070571.00 __ ----- I I TPL (N)L �LI--------- ------F__J I I r-- I I I 1 III I I 7 I I 1/2"TPLUP City of Arlington FROM LAV (N)4"WASTE PIPING BELO (N)DF I I I Innovation Center Renovation SLAB IN DEMO TRENCH rt------------ ----- —————— and Pocket Park �L1 =______ _____ ri— —C—= — ---/JT — I UNISEX INSTALL CW PIPING / R R PHASE'1 AREA OF WORK BELOW FR ST LINE I I R R I q )2 ASTE PIPING I I I I I I 1 I 041 ELOW SLAB IN OTRENCH CONTACT: SARAH LOPEZ CITY OF ARLINGTON F I C E COMMUNITY REVITALIZATION (N)WC 105 I PROJECT MANAGER LI--------------------IJ (N)1/2"CWUP _ 360-403-3448 I I (N)FD i (N)4"(6) NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS I —� SHOWN.EXISTING AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ARE NOT AVAILABLE AND INFORMATION SHOWN IS BEST GUESS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. (N)2"V UP— (N)WC WASTE AND VENT PIPING (N)W C --------- --------� SAWCUT SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR NEW � PIPING INSTALL(TVP) �O �b4� igp6x+- BREAK �8g70NAL8T� CONT RACTOR TO 106_-------_ L UNISEX 0 OPEN -------- --------�� I I I PROVIDE PLUMBING R R I CONNECTION TO I (N)WATER STUB (N)4"WAASTE PIPING BELO OFFICE E Z SLAB IN DEMO TRENCH PROVIDED BY CITY 103 (N)2"V UP 101 �L----_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_—_— IL SAWCUT SLAB AS I (N)FD REQUIRED FOR N W REVISIONS: _______ _____ PIPINGINSTALL(TYP) (N)1"CW UP IN CABINET J I I I I 10-31-18 PERMIT/BID SET (N)1"CW BELOW SLAB ~ ---------- _— (E)1"CW IN DEMO TRENCH I r� (Nrt"(B) 1 1 _ ROUGH-IN WASTE PIPING FOR 1/2'7PL UP FROM LAV --- — --- — — I1 SINK INSTALL IN PHASE 2.CAP =G�-------- --------� (M —JI PIPING ABOVE FLOOR IN WALL. �-----------------� I I I I 1 LL LL I — ____ ___________ (N)1/2"TPL UP (N�WCO r �, --------------- (N)zvuP Tt j .I L_J -- I I 111 I I I I I 1 Lp I I I I 1 SHEET TITLE; I I I I 1 PLUMBING BELOW GRADE PLAN FE EXIT I NEW FE -------------------------------- ------------------------- I I I I -- -- -- - - - - - - - - - LOBBY Q,+ NH 1] 102 I QUIENTIN SUTTER PI AN PROJECT ARCHITECT: NORTH GLK PLUMBING BELOW GRADE PLAN-NEW �� DRAWN BY: 1 0 1' 2' 4' KLY CHECKED BY: SCALE:1/2"=V-0" 10/31/19 DATE COMPUTER FILE NAME M3 , 0 + COPYRIGHT 2016 CARLGTTI PA. 1 2 3 4 II II II I CARLETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. arch twwre&pYnning 116 EAST FIR STREET SUITE A MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 Phone; (3601 424-0394 Fax; (360) 424-5726 I I I I PERMIT/BID SET A - _ - _ Our difference _ ---- NOTE:DRINKING FOUNTAIN IS NOT FREEZEPROOF.DRINKING T is engineered. FOUNTAIN SHALL BE SHUT-OFF PER THE FOLLOWING DURING www.ha'rrIsgroup.mm FREEZING MONTHS. 1. CLOSE CW SHUT-OFF VALVE IN WALL AT RESTROOMS FOR L7 DRINKING FOUNTAIN. 1 PROJECT NO:0070571.00 2. DRAIN DRINKING FOUNTAIN AT UNIT UNTIL WATER HAS STOPPED TO RELIEVE PRESSURE AND WATER FROM UNIT. _ - ________ J I I II II I ------- ------�� , City of Arlington Innovation Center Renovation DF7(N) (N)3"VFR I I I M1.1 I I I III I and Pocket Park I UNISEX II I I I I I I R R (N)3"V I i l 104 II CONTACT: SARAH LOPEZ (N)FD7(N)wc1 CITY OF ARLINGTON vz^cw DN BELOW OFFICE COMMUNITY REVITALIZATION I GRADE TODF 105 I PROJECT MANAGER ® I , PHASE 1 AREA OF WORK (Mr(5)cw 360-403-3448 --------- (N)HB1 DN TO(2) woa PROVIDE WITH ACCESS --------- --------J� PANEL IN WALL FOR i SH T-OFF VALVES(TYP 2) J(N)WC1 I I CONNECT(N)WC WASTE i r0.p 47828��p PIPING INTO EXISTING , I 0+�'O6I8fex" I PIPING.(TYP 2) i ' BREAK '4giDxALgtz -———————— ————————- I --------- --------�� UNISEX J 106 OPEN I�N)1"(13.5)CW NOTE:PROVIDE IN THE(2)R TAPE O�2 �� OFFICE ' ANY PIPING NOT IN THE(2)RESTROO �Z AS THERE WILL IL IN HEAT INTHE 103 REST OF THE BUILDING UNTIL PHASE 7101 --------- -------- ® (N)3/4"(2)HW WH1 1 (N) REVISIONS: M7 1 FUTURE PHASE 2(S-2). (N)FD1 I ROUGH-IN PIPING ONLY 10-31-19 PERMIT/BID SET I ( )3"V- FD2(N) r , I I (N)W4"HW/CW TO FUTURE PHASE __________________� 7 (N) L1 �J 2SINKS.CAP PIPING AT WALL. �� t I u )1"C PIPEUPINWALLTOABOVECEILING L (N)1"HW FROM WH IN CABINET BELOW ------------(N)1/2"TPL DN_---- ----LL_J _=Jj (N)1"(18.5)CWDN BELOW GRADE e 1"DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY M1.1 IN CABINET BELOW FUTURE PHASE 2(S-1). ROUGH-IN PIPING ONLY. I I SHEET TITLE; I I I I I PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - NEW FE EXIT FE ---------------------- N ------------------------- I I I - - LOBBY 102 I QUIENTIN PI.AN PROJECT ARCH TEC ER NORTH GLK PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN-NEW �� DRAWN BY: 1 0 1. 2' 4 KLY CHECKED BY: SCALE:1/2"=T-0" 10/31/19 DATE COMPUTER FILE NAME m 31 � + COPYRI®T 2016 OARLL ARCXITGC rep PA. 1 2 3 4 II II II I CARO_ETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. 6rchil cnrre&pYnning 116 EAST FIR STREET SUITE A MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 Phone; (3601 424-0394 Fax; (360) 424-5726 TERMINATE DUCT PERMIT/BID SET WITH WALL CAP(TVP) A — — — — — — — Our difference ---- -------------� is engineered. __________________� www.harrisgroup.com II I PRO I E 12x12 1 PROJECT NO:0070571.00 J_jI I LOU E IN DOOR /I City of Arlington I I I (N)6J6� I Innovotion Center Renovation and Pocket Park _ J I (N)6"e UN S THERMOSTAT WITH R R LOCKING COVER ------------------� 1 _ I j CONTACT: SARAH LOPEZ PHASE 1 AREA OF WORK (N) EF 0 F F I CITY OF ARLINGTON (N 2 E2 COMMUNITY REVITALIZATION r 105 PROJECT MANAGER ------------------�-j \11/ 360-403-3448 � s I �yLY I I �pe wnsa��y J J MOTION SENSOR \(N EF ------------------� ON WALL(TYP) 1 47828 THERMOSTAT WITH LOCKING COVER E A K ONAI.B� ------------------- UN S RR OFFICE I 10 JJ REVISIONS: I I 10-31-18 PERMIT/BID SET II 0 --J ------------------ 4 PROVID 1 x12 LJ LOUVER IN DOOR / I� �I —————————————————————————— II I I II LL_J L_J� ---------------------------------- SHEET TITLE; HVAC FLOOR PLAN - NEW FE EXIT � ---- LOBBY 102 QUIENTIN PI.AN PROJECT ARCH TEC ER NORTH GLK HVAC FLOOR PLAN-NEW �� DRAWN BY: 1 0 1. 2- a KLY CHECKED BY: SCALE:1/2"=V-0" 10/31/19 DATE COMPUTER FILE NAME M 3 , 2 + C°PYRI®rr 2016 C RLETTI ARCXITECT6I PA. CITY OF ARLINGTON Innovation Center Remodel 404 N. Olympic Drive Arlington, WA PROJECT MANUAL November 15, 2019 CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 00 02 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Number Title DIVISION 00 — CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00 00 02 Table of Contents............................................................................................4 0000 10 Bidder's Checklist ........................................................................................... 2 00 10 10 Advertisement for Bids ................................................................................... 2 00 1020 Bidder's Qualifications .................................................................................... 2 00 1530 Bidder Responsibility Criteria.......................................................................... 7 00 20 00 Instructions to Bidders .................................................................................... 5 00 30 00 Information Available to Bidders...................................................................... 1 Limited Good Faith Asbestos and Lead Inspection ...................................... 29 0041 00 Bid Form ......................................................................................................... 3 00 43 30 Bid Bond Security Form ................................................................................. 1 00 43 70 Non-Collusion Affidavit.................................................................................... 1 00 44 00 Sub Contractor Listing .................................................................................... 1 00 45 70 Retainage Investment Option.......................................................................... 2 00 52 20 Agreement Form (AIA Document Al 01).......................................................... 1 00 60 00 Bonds and Certificates.................................................................................... 3 0061 40 Performance and Payment Bond .................................................................... 1 0061 41 Labor Materials and Taxes Bond .................................................................... 2 00 62 30 Certificates of Insurance ................................................................................. 1 00 70 00 General Conditions (AIA Document A201)...................................................... 1 00 80 00 Supplementary Conditions .............................................................................4 00 82 50 Special Conditions .......................................................................................... 5 00 83 00 Department of Labor Wage Rates................................................................... 1 DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 Summary of Work...........................................................................................2 1 2500 Contract Modification Procedures ...................................................................5 01 2900 Payment Procedures ......................................................................................2 01 31 10 Project Coordination .......................................................................................3 01 31 20 Project Meetings.............................................................................................2 01 3250 Progress Schedules and Reports....................................................................1 01 3300 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples (Sample Submittal Schedule)....4 01 41 00 Regulatory Requirements ...............................................................................1 01 4200 References .....................................................................................................3 01 4500 Quality Control................................................................................................2 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls...................................................................7 01 6000 Product Requirements ....................................................................................3 01 61 00 Substitution Request Form..............................................................................2 01 7200 Preparation .....................................................................................................2 01 7400 Cleaning .........................................................................................................3 01 7850 Operation and Maintenance Data ...................................................................3 CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 00 02 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 01 7870 Warranties and Bonds ....................................................................................3 01 7890 Project Record Documents .............................................................................4 01 8200 Demonstration and Training............................................................................1 DIVISION 02 — SITE CONSTRUCTION 02 22 00 Selective Demolition .......................................................................................4 0222 10 Hazardous Materials Abatement.....................................................................6 DIVISION 03 — CONCRETE 03 30 00 Cast In Place Concrete.................................................................................13 03 30 01 Concrete Floor Slabs ....................................................................................13 03 30 02 Concrete Floor Slab Preparation.....................................................................7 DIVISION 04— MASONRY Not Used DIVISION 05— METALS 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications...........................................................................................5 DIVISION 06 —WOOD AND PLASTICS 06 1000 Rough Carpentry.............................................................................................9 06 1800 Glue-Laminated Structural Units .....................................................................3 06 20 00 Finish Carpentry .............................................................................................2 DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 90 00 Joint Sealers...................................................................................................5 DIVISION 08 — DOORS AND WINDOWS 08 11 00 Hollow Metal Doors & Frames.........................................................................7 08 1400 Flush Wood Doors ..........................................................................................5 08 36 00 Overhead Sectional Doors..............................................................................2 0841 13 Aluminum Storefront and Entrances................................................................8 0871 00 Finish Hardware............................................................................................11 08 80 00 Glass & Glazing ..............................................................................................7 DIVISION 9— FINISHES 09 11 00 Non-Load Bearing Wall Framing.....................................................................3 09 29 00 Gypsum Board Assemblies.............................................................................9 09 30 00 Tile..................................................................................................................9 09 77 00 FRP Special Wall Surfaces.............................................................................2 09 90 00 Paints & Coatings ...........................................................................................7 CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 00 02 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 10 — SPECIALTIES 10 1400 Identification Devices......................................................................................1 10 28 00 Toilet and Miscellaneous Accessories.............................................................2 10 44 00 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets .....................................................................3 DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT 11 0000 Owner Furnishings .......................................................................................19 DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS Not Used DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14— CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 22 — PLUMBING 22 05 00 Common Work Results For Plumbing .............................................................8 22 11 16 Water Distribution Piping.................................................................................9 22 11 19 Water Distribution Piping Specialties...............................................................8 22 13 16 Drainage and Vent Piping ...............................................................................7 22 13 19 Drainage Piping Specialties ............................................................................9 22 33 00 Domestic Water Heaters.................................................................................7 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures...........................................................................................8 DIVISION 23 — HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 05 00 Common Work Results For HVAC................................................................20 23 05 29 Hangers And Supports For Mechanical Piping and Equipment.......................7 23 05 33 Heat Trace......................................................................................................3 23 05 53 Identification For Mechanical Equipment and Piping ......................................5 23 05 93 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing For Mechanical.........................................14 2307 13 Pipe Insulation ..............................................................................................12 2331 13 Metal Ducts...................................................................................................14 23 33 00 Air Duct Accessories.......................................................................................6 23 34 00 Fans................................................................................................................6 23 82 39 Electric Wall Heaters.......................................................................................4 DIVISION 25 - INTEGRATED AUTOMATION Not Used DIVISION 26— ELECTRICAL CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 00 02 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TABLE OF CONTENTS See Drawings for Specifications DIVISION 27 — COMMUNICATIONS See Drawings for Specifications DIVISION 28 — ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY See Drawings for Specifications DIVISION 31 — EARTHWORK Not Used DIVISION 32— EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Not Used DIVISION 33 — UTILITIES Not Used END TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 00 10 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER'S CHECKLIST BIDDER'S CHECKLIST 1. Has a bid bond or certified check been enclosed with your bid? Is the amount of the bid guaranty at least 5 percent of the total amount of the bid? 2. Has the proposal been properly completed and signed? Do written amounts on the proposal agree with the amounts shown in the figures? 3. Have you acknowledged all addenda in the form of Proposal? 4. Do not submit any of the forms still attached to the Specification. Remove or copy the forms and submit in the sealed envelope as directed. 5. Are you and all your subcontractors familiar with the schedule of value requirements including but not limited to the required placement of 5% of the bid for work between substantial completion and final completion? 6. Have you reviewed the Bidder's Qualifications and Bidder Responsibility Criteria forms and understand these obligations if you are selected as the apparent low bidder? 7. The following items must be completed and included with within the sealed envelope. A. Bid Form The bid price must be shown in the space provided. Show price in both words and figures. B. Bidders Qualifications Form C. Bid Bond Security Form: This form is to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this bond shall not be less than five (5%) percent of the total amount of the bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis. D. Certificate Regarding Debarment Suspension or Ineligibility E. Supplemental Bidder Responsibility— Declaration of Bidder F. Non-Collusion Affidavit Form G. Subcontractor Listing: Submit all subcontractors, work categories and contract amounts. Form to be submitted no later than 1-hour after bid opening. The following forms are to be executed after the contract is awarded: A. CONTRACT: This agreement to be executed by the successful bidder. B. PERFORMANCE BOND: One hundred percent of the Contract Price to be executed by the successful bidder and his surety company. The surety on such bonds shall be a duly authorized surety company satisfactory of the Owner. C. LABOR MATERIALS AND TAXES BOND: One hundred percent of the Contract Price to be executed by the successful bidder and his surety company. The surety on such bonds shall be a duly authorized surety company satisfactory of the Owner. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 00 10 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER'S CHECKLIST D. RETAINAGE INVESTMENT OPTION: This agreement to be executed by the successful bidder. E. MANDATORY BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CHECKLIST and SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY CHECKLIST. F. CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION: Concerning Labor Standards and Prevailing Wage Requirements. Submit Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages. (Form F 700-029-000, available at Offices of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries). END OF SECTION NOTICE OF CALL FOR BIDS City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel 404 North Olympic Ave Arlington,WA NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed bids will be received on December 18,2019 until 2:OOPM at the City of Arlington 238 North Olympic Ave Arlington,WA. Bid Proposals will be recorded as to time and date received and secured until the time set for the opening. All bids must be plainly marked on the outside: City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel 404 North Olympic Ave Arlington,WA Attn: Community Revitalization PM OPENING OF THE BID PROPOSALS: At 2:OOPM or as soon as possible thereafter on December 18, 2019 Bid Proposals will be opened and Publicly read aloud at City of Arlington Council Chambers 238 North Olympic Ave Arlington,WA. ITEM FOR BID: The Project consists of furnishing all labor,materials and other incidentals for the remodel and site improvements to an existing 1,080 S.F., 1-story building. The project is subject to the Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications including the amendments thereto, and Contract Documents hereunder. The Architect's estimate is $ 275,000. BID DOCUMENTS: Plans and specifications may be obtained from https:Hsolicitbid.com within the posted projects section. Informational copies of plans and specifications are on file for inspection at the offices of Carletti Architects,P.S., 116 E. Fir Street, Suite A,Mount Vernon,WA, (3 60-424-03 94). Copies of the plans and specifications can be paid for and obtained from the Blueprint Company located at 909 Riverside Drive, Mount Vernon,WA 360-428-5655. A non-mandatory pre-bid conference for prospective bidders will be held at the project site on December 3, 2019 at 9:00am. The Successful Bidder will be required to furnish the necessary additional Bond(s) for the faithful performance of the Work, as prescribed in the Bidding Document. CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION: Pursuant to RCW 39.06,the Bidder shall be registered and licensed as required by the laws of the State of Washington, including but not limited to RCW 18.27. In order to perform public work,the successful Bidder and Subcontractors,prior to Contract award, shall hold or obtain such licenses and registrations as required by State Statutes and Codes, and Federal and local laws and regulations and a City of Arlington business license. BID SECURITY: Certified check,bank cashier's check or bid bond congruent with the Form of Bid Bond as identified in the "Instructions to Bidders" is required to be submitted with each proposal, in the amount equal to five percent(5%)of the total basic bid plus additive alternate bids (if applicable). Make bid security payable to the City of Arlington, furnish bond executed by a licensed bonding agency authorized to do business in the locality of the Project. RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT: The Owner shall reserve the right to reject any or all proposals and the right to waive any irregularities or informalities in any proposal, subject to the Laws of the State of Washington as pertinent to Public Works and congruent with requirements and policies of City of Arlington, and as may be deemed in the best interest of the Owner. In particular,the Owner reserves the right to reject a proposal which is not accompanied by the required bid security or subcontractors listing,Bidder's Qualifications, Certification Regarding Debarment Suspension or Ineligibility, Supplemental Bidder Responsibility—Declaration of Bidder, as described heretofore, and incomplete or irregular proposals which may exclude any item(s) as may be required by the Bid Documents. NO PROPOSALS WILL BE ACCEPTED AFTER THE TIME SET FOR RECEIPT OF BID PROPOSALS. City of Arlington is an Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action Employer. Small,Minority and Women-Owned firms are encouraged to submit bids. WITHDRAWAL OF BID: No proposal may be withdrawn after the time set for the opening thereof,unless the Award of the Contract is delayed for a period of forty-five(45)calendar days. NOTICE GIVEN BY ORDER OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF ARLINGTON Published in the Everett Herald and Arlington Times:November 20 and 27 h 2019. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 10 20 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS SECTION 00102 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS Each bidder submitting a proposal for this Project shall submit, as part of its bid, the following information: 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Business Address: 3. Telephone Number and Area Code: 4. IRS Federal Employer's Identification Number: 5. Current State Unified Business Identification Number 6. Number of years engaged in the contraction business under the present firm Name: 7. Total value of contracts in force: 8. To qualify for bidding for this project the General Contractor as the legal entity bidding the project must have constructed WITHIN the past (5) Five years the following: A. A demonstrated body of municipal work specifically related to new and or renovation projects. AND B. Minimum (2) Two Municipal projects with a total combined value, not including Washington State Sales Tax, of $300,000 dollars or greater for each project. OR C. Minimum (1) One Municipal project with a total combined value, not including Washington State Sales Tax, of$2 million dollars or greater. 9. List below project(s) which meet Items A and B or A and C as outlined above. (Attach additional project pages if required) Project Name: Project Value: Reference Name, phone number and email: Project Name: Project Value: Reference Name, phone number and email: Project Name: Project Value: Reference Name, phone number and email: CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 10 20 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS Project Name: Project Value: Reference Name, phone number and email: Project Name: Project Value: Reference Name, phone number and email: Project Name: Project Value: Reference Name, phone number and email: Project Name: Project Value: Reference Name, phone number and email: Project Name: Project Value: Reference Name, phone number and email: 10. Recent significant projects completed by Bidder including owner's name, Approximate cost, and completion date: 1. 2. 3. 4. 11. Washington State Contractor Registration Number: 12. Bonding Reference: 13. Bonding Capacity: Bidder: By: Title: Date: This form must be submitted with the Bid. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 15 30 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA SECTION 00 15 30 BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Low Responsible Bidder It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the low responsible bidder. The Bidder must meet the minimum project bidding requirements outlined in Section 00102 — Bidder's Qualifications item 8. In addition the Owner shall consider an overall accounting of the items listed below which the bidder must meet. The bidder must submit the following information, demonstrating that they meet the listed criteria: 1-02 Bid Procedures and Conditions 1-02.1 Qualifications of Bidder A. Bidders must meet the minimum qualifications of RCW 39.04.350, as amended: "Before award of a public works contract, a bidder must meet the following responsibility criteria to be considered a responsible bidder and qualified to be awarded a public works project. The bidder must: (a) At the time of bid submittal, have a certificate of registration in compliance with chapter 18.27 RCW; (b) Have a current State unified business identifier number; (c) If applicable, have industrial insurance coverage for the bidder's employees working in Washington as required in Title 51 RCW; an employment security department number as required in Title 50 RCW; and a State excise tax registration number as required in Title 82 RCW; and (d) Not be disqualified from bidding on any public works contract under RCW 39.06.010 or 39.12.065(3). (e) If bidding on a public works project subject to the apprenticeship utilization requirements in RCW 39.04.320, not have been found out of compliance by the Washington state apprenticeship and training council for working apprentices out of ratio, without appropriate supervision, or outside their approved work processes as outlined in their standards of apprenticeship under chapter 49.04 RCW for the one- year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation; and (f) Until December 31, 2013, not have violated RCW 39.04.370 more than one time as determined by the Department Of Labor And Industries. B. In addition to the bidder responsibility criteria above, the bidder must also meet the following relevant supplemental bidder responsibility criteria applicable to the project: a. The Bidder shall not currently be debarred or suspended by the Federal government. The Bidder shall not be listed as a current debarred or suspended bidder on the U.S. General Services Administration's "Excluded Parties List System" website. Bidder debarment or suspension status may be verified through this website: http://www.sam.gov/. The Owner may also use other CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 15 30 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this criteria. b. The Bidder shall not owe delinquent taxes to the Washington State Department of Revenue, without a payment plan approved by the Washington State Department of Revenue. The Bidder shall not be listed on the Washington State Department of Revenue's "Delinquent Taxpayer List", which may be verified at the following website: http://dor.wa.gov/content/fileandpataxes/latefiling/dtlwest.aspx. The Owner may also use other sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this supplemental criteria. c. The Bidder shall not have been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract within five (5) years prior to the bid submittal deadline. The Bidder shall provide a duly executed sworn statement (on the included form, or on a form otherwise determined to be acceptable by the Owner), that the Bidder has not been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract. The Owner may also use independent sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this supplemental criteria. d. The Bidder's standard subcontract form shall include the subcontractor responsibility language required by RCW 39.06.020, and the Bidder shall have an established written procedure which the Bidder uses to validate the responsibility of each of its subcontractors. The Bidder's subcontract form shall also include a requirement that each of its subcontractors shall have and document a similar procedure to determine whether the sub-tier subcontractors with whom it contracts are also "responsible" contractors as defined per RCW 39.06.020. The Owner may also use independent sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this supplemental criteria. e. The Bidder shall not have a record of prevailing wage complaints filed against the Bidder within five (5) years prior to the bid submittal date that demonstrates a pattern of failing to pay workers prevailing wages, unless there are extenuating circumstances that are acceptable to the Owner.The Owner may also use independent sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this supplemental criteria. f. The Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated for cause by a government agency during the five (5) year period immediately preceding the bid submittal deadline for the project, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the Owner. The Bidder shall provide a duly executed sworn statement (on the included form, or in a form otherwise determined to be acceptable by the Owner), that the Bidder has not had any public works contract terminated for cause by a government agency during the five (5) year period immediately preceding the bid submittal deadline for the project. The Owner may also use independent sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this supplemental criteria. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 15 30 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA g. The Bidder shall not have a record of excessive claims filed against the retainage or payment bonds for public works projects within three (3) years of the bid submittal date, that demonstrate a lack of effective management by the Bidder of making timely and appropriate payments to its subcontractors, suppliers, and workers, unless there are extenuating circumstances which are acceptable to the Owner. The Owner may also use independent sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this supplemental criteria. h. The Bidder shall have been duly incorporated and actively doing business in the State of Washington for a minimum of at least five (5) years prior to the bid submittal date. The Bidder shall provide the Owner with a adequate documentation confirming that the Bidder has been duly incorporated and actively doing business in the State of Washington for a minimum of at least five (5) years prior to the bid submittal date, including, but not necessarily limited to, documentation from the Washington State Secretary of State's Office. Such documentation shall include, but is not necessarily limited to, a copy of the Bidder's Certificate of Existence /Authorization, a copy of the Bidder's Certificate of Incorporation / Formation /Authority, a certified copy of the Bidder's Original Registration Document (i.e., Articles of Incorporation, Certificate of Authority, Certificate of Formation, or Foreign Limited Liability Registration), and any other supporting information or documentation as may otherwise be requested by the Owner (including, but not necessarily limited to, copies of the Bidder's business licenses and contractor's licenses for the previous five [51 years prior to the bid submittal date). The Owner may also use other sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this supplemental criteria. i. Within two (2) years prior to the bid submittal date the Bidder shall not have had a project construction site shut down due to a safety violation (i.e., WISHA / OSHA written citations) from the Washington State Department Labor & Industries or analogous agency with jurisdiction in the location the work was performed, regardless of whether such willful and/or serious safety violations have been abated or not. The Bidder shall maintain compliance with all safety and health requirements (i.e., WISHA / OSHA) from the Washington State Department Labor & Industries (or analogous agency with jurisdiction in the location the work is performed). The Owner may verify such information provided with the Washington State Department Labor & Industries or analogous agency with jurisdiction in the location the work was performed. The Owner may also use other sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with this supplemental criteria. C. All Bidders must supply and provide the forgoing described bidder responsibility information, documentation, and materials to the satisfaction of the Owner. If a Bidder fails to supply the required bidder responsibility documentation, information, or materials, then Bidder may be determined by the Owner to be non-responsive, and the bid may be rejected on this basis. If the Owner determines the bidder does not meet the bidder responsibility criteria above and is therefore not a responsible bidder, the Owner shall CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 15 30 -4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA notify the bidder in writing with the reasons for its determination. If the bidder disagrees with this determination, it may appeal the determination within twenty four (24) hours of receipt of the Owner's determination by presenting additional written information to the Owner. The Owner will consider the additional information before issuing its final determination. If the Owner's final determination affirms that the bidder is not responsible, the Owner will not execute a contract with any other bidder until two (2) business days after the bidder determined to be not responsible has received the final determination. Please note that the above-described information, materials, and documentation requested by the Owner for purposes of determining Bidder responsibility is not necessarily exclusive, and the Owner expressly reserves the right to request additional information, materials, and documentation as may be determined to be necessary or desirable by the Owner in order to evaluate and determine Bidder's compliance with the above-described bidder responsibility criteria. At all times, the Owner may also use other sources of information that may be available to otherwise determine whether the Bidder is in compliance with the forgoing bidder responsibility criteria. D. Certification Regarding Debarment Suspension or Ineligibility: The Contractor certifies by signing this Agreement that Contractor is not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from participating in this contract by any state, or federal department or agency. Further, Contractor agrees not to enter into any arrangements or contracts related to this contract with any party that is on the"General Service Administration List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement or Non-procurement Programs" at http://epls.amet.gov/. CONTRACTOR: Authorizing Signature Date Federal Tax ID# Contractor Lic.# This form/page must be submitted with their bid CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 15 30 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA E. SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY - DECLARATION OF BIDDER In accordance with the Contract Provisions and Plans the Bidder must provide the following sworn statement relevant to the supplemental bidder responsibility applicable to the project. Name of Bidder: Address: Telephone No. E-Mail: I, , the undersigned declarant, as the duly authorized representative on behalf of (herein the "Bidder") hereby make this declaration on the basis of facts within the scope of my first hand knowledge and authority to which I am competent to testify: 1. I hereby certify, swear and affirm under penalty of perjury, that the Bidder, has not had any public works contract terminated for cause by any State, Federal, or local government agency during the five (5) year period immediately preceding the bid submittal deadline for the project. 2. 1 hereby certify, swear and affirm under penalty of perjury, that the Bidder, does not owe any delinquent taxes to the State Department of Revenue, without a payment plan approved by the Washington State Department of Revenue. 3. 1 hereby certify, swear, and affirm under penalty of perjury, that the Bidder has not been convicted of a crime involving bidding on a public works contract within the five (5) year period immediately preceding the bid submittal deadline for the project; and 4. 1 hereby certify, swear and affirm under penalty of perjury, that as of the date of this declaration (below), that the Bidder has hereby made a proper determination of bidder responsibility for all subcontractors for the project in accordance with the terms of RCW 39.06.020, and in accordance with the terms of the Bidder's written procedure for validating the responsibility of all subcontractors for the project with which the Bidder contracts with for this project. 5. 1 hereby certify, swear and affirm under penalty of perjury, that as of the date of this declaration (below), that the Bidder shall not have had any public works contract terminated for cause by a government agency during the five (5) year period immediately preceding the bid submittal deadline for the project, unless there are extenuating circumstances acceptable to the Owner. This form is to be submitted by the bidder with their bid. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 15 30 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA F. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FORM (name),being first duly sworn upon his/her oath says that he/she is the (title) of the Bidder submitting the above Bid, and that the Bid above submitted is genuine and not a sham or collusive Bid, or made in the interest of any person not therein named; and he/she further says that said Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any Bidder on the above work or supplies to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding; and that said Bidder has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to (him/her/it) self an advantage over any other Bidder or Bidders. Signed under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington this day of 2019, at Washington. Name of Bidder/Contractor: Signataure: Print Name: Title: STATE OF WASHINGTON ss. COUNTY OF I certify that I know or have satisfactory evidence that is the person who appeared before me, and said person acknowledged that he/she signed this instrument, on oath stated that he/she was duly authorized execute the instrument and acknowledged it as the of to be the free and voluntary act of such party for the uses and purposes herein mentioned. DATED this day of 2019. (SEAL) Notary Public Print name: Residing at My commission expires This form is to be submitted by the bidder with their bid. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 15 30 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY CRITERIA Summary of required submittals with bid 1-02.1, B., h. ".....The Bidder shall provide the Owner with adequate documentation confirming that the Bidder has been duly incorporated and actively doing business in the State of Washington for a minimum of at least five (5) years prior to the bid submittal date, including, but not necessarily limited to, documentation from the Washington State Secretary of State's Office. Such documentation shall include,but is not necessarily limited to, a copy of the Bidder's Certificate of Existence/Authorization, a copy of the Bidder's Certificate of Incorporation/Formation/ Authority, a certified copy of the Bidder's Original Registration Document (i.e., Articles of Incorporation, Certificate of Authority, Certificate of Formation, or Foreign Limited Liability Registration), and any other supporting information or documentation as may otherwise be requested by the Owner(including, but not necessarily limited to, copies of the Bidder's business licenses and contractor's licenses for the previous five [5] years prior to the bid submittal date)..." The information above is to be submitted after the bid openinz by the (2) two low bidders within 10 days of the bid openinz 1-02.1, D. Certification Regarding Debarment Suspension or Ineligibility 1-02.1, E. SUPPLEMENTAL BIDDER RESPONSIBILITY - DECLARATION OF BIDDER 1-02.1, F. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FORM These form(s) are to be submitted by the bidder with his or her bid. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 20 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS A. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 1. Before submitting a proposal, the bidder shall: a. Carefully examine the drawings and specifications, b. Visit the site of the work, (Bidders are highly encouraged to attend the non-mandatory pre bid walk through meeting) C. Fully inform itself of existing conditions and limitation, relating to the construction of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of its obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of this contract. d. Rely entirely upon its own judgment in making its proposal, e. Include in its bid a sum sufficient to cover all items required by the contract including all labor, materials, and services necessary to complete this project. B. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications, or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder verbally. Every request for such interpretation should be in writing addressed to the Architect, and to be given consideration, must be received by December 11, 2019. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications. Failure of any bidder to receive addenda shall not relieve any such bidder from any obligation under its bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the contract documents. Approval of requested substitutions or proposed equals will be by Addenda as above. C. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS: 1. Substitutions: Bids must be based upon the specific articles and materials named in the Drawings and Specification. Substitution may be made only under the following conditions: a. Prior to Bid Opening: Not less than ten calendar days prior to bid opening, prime bidders may submit to the Architect written requests for approval of articles or materials, accompanied by complete descriptions, technical data and samples. Approval or rejection of the proposed substitutions will be made by addenda issued to all bidders. Submit material/product requests as specified in Section 01 60 00. 2. After Award of Contract: Approval of substitution will be made only in exceptional cases where the Contractor submits satisfactory evidence to the Architect that through no fault of its own, specified or otherwise approved items cannot be obtained in time to avoid delay to the work. Approval in such cases shall conform to the other requirements above. D. INTERPRETATIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO BIDDING DOCUMENTS Bidders and Sub-bidders shall promptly notify the Architect of any ambiguity, inconsistency or error which they may discover upon examination of the Bidding Documents or of the site and local conditions. Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 20 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least three days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Any interpretation, correction or change of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon such interpretations, corrections and changes. E. FORM OF BID A Bid Form is attached to these Drawings and Specifications. Make Bid according to Form. Fill in all spaces. Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of work done. State numbers in writing and in figures. Completed form must be without interlineation, alteration or erasure. Signatures must be in longhand. F. POWER OF ATTORNEY Attorneys-in-fact who sign bid bonds or contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney. G. ORAL AND TELEGRAPHIC BIDS Oral and telephonic modifications of bids cannot be considered. H. SUBMISSION OF BID Enclose bid and bid bond in opaque sealed envelope. Address to: City of Arlington Attn: "Community Revitalization PM" particulars are in the Advertisement for Bid. Deliver in person or by post. Bidder is responsible for delivery of bid at or before the time set for bid opening. The Owner may consider informal any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions hereof and may waive any informalities or reject any and all bids. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligation of the contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Conditional bids will not be accepted. I. BID BOND Each bidder agrees to furnish a bid bond or a certified check amounting to five percent (5%) of the bid, included with its proposal. When left in escrow with the Owner its amount or penalty sum is the measure of damages which the Owner will sustain by the failure of the bidder to execute the Form of Agreement and furnish a 100 percent Performance and Payment Bond (included) and or AIA Document A312, and if the bidder fails to deliver said documents within 10 days after written notice, notice of the award of the contract to him, then the check shall become the property of the Owner or the Bid Bond shall remain in full effect. But if the bid is not accepted within (45)forty five days after the time set for opening bids, or if the bidder delivers said contract and the bonds, then the check shall be returned to him or the bid bond shall become void. The right is reserved to hold the bid bonds of the three lowest bidders until the award of the contract or for a period of(60) sixty days, whichever is the shorter time. Bids of all unsuccessful bidders will be returned as soon as feasible after the bid opening. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 20 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS J. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS Any bidder may withdraw its bid either personally or by written request at any time prior to the hour set for the bid opening. No bid may be withdrawn or modified after the time set for opening unless and until the award of the contract is delayed for period exceeding (45) forty five days. K. TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Bidder must agree to commence work within 10 days of the signing and execution of the contract by the Owner and the Contractor and or after a Notice to proceed whichever is first; and Substantially Complete the Work within (150) one hundred fifty consecutive calendar days of the date of the Notice to Proceed, and to Finally Complete the Work within (30) thirty consecutive calendar days thereafter. Bidder must agree to pay as liquidated damages the sum of$500.00 for each consecutive calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed and the sum of$500.00 thereafter for each consecutive calendar day that Final Completion is delayed. L. SECURITY FOR FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE Simultaneously with its delivery of the executed contract, the Contractor shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for faithful performance of the Contract and for payment of all persons performing labor under the Contract and furnishing material or services in connection with the Contract as described in the Contract Documents. The surety on such bond or bonds shall be a duly authorized surety company satisfactory to the Owner, registered in the State of Washington, Insurance Commissioners Office. List Bonding Agent and address of same. M. CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY Vehicle Liability and Property Damage Insurance shall be furnished as required by Sections 00 60 00 and 00 62 30. N. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE Property Damage Insurance shall be furnished as required by Sections 00 60 00 and 00 62 30. O. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 1. The Architect and/or the Owner may make such investigations as necessary to determine the ability of a Bidder to perform the work, and the Bidder shall furnish all such information and data as may be requested prior to bidding. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or if investigation of, such Bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to perform the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated therein. Conditional Bids will not be accepted. 2. To enable the Owner to evaluate the competency and financial responsibility of a Contractor, when requested by the Owner, furnish the following information, which shall be sworn to under oath by him or by a properly authorized representative of the Bidder. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 20 00 -4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS a. The address and description of the Bidder's plan and place of business. b. The name and/or Articles of Co-Partnership or Incorporation. C. Itemized list of equipment available for use on the project. d. A certified or authenticated financial statement, dated within thirty (30) days prior to the opening of bids. The Owner may require that any items of such statements be further verified. e. A list of present contracts, including dollar values, percentage of completion and the names of all Owners involved. f. A statement regarding any past, present and pending litigation with an Owner. g. Such additional information as may be required that will satisfy the Owner that the Bidder is adequately prepared, in technical experience or otherwise, to fulfill the contract. h. Sufficient documentation to ensure that the Contractor is in compliance with the current Fair Employment Practice requirements of the Owner. P. POST-BID INFORMATION 1. The successful bidder shall submit to the Community Revitalization PM/Architect, within ten calendar days of the notifications of selection for award of the Contract, the following: a. Statement of Cost for each major item of work or subcontract included in the Bid, equaling the total Contract award, and such other data as are required by the General Conditions, including Article 5.2. Q. LAWS AND REGULATIONS The bidders attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State laws, municipal ordinances, and rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout, and they shall be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though written out in full therein. Bidders are advised that if successful, they will be required to meet all applicable federal, state, and local laws pertaining to permits, licenses, fees and taxes, as well as laws pertaining to employment and wages. Bidders are responsible for determining the extent and applicability of such laws. R. DEFINITIONS 1. Bid Documents include: the Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, Bidders' Qualifications, Bidder Responsibility Criteria, the Contract Documents, including any Addenda. 2. Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary, and other Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all Modifications issued after the execution of the Contract. 3. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents, including the drawings and specifications, by addition, deletion, clarification, or correction. Addenda issued prior to the receipt of Bids will be mailed, faxed, or delivered to each person or firm recorded by the Plan Center as having received the Bid Documents. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 20 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS S. AWARD OF THE CONTRACT/REJECTION OF BIDS 1. The Contract will be awarded to the responsible bidder submitting the lowest proposal complying with the condition of the Advertisement for Bid and these contract documents provided the bid is reasonable and in the best interest of The Owner. Items in this bid, approved for contract by City of Arlington, shall be awarded by the City of Arlington. 2. City of Arlington reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive any informality in bids received whenever such rejection or waiver is in the interest of the Owner. City of Arlington reserves the right to select all or individual alternate bid items whichever is determined to be in the best interest of the City of Arlington. 3. The bidder to whom the award is made will be notified at the earliest practicable date. T. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1. Any one or more of the following causes may be considered sufficient for the disqualification of a Bidder and the rejection of its bid or bids: a. Evidence of collusion among Bidders. b. Lack of expertise as shown by past work, and judged from the standpoint of workmanship and performance history. c. Uncompleted work under other contracts which, in the judgment of SCFD No. 9, might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. d. Being in arrears on existing contracts, in litigation with an Owner, or having defaulted on a previous contract. e. Contractor's naming oneself as a Subcontractor for which they have no expertise and working knowledge directly within the firm. f. Contractor's inability to meet the Bidders' Qualifications outlined in item 8. g. Within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation for this Project, bidder has not been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 30 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS The following Documents are attached for the Contractor's reference. A. Limited Good Faith Asbestos and Lead Inspection by: Kane Environmental, Inc. 3815 Woodland Park Ave North, Suite 102 Seattle, WA 98103 Report Name: Limited Good Faith Asbestos and Lead Inspection, 29 pages total Title/Number: Arlington Shell Service 404 N. Olympic Avenue Arlington, WA 98223 1. Results of investigations made upon the site and other studies of the site are contained in reports by Kane Environmental, Inc. The investigation results and recommendations are part of the Contract Documents and are made available to the Contractor for information only. All recommendations shall be implemented where applicable. END OF SECTION K AN E' ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead -Based Paint Survey Arlington Shell Service 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington, WA 98223 Prepared For: Mr. Kurt Patterson, CPC & Sarah Lopez, CRP 238 N. Olympic Ave City of Arlington, Finance Department Arlington, WA 98223 February 8, 2018 Prepared By: Kane Environmental, Inc. 3815 Woodland Park Ave North Suite 102 Seattle, WA 98103 Emmy Kane John K ne, President AHERA-Certified Building Inspector AHERA-Certified Building Inspector Certification No. AB110522170003N12279 Certification No. 1626588 ENVIRONMENTAL TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 INTRODUCTION.....................................................................................................................................3 1.1 Objective...............................................................................................................................................3 1.2 Scope of Work.......................................................................................................................................3 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION...............................................................................................................................4 3.0 ASBESTOS ............................................................................................................................................4 3.1 Sampling Methodology..........................................................................................................................5 3.1.1 Sampling and Sample Documentation...............................................................................................5 3.1.2 Laboratory Analysis............................................................................................................................5 3.2 Asbestos Sample Results.....................................................................................................................5 3.3 Asbestos Conclusion.............................................................................................................................6 4.0 LEAD-CONTAINING COATINGS..........................................................................................................7 4.1 Sampling Methodology..........................................................................................................................8 4.1.1 Laboratory Analysis............................................................................................................................8 4.1.2 Lead Sample Results.........................................................................................................................8 4.2 Lead Conslusions..................................................................................................................................9 5.0 OTHER REGULATED BUILDING MATERIALS .................................................................................10 5.1 Flourescent Light Ballasts...................................................................................................................10 6.0 LIMITATIONS.......................................................................................................................................10 FIGURES Figure 1 Interior Sample Locations Figure 2 Exterior Sample Locations TABLES Table 1 Bulk Asbestos Fiber and Point-Count Analysis Table 2 Lead in Paint Analysis Table 3 RCRA 8 and TCLP Results APPENDICES A— Laboratory Analytical Report/Chain-of Custody B— Photos of Sample Locations 2 1.0 INTRODUCTION Kane Environmental, Inc. (Kane Environmental) was retained by the City of Arlington, (Client), to conduct an assessment of potentially-regulated building materials that will be impacted during demolition for Property 404 North Olympic Avenue, Arlington, Washington. It should be noted that wiring or fuse panels were not sampled since power to the building was still active during our fieldwork. The regulated materials included as part of this study include potential asbestos containing materials (PACM and ACM)and potential lead-based paint. Site inspection and sample collection was conducted by AHERA-certified building inspectors (Kane Environmental asbestos inspectors Emmy Kane and John Kane)on January 24, 2018. This survey was performed in accordance with signed proposal dated January 18, 2018, signed and authorized by Sarah Lopez on January 18, 2018. 1.1 Objective The objective of the survey was to evaluate and/or collect samples sufficient to document the presence (or absence) of asbestos and lead-based paint, and other potentially-regulated materials associated with the Property including the main building, light pole and sign pole, prior to potential demolition. This assessment did not include areas beyond the `foot print' of the structure unless specifically noted within this report. The asbestos survey was conducted in accordance with the "Good Faith" asbestos survey requirements in the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 296-62-07721, (Communication of Hazards to Employees) as required by the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency (PSCAA) for buildings that are scheduled for remodel or demolition. The lead-containing paint assessment was conducted to provide information to assist the owner and/or general contractor in complying with WAC 296-155-176 (Lead in Construction)and the Washington State Department of Ecology (WDOE) Dangerous Waste Regulations (WAC 173-303). The identification and assessment of other potential regulated building materials was conducted to provide information to assist in complying with the WDOE Dangerous Waste Regulation WAC 173-303-9904. 1.2 Scope of Work Kane Environmental understands that the structures on Property are being considered for demolition or recycling; structures include the main building, light pole and sign pole. The scope of services for the regulated materials assessment was limited to the following tasks: • Perform an inspection to identify the presence, location, and quantity of ACM and presumed asbestos-containing materials (PACM) that may be impacted by the proposed project. Materials identified as suspect or presumed materials were sampled in accordance with Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act(AHERA)sampling requirements Code 40 of Federal Regulations(CFR) 763.86, and analyzed by a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) accredited laboratory for the presence and quantity of asbestos. Samples were analyzed using polarized light microscopy(PLM) per Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) 600/M4-82-020 and Method 600/R-93/116. ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 • Perform an inspection to identify the presence and location of lead-based paint. Materials identified as potential lead-based paint were collected and analyzed by EPA Method 3051/6010C. Representative building materials were also analyzed for Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) by EPA Method 1311/6010C/7470A. • The visual identification/quantification of other potentially regulated building materials such as PCB- containing electrical devices (i.e. fluorescent lighting ballasts), as well as potentially Hg-containing fluorescent lighting lamps and thermostatic switches. • Incorporation of the results of the survey into this report which includes a description of survey methodology, material descriptions, sample location drawings, results of sample analysis, and material quantities as applicable. Building inspection and sample collection was performed while the building was vacant. At the time of the building inspection, electricity was servicing the property. Samples were collected in non-discrete locations. 2.0 SITE DESCRIPTION The Property is located at 404 North Olympic Avenue, Arlington, Washington. The Property contains one structure in the center of the Property, one light pole and one sign pole both in the northeastern corners of the Property. 3.0 ASBESTOS Asbestos is a naturally occurring mineral fiber that was widely used as an insulating and binding material in building construction and commercial products. Asbestos is a recognized human carcinogen and has come under stringent regulatory action regarding its handling and application. In the mid-1970s, the use of asbestos was severely restricted in the United States by the Environmental Protection Agency(EPA). The EPA defines ACM as any material which contains more than one percent asbestos. Typically, the more hazardous forms of asbestos are those that are considered "friable". Friable refers only to ACM that,when dry, may be crumbled, pulverized or reduced to powder by hand pressure. Occupational exposure to asbestos is regulated by the Federal Government through the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)and at the state level by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (WSDLI). Regulation of asbestos emissions in Seattle is regulated by the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency (PSCAA). PSCAA also defines ACM as any material which contains more than one percent asbestos. However,WSDLI may consider materials containing trace amounts(e.g. less than one percent)of asbestos a potential health hazard to those employees handling such materials. 4 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 3.1 Sampling Methodology A `walk-through' inspection of accessible areas was conducted to identify suspect ACM and PACM, and potential lead-based paint. The asbestos survey was performed by an AHERA-certified building inspector in accordance with sampling protocol appropriate for the renovation of such structures. The sampling protocol was modeled after 40 CFR 763, the PSCAA, Regulation III, Article 4, and by Washington State Department of Labor and Industries (WSDLI) Regulation WAC 296-62-077021. Due diligence was exercised to collect samples in a manner sufficient to determine whether the suspect materials were ACM or not ACM. Selective demolition to access hidden or concealed materials was conducted in those locations where past experience has shown suspect ACM may be located. However, construction techniques can render portions of the building inaccessible. As a result, additional ACM may be present in inaccessible areas (e.g., within wall cavities or similarly inaccessible areas). If suspect ACM not identified in this report are found during the demolition, such materials should be presumed to contain asbestos until characterized. 3.1.1 Sampling and Sample Documentation Suspect ACM were grouped into homogeneous sampling areas (HSA) and categorized according to 40 CFR 763, as thermal systems insulation (TSI), surfacing material, or miscellaneous material. Samples were collected by carefully removing small portions of the suspect material with a sharp knife or other hand tool suitable to the material being sampled. Each sample was placed in a labeled plastic container immediately after collection. Sample containers were then placed in a large re-sealable plastic bag for transportation to the laboratory. The sampling instrument was wiped with a clean moist cloth to decontaminate the tool and minimize the potential release of asbestos fibers or contamination of subsequent samples. Data pertinent to each sample (e.g., date, sample number, material description, and material category)was recorded on a field data sheet. 3.1.2 Laboratory Analysis A total of 27 bulk samples of suspect materials and 1 Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure-Lead (TCLP-Pb) sample were collected and delivered to Seattle Asbestos Test Laboratories (SAT) in Seattle, Washington, under chain-of-custody protocol for asbestos analysis by PLM. SAT participates in the NVLAP for quality control procedures. As specified in 40 CFR Chapter 1 (1-187 edition) Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, each sample was analyzed using PLM/dispersion staining techniques, in accordance with EPA Method 600/R-93/116 and 600/M4-82-020. The regulated benchmark for determining whether a material is considered asbestos-containing is approximately one percent, by volume. Materials containing more than one percent(1%) asbestos are considered to be ACM. 3.2 Asbestos Sample Results Table 1 (Asbestos in Building Materials Analyses), which includes the sample ID, figure key, sample location, sample description, and detectable asbestos concentration of the building materials sampled, is 5 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 listed below. See Figure 1 and Figure 2 for approximate sampling locations. See Appendix A for the full analytical report. See Appendix B for photographs of the sampling locations. TABLE 1 Asbestos in Building Materials Analyses 404 North Olympic Avenue, Arlington,WA Figure Sample Material Point-Count Sample ID Sample Location Percent Asbestos* Key Description Result EK-roof-001 Blue Roof Metal and tar on roof 3% 0.75% circle EK-caulk- Red Grey colored caulking in 001 circle Windows window pane on northwest 4% 2% exterior wall *-All layers identified in each sample were subjected to bulk asbestos analysis, results are listed. Layers for which bulk analysis identified between one and five percent asbestos by volume were subjected to 400-point count analysis to confirm their asbestos content. Results of point count analyses are listed in parentheses. Layers identified to contain greater than one percent asbestos are listed in bold text. abg=above ground 3.3 Asbestos Conclusions Laboratory analysis identified one (1)sample which contained asbestos at concentrations greater than one (1) percent, after point count, which qualifies it as ACM. Other PACM that was observed and not sampled due to limited access included: - Electrical wiring throughout the building, which was not explored during this survey. - The chimney located on the roof as a tarp limited safe access. Should any additional materials be identified which are considered suspect which have not already been sampled as part of this study, Kane Environmental recommends that such materials be sampled prior to their disturbance. Should any additional materials be identified as asbestos during the course of the demolition project, current federal, state, and local regulations require that a licensed asbestos-abatement contractor and trained workers remove ACM. Prior to abatement of ACM, current regulations require that a "Notice of Intent'form be filed with the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries(WSDLI)and the Puget Sound Clean Air Agency(PSCAA)at least 10 days prior to commencement of the removal project. The WSDLI requires pre-abatement air monitoring and clearance air sampling upon completion of the asbestos abatement project. An asbestos removal project is not complete until the analytical results from clearance samples indicate that the residual fiber levels in the ambient air are within acceptable limits. Following removal of the ACM and assumed ACM, asbestos-containing debris must be disposed of at a landfill that accepts 6 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 asbestos waste in accordance with the current federal, state, and local regulations. As previously noted, there is a possibility that other suspect materials may be present within the building that was not sampled during this survey. Contractors should use caution when performing renovation activities within the project areas even after the completion of asbestos abatement. Should renovation activities discover additional concealed suspect ACM not already sampled, workers should avoid damaging those materials until they have been properly sampled, analyzed and abated in accordance with local, state, and federal regulations. A copy of this report must be provided to contractors bidding on work and each contractor must have a copy of this report during any scheduled renovation activities at the site. However, it is important to note that this document is not intended to be used for abatement bidding or specification purposes and should not be used as such. 4.0 LEAD-CONTAINING COATINGS Lead containing paint(LCP) is a potential hazard because paint may contribute to dust inside or outside of a structure. Abrasion of friction surfaces (opening and closing windows), peeling, flaking or chalking as leaded paint ages, or as a result of disturbance such as scraping, sanding, or renovation of lead paint coated materials may contribute to lead dust. Lead dust is of concern because the smaller particles are more easily absorbed by the body. The U.S. Department of Labor and the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries require that Washington State Construction Standards for Lead be followed during "new construction, alteration, repair, or renovation of structures, substrates, or portions thereof that contain lead, or materials containing lead." These standards consider any detectable concentration of lead to be a potential hazard during such construction activities.Therefore employees performing certain activities at a site where there is a possibility of exposure to lead dust may be required to wear respirators until air sample results can document that exposure to lead is below the permissible exposure limit (50 pg/m3). Under working conditions, an action level of 30 pg/m3 in air as an eight hour TWA has been established by OSHA (29 CFR 1910) and Washington State Construction Standard for Lead (WAC 296-155). 4.1 Sampling Methodology The LCP survey was conducted by an AHERA-Certified Building Inspectors experienced with identification and collection of LCP samples. In an effort to evaluate the possible presence of lead containing surface coatings, representative samples of paint and varnished surfaces were collected from each surface with a distinct painting history. Sample locations were selected to be representative of paint color combinations found within the building. Paint color, condition, evidence of layering, type of substrate, and location of painted areas were factors for selecting sample locations. Paint chip samples were obtained by scraping paint layers away from substrates with a steel knife blade. Approximately one square inch of paint coating was removed for each sample. Samples were then placed 7 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 into two-ounce, puncture resistant, poly bags and labeled with individual sample numbers. After each sample, the sampling blade was cleaned to reduce the possibility of sample cross-contamination. Paint surfaces were inspected for signs of deterioration; interior paint was in good condition and exterior paint was in good to poor condition, depending upon the location. 4.1.1 Laboratory Analysis A total of ten (10) paint chip samples were obtained from representative coatings during this survey. Samples were analyzed for total lead by SAT in Seattle, Washington. Samples were analyzed by EPA Method 3051/6010C for lead. 4.1.2 Lead Sample Results Table 2 (Lead in Paint Analysis) includes the sample number, sample description, sample location, detectable lead concentration, and the condition of the painted areas sampled is listed below: TABLE 2 LEAD in PAINT ANALYSIS Sample ID Sample Sample Location Pb Condition Description (Lead/ppm) EK-Paint-001 Exterior Paint North garage door on east 1800 ppm Good wall; red paint EK-Paint-002 Interior Paint Interior door frame; green 13000 ppm Good paint EK-Paint-003 Interior Paint West wall of service area; 3600 ppm Good white paint North garage door east wall; EK-Paint-004 Interior Paint 14000 ppm Good red paint Sign pole northeast corner of EK-Paint-005 Exterior Paint 1500 ppm Poor Property; green paint Light pole northeast corner of EK-Paint-006 Exterior Paint 2000 ppm Poor Property; brown paint EK-Paint-007 Interior Paint Window frame on east wall; <100 ppm Good white paint EK-Paint-008 Interior Paint Door frame on east wall; 3000 ppm Good brown paint 8 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 LEAD in PAINT ANALYSIS Sample ID Sample Sample Location Pb Condition Description (Lead/ppm) Tool drawers on west wall of EK-Paint-009 Interior Paint 250 ppm Good service area; blue paint EK-Paint-010 Exterior Paint Women's bathroom door; <100 ppm Poor brown paint 4.2 Lead Conclusions Should any additional materials be identified which are considered suspect which have not already been sampled as part of this study, Kane Environmental recommends that such materials be sampled prior to their disturbance. The other metals results can be used for application to a local landfill for disposal requirements. Kane Environmental understands that the City of Arlington is considering the structure for demolition. According to WAC 173-303-090, a solid waste, which exceeds five milligrams per liter(mg/1) in the Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure (TCLP) for lead, would be designated a dangerous waste for the purpose of disposal. The TCLP analysis conducted on miscellaneous materials in the structure resulted in a non-detectable concentration of lead and other metals. Due to TCLP results of <0.40 mg/L Lead detected, based on the analytical result, the demolition material may be disposed of at a regulated disposal landfill as building materials. TABLE 3 TCLP (mg/L) Result Lead TCLP <0.40 5.0 OTHER REGULATED BUILDING MATERIALS Other building materials which are considered regulated materials and should be handled, removed, or otherwise identified including (but not limited to)fluorescent light ballast, fluorescent light tubes, and thermostats are discussed in the following sections. 5.1 Fluorescent Light Ballasts If ballasts do not carry a "No PCBs" label, it should be assumed that the ballast is PCB-containing unless determined otherwise by laboratory analytical testing. The EPA through the Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA)PCB Regulations 40 CFR 761 governs the handling and transportation of PCBs. Special precaution should be applied to prevent skin contact if leaking PCB ballasts are encountered. Leaky ballasts and light 9 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 fixtures affected by PCB-containing oils must be handled in accordance with EPA's PCB Regulations 40 CFR 761. Workers with 40-hour hazardous waste training may be required for removal or handling of leaking PCB ballasts. The disposal of assumed or confirmed PCB-containing ballasts is regulated under the Dangerous Waste Regulations as a dangerous waste source (WAC 173-303-9904). However, ballasts are sometimes excluded from these regulations when regulated by the federal Toxic Substances Control Act. These exclusions are identified in WAC 173-303-071(3) (k). In addition, used, non-leaking ballasts may be recycled whether or not they contain PCBs. DEHP (Bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate) has also been used in fluorescent light ballasts. DEHP is also a regulated substance, and any DEHP containing ballasts should be recycled. Fluorescent light ballasts should be checked for potential PCB containing ballasts prior to demolition. Fluorescent lights and thermostats should also be recycled at a local recycling center. Other potentially ACM was observed in the structure and not sampled due to limited access, included chimney on roof and electrical wiring throughout the building. These features on the structure should be sampled prior to disposal, unless they are recycled for future use. 6.0 LIMITATIONS This survey and review of the buildings has been limited in scope to those areas reasonably accessible and visible at the time of the inspection. This investigation is undertaken with the risk that visual observations and random sampling alone would not reveal the presence, full nature, and extent of asbestos-containing materials. Kane Environmental makes no representation as to the asbestos content of materials not sampled or that were inaccessible to our inspector(i.e., between walls, beneath floors, in pipe chases,etc.). The asbestos and lead sample locations are approximate, and are based on field notes and photos of sample locations. The opinions presented herein apply to the site condition existing at the time of the investigation, and are based upon the interpretation of current regulations pertaining to asbestos, lead and other regulated materials. Opinions and recommendations provided herein may not apply to future conditions that may exist at the site. The findings presented in this report were based on field observations, random sampling and analysis, review of available data, and discussions with local regulatory and advisory agencies. Therefore, the data obtained are clear and accurate only to the degree implied by the sources and methods used. The information presented herein is based on professional interpretation using presently accepted methods with a degree of conservatism deemed proper as of the report date. We do not warrant that future technical developments cannot supersede such data. This hazmat survey is not intended to be the sole basis for asbestos removal bids. Confirmation of the condition and volume of the ACMs should be conducted by prospective removal contractors prior to accepting removal bids. This report is provided for the exclusive use of the client noted on the cover page and is subject to the terms and conditions in the applicable contract between the client and Kane Environmental. The client is the only party to whom Kane Environmental has explained the risks involved and has been involved in the shaping of the scope of services needed to satisfactorily manage 10 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 those risks, if any, from the client's point of view. Any third party use of this report, including use by the Client's lender, prospective purchaser, or lessee will be subject to the terms and conditions governing the contractual work between the Client and Kane Environmental. The unauthorized use of, reliance on, or release of the information contained in this report, without the expressed written consent of Kane Environmental, is strictly prohibited and will be without risk or liability to Kane Environmental. Laboratory analysis was conducted by a laboratory accredited under the guidance of the EPA or EPA- accredited agencies. The results of the analyses are accurate only to the degree of care exercised by the independent laboratories and the representative nature of the samples obtained. If you have any questions or if we may be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at(206) 691-0476 Kane Environment I, Inc. Emmy Kane AHERA-Certified Building Inspector Certification No. ABII0522170003N12279 11 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 FIGURES 12 N EK-P int-003 EK-Pa nt-002 EK-Ceiling-001 •EK-Ceiling-002 I . EK-Plaster&Paper 001 E -Paint-009 EK-Ceil ng-004 EK-Ceiling-003 IS EK-Plaster&Paper-002 EK-Paint-002 EK-Paint- EK-Pla ter&Paper-003 EK-Paint-007 EK-Countertop-001 EK- laster-003 EK- laster-001 EK-Floor-002 EK-Plaster-002 EK-Floor-001 0 15 30 Approximate Scale in Feet L Eaz /-10 Approximate location of Property boundary O Approximate location of building material sample, asbestos content 1% or greater ® Approximate location of building material sample, asbestos content less than 1% A Approximate location of paint sample, lead content 5% or greater AL Approximate location of paint sample, lead content less than 5% N m is K A N E Hazardous Materials Survey 404 North OI Avenue Figure 3 ENVIRONMENTAL INC y p Interior Sampling Locations Project No. 89801 Arlington, Washington N EK-Paint-006(� E K-Paint-00 E K-Cau I k-001 E K-Paint-001 EK-C ncrete-001 EK-Roof-002 . EK-Roof-001 EK-Paint-010 0 15 30 Approximate Scale in Feet L Eaz /-10 Approximate location of Property boundary O Approximate location of building material sample, asbestos content 1% or greater ® Approximate location of building material sample, asbestos content less than 1% A Approximate location of paint sample, lead content 5% or greater AL Approximate location of paint sample, lead content less than 5% K AN E Hazardous Materials Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Figure 4 ENVIRONMENTAL INC Exterior Sampling Locations Project No. 89801 Arlington, Washington ENVIRONMENTAL INC Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 APPPENDIX A LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORT / CHAIN-OF-CUSTODY 13 �O'TI � z �( 6og2 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST, LLC NVIAP Accredited,200768.0 CHAIN OF CUSTODY G Bulk Asbestos (PLM) 0 Point Count Client Name VIC Q F-RVAVq)fN - � INAddress �e City Mh{ - ST VVP ZIP CI i 0 Phone: 2L*- ? Svc ax: U Email: k Ct1�Ylf' �lY l l�rl ir�l Project Location: Pli �n�$_ Project Manager.V Y/Mlby e-ar'R'-W1- Turn Around Time Number of Samples 2--7 Client Job# C 'Lb SE # CLIENT SAMPLE# SAMPLE DESCRIPTION LAB ID A/R 1 - 1 ) C�c�,�a�Si N Ya c�r)c�NC�i� 2 -00'� C--r�een , �'41-0Y- CA�--Uf-F-a 3 -Eni nt- bu3 *xjA•v cell &-re ck K10 4 i l?�A;AVSiA2 � c-f- 4-L s 0DS Lvee�► VUU 0u +s i ' - 8 �- --c)r� $Irc�,ti h , "► Fe-n b ( dz r �rcw 9 ot)910\1x-z J-�bk cv�xS+-.scro cz NI-C(A Gl+yl 1'' O e(t'vq Y), �-cQy`I-D1' i*M\w S " 12 �Q;L 13 —CQ1k - 0 t3 YJh C�2JI( 14 NA' 15 — W1W —aC �,Q 1Yi YL'r1{— rc�b�'vl 16 (\C 17 - 124 -- co 18 eX-MWY--CD 1 Whiff 1 Ro0 i zr-M , 1 j c 19 tk- n -1062 OH-C AZ-r Print Name Sig re Company Name Date Tiffie Sam led Relin uished lL t Delivered Received + a t3—�l Iq —�-k T t f : ) Ana f Reported Reporting Methods: ❑ Phone Fax N Email Seattle Asbestos Test warrants the test results to be of a precision normal for the type and methodology employed for each sample submitted and disclaims any other warrants,expressed or implied,including warranty of fitness for a particular purpose and warranty of merchantability.Seattle Asbestos Test accepts no legal responsibility for the purpose for which the client uses the test results. By signing on this form the clients agree to relieve Seattle Asbestos Test of any liability that may arise from the test results. o vol'(� I %f I 2�c g �2�3 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST, LLC NYtAPAccredfied,"0768.0 CHAIN OF CUSTODY 1@ Bulk Asbestos (PLN1) 0 Point Count Client Name41( Address City ST ZIP Phone: Fax: Email: Project Location: Project Manager: Tura Around Time Number of Samples Client Job# SE # CLIENT SAMPLE ItSAMPLE DESCRIPTION LAB ID A/R 2-1 �V\0'Wy'gv' r(�c j CQ 1 X tCvoYi'�ln��i (i,. 2-2 - Q��Kf 3 S V-Ct'(Y\ 23 -;'t�nS Y�i' l (n beha na. W( LL ucLi' a 2-4 ES C a\'U LAJ VN I rNd D 26 0- it lRS Ck>S'+1 v bto h Print Name S Rature Company Name Date Time Sam led ` Relin uished Delivered Received a.` a 2 t 0 Ana t. Re orted Reporting Methods: Phone Fax � Email Seattle Asbestos Test warrants the test results to be of a precision normal for the type and methodology employed for each sample submitted and disclaims any other warrants,expressed or implied,including warranty of fitness for a particular purpose and warranty of merchantability.Seattle Asbestos Test accepts no legal responsibility for the purpose for which the client uses the test results. By signing on this form the clients agree to relieve Seattle Asbestos Test of any liability that may arise from the test results_ SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST Seattle Laboratory 4500 9th Ave.NE,Suite 300,Seattle,WA 98105,Tel:206.633.1111,Fax:206.633.4747,NVLAP Lab Code:201057-0 Disclaimer:This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification,approval,or endorsement by Seattle Asbestos Test,LLC,NVLAP,NIST,or any agency of the Federal government. ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPN600IR-93/116 Ann.: Ms.Emmy Kane client: Kane Environmental Address: 3815 Woodland Park Ave North,Seattle.WA 98103 .lob#: 89801 Batch#: 201809263 Date Received: 1/24/2018 Samples Rec'd: 27 Date Analyzed: 1/26/2018 Samples Analyzed: 27 Project Loc.; Arlington,WA Analyzed by: Cassi bang Reviewed by Steve(Fanyao)Zhang,President Lab ID Client Sample ID Layer Description % Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non-asbestos Fibers 1 Red paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose detected 1 EK-paint-001 Trace white None 2 powdery material detected Binder/filler, Paint 3 Cellulose with white paint 1 Green/light None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose 2 EK-paint-002 green paint detected 2 Trace mastic detected None Mastic/binder 4 Cellulose yellow1 White paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose detected 3 EK-paint-003 Trace white None 2 powdery material Binder/filler, Paint 3 Cellulose with green paint detected 1 Pink paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose detected Trace white None 4 EK-paint-004 2 powdery material Binder/filler, Paint 3 Cellulose with green paint detected 3 Brown/red wood None Wood aggregates 4 Cellulose block detected 1 Green paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose 5 EK-paint-005 detected 2 Pink/white paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose detected 1 Brown paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose detected 6 EK-paint-006 2 Pink/white paint None Paint/binder 3 Cellulose detected 3 Trace brown brittle None Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose material detected 1 White paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose 7 EK-paint-007 detected 2 Brown wood block None Wood aggregates 4 Cellulose detected 1 Brown paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose detected 8 EK-paint-008 2 White/green paint None Paint/binder 3 Cellulose detected 3 Brown wood block None Wood aggregates 4 Cellulose detected 1 Blue paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose 9 EK-paint-009 detected 2 Brown wood block None Wood aggregates 3 Cellulose detected 1 Brown paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose 10 EK-paint-010 detected 2 Brown wood block None Wood aggregates 4 Cellulose detected 1 of 3 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST Seattle Laboratory:4500 9th Ave.NE,Suite 300,Seattle,WA 98105,Tel:206.633.1111,Fax:206.633.4747,NVLAP Lab Code:201057-0 Disclaimer:This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification,approval,or endorsement by Seattle Asbestos Test,LLC,NVLAP,NIST,or any agency of the Federal government. ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPA/600/R-93/116 Ann.: Ms.Emmy Kane client. Kane Environmental Address: 3815 Woodland Park Ave North,Seattle,WA 98103 Job#: 89801 Batch#: 201809263 Date Received: 1/24/2018 Samples Rec'd: 27 Date Analyzed: 1/26/2018 Samples Analyzed: 27 Project Loc.: Arlington,WA ^' Analyzed by: Cassie H anng Reviewed by: Steve(Fanyao)Zhang,President Lab ID Client Sample ID Layer Description ! Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non-asbestos Fibers 1 White chalky None Binder/filler, 25 Cellulose 11 EK-ceiling-001 material with paper detected G sum/binder 2 Gray sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, Binder 3 Cellulose material detected 1 White chalky None Binder/filler, 22 Cellulose 12 EK-ceiling-002 material with paper detected Gypsum/binder 2 Gray sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose material detected 1 White chalky None Binder/filler, 24 Cellulose 13 EK-ceiling-003 material with paper detected Gypsum/binder 2 Gray sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose material detected Gray/brown fibrous None 14 EK-ceiling-004 1 material with white detected Binderlfiller, Paint 65 Cellulose paint Brown brittle/rig Id None Filler, Binder, Fine 15 EK-countertop 1 material detected particles 63 Cellulose -001 2 Beige mastic None detected Mastic/binder 4 Cellulose 1 Silver paint 3 Chrysotile Paint, Filler 2 Cellulose 16 EK-roof-001 Black asphaltic None Asphalt/binder, 2 material with detected Binder/filler 26 Cellulose fibrous material Black asphaltic None Asphalt/binder, 17 EK-roof-002 1 material with detected Binderlfiller 28 Cellulose fibrous material 1 White sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, 3 Cellulose material with paint detected Binder, Paint 18 EK-Plaster-001 2 Gray sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose material I detected 3 Brown fibrous None Binder/filler 64 Cellulose material detected 1 White sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, 2 Cellulose material with paint detected Binder, Paint 19 EK-Plaster-002 2 Gray sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, Binder 4 Cellulose material detected 3 Brown fibrous None Binder/filler 63 Cellulose material detected 1 White sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, 4 Cellulose material with paint detected Binder, Paint 20 EK-Plaster-003 2 Gray sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose material detected 3 Brown fibrous None Binder/filler 66 Cellulose material detected Black asphaltic None Asphaltlbinder, 1 fibrous material 70 Cellulose 21 EK-plaster& with paint detected Binder/filler, paint paper-001 Gray sandy/brittle None 2 material detected Sand, Filter, Binder 2 Cellulose 2of3 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST Seattle Laboratory:4500 9th Ave.NE,Suite 300,Seattle,WA 98105,Tel:206.633.1111,Fax:206.633.4747,NVLAP Lab Code 201057-0 Disclaimer:This report must not be used by the client to claim product certification,approval,or endorsement by Seattle Asbestos Test,LLC,NVLAP,NIST,or any agency of the Federal government. ANALYTICAL LABORATORY REPORT PLM by Method EPA16001R-931116 A-.: Ms.Emmy Kane client: Kane Environmental Address: 3815 Woodland Park Ave North,Seattle,WA 98103 .lob#: 89801 Batch#: 201809263 Date Received: 1/24/2018 Samples Rec'd: 27 Date Analyzed: 1/2612 01 8 Samples Analyzed: 27 ProjectLoc.: Arlington,WA Analyzed by: Cassi uang Reviewed by: Steve(Fanyao)Zhang,President Lab ID Client Sample ID Layer Description % Asbestos Fibers Non-fibrous Components % Non-asbestos Fibers White sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, EK-plaster& 1 material with paint detected Binder, Paint 3 Cellulose 22 paper-002 Gray sandy/brittle None 2 material detected Sand, Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose 1 White sandy/brittle None Sand, Filler, 4 Cellulose material with paint detected Binder, Paint EK-plaster& Gray sandy/brittle None 23 paper-003 2 material detected Sand, Filler, Binder 3 Cellulose 3 White chalky None Binder/filler, 22 Cellulose material with paper detected G sum/binder 1 Multi-layer paint None Paint/binder 2 Cellulose gray 24 EK-concrete- Trace 9 Y detected 001 2 sandy/brittle None detected Sand, Filler, Binder 3 Cellulose material 25 EK-caulk-001 1 Off-white soft 4 Chrysotile Filler, Binder, Paint 3 Cellulose material with paint 1 Beige/off- None Ceramic/binder None detected 26 EK-floor-001 white ceramic detected 2 Dark brown None Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose hard brittle material detected 1 Red ceramic None Ceramic/binder None detected detected 27 EK-floor-002 2 White hard brittle None Filler, Binder 2 Cellulose material detected 3 Gray brittle material None Filler, Binder 3 Cellulose detected 3 of 3 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST NVLAP AccredRation Lab Codes:200768 and 200876 19701 Scriber Lake Road,Suite 103,Lynnwood,WA 98036,Tel:425.673.9850,Fax:425.673.9810 12727 Northup Way,Suite 1,Bellevue,WA 98005,Tel:425.861.1111,Fax:425.861.1118 Website:www.seattleasbestostest.com,Email:admin@seattleasbestostest.com PLM by Point Count(400 points) Client Job#: 89801 Attention: Ms.Emmy Kane Laboratory Batch#: 201809306 Client: Kane Environmental Date Received: 1/26/2018 Address: 3815 Woodland Park Ave North,Seattle,WA 98103 Samples Received: 2 Date Analyzed: 1/29/2018 Project: Arlington WA Sample Requested for Point Count EK-roof-001 Previous Analytical Information Previously Analyzed by: Cassie Huang Previous Batch#: 201809263 Previous Lab ID: 16 Previous Description: Silver paint Layer to be Point Counted: 1 Asbestos Type Found: Chrysotile Asbestos Percentage Found: 3 Point Count Analytical Procedures New Lab ID: 1 Asbestos Points Non-Asbestos Points Total Points Counted Slide 1 0 50 50 Slide 2 0 50 50 Slide 3 1 49 50 Slide 4 1 49 50 Slide 5 0 50 50 Slide 6 0 50 50 Slide 7 1 49 50 Slide 8 0 50 50 Total 3 397 400 Point Count Summary Results Type of Asbestos: Chrysotile Percentage of Asbestos: 0.75% Analyzed By: Ca0e Huang Reviewed by: Steve Zhang, President 1 of 2 SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST NVLAP Accreditation Lab Codes 200768 and 200876 19701 Scriber Lake Road,Suite 103,Lynnwood,WA 98036,Tel:425.673.9850,Fax:425.673.9810 12727 Northup Way,Suite 1,Bellevue,WA 98005,Tel:425.861.1111,Fax:425.861.1118 Website:www.seattleasbestostestcom,Email:admin@seattleasbestostest.mm PLM by Point Count(400 points) Client Job#: 89801 Attention: Ms.Emmy Kane Laboratory Batch#: 201809306 Client: Kane Environmental Date Received: 1/26/2018 Address: 3815 Woodland Park Ave North,Seattle,WA 98103 Samples Received: 2 Date Analyzed: 1/29/2018 Project Arlington WA Sam I�a Requested for Point Count EK-caulk-001 Previous Analytical Information Previously Analyzed by: Cassie Huang Previous Batch#: 201809263 Previous Lab ID: 25 Previous Description: Off-white soft material with paint Layer to be Point Counted: 1 Asbestos Type Found: Chrysotile Asbestos Percentage Found: 4 Point Count Analytical Procedures New Lab ID: 2 Asbestos Points Non-Asbestos Points Total Points Counted Slide 1 1 49 50 Slide 2 1 49 50 Slide 3 2 48 50 Slide 4 1 49 50 Slide 5 1 49 50 Slide 6 0 50 50 Slide 7 1 49 50 Slide 8 1 49 50 Total 8 392 400 Point Count Summary Results Type of Asbestos: Chrysotile Percentage of Asbestos: 2% Analyzed By: Cas is Huang Reviewed by: Steve Zhang, President 2of2 EMSL Analytical, Inc. EMSL Order: 511800422 CUStomerlD: SABT42 3317 3rd Ave S,Suite D 2nd floor,Seattle,WA 98134 Phone/Fax: 2062696310/(206)900-8789 CustomerPO: htto://www.emsl.com seattlelab(a)emsl.com ProjectlD: Attn: Richie Black Phone: (425)673-9850 Seattle Asbestos Test, LLC Fax: (425)673-9810 19711 Scriber Lake Rd. Suite D Received: 02/06/18 2:23 PM Lynnwood, WA 98036 Collected: Project: 201809430/Job No.89801/Project location:Arlington,WA Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS (SW 846 3050B/7000B)* Client SampleDescription Collected Analyzed RDL Lead Concentration EK-Paint-001 2/7/2018 180 ppm 1800 ppm 511800422-0001 EK-Paint-002 2/7/2018 1000 ppm 13000 ppm 511800422-0002 EK-Paint-003 2/7/2018 100 ppm 3600 ppm 511800422-0003 EK-Paint-004 2/7/2018 1000 ppm 14000 ppm 511800422-0004 EK-Paint-005 2/7/2018 100 ppm 1500 ppm 511800422-0005 EK-Paint-006 2/7/2018 100 ppm 2000 ppm 511800422-0006 EK-Paint-007 2/7/2018 100 ppm <100 ppm 511800422-0007 EK-Paint-008 2/7/2018 100 ppm 3000 ppm 511800422-0008 EK-Paint-009 2/7/2018 100 ppm 250 ppm 511800422-0009 EK-Paint-010 2/7/2018 100 ppm <100 ppm 511800422-0010 o> Lauren Kerber, Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory *Analysis following Lead in Paint by EMSL SOP/Determination of Environmental Lead by FLAA.Reporting limit is 0.010%wt based on the minimum sample weight per our SOP. Unless noted,results in this report are not blank corrected. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced,except in full,without written approval by EMSL.EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. "<"(less than)result signifies that the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting limit.Measurement of uncertainty is available upon request.The QC data associated with the sample results included in this report meet the recovery and precision requirements unless specifically indicated otherwise. Definitions of modifications are available upon request. Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical,Inc.Seattle,WA Initial report from 02/07/2018 13:36:39 Test Report PB w/RDL-7.32.3 Printed:2/7/2018 2:41:01 PM Page 1 of 1 ISO yz('Vq SEATTLE ASBESTOS TEST, LLC W"Paccredited,200768•0 CHAIN OF CUSTODY "1 1 G OF— -F-V ® Point Count Client Name w IE-n V- Mp' Address LNL`bc1lGL � - City cxA+v-Q_ ST V`(Pr ZIP q'M t73 Phone: 2c` c-is C1 1 Q -76 Fax: L(j Email:Q�l'l nQ�( V 1 r b Q Y 0.).C-C Project Location:- �� � W Project Manager:�Mm�j ANY\-u Turn Around Timer Number of Samples Client Job#_5C SE # CLIENT SAMPLE# SAMPLE DESCRIPTION LAB ID A/R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Print Name Sin Company Name Data Time Sample Relin uished 3 Delivered Received - 2 vmh z o Ma d Reported Reporting Methods: ❑ Phone F-1 Fax ® Email Seattle Asbestos Test warrants the test results to be of a precision normal for the type and methodology employed for each sample submitted and disclaims any other warrants,expressed or implied,including warranty of fitness for a particular purpose and warranty of merchantability.Seattle Asbestos Test accepts no legal responsibility for the purpose for which the client uses the test results. By signing on this form the clients agree to relieve Seattle Asbestos Test of any liability that may arise from the test results. EMSL Analytical, Inc EMSL Order: 0918018201 464 McCormick Street,San Leandro,CA W77 CustomerlD: SABT42 Phone/Fax. (510)895-3675/(510)895-3680 CustomerPO: http:/Avww.EMSL.com sanleandrolab(&emsl com ProjectlD: Attn: Admin Phone: (425)673-9850 Seattle Asbestos Test, LLC Fax: (425)673-9810 19711 Scriber Lake Rd. Suite D Received: 01/26/18 9:00 AM Lynnwood, WA 98036 Collected: 1/25/2018 '�Project: 89801 ARLINGTON,WA;201809264 Test Report: Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (SW846, 1311/7420) Lead Client Sample Description Lab ID Collected Analyzer! Concentration 1-TCLP-PB 091801820-0001 1/25/2018 <0.40 mg/L Site:MISC ITEMS IN/ON BUILDING Julian Neagu,Lead Laboratory Manager or other approved signatory The test results containetl within this report meet the requirements of NELAC unless otherwise noted.This report relates only to those items tested.Samples received in gootl condition unless otherwise noted.Quality Control Data associated with this sample set is within acceptable limits,unless otherwise noted."<^(less than)result signifies that the analyze was not detected at or above the reporting limit. Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical,Inc San Leandro,CA i Initial report from 01/27/2018 16:46:19 Test Report ChmSnglePrm/nQC-7.32.3 Printed: 1/27/2018 4:46:19 PM Page 1 of 1 ENVIRONMENTAL E_ Asbestos and Lead-Containing Paint Survey 404 North Olympic Avenue Arlington,Washington Project#89801 APPENDIX B PHOTOS OF SAMPLE LOCATIONS 14 i t �l i Photo 1 —Sample "EK-Paint-001", taken on exterior garage door, red paint. Photo 2—Sample "EK-Paint-007", taken on interior window frame located on the East wall, off-white paint. 1 Photo 3—Sample "EK-Roof-001", taken on the roof, eastern side of the structure, black tar. Y Photo 4—Sample "EK-Ceiling-001", taken on interior ceiling beam, southeast corner of the structure, off- white color. 4�5 a le Photo 5—Sample "EK-Concrete-001", taken on exterior beam, east side of the structure, tan with red and yellow paint. Photo 6—Samples "EK-Paint-005" and "EK-Paint-006", green paint sampled on sign pole and brown paint sampled on light pole, northeast corner of the Property. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0041 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BID FORM Bidder's Firm Name: Date: Address: Telephone No.: TO: City of Arlington 238 N. Olympic Avenue Arlington,WA 98223 Project Title: City of Arlington - Innovation Center Remodel GENERAL PROPOSAL The undersigned, hereinafter called the Bidder, declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal are those named herein; that this proposal is in all respects fair and without fraud; that it is made without collusion with any official or employee City of Arlington; and that the proposal is made without any connection or collusion with any person making another proposal on this contract. The Bidder further declares that they have carefully examined the contract documents for the construction of the project; that they have personally inspected the site; that they have satisfied themselves as to the quantities involved, including materials and equipment and conditions of work involved, including the fact that the description of the quantities of work materials, as included herein, is brief and is intended only to indicate the general nature of the work and to identify the said quantities with the detailed requirements of the contract documents; and that this proposal is made according to the provisions and under the terms of the contract documents, which documents are hereby made a part of this proposal. The Bidder further agrees that they have exercised their own judgment regarding the interpretation of subsurface information and have utilized all data which they believe is pertinent from the Architect, Owner and other sources in arriving at his/her conclusions. The Bidder agrees to hold their bid proposal open for forty five (45) days after the actual date of bid opening and to accept the provisions of the Instructions to Bidders regarding disposition of bid bond. TIME OF COMPLETION: The undersigned agrees, if awarded the contract, to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written "Notice to Proceed." The undersigned understands and agrees that Substantial Completion of the Work shall be no later than 150 calendar days thereafter, and that Final completion of the work shall be no later than 30 calendar days after Substantial Completion. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Liquidated damages shall be in the amount of$500 per calendar day beyond the allowed contract time that substantial completion is not attained. Following the date of Substantial Completion, liquidated damages shall recommence at the rate of$500 per calendar day beyond the allowed contract time that Final Completion is not attained. Liquidated damages have been established based on the estimated cost that will be incurred by City of Arlington in the event the Contractor fails to complete the Work in the CITY OF ARLINGTON 0041 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BID FORM time stipulated. PERMITS,FEES AND INSPECTIONS: The Owner will pay for the general building permit, plumbing, electrical and mechanical permits and utility connection fees. Utility connection fees, if incurred by the contractor to facilitate the work, shall be paid back to the contractor by the Owner within the contact document change order process without markup of any kind. All other City of Arlington and other State of Washington or local agency permits and requirements are the financial and administrative responsibility of the Contractor at no cost to the City of Arlington. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling, application and acquisition of all permits and inspections not specifically identified above. BID GUARANTEE: The Undersigned agrees that the certified or bank cashier's check or bid bond for an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total bid, payable to the Owner, accompanying this proposal, is left in escrow with the Owner; that its amount of penal sum is the measure of damages which the Owner will sustain by the failure of the undersigned to execute and deliver the above named Agreement and bond, and that if the undersigned defaults in executing that Agreement, and in furnishing the bond within (10) days after written notice of the award of the contract to him/her, then the check and proceeds payable the City of Arlington shall become the property of the Owner or, then the bid bond shall remain in full force and effect; but if this proposal is not accepted within (60) days of the time set for the opening of bids; or if the Undersigned executes and delivers said contract and bond, the check shall be returned to him or the bid bond shall become null and void. BASE BID: The Bidder further proposes to accept as full payment for the work proposed herein the amounts computed under the provisions of the contract documents and based upon the bid price for fully completed work as included in the proposal and the Lump Sum Bid Price represents a true measure of the labor and materials required to perform the work, including all allowances for overhead and profit for each type of work called for in these contract documents. The undersigned bids for complete construction of the following described project: The following prices shall include all materials, labor, tools and equipment without sales tax where shown. The amounts shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy,the amount shown in words shall govern. For the Total for Base Bid"NOT"including sales tax,the sum of: DOLLARS (Please print dollar amount in words in space above for base bid not including sales tax.) (Please write dollar figure in space above not including sales tax.) ALL REQUIRED Trenching is included in the Total for Base Bid above. The bidder shall enter in the blank space provided below;the dollar amount the bidder has included in its Total for Base Bid for any work requiring trenching that will exceed a depth of 4'-0". If trenching excavation safety provisions do not pertain to the project the Bidder should enter"N.A." or"Not Applicable"in the following blank$ . The bidder must fill in the blank. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0041 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BID FORM ADDENDA Receipt of the following Addenda is hereby acknowledged. Addendum No. dated Addendum No. dated Addendum No. dated Addendum No. dated STATE SALES TAX: While the bidder is not required to enter sales tax on this bid form, all bids shall include Washington State Sales Tax at the current rate where the project resides. The Contractor agrees to add any applicable State Sales Tax to the bid amount and show this amount on all applications for payment to the owner. Within the three-year period immediately preceding the date of the bid solicitation for this Project, bidder has not been determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the department of labor and industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction to have willfully violated, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, any provision of chapter 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW. I certify (or declare) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington that the foregoing is true and correct: CONTRACTOR(Firm Name) By(Signature) Printed Name/Title of Signatory (Indicate whether Contractor is Partnership, Washington State Contractor's Contractor's Industrial Insurance Registration Number Account Number Contractor's Address: Telephone Number Fax Number BID FORM TO BE SUBMITTED IN A SEALED ENVELOPE END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 43 30 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BID SECURITY FORM BID BOND SECURITY FORM KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, ,as Principal and a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington,and authorized to do business in the State of Washington,as surety,are held and firmly bound unto herein called the Owner,in the full and just sum of DOLLARS($ ), good and lawful money of the United States of America, to the payment of which sum of money well and truly be made, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, their and each of their heirs, executors, administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. Signed,Sealed and Dated this day of ,AD 2019. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, That if the Owner shall make any award to the Principal for: (Contract) according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefore, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with Owner in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof, with Surety of Sureties approved by the Owner the damages which the Owner may suffer by reason of such failure not exceeding the penalty of this bond,then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed. Principal By Surety By Attorney-in-Fact THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND INCLUDED IN SEALED ENVELOPE END OF DOCUMENT CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 43 70 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FORM CITY OF ARLINGTON STATE OF WASHINGTON ) ss. COUNTY OF SNOHOMISH (name),being first duly sworn upon his/her oath, says that he/she is the (title) of the Bidder submitting the above Bid, and that the Bid above submitted is genuine and not a sham or collusive Bid, or made in the interest of any person not therein named; and he/she further says that the said Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any Bidder on the above work or supplies to put in a sham Bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding; and that said Bidder has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to (him/her/it) self an advantage over any other Bidder or Bidders. (Firm Name of Contractor) (Signature of Contractor) SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO before me this day of ,2019. Notary Public in and for the State of residing at (Notary Seal) My commission expires: THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND INCLUDED IN SEALED ENVELOPE: END OF DOCUMENT CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 44 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUB-CONTRACTOR LISTING SECTION 00 44 00 SUB-CONTRACTOR LISTING Bidder's Name: Project Name: Named subcontractors must have a reputation of competency in their respective fields of work. Contractor assumes responsibility for quality of work performed by their selected subcontractors. If a category of work will not be subcontracted bidder must list themselves. Designated Work Firm Name 1. Earthwork/Utilities: 2. Concrete and flatwork: 3. Carpentry/Framing: 4. HVAC: 5. Plumbing: 6. Electrical: Bidder's Signature Date This form to be turned in within 1-hour after Bid Opening. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 45 70 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL RETAINAGE INVESTMENT OPTION SECTION 00 45 70 RETAINAGE INVESTMENT OPTION CONTRACTOR: PROJECT NAME: DATE: Pursuant to R.C.W. 60.28.010, as amended, you may choose how your retainage under this contract will be held and invested. Please complete and sign this form indicating your preference. If you fail to do so, the Owner will hold your retainage as described in "Current Expense" option 1 below. 1. Current Expense: The Owner will retain your money in its Current Expense Fund Account until thirty days following final acceptance of the improvement or work as completed. You will not receive interest earned on this money. 2. Interest Bearing Account: The Owner will deposit retainage checks in an interest- bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan association, not subject to withdrawal until after the final acceptance of the improvement or work as completed or until agreed to by both parties. Interest on the account will be paid to you. 3. Escrow/Investments: The Owner will place the retainage checks in escrow with a bank or trust company until thirty days following the final acceptance of the improvement or work as completed. When the moneys reserved are to be placed in escrow, the Owner will issue a check representing the sum of the moneys reserve payable to the bank or trust company and you jointly. This check will be converted into bonds and securities chosen by you and approved by the Owner and these bonds and securities will be held in escrow. Interest on these bonds and securities will be paid to you as interest accrues. 4. Bond-in-Lieu: With the consent of the Owner, the contractor may submit a bond for all or any portion of the amount of funds retained by the Owner in a form acceptable to the Owner. Such bond and any proceeds therefrom shall be made subject to all claims and liens and in the same manner and priority as set forth for retained percentages in this chapter. The Owner shall release the bonded portion of the retained funds to the contractor within thirty days of accepting the bond from the contractor. Whenever an Owner accepts a bond in lieu of retained funds from a contractor, the contractor shall accept like bonds from any subcontractors or suppliers from which the contractor has retained funds. The contractor shall then release the funds retained from the subcontractor or supplier to the subcontractor or supplier within thirty days of CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 45 70 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL RETAINAGE INVESTMENT OPTION accepting the bond from the subcontractor or supplier. Retainage is normally released 30 days after final acceptance of the work, or following receipt of Labor and Industries/Department of Revenue clearance, whichever date is the later. Retainage on landscaping work may be retained longer, due to its seasonal nature. State law allows for limited early release in certain circumstances. (Contractor's Signature) Title END OF SECTION THIS FORM TO BE EXECUTED AFTER CONTRACT IS AWARDED CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 52 20 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL AGREEMENT FORM SECTION 00 52 20 AGREEMENT FORM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The "Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor", AIA Document A101, 2007 Edition, is a part of these Contract Documents and is incorporated as fully as if bound herein. B. The Agreement Form may be obtained from the Architect's office, or from the American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue NW, Washington D.C. 20006; Seattle Chapter, American Institute of Architects, 1911 First Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101; and Northwest Washington Chapter, American Institute of Architects as follows: 1. Telephone Orders to (360) 671-9555 Thomas Entrikin P.O. Box AB Bellingham, WA 98227 C. Original documents will be provided for Contracting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 60 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BONDS AND CERTIFICATES SECTION 00 60 00 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES The bond and insurance requirements set forth on the following pages are required of the successful bidder. 1.01 GENERAL: In addition to the Bid Guarantee required in the advertisement, the City of Arlington requires the Contractor to furnish the following bonds and insurance. The inception date of the insurance coverage shall be the date the Contractor is ordered by the City to proceed with the work and shall be maintained during the life of the Contract and for not less than one year thereafter. 1.02 EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE: A. Performance, Labor and material Payment Bonds: Submitted at time of execution of the Contract and attached thereto. B. Insurance: A Certificate of Insurance shall be filed with "City of Arlington " This Certificate shall be reflective of all Insurance Coverage required by the City's contract documents. Any Certificate filed with the City of Arlington found to be incomplete or not according to Form, will be returned as not satisfactory. Rejected Certificates shall be corrected as necessary and resubmitted to the City of Arlington. Certificates of Insurance shall indicate the following to be Additional Named Insureds: City of Arlington; and Carletti Architects, P.S. In addition to the foregoing, the Certificate of Insurance must include a Cancellation Notification of not less than thirty (30) days. The Certificate should also contain the Contract Number and a "concise verbal definition" of the Contract to which the Certificate applies. 1.03 INSURANCE GENERALLY: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained the insurance required hereunder and such insurance has been approved by the City of Arlington. In like manner, the General Contractor shall not allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until the subcontractor has submitted to the General Contractor a Certificate of Insurance reflective of the coverage required by the City of Arlington. The City of Arlington's approval of insurance shall not relieve or decrease the Contractor's liability hereunder. Each policy shall contain an endorsement stating that the insurance company will not, prior to the completion of the Work or any expiration date shown on the policy and certificate, whichever occurs first, terminate the policy or change any coverage therein without first mailing, by registered mail, written notice of such action at least 30 days prior to the termination or change, to the City of Arlington. 1.04 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE: The insurance required, the City of Arlington, is as specified below and in the amounts indicated: CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 60 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BONDS AND CERTIFICATES A. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance: All employees of the Contractor and subcontractors shall be insured under Washington State Industrial Insurance. Employees not subject to the State Act shall be insured under Employer's Liability with a $2,000,000.00 limit of liability. A separate Certificate of Insurance shall be furnished to the City of Arlington if any of the Contractor' payroll is not reported to the Washington State Industrial Insurance. The contractor shall be responsible for confirming compliance of all subcontractors with the above requirements. B. Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall obtain and retain Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability Insurance providing the following: 1. Additional Insured: City of Arlington, and Carletti Architects, P.S. shall be named as additional insured for liability arising out of the work of this Contract as a result of the negligence, real or alleged, on the part of the contractor and his subcontractors. 2. Limits of Liability: Limits shall equal or exceed the combination or primary and excess limits for bodily injury and property damage liability of$2,000,000.00 annual aggregate. 3. Coverage: Coverage shall be as is usual to the practice of the Insurance Industry; included but not limited to the following coverages: a. Premises and Operations including Explosion, Collapse and Underground Liability; b. Products and completed Operations; C. Owners and Contractors Protective Liability; d. Broad form Property Damage Liability; e. Blanket Contractual Liability; f. Personal Injury Liability, including coverage's A, B, and C; g. Employers "Stop-Gap" Liability; h. Automobile Liability for All Owned, Non-Owned, Hired Leased or Borrowed Vehicles: i. Un-insured and Under-insured Motorist Coverage should also be in effect. 4. Products and Completed Operations Insurance: This coverage must be maintained for a period of not less than two years after the final acceptance of the work performed. 1.05 PROPERTY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire Work at the site to 115 percent of the full value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests the City of Arlington the Contractor and all subcontractors in the Work being performed. The coverage shall be written on a "Builder's Risk" basis. All materials which are to be made part of the construction project are to be so insured while being stored at or off the job site(s) and/or while being transported to and from the job site(s). Insurance against loss of tools, equipment, construction, or otherwise not to be incorporated into the Work is the responsibility of the Contractor and the cost of such insurance shall not be included in the cost of insurance required herein before. A. Endorsements: The policy shall be specifically endorsed as follows: 1. Payments: It is agreed that loss payments under the policy shall be made payable to City of Arlington as trustee for each of the interests named in the policy. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 60 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL BONDS AND CERTIFICATES B. Waiver: City of Arlington and the Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees each of the other, and (2) the Owner for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Article or any other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they may have to the proceeds of such insurance held by the City of Arlington, as trustee. 1.06 BONDS A. Performance and Payment Bonds: Furnish surety bond in the form of AIA Document A312 in an amount equal to 100 percent of the Contract Sum covering faithful performance of the work and payment of labor and materials. Furnish bonds issued by a bonding company licensed to transact business in the locality of the Work and approved by the Owner. The bond(s) must state that it is provided pursuant to Ch. 39.08 RCW. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 0061 40 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND FORM PERFORMANCE BOND SURETY TO HAVE AN A.M. BEST RATING OF A:VII OR BETTER. Bond No. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that CONTRACTOR NAME, as Principal, and , (insert name of surety), as Surety, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of , (insert Surety's state of incorporation), and authorized to do business as a surety in the State of Washington, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Arlington (City) in the sum of dollars ($ ), lawful money of the United States of America, plus the total amount of extra orders issued by the City to the Principal pursuant to the terms of the Contract referred to in the next succeeding paragraph hereof, for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind ourselves, and our heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has been awarded, and is about to enter into, a written Contract with the City for PROJECT NAME: City of Arlington — Innovation Center Remodel, which is hereby made a part of this bond as if fully set forth herein; NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this bond is such that: 1. If the Principal shall completely and faithfully perform all of its obligations under the Contract, including any warranties required thereunder, and all modifications, amendments, additions, and alterations thereto, including modifications which increase the contract price or time for completion, with or without notice to the surety; and 2. If the Principal shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all losses, liability, damages, claims, judgments, liens, costs, and fees of any type that the City may be subject to because of the failure or default of the Principal in the performance of any of the terms, conditions, or obligations of the Contract, including all modifications, amendments, additions, and alterations thereto, and any warranties required thereunder; THEN THIS obligation shall be null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. If the City shall declare Principal to be in default of the Contract, and shall so notify Surety, Surety shall, within a reasonable time which shall not exceed 14 days, except for good cause shown, notify the City in writing of the manner in which surety will satisfy its obligations under this Bond. Nonpayment of the Bond premium will not invalidate this Bond nor shall the City be obligated for the payment thereof. The Surety hereby waives notice of any modification of the Contract or extension of time made by the City. Signed this day of 2019 Principal: Surety: By: By: Title: Title: Address: Address: City/Zip: City/Zip: Telephone: ( ) Telephone: ( ) Note: A power of attorney must be provided which appoints the Surety's true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal and deliver this performance bond. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 61 41 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL LABOR MATERIALS AND TAXES PAYMENT BOND LABOR, MATERIAL AND TAXES PAYMENT BOND Surety to have an A.M. Best rating of A:VII or better. Bond No. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that, CONTRACTOR NAME, as Principal, and , (insert name of surety), as Surety, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of (insert Surety's state of incorporation), and authorized to do business as a surety in the State of Washington, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Arlington (City) for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinafter defined, in the sum of Dollars ($ ), lawful money of the United States of America, plus the total amount of any extra orders issued by the City, for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has been awarded, and is about to enter into, a Contract with City of Arlington for PROJECT NAME: City of Arlington — Innovation Center Remodel, which contract is by this reference made a part hereof; WHEREAS, the contract is a public works contract, subject to the provisions of RCW Titles 39 and 60; NOW, THEREFORE, the conditions of this obligation are such that, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for (a) all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the contract and (b) all taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the above-referenced contract under Titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW which may be due, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions: A claimant is defined as and includes (a) a person claiming to have supplied labor or materials for the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract, including any person having direct contractual relationship with the contractor furnishing the bond or direct contractual relationship with any subcontractor, or an assignee of such person, (b) the state with respect to taxes incurred on the above-referenced contract under Titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW which may be due and (c) any other person or entity as allowed or required by law. 1. The Principal and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the City that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in full prior to Final Acceptance of the project, or materials were furnished by such claimant, has an action on this bond for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant, and may have execution thereon. The City shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit or action. (Form continues on next page) CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 61 41 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL LABOR MATERIALS AND TAXES PAYMENT BOND 2. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant (except the state with respect to taxes, increases, and penalties incurred on the above-referenced contract under Titles 50, 51, and 82 RCW which may be due) unless the claimant has sent the written notice required under RCW Title 39 to the Principal and to the Community Revitalization PM by registered or certified mail, or by hand delivery, no later than 30 days after Final Acceptance of the Project. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against the improvement, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this bond. The Surety hereby waives notice of any modification of the contract or extension of time made by the City. Signed this day of 12019 Principal: Surety: By: By: Title: Title: Address: Address: City/Zip: City/Zip: Telephone: ( ) Telephone: ( ) Note: A power of attorney must be provided which appoints the Surety's true and lawful attorney-in- fact to make, execute, seal and deliver this performance bond. END OF LABOR, MATERIAL AND TAXES PAYMENT BOND FORM CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 62 30 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE SECTION 00 62 30 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 1. Certificate shall be issued on an ACORD Form, or a form that meets with the City of Arlington's approval. 2. The Insuring Company shall have a Best Rating of A+, or meet with the City of Arlington's approval. 3. The minimum acceptable General Liability Limit shall be $2,000,000 Aggregate/$2,000,000 Occurrence. Coverage shall include owners & Contractors Protective Liability and Employers Liability (Stop-Gap) Coverage. Coverage shall be written on an "Occurrence" Basis, or meet the City of Arlington's approval. 4. Automobile Coverage shall include "Any Auto" or"Scheduled Autos" and shall include Hired and Non-Owned Auto Liability. The minimum acceptable Automobile Liability Limit shall be $2,000,000. 5. Builder's Risk: Contractor to provide "Builder's Risk" Insurance for the duration of the Project. 6. The City of Arlington and its Employees, and Carletti Architects, P.S. shall be added as Additional Insureds on the Certificate, and a separate endorsement shall be issued by the Company adding Additional Insureds to the General Liability and Automobile Policy and the Umbrella Excess Policy, where required to meet minimum limits outlined in #3 and #4 above. 7. The "Cancellation" Block shall be altered to include the wording "Should any of the above described policies be canceled or materially reduced before expiration date thereof, the issuing company will mail 30 days written notice to the certificate holder named to the left." END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 70 00- 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00 70 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL A. The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", AIA Document A201, 2007 Edition, is a part of these Contract Documents and is incorporated as fully as if bound herein. B. The General Conditions may be obtained from the Architect's office, or from the American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue NW, Washington D.C. 20006; Seattle Chapter, American Institute of Architects, 1911 First Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101; and Northwest Washington Chapter, American Institute of Architects as follows: Telephone Orders to (360) 671-9555 Thomas Entrikin P.O. Box AB Bellingham, WA 98227 C. Original documents will be provided for Contracting. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 80 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00 80 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS UNLESS EXPRESSLY OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS SUPPLEMENT THE REFERENCED ARTICLES OF THE "GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION" (AIA DOCUMENT A201, 2007 EDITION) AND SUPERCEDE THEM WHERE THEY CONTRADICT THE SAME. 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS (Article 1) A. ADD to Subparagraph 1.2.1 the following: In the event of conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents, interpretations will be based on the following priorities. 1. The Agreement. 2. Addenda, with those of later date having precedence over those of earlier date. 3. Supplementary Conditions. 4. General Conditions. 5. Drawings and Specifications. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by Addendum, provide the better quality or greater quantity of Work in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. B. ADD Subparagraph 1.2.4: 1.2.6 General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 1 - General Requirements govern the execution of all Sections of the Specifications. C. ADD to Subparagraph 1.5.2 the following: No allowance shall subsequently be made on behalf of the Contractor on account of an error on his part or his negligence or failure to acquaint himself with the conditions of the Site. 1.2 OWNER (Article 2) A. ADD to subparagraph 2.2.2, line 2 the following: "shall secure and pay for building permit, water and sewer connection fees, impact fees, drainage connection fees and for necessary approvals, easements," 1.3 CONTRACTOR (Article 3) A. Paragraph 3.6.1, line 1, DELETE the word .."sales,". B. ADD to Paragraph 3.6.1 the following. Applicable sales tax shall be included in progress payments as provided in Article 9 of this Agreement. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 80 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS C. DELETE Paragraph 3.7.1 in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE the following: 3.7.1 Except for the building permit and plan checking fee, impact fees, water, sewer and drainage connection fees, which the Owner will secure and pay for, the Contractor shall secure and pay for all other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. 1.4 CHANGES IN THE WORK (Article 7) A. Paragraph 7.3.6: In the first sentence, Lines 4 and 5, DELETE the words .."a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit"..and SUBSTITUTE .."an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with subparagraphs 7.3.10 and 7.3.10.1 through 7.3.10.8. B. Add subparagraphs as follows: 7.3.10 In subparagraph 7.3.6, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be based on the following schedule: .1 Additive Change Orders for Work performed by the General Contractor: 10 percent overhead and profit. .2 Deductive Change Order Work for Work performed by the General Contractor: 7 percent profit to be credited to the Owner. .3 Additive Change Orders for Work performed by a Single-Tiered sub-contractor: 8 percent overhead and profit for the General Contractor, 10 percent overhead and profit for the sub-contractor. .4 Deductive Change Orders for Work performed by a Single-Tiered sub- contractor: 4 percent profit credited to the Owner from the General Contractor. 7 percent profit credited to the Owner from the sub-contractor. .5 Additive Change Orders for Work performed by a Double-Tiered sub sub- contractor: 8 percent overhead and profit for the General Contractor, 8 percent overhead and profit for the sub-contractor, 10 percent overhead and profit for the sub sub-contractor. .6 Deductive Change Orders for Work performed by a Double-Tiered sub sub- contractor: 4 percent profit credited to the Owner from the General Contractor. 4 percent profit credited to the Owner from the sub-contractor, 7 percent profit credited to the Owner from the sub sub-contractor. .7 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with subparagraph 7.3.6. .8 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs, including labor, materials, and equipment. All Change Orders shall be itemized accordingly. No Lump Sum amounts will be accepted. 1.5 TIME (Article 8) A. DELETE paragraph 8.2.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 80 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 8.2.1 The Work shall be substantially complete within 150 calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 1.6 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION (Article 9) A. ADD to Subparagraph 9.6.1 the Following: Owner shall receive application for payment no later than 10 days after the end of month. After receipt, Owner reviews and makes payment (2) weeks later. Owner agrees to pay to the Contractor an amount to be determined by taking 95 percent of the value of labor and materials incorporated in the Work, plus material not incorporated in the Work but accepted by the Architect under provisions of the Contract Documents, up to the date of payment proposed to be made, less the aggregate of all previous payments and deductions provided for in the Contract Documents, provided, however, that Contractor prepares a request for payment in time for review by the Architect, the City of Arlington and approval by City of Arlington Capital Projects Manager. The 5 percent withheld shall be the retainage, which retainage will be held as current expense by the owner; deposited in an interest bearing or escrow/investment account, by the Owner, and will be paid as provided herein with all accrued interest paid to the Contractor, or contractor shall post a bond in lieu of the retainage and retainage amount shall be paid to the contractor. Contractor shall select one of the above (4) four options as described in Section 00457 Retainage Investment Option. 1.7 INSURANCE AND BONDS (Article 11) A. DELETE paragraph 11.5.1 in its entirety and substitute the following: 11.5.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent of the Contract Sum as security for the faithful performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall also furnish a Labor Materials and Taxes Payment Bond in an amount not less than one hundred percent of the Contract Sum or in a penal sum not less than that prescribed by State, or Local law, as security for the payment of all persons performing labor on the Project under this Contract and furnishing materials in connection with this Contract. The Performance Bond and the Labor and Material Payment Bond may be in one or in separate instruments in accordance with local law and shall be delivered to the Owner not later than the date of execution of the Contract. The Bond(s) must be issued by a surety licensed to transact such business in Washington State, and must state that it is provided pursuant to Ch. 39.08 RCW. 1.8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS (Article 13) A. ADD Subparagraphs as follows: 13.8 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 13.8.1 If the Contractor should fail to complete the Work, or any part thereof, within the Contract Time, the Owner will sustain damage because of the following type of damage. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 80 00 -4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS .1 Increased costs and inefficiency resulting from disruption and delay of Owner's moving schedules. .2 Interests on money borrowed for construction payments. 13.8.2 Therefore the parties agree that the Contractor shall pay the Owner, as liquidated damages and not as penalty, the sum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00), for each consecutive calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed and the sum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) thereafter for each consecutive calendar day that Final Completion is delayed. 13.8.3 The Owner may deduct the sum of such liquidated damages from any moneys due or that may become due the Contractor, or if such moneys are insufficient, the Contractor, or its Surety or Sureties shall pay any deficiency. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 82 50 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SPECIAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00 82 50 SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. The Contractor shall submit all work schedules to the Architect/Owner for review and approval prior to starting work. Access, staging areas, and security fences must be coordinated with the Owner. 2. Requests for product substitutions prior to bidding will be considered only if they are received a minimum of ten (10) calendar days before the time specified for receipt of bid proposals. If no substitutions are approved prior to bid, bidders are required to bid and supply only specified products. A. ACCESS TO WORK The Owner's designated project Coordinator shall have full access to the site at all times. B. AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID Following the final acceptance of a Public Works project, the Contractor and each and every subcontractor shall submit "Affidavit of Wages Paid" before the funds retained according to the provisions of RCW 60.28.010 are released to the Contractor. Each Affidavit of Wages Paid must be certified by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries before it is submitted. C. RETAINED PERCENTAGE The Contractor shall comply with Title 39 RCW and Ch. 60.28 RCW. D. CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES General: During the entire construction period the Contractor shall have the exclusive use of the designated portion of the premises for construction operations. The Contractor shall limit his use of the premises to the work indicated. Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Maintain the existing building in a safe and weather tight condition throughout the construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building during the construction period. Owner and Contractor shall jointly sign a written transmittal of all items to be deconstructed and preserved for re-use. Contractor to provide a schedule of items to be remove and re-used. Owner shall approve this list. Contractor to ensure protection from damage by mishandling, improper storage, contamination, inadequate protection, pilferage or other actions that could diminish material's or items' value. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 82 50 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SPECIAL CONDITIONS E. DESCRIPTIONS OF SUPERVISORY REQUIREMENTS Minimum administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordination of work on the project include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Coordination and meetings 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel 3. Special Reports 4. General installation provisions 5. Cleaning and protection F. COORDINATION AND MEETINGS Coordination Meetings: Hold project coordination meetings at regularly scheduled times convenient for all parties involved. (These meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as regular project meetings and special pre-installation meetings.) Request representation at each meeting by every party currently involved in coordination or planning for the work of the entire project. Conduct meetings in a manner which will resolve coordination problems. (Record results of the meeting and distribute copies to everyone in attendance including Owner and Architect and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.) G. ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL General: Provide a General Superintendent and such other administrative and supervisory personnel as are required for performance of the work throughout the project time. Submittal of Staff and Subcontractor Names, Duties: Within fifteen days of Notice to Proceed, submit a listing of Contractor's principal staff assignments, consultants and subcontractors, naming persons and listing their addresses and telephone numbers. H. LIMITATIONS OF USE OF THE SITE General: Limitations on site usage as well as specific requirements that impact site utilization are indicated on the drawings and by other contract documents. In addition to these limitations and requirements administer allocation of available space equitable among entities needing both access and space so as to produce the best overall efficiency in performance of the total work of the project. Schedule deliveries to as to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. Contractor shall have materials delivered to its own place of business, or shall have personnel at the site to receive such items. Deliveries will not be received or signed for by the Owner. I. SPECIAL REPORTS General: Submit special reports directly to the Owner within one day of an occurrence. Submit a copy of the report to the Architect and other entities that are affected by the occurrence. CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 82 50 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at the site, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by the Contractor's personnel, and evaluation of the results or effects and similar pertinent information. Reporting Accidents: Prepare and submit reports of significant accidents, at site and anywhere else work is in progress. Record and document data and actions. For this purpose, a significant accident is defined to include events where personal injury is sustained, or property loss of substance is sustained, or where the event posed a significant threat of loss or personal injury. J. GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS Pre-Installation Meetings: Hold a pre-installation meeting at the project site well before installation of each unit of work which requires coordination with other work. Installer and representatives of the manufacturers and fabrication who are involved in or affected by that unit or work, and with its coordination or integration with other work that has preceded or will follow shall attend this meeting. Advise the Architect/Owner of scheduled meeting dates. At each meeting review progress of other work and preparation for the particular work under consideration including specific requirements for the following: 1. Contract documents. 2. Related change orders. 3. Deliveries. 4. Shop Drawings, product data and samples. 5. Possible conflicts and compatibility problems. 6. Time schedules. 7. Weather limitations. 8. Manufacturer's recommendations. 9. Compatibility of materials. 10. Acceptability of substrates. 11. Temporary facilities. 12. Space and access limitations. K. PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND REPORTS General: Within fifteen days of date established for"Notice to Proceed" submit a comprehensive bar chart type progress schedule indicating a time bar for each significant category or unit of work to be performed at the site. Arrange schedule to indicate required sequencing of units, and to show time allowance for submittals, inspections and similar time margins. Show critical submittal dates related to each time bar, or prepare separate coordinated listing of critical submittal dates. Submittal: Following initial revision of schedule after Architect's review, print and distribute schedule to entities with a need-to-know responsibility, including two copies to CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 82 50 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SPECIAL CONDITIONS Architect/Owner. Post in temporary office space. Review at intervals matching payment request, and redistribute/re-post. L. MEETINGS AND REPORTING Project Meetings: conduct general progress and coordination meetings at least once each week, attended by a representative of each primary entity engaged for performance of work. Record discussions and decisions, and distribute copies to those attending and others affected including Architec/Owner. Schedule meetings to coordinate with preparation of payment requests. M. SCHEDULE OF VALUES Prepare a schedule of values to show breakdown of Contract Sum corresponding with payment request breakdown, minimum of 30 items, and progress schedule line items. Show dollar value and percent of total for each unit of work scheduled. Submit not less than seven days prior to first payment request, and review each time schedule is affected by change order or other value revision (by Contractor). Include a Punchlist/Closeout line item in a minimum bid quantity of 5% of the total bid. N. PAYMENT REQUESTS Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issues by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sums to the Contractor as provided in the Contract Documents for the period ending the twenty-fifth (25) day of the month as follows: 1. The Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment for the preceding month by the first day of each month. The Owner shall make progress payments to the Contractor not later than thirty (30) days following the Architect's receipt of the Application for Payment from the Contractor. 2. The Owner shall pay to the Contractor, on each application for Payment, materials, equipment incorporated in the Work and to materials and equipment suitably stored at the site or at some other location agreed upon in writing, for the period covered by the application for Payment, less the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owners. The Owner will not be liable for interest or penalties charged by the Contractor on any Payments delayed due to Contractor's failure to inform himself of the Owner's normal procedures or to submit payment requests timely. The Contract Sum and any agreed variations thereof, shall include all Federal, State and Local taxes imposed by laws, and properly chargeable to the project. Washington State and Local Sales Taxes as applied to the materials and labor or equipment which becomes part of the Work will be paid by the Owner as part of the draw request. The Contractor shall pay all other sales, consumer, use and similar taxes properly levied by Washington State and Local Agencies for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective. For payment requests, use AIA Form G702, or equivalent, fully completed, CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 82 50 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SPECIAL CONDITIONS executed and notarized. Submit the forms in triplicate, including attachment of waivers and similar documentation with one copy. Prior to the initial payment request, submit: 1. List of principal subcontractors and suppliers, including contact persons and their addresses and telephone numbers. 2. List of principal staff assignments with addresses and telephone numbers. 3. Schedule of values. 4. Progress schedule and first progress report. Following issuance by Architect of Certificate of Substantial completion, Contractor may submit special payment request, provided the following have been completed: 1. Obtain permits, certificates of inspection and other approval and releases by governing authorities, required for Owner's operational/maintenance personnel. 2. Complete final cleaning of work. 3. Submit record documents. 4. Submit listing of work to be completed before final acceptance. Following completion of the following requirements, final payment request may be submitted: 1. Complete work listed as incomplete at time of substantial completion, or otherwise assure Owner of subsequent completion of individual incomplete items. 2. Settle liens and other claims, or assure Owner of subsequent settlement. 3. Submit proof of payment on fees, taxes and similar obligations. 4. Transfer operational, access, security and similar provisions to Owner; and remove temporary facilities, tools and similar items. 5. Affidavits of Wages Paid from all entities who worked at the site. 6. Completion of requirements specified in "Project Closeout" section. 7. Obtain consent of surety for final payment. 8. Provide evidence of full payment of all industrial insurance premiums as required by RCW 51.12.050 and/or RCW 51.12.070. Payments will be mailed to Contractor's place of business. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 00 83 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE RATES SECTION 00 83 00 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE RATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities of the Work, as described by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, are required for this contract. Contractor remains solely responsible for verifying that the rates are accurate, current, and inclusive for all parts of this Work. Any off-site prefabrication may also require prevailing wages and the Contractor should contact the Department of Labor and Industries to ascertain those rates. B. Contractor to provide the "Notice of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates", as required by RCW 39.04, 39.12, 43.19, and 49.28 as amended. All paperwork regarding "Notice of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates" shall be sent directly to the Owner. The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries and the schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this Contract will be performed as determined by the Industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, are by reference made a part of this Contract as though fully set forth herein. Current prevailing wage rates for Snohomish County will apply to this project. Current prevailing wage data are available online or at the following: ADDRESS: Department of Labor and Industries Prevailing Wage Section P.O. Box 44540 Olympia, Washington 98504-4540 http://www.Ini.wa.gov/TradesLicensing/PrevailingWage/RateDatabase/default.asp The General Contractor and his sub-contractors are to pay for all filing fees for Statements of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages and Affidavits at $25.00 each document submitted. Pay for any change in rate during the course of construction. Submit forms to: Department of Labor and Industries Prevailing Wage Section P.O. Box 44540 Olympia, Washington 98504-4540 END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 11 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Project consists of furnishing all labor, materials and other incidentals for the remodel, structural upgrades and site improvements and to an existing 1,080 S.F., 1-story concrete walls with wood roof existing building. The project is subject to the Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications including the amendments thereto, and Contract Documents hereunder. The Architect's estimate is $275,000. 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES A. Contractor's use of premises for Work and storage is limited to the area shown. 1.02 EXAMINATION A. Persons performing Work shall examine surfaces to receive their Work and shall report in writing to Contractor,with copy to Architect, conditions detrimental to Work. Failure to examine and report makes the person responsible, at no increase in Contract Sum, for corrections Architect may require. Commencement of Work constitutes acceptance of surface. 1.03 SURROUNDING SITE CONDITION SURVEY A. Prior to commencement of Work Contractor, Owner,and Architect shall jointly survey the existing site, and surrounding conditions making permanent note of such existing damage as cracks, sags, or other similar damage. This record shall serve as a basis for determination of subsequent damage due to the Contractor's operations. B. Owner and Contractor shall jointly sign a written transmittal of all items to be deconstructed and preserved for re-use. Contractor to provide a schedule of items to be remove and re-used. Owner shall approve this list. Contractor to ensure protection from damage by mishandling, improper storage, contamination, inadequate protection, pilferage or other actions that could diminish material's or items' value. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 11 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUMMARY OF WORK 1.04 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. The Drawings indicate existing above and below grade structures, drainage lines, storm drains, sewers, water, gas, electrical, and other similar items, and utilities which are known to the Owner. B. The Contractor shall locate these known existing installations before proceeding with trenching, or other operations which may cause damage, shall maintain them in service where appropriate, and shall repair any damage to them caused by the Work, at no increase in Contract Sum. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 25 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES SECTION 01 25 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE: A. Promptly implement change order and field order procedures. 1. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. 2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time-and-material/force account basis. 3. Provide full documentation to Architect on request. 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS: A. Coordinate related requirements specified in other parts of Project Manual including but not limited to the following: 1. Change Orders/General Conditions (AIA A201), Article 7; Applications for Payment; Construction Schedules; Schedule of Values; Substitutions and Product Options; Project Record Documents. B. Designate in writing the names of authorized members of Contractor's organizations who accept changes in the work, and are responsible for informing other workers of the authorized changes. C. Contractor agrees; Architect approves; Owner authorizes. 1.04 DEFINITIONS: A. Change Order: See General Conditions (AIA A201) and Change Order Document (AIA G701). B. Architect's Supplemental Instructions: Work order, instructions, or interpretations, signed by Architect making minor changes in the work not involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. C. Construction Change Authorization: Written order to the Contractor, signed by Owner,Architect and Contractor amending Contract Documents as described. This order authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change altering Contract Sum or Contract Time, and is to be included in a subsequent Change Order. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 25 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1.05 PRELIMINARY INITIATION/CHANGES: A. Changes may be initiated by Owner and Architect through a Proposal Request submitted to Contractor. Request will include: 1. Detailed description of Change, Products, and location of change in Project. 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. 3. Projected time span for making change. a. Statement as to whether overtime work is, or is not, authorized. 4. A specific period of time during which requested price will be considered valid. 5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time,as appropriate. 1.06 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION: A. In lieu of Proposal Request,Architect may issue a construction change authorization for Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in Change Order. B. Authorization describes work change additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details and designate any change in Contract Sum and Contract Time. C. Owner and Architect will sign and date as authorization to proceed with changes. General Contractor can not be paid for the work until it is incorporated into a change order and signed by all parties. D. Contractor signs and dates to indicate agreement with terms. 1.07 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS: A. Support each lump sum proposal quotation and each unit price (not previously established)with sufficient substantiating data. B. On request provide additional data to support time and cost computations: 1. Labor required; hours, hourly rate. 2. Equipment required. 3. Products required. a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. b. Quantities required of each material. C. Material unit costs and extended price. 4. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. 5. Documented credit for work deleted from Contract. 6. Overhead and profit. Article 7 Supplementary Conditions. 7. Justification for any change in Contract Time. C. Support each claim for additional costs, and time and material/force account work with documentation, as required for lump sum proposal. Include additional information: 1. Name of Owner's authorized agent who ordered work, and date of order. 2. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 25 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. 4. Receipts and invoices for: a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. b. Products used, listing of quantities. C. Subcontracts. D. Document requests for substitutions for Products as specified. 1.08 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS: A. Architect will prepare Change Orders. B. Change Order Form: AIA Document G701 or similar form. C. Change Order provides accounting of any Contract Sum and Contract Time adjustment. D. All agreed-upon Change Orders shall be deemed full and final settlement of any and all claims of any kind, including without limitation those for direct or indirect costs or damages or for extension of time, relating to the subject matter of such Change Order. E. Contractor shall not undertake any work or incur any expense that Contractor does not believe is included in the work required by the existing project contract documents, unless and until it brings such matterto Owner's attention and such work is authorized by a Construction Change Authorization or agreed Change Order. Contractor shall be deemed to have waived any and all claims of any kind with respect to any work undertaken or expense incurred in violation of this provision. 1.09 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER: A. Content of Change Orders will be based on, either: 1. Architect's Proposal Request and Contractor's responsible Proposal as mutually agreed between Owner and Contractor. 2. Contractor's Change Proposal, as recommended by Architect. B. Proper signatures (dated) authorize you to proceed with changes. C. Sign and date Change Order if you agree with terms. 1.10 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER: A. Content of Change Orders will be based on, either: 1. Definition of extent of required changes. 2. Contractor's Proposal for change, as approved with appropriate signatures. 3. Survey of completed work. B. The amount of unit prices is to be: 1. Any stated in the Bid Form/Agreement. 2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 25 00 -4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES C. When Change Order quantities can be determined prior to start of work: 1. Appropriate listed persons will sign and date as authorization for you to proceed. 2. Sign and date Change Order to indicate your agreement with terms. D. When quantities cannot be determined prior to start of work the following procedures will be followed: 1. Appropriately signed and issued construction Modification Proposal will authorize you to proceed on unit price basis, and cite applicable unit prices. 2. At completion of change,Architect will determine cost of work based on unit prices and quantities used. a. Submit documentation establishing any claims for Contract Time change. 3. Architect signs and dates the Change Order establishing change in Contract Sum and Contract Time. 4. All pertinent listed parties sign and date Change Order indicating their agreement. 1.11 TIME AND MATERIAL/FORCE ACCOUNT CHANGE ORDER/CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION: A. Appropriately executed and signed Change Order authorizes you to proceed. B. At completion of change, submit itemized accounting and supporting data as provided in Article "Documentation of Proposals and Claims" of this Section. C. All concerned sign and date Change Order and/or Construction change authorization establishing change in Contract Sum and Contract Time. D. Contractor signs and dates indicating his agreement. 1.12 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS: A. Quarterly revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work. Record adjusted Contract Sum. B. Monthly revise Construction Schedule reflecting each change in Contract Time. 1. Revise sub schedules to show changes for other items of work affected by changes. 2. Upon completion of work under Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. 1.13 DISTRIBUTION: A. Send copies to all concerned parties. 1. Change orders: a. Upon authorization, Owner transmits one signed copy each to Contractor and Architect. b. Construction Change Authorization: CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 25 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES C. Distribution of copies: 1) One to Owner. 2) One to Contractor. 3) One to Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 29 000 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAYMENTPROCEDURES SECTION 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Format and Data Required: 1. Schedule of Values: Submit on AIA Document G703. 2. Applications for Payment: Submit on AIA Document G702. B. Preparation of Application for Each Progress Payment: 1. Application-Form: a. Fill in required information. 1) Include Change Orders approved prior to Application Submittal date. 2) Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective total indicated on any continuation sheets. 3) Sign by responsible officer of Contract firm. 4) Sign all copies; no photocopies of signatures permitted. 5) Indicate for each line item, the percentage of completion as reflected in the dollar value of completed work. 2. Continuation Sheets: a. Totally fill in all scheduled component work items. Show item number/scheduled dollar value/item/Schedule of Values. b. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item. 1) Round off values to nearest dollar. Tally Sheet. 2) If no work has been performed entire zero. C. At end of continuation sheets, list each Change Order approved prior to submission date. 1) List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an original component item of work. C. Post Addendums in field Specifications prior to first Progress Payment. D. Substantiating Data for Final Payment: 1. When Owner or Architect requires substantiating data, submit suitable information, with cover letter. 2. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of Application. E. Preparation of Application for Final Payment: 1. Fill in application form, as specified, for progress payment. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 29 000 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAYMENTPROCEDURES 2. Use continuation-sheet for presenting final accounting statement, as specified: Project Closeout. F. Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit Application for Payment at times stipulated in Agreement. Allow stipulated time for processing. 2. Number: Three (3)copies of each Application, unless otherwise directed at Pre-construction Meeting. 3. When Architect finds Application properly completed and correct, he transmits Payment Certificate to Owner. 4. If Architect finds application improperly or incorrectly executed, an annotated copy is returned for NEW SUBMITTAL. 5. Submit revised Progress Schedule with each Application for Payment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 31 10 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT COORDINATION SECTION 01 31 10 PROJECT COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 PROJECT COORDINATION A. General: 1. Coordinate with Work of other Sections to ensure that all fixtures, devices, switches, outlets, ducts, pipes, and similar items can be installed as shown without modifications to framing. Provide all blockouts, raceways and similar framing as required. 2. Coordinate the Work; do not delegate responsibility for coordination to any subcontractor. 3. Anticipate interrelationship of all subcontractors and their relationship with the total Work. 4. Resolve differences or disputes between subcontractors and materials suppliers concerning coordination, interference,or extent of Work between Sections. Contractor's decisions, if consistent with Contract Document requirements,shall be final. 1.03 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION A. "Tight" Conditions: 1. Resolve all "tight" conditions involving Work of various Sections in advance of installation. 2. If necessary, and before Work proceeds in these areas, prepare supplementary drawings for review showing all Work in "tight" areas. 3. Provide supplementary drawings, and additional Work necessary to overcome "tight" conditions, at no increase in Contract Sum. 1.04 JOB SITE ADMINISTRATION A. Field Measurements and Templates: 1. Obtain field measurements required for accurate fabrication and installation of Work included in this Contract. Exact measurements are the Contractor's responsibility. 2. Furnish or obtain templates, patterns, and setting instructions as required for installation of all Work. Verify in field. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 31 10 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT COORDINATION B. Responsibility: 1. The Contractor shall be in charge of this Contract and the Site, as well as directing and scheduling of all Work. 2. Final responsibility for performance, interface, and completion of Work and Project shall be the Contractor's. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Comply with Specifications for each specific product involved. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting and patching Work and structural reinforcing in a manner to prevent damage to other Work and to provide proper surfaces for installation of repairs, penetrations through surfaces, or other items. B. For all new Work employ original installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for weather exposed or moisture resistance elements, fireproofing, and finished surfaces exposed to view. C. Provide cutting and patching for all existing work, where mechanical and electrical utilities or similar services extend beyond limits of work for new construction, to match existing. D. General: Provide and be responsible for all cutting, fitting, and patching required to complete the Work, or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together and to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Uncover portions of Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective Work. 4. Remove and replace Work not conforming to Contract Document requirements. 5. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 6. Provide routine penetrations on non-structural surfaces for installation of piping. E. Project Conditions: 1. Inspect existing conditions including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. 2. After uncovering Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products or performance of Work. 3. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Architect in writing. Do not proceed with Work until Architect provides further instructions. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 31 10 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT COORDINATION F. Materials: 1. Those required for original installation. 2. For any change in materials, submit request for substitution to Architect. G. Preparation: 1. Provide adequate temporary support as required to assure structural value or integrity of the affected portion of the Work. 2. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project which may be exposed by uncovering Work. H. Performance: 1. Execute cutting and patching by methods which will avoid damage to other areas, and will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. Cutting which will in any way impair the structural strength of the buildings will not be allowed. Pay all costs, as determined by Architect for remedial Work necessitated by cutting which impaired the structural integrity of the building. 2. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances, and finishes. 3. Restore Work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with Contract Document requirements. I. Adjust and fit products to provide a neat installation. Finish or refinish surfaces, as required, to match adjacent finishes. Repaint surfaces to nearest change in plane. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 31 20 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 01 31 20 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Prior to commencement of Work, a pre-construction conference will be held to discuss procedures to be followed. B. Location: City of Kirkland, 123 51h Avenue, Kirkland, WA. C. Attending shall be: 1. Owner's representative. 2. Architect. 3. Architect's Professional Consultants. 4. Contractor. 5. Contractor's Superintendent. 6. Major Subcontractors. 7. Others as appropriate. 1.03 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Contractor shall prepare agenda, schedule, and hold periodic meetings as required by the progress of the Work. Architect shall record agreed action and resolutions in minutes of meeting and promptly distribute to attending parties. B. Location: Contractor's field office. C. Attending shall be: 1. Architect. 2. Architect's Professional Consultants, as appropriate to the agenda. 3. Owner's Representative. 4. Contractor. 5. Contractor's Superintendent. 6. Subcontractors, as appropriate to the agenda. 7. Suppliers, as appropriate to the agenda. 8. Others, as appropriate to the agenda. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 31 20 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT MEETINGS PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 32 50 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROGRESS SCHEDULES SECTION 01 32 50 PROGRESS SCHEDULES AND REPORTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect for review and approval prior to starting work at the site a comprehensive bar chart type progress Schedule that indicates a time bar for each significant category or unit of Work. The Contractor shall prepare the Schedule to indicate required sequencing of units, and to show time allowance for submittals, inspections and similar time margins. The Contractor shall show critical submittal dates related to each time bar, or prepare separate coordinated listing of critical submittal dates. B. Following initial revision of Schedule after Architect's review, print and distribute schedule to entities with a need-to-know responsibility, including two copies to Architect. The Contractor shall post the approved Schedule in the Contractor's temporary office space. The Contractor shall review and update the Schedule coincident with payment request submission, and shall redistribute and re-post updated versions. C. The Contractor shall update the Progress Schedule during construction every(2)two weeks to keep it current. D. Contractor to email a weekly update progress report to the Owner's representative and the Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 33 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Items requiring Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples are specified in the indi- vidual Sections. Submission of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples is required only for those items where submittals are specified. B. Unspecified submittals will not be reviewed by the Architect. Subcontractor's drawings, setting diagrams and similar information required by the Contractor for coordination shall remain between the Contractor and subcontractors and will not be reviewed by the Architect. C. Related Sections: 1. Product Substitution Procedures: Section 01 60 00. 1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Present information required on Shop Drawings in a clear and thorough manner. Identify details by reference to drawing and detail,schedule,or room numbers shown and specified. 1.04 PRODUCT DATA A. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models. Show performance characteristics and capacities, dimensions and clearances required,wiring or piping diagrams and controls. B. Modify manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the Work. C. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. 1.05 SAMPLES A. Samples shall be of sufficient size and quality to clearly illustrate functional characteristics of product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. B. Submit full range of colors, textures, and patterns. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 33 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.06 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review, mark up as appropriate, and stamp Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples prior to submission. B. Determine and verify field measurements,field construction criteria,catalog numbers and similar data, and conformance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. D. Notify Architect in writing, at time of submission, of any deviation in submittals from requirements of Contract Documents. E. Begin no fabrication or Work which requires submittals until return of Architect's final reviewed submittals. 1.07 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule and in such a manner as to cause no delay in the Work. B. Number of Submittals Required: 1. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Non-Reproducible Submittals: Submit one PDF for review and markup. All submittals to be electronic no exceptions. 2. Samples: Submit number stated in each Section. C. Submittals shall Contain: 1. Date of submission and dates of any previous submissions with identification of revisions on any re-submittals. 2. Project title and number; Contract identification; names of Contractor, supplier, and manufacturer. 3. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials. 4. Applicable Standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 1.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Time of submission of Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples by the Contractor and their processing and return by the Architect, is a matter which must be jointly agreed to by both parties in order that items covered by required submittals will be available when needed by the construction process and so that each party can plan their workload in an orderly manner. B. The Contractor shall prepare a Submittal Schedule in the format provided, coordinated with the Progress Schedule, and submit to the Architect 15 calendar days prior to submission of the first submittals or simultaneously with the Progress Schedule,whichever is earlier. No submittals will be processed before the Submittal Schedule has been reviewed by the Architect. 1. Sample Submittal Schedule Form attached to end of this Section. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 33 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES C. In preparing the Submittal Schedule, the Contractor shall first determine, from the Progress Schedule, the date the particular item is needed on the Work for installation. Working backwards,the Contractor will then add the number of days for shipment, time for fabrication, and similar items, to determine the date of first submittal. Note that the Architect will determine the time required in steps 5 and 8 of the form. To secure this, the Contractor shall furnish the Architect with draft copies of the Submittal Schedule with all information in steps 1, 2, and 3 completed. D. The intent is to adjust the Schedule to produce an orderly, even workload, without peak loads if possible, and yet meet the needs of the construction process. After the schedule is completed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, at its expense,furnish copies to the Architect as required. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 33 00 -4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE (SAMPLE) 1. Subcontractor 2. Specification Section 3. Item of Work 4. Received by Contractor and Time for Checking 5. First Delivered to Architect and Time for Checking 6. Returned to Contractor 7. Corrections Completed and Time for Corrections 8. Next Delivered To Architect and Time for Checking 9. Returned to Contractor 10.Approval for Job Information 11.Approval for Fabrication and Time for Fabrication 12.Fabrication Completed 13.Shipping Date and Time En route 14.Delivery to Job STEP LEGEND =Date this step is scheduled to be completed =Date this step is actually completed =Calendar days required to complete this step(if applicable) CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 41 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Any specific reference in the Specifications to codes, regulations, reference standards, manufacturer's instructions or requirements of regulatory agencies shall mean the latest printed edition of each in effect at the date of submission of bids unless the document is shown dated. B. Perform the Work in conformance with the applicable requirements of all regulatory agencies including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Existing International Building Code (EIBC) 2015 Edition. 2. National Electrical Code (NEC) current edition. 3. Uniform Plumbing Code (IPC), 2015 Edition. 4. International Mechanical Code (IMC), 2015 Edition. 5. Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code, 2019 6. Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 7. ANSI 117.1 Disability Standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 42 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL REFERENCES SECTION 01 42 00 REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS A. The following abbreviations of organizations may be used in the Contract Documents. 1. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association 2. ACI American Concrete Institute 3. AGC Associated General Contractors of America 4. AIA American Institute of Architects 5. AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 6. AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 7. ANSI American National Standards Institute 8. APA American Plywood Association 9. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 10. AWPA American Wood Preservers Association 11. AWS American Welding Society 12. AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 13. BHMA Builder's Hardware Manufacturers Association 14. CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 15. CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 16. CS U.S. Commercial Standard 17. DHI Door and Hardware Institute 18. FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association 19. FM Factory Mutual System 20. FS Federal Specification 21. GA Gypsum Association 22. MLSFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association 23. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 24. NEC National Electrical Code 25. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 26. NFPA National Fire Protection Association; National Forest Products Association 27. NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association 28. NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association 29. PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 30. PDCA Painting and Decorating Contractors of America 31. PS U.S. Product Standard 32. SDI Steel Deck Institute; Steel Door Institute CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 42 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL REFERENCES 33. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. 34. SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 35. TCA Tile Council of America 36. TPI Truss Plate Institute 37. UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 38. UMC Uniform Mechanical Code 39. UPC Uniform Plumbing Code 40. WABO Washington Association of Building Officials 41. WAC Washington Administrative Code 42. WSDOT Washington State Department of Transportation 43. WWPA Western Wood Products Association B. Additional abbreviations, used only on the Drawings, are listed thereon. 1.03 SYMBOLS A. Symbols, used only on the Drawings, are shown thereon. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Terms used on the Drawings or in the Specifications in addition to those shown in General Conditions shall have the meanings as follows. Terminology is shown to the left, it's meaning is shown to the right. B. As Directed "By the Architect" C. As Required "By Code; by good building practice; by the condition prevailing; by Contract Documents; by Owner,or by Architect" D. As Selected "By Architect" E. Equal/Equivalent In the opinion of the Architect. The burden of proof of equality is the responsibility of the Contractor. F. Furnish "Supply and deliver to the Project ready for installation and in operable condition." G. Install "Incorporate in the Work in final position,complete,anchored, connected, and in operable condition." H. NIC Not in Contract I. Owner City of Kirkland J. Project Total construction of which Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part. K. Provide "Furnish and install complete." When neither "furnish", "install", nor"provide" is stated, "provide" is implied. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 42 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL REFERENCES L. Shown "As indicated on the Drawings" M. Specified "As written in the Project Manual/Specifications" PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 45 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL QUALITY CONTROL SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Testing Laboratory: Owner will retain and pay expenses of a Testing Laboratory, except as specified otherwise in the individual Sections, as an independent testing laboratory to perform, and report on, the tests and inspections described in the Specifications or as otherwise deemed necessary and appropriate. B. Additional Testing and Inspection: If initial tests or inspections made by the Testing Laboratory reveal that materials do not comply with Contract Documents, or if Architect has reasonable doubt that materials comply with Contract Documents, additional test and inspections shall be made as directed. 1. If additional tests and inspections establish that materials comply with Contract Documents, all costs for such tests and inspections shall be paid by Owner. 2. If additional tests and inspections establish that materials do not comply with Contract Documents, all costs of such tests and inspections shall be deducted from the Contract Sum. 1.03 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A. All special inspections shall be performed by Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO) registered special inspectors and their employer agencies. B. Inspections and Tests: Perform, on site, at fabricators' plants, or in approved professional testing laboratory. C. Regulatory Requirements: Perform all Work in accordance with International Building Code IBC, 2009 Edition. D. Duties of Special Inspector: Make required tests in accordance with regulatory requirements. Submit written reports to Owner and Architect. Submit test reports as soon as they are made. Submit inspection reports. Special Inspector shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall furnish facilities for such access in order that the Special Inspector may properly perform his functions. E. Notices: Notify Architect and Special Inspector at least 48 hours before Work requiring inspection is started. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 45 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL QUALITY CONTROL F. Costs: Fees for special inspection and testing will be paid by the Owner. Additional inspection and tests required because of defective Work or ill-timed notices shall be paid by the Contractor. Additional inspection or testing performed at Contractor's request shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1.04 TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND METHODS REQUIRED A. Items for Special Inspection and Testing: Inspection and tests shall be performed as required to assure compliance with Drawings and Specifications and as noted on the Structural and Civil Drawings. Inspections and tests may include but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1. Concrete: During taking of test specimens and placement of reinforced concrete greater than 2500 psi compressive strength. 2. Bolts Installed in Concrete: Prior to and during placement of concrete around bolts when stress increases permitted by UBC Section 1923, Table 19-D, Footnote 5, are used. 3. Reinforcing Steel: During placement of reinforcing steel for all concrete required to have special inspection as specified in 1.4, A,1. 4. During welding of any structural member or connection designed to resist loads and forces required by code. 5. High Strength Bolting: As required by IBC Chapter 22. 6. Special Grading, Excavating, Filling, and Structural Fills: When buildings are supported by fill materials, special inspections will be required to verify each soil lift meets minimum compaction requirements. Provide sufficient observation during preparation of natural ground and placement and compaction of fill to verify that Work is performed in accordance with Drawings, Specifications, and Geotechnical Report. B. Other Special Inspections: Special inspections required for other elements not specifically listed when, in the opinion of the building official, the Work is such that compliance is difficult to demonstrate without special inspection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 50 00- 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for the Contractor's construction facilities and temporary controls. 1.03 DESCRIPTION A. This Section specifies minimum actions required. Other actions may be specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, manufacturer's literature, and governing regulations. B. Nothing in this Section is intended to limit types or amounts of construction facilities and temporary controls. C. No omission from this Section will be recognized as a temporary activity that is not required to complete the Work. 1.04 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Dispose of all refuse and waste material, including excess earth from excavation,off Owner's property in a legal manner conforming to all requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction. Do not stockpile waste material on Owner's property. Immediately clean up any spilled material. B. Clean all trash and debris from work area daily. Keep work area, site, and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction operations. C. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials, debris and rubbish. Periodically remove waste from the site. Do not use Owner's waste containers for construction waste. D. Waste Construction Liquid Disposal: Provide portable containers for disposal of any waste construction liquids or fluids that are generated by or needed for the construction work. Do not dump any waste construction liquid or fluid (including paint, solvents, plaster mud, brush and tool cleanup water, etc.) down the building CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 50 00- 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS sanitary or storm drain systems or anywhere on the site (except clean water). Dispose of contents of all portable containers off site daily. E. Dispose of all flammable, hazardous, and toxic waste materials daily. Storage of these materials will not be permitted on the interior of building. F. Locate dumpster within the fenced Work Area. 1. Dumpsters shall have a hinged lid that shall be closed and locked at the end of each day's work. 1.05 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. The Contractor shall provide electrical power, including temporary power service or electrical generator(s) required to complete the work of this Contract. The Contractor will provide for all connection costs including but not limited to fees, meters, transformers,disconnects,cabling, etc.and shall remove temporary connections after Work is completed. B. Provide temporary electric feeders from electrical service. Power consumption shall not disrupt Owner's need for continuous service. Verify type of service characteristics and provide temporary feeders accordingly. C. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes. Provide OSHA/WISHA approved flexible power cords as needed. D. Provide temporary service disconnect and over current protection at convenient location. E. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction provided they are replaced if damaged or defaced in anyway. 1.06 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. Provide sufficient lighting to ensure proper workmanship everywhere. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as needed. C. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. D. Superintendent shall carry a cellular phone to allow voice communication at all times. 1.07 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Provide, maintain, and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction operations. Pay all costs of connection and piping required to perform the work. B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 50 00- 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.08 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain temporary OSHA/WISHA required portable toilet facilities and enclosures; in sufficient numbers and locations to accommodate the size of workers on site. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition. 1.09 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide and pay for temporary heat devices and energy source as required to maintain conditions required for construction operations. 1. Use of the permanent heating system in the buildings is not permitted. 2. Direct fired gas/oil heaters are not allowed, all combustion/exhaust gases shall be vented to building exterior. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 60 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless required otherwise by manufacturers, trade associations, and/or the specification sections. 1.10 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Provide temporary ventilation equipment to facilitate drying out of materials, to dissipate humidity, to maintain consistent temperature in all areas and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 1.11 TEMPORARY DEHUMIDIFICATION A. Provide temporary dehumidification equipment as required to lower the moisture content of the building interior and dry out materials to required levels. 1.12 BUILDING MATERIALS ACCLIMATIZATION AND DRY OUT A. Prior to installation of any building insulation, wall surfaces or finishes, the Contractor shall provide the equipment and expertise required to dry out the building structure and materials, including concrete slabs, to conform with the following minimum criteria: 1. Contractor is responsible for selecting the means and methods utilized to acclimate, ventilate and dry out the building structure and materials, including deciding the proper sequence of construction and other determinates affecting the dry out process; and shall hire an expert consultant to advise in this process if problems or questions are encountered. 2. Acclimate, ventilate and dry out structure and materials as required by manufacturers of materials, finishes or coverings applied over, onto or within the structure or material. a. Refer to Section 03 30 02 for requirements related to concrete floor slabs. 3. Acclimate, ventilate and dry out structure and materials as required to allow installed materials to dry evenly and rapidly as recommended by manufacturer or reference standard. 4. Acclimate,ventilate and dry out structure and materials as required to prevent the formation of water condensation on any material. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 50 00-4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 5. Do not install thermal insulation until the moisture content and temperature of building materials is being maintained at a level that will prevent condensation from forming in the insulation or on the cold side surface of the insulated cavity. 6. Test and record moisture content of each different building structural element and material on a daily basis during and after acclimatization and dry out process. a. Provide professional quality moisture testing equipment capable of providing consistently accurate moisture content analysis for each different type of material found on project. b. Record moisture content data collected on a printed log showing location of each test and material/structural member tested; key each test to a floor plan. C. Provide copies of the moisture log and keyed floor plan to subcontractors suppliers, Architect and Owner upon request. 7. The Owner may elect to hire a testing lab to perform the moisture testing and recording at the Contractor's expense if the Contractor fails to provide adequate or consistent moisture content testing and recording as specified herein. 1.13 TEMPORARY BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to protect the public from any potentially unsafe conditions, and from damage and/or dust from construction operations. B. Provide protection for existing plant life designated to remain. Replace damaged plant life. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic,stored materials,site and structures from damage. 1.14 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION SITE FENCNG A. Commercial grade chain link fencing. B. Provide 6 foot high temporary chain link fence around the construction area;equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. 1. Anchor each fence post securely as required to maintain integrity of security fencing. 1.15 WATER CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Protect site from puddling or running water. C. Provide settling basins and erosion control. D. Protect any facilities on-site and off-site from damage due to uncontrolled water. E. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 50 00- 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.16 TEMPORARY STORAGE A. The Contractor shall make whatever provisions necessary to ensure the safe and weathertight protection of materials, or equipment temporarily stored. 1.17 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. After roof is installed and insulation or interior finishes are started, provide temporary, weather-tight enclosure over any portion of the building exposed to the weather to prevent the structure and finishes from getting wet. 1.18 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections or as required to prevent any type of damage or defacement. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. C. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer and install protection. Remove and replace waterproofing or roofing material damaged during the work. D. Prohibit construction worker access to all rooms and areas which do not have construction work. After work in any area or room is complete, prohibit further worker access. E. Prevent any construction dust and dirt from entering the HVAC equipment and ductwork, computer equipment, electrical switchgear, building systems/equipment, smoke detectors or anything that will be adversely affected. 1.19 SECURITY A. Lock up or block up all doors,windows and openings in building and lock any gates on the site each day prior to leaving the site to prevent unauthorized entry into the building or site. B. Maintain building security until the Owner takes permanent occupancy or until substantial completion is achieved, whichever occurs first. 1.20 ACCESS ROADS A. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants,free of obstructions. Do not block access roads or prevent emergency vehicles access to site. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 50 00- 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.21 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Provide periodic cleaning to prevent any buildup or accumulation of construction debris and dirt on the site. B. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, rubbish and dust. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. C. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site weekly and dispose off-site. 1.22 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES A. Comply with all environmental and health safety regulations. B. Burning on site is not permitted. 1.23 FIELD OFFICE A. Office: Weather-tight,with lighting,electrical outlets, HVAC equipment,and equipped with sturdy furniture, plan rack and drawing display table. B. Provide office large enough to comfortably house Superintendent and the Field Engineer, and to accommodate weekly jobsite meetings, with table and chairs adequate for all attendees up to a maximum of ten (10) people. C. Provide copy and fax machine on site for use of Contractor, Architect and Owner. D. Provide computer(s) with Microsoft Word, Excel, and Adobe Acrobat software programs and internet connection for e-mail communication with Superintendent and Field Engineer. E. Maintain office in organized and clean condition. 1.24 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT RESTRICTIONS A. Equipment and Internal Combustion Engine Noise: The noise level of each vehicle or piece of equipment shall not be greater than 90 DB(A)at a distance of 50 feet as measured under noisiest operating conditions. Mufflers for stationary engines shall be hospital-area quality of silencing. 1.25 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, B. Remove temporary underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 50 00- 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.26 EMERGENCY CONTACTS A. Provide Owner with two emergency contact names (Superintendent and Project Manager), with home phone, cell phone and pager numbers. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 60 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for materials and equipment related to: 1. Transportation and handling 2. Storage and protection 3. Product options 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Performance Specifications: No manufacturer is specified, and requirements are specified by descriptive requirements, design requirements, performance requirements, reference standards, and codes. Product options complying with or exceeding provisions of Contract Documents are acceptable and require no Substitution Request. B. Closed Proprietary Specifications: Products by one or more manufacturers are specified and specification Section does not allow for approval of other products by Substitution Request. No other product options will be accepted. Provide products and Work specified. C. Open Proprietary Specifications: Products by one or more manufacturers are specified, and specification Section allows for approval of other products by Substitution Request. Submit Substitution Request for other products to Architect under provisions of this Section. 1.04 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS DURING BIDDING PERIOD A. Submit Substitution Request to reach Architect's office before 5:00 PM at least ten (10) working days prior to date for receiving Bids, and in conformance with Instructions to Bidders. B. Bidders will be notified by Addendum of products approved in addition to those specified. No other form of approval, including verbal or implied, is acceptable to indicate approval of Substitution Request. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 60 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1.05 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD A. Substitution Requests, submitted by Contractor will not be considered,exceptforthe following reasons. Indicate one or more reasons why substitution is required with Substitution Request. 1. Unavailability: Specified item has been discontinued or is unavailable in time to meet Construction Schedule through no fault of Contractor or subcontractor. 2. Unsuitability: Subsequent information discloses specified item is unsuitable, inappropriate, unable to perform properly, or fit designated space. 3. Regulatory Requirements: Substitution is required to comply with Code interpretations or insurance regulations. 4. Warranty: Manufacturer or fabricator declare specified item to be unsuitable for use intended or refuses to certify or warrant performance of specified item for Project. B. During Construction Period, Contractor will be notified by Architect in writing of decision to accept or reject Substitution Request. 1.06 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit two copies of Substitution Request. Limit each request to one Substitution Request form. B. Burden of proof is upon Substitution Request,as proposed,to show compliance with specified requirements. Submit drawings, product data, samples, certified test results, and as needed to fully describe Substitution request for evaluation by Architect. C. Where product data includes other than that proposed by substitution Request, clearly mark, or otherwise indicate, exact substitution. D. Document each Substitution Request with complete data substantiating that proposed substitution complies with provisions of Contract Documents. E. Submission of Substitution Request constitutes representation that Bidder or Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product. 2. Shall provide the same or better warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Shall be responsible for effect of substitution upon related Work, shall coordinate installation, and be responsible for other changes which may be required for Work to be complete in all respects, in compliance with design intent and in compliance with all applicable codes and regulatory require- ments. 4. Be responsible for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent. This includes additional costs for required additional Architect's services made necessary by the substitution. 5. Shall provide all cost savings to Contract Sum as credits. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 60 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 6. Shall provide specified product, material, or system should substitution be rejected, at no change in Contract Sum. F. Substitutions indicated or implied on submittals, such as Shop Drawings,will not be accepted. G. Products and materials included in the Work, not specified or approved by Substitution Request, are defined as Non-Conforming Work. Remove and replace with conforming Work at Contractor's expense with no increase in Contract Time,as directed by Architect. 1.07 ARCHITECT WILL NOT CONSIDER A. Substitution Requests which do not provide adequate or clearly defined information for complete and timely appraisal. B. Substitutions which, if accepted, will require substantial revisions of Contract Documents. C. Substitution indicated or implied by Shop Drawings and other submittals. D. Substitutions not approved by published Addendum during Bid Period or not approved in writing by Architect during Construction period. E. Substitutions not submitted on completed Substitution Request Form. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 61 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM SECTION 01 61 00 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM SUBMITTED TO: PROJECT: CITY OF ARLINGTON INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SPECIFIED ITEM: Section No. Paragraph No. Description of Specified Item The Undersigned requests consideration for the following substitution to that specified PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: ATTACHED DATA: Include product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance, and test data as necessary for evaluation. Clearly identify proposed substitution and portions of data from other items where more than one item is described. Include description of changes to Contract Documents required by proposed substitution. CERTIFICATION: The Undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs are correct: 1. Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings. 2. The Undersigned will pay for changes to building design, including engineering design, detailing, and construction costs, caused by requested substitution. 3. Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades, Construction Schedule, or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for proposed substitution. Undersigned further states that function, appearance, and quality of proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to specified item. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 61 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM SUBMITTED BY: FOR USE BY ARCHITECT: Signature ❑ Approved ❑ Approved as Noted Firm ❑ Not Approved ❑ Received too Late Address By Date Date Remarks Telephone ( ) FAX ( ) LIST ATTACHMENTS: END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 72 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PREPARATION SECTION 01 72 00 PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 EXAMINATION A. Inspect the site and location of the Work and become acquainted with and understand all conditions relating to the Work to be performed under this Contract. 1.03 GRADES, LINES, AND LEVELS A. Datum: Locate grades, lines, and levels from established reference points and datum furnished on Drawings. B. Staking and Grading: Locate and stake out new construction and facilities. Be responsible for accuracy and correctness of lines and grades, and for establishing location of buried utility lines. 1.04 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Verify location and depth of existing utilities and services before performing excavation Work. 1.05 ACCURACY OF DATA A. Site data shown are as exact as could be obtained, but their absolute accuracy cannot be guaranteed. Exact locations, distances, elevations, and similar data shall be governed by field conditions and Owner's instructions. 1.06 QUALIFIED SERVICES A. Retain and pay expenses of a professional licensed land surveyor to establish building lines, elevations grade, utility and datum points. 1.07 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Locate and protect control points prior to starting Work. Preserve all permanent reference points during construction. 1.08 RECORDS A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of control and survey Work as it progresses. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 72 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PREPARATION B. On completion of foundation walls and major Site improvements, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 74 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CLEANING SECTION 01 74 00 CLEANING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Throughout the construction period, maintain the building and site in a standard of cleanliness as described in this Section. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1. 2. In addition to standards described in this Section, comply with requirements for cleaning as described in pertinent other Sections. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conduct daily inspection, and more often if necessary,to verify that requirements for cleanliness are being met. B. In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Provide required personnel, equipment, and materials needed to maintain the specified standard of cleanliness. 2.02 COMPATIBILITY A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 74 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CLEANING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: 1. Retain stored items in an orderly arrangement allowing maximum access, not impeding traffic or drainage, and providing required protection of materials. 2. Do not allow accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material, and other items not required for construction of this Work. 3. At least twice each month, and more often if necessary, completely remove all scrap, debris, and waste material from the job site. 4. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site, observing requirements for fire protection and protection of the ecology. B. Site: 1. Daily, and more often if necessary, inspect the site and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove such items to the place designated for their storage. 2. Weekly, and more often if necessary, inspect all arrangements of materials stored on the site. Re-stack,tidy or otherwise service arrangements to meet specified requirements. 3. Maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition at all times. C. Structure: 1. Weekly, and more often if necessary, inspect the structures and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove such items to the place designated for their storage. 2. Weekly, and more often if necessary, sweep interior spaces clean. a. "Clean,"for the purpose of this subparagraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from dust and other material capable of being removed by use of reasonable effort and a hand-held broom. 3. As required preparatory to installation of succeeding materials, clean the structures or pertinent portions thereof to the degree of cleanliness recommended by the manufacturer of the succeeding material, using equipment and materials required to achieve the necessary cleanliness. a. Following the installation of finish floor materials,clean the finish floor daily (and more often if necessary) at all times while work is being performed in the space in which finish materials are installed. b. "Clean,"for the purpose of this subparagraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from foreign material which, in the opinion of the Architect, may be injurious to the finish floor material. 3.02 FINAL CLEANING A. "Clean," for the purpose of this Article, and except as may be specifically provided otherwise, shall be interpreted as meaning the level of cleanliness generally provided by skilled cleaners using commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 74 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CLEANING B. Prior to completion of the Work, remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris, and waste. Conduct final progress cleaning as described in Article 3.1 above. C. Site: 1. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Architect, broom clean paved areas on the site and public paved areas adjacent to the site. 2. Completely remove resultant debris. D. Structure: 1. Exterior: a. Visually inspect exterior surfaces and remove all traces of soil,waste materials, smudges, and other foreign matter. b. Remove all traces of splashed materials from adjacent surfaces. C. If necessary to achieve a uniform degree of cleanliness, hose down the exterior of the structure. d. In the event of stubborn stains not removable with water, the Architect may require light sandblasting or other cleaning t no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Interior: a. Visually inspect interior surfaces and remove all traces of soil,waste materials, smudges, and other foreign matter. b. Remove all traces of splashed material from adjacent surfaces. C. Remove paint droppings, spots, stains, and dirt from finished surfaces. d. Glass: Clean inside and outside. e. Polished surfaces: To surfaces requiring routine application of buffed polish, apply the polish recommended by the manufacturer of the material being polished. E. Schedule final cleaning as approved by the Architect to enable the Owner to accept a completely clean Work. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 50 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 01 78 50 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. To aid the continued instruction of operating and maintenance personnel, and to provide a positive source of information regarding the products incorporated into the Work, furnish and deliver the data described in this Section and in pertinent other Sections. B. Related Work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1. 2. Required contents of submittals also may be amplified in pertinent other Sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with applicable provisions of Section 01 33 00. B. Submit two copies of a preliminary draft of the proposed Manual or Manuals to the Architect for review and comments. C. Unless otherwise directed in other Sections, or in writing by the Architect, submit three copies of the final Manual to the Architect prior to instruction of operation and maintenance personnel. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In preparing data required by this Section, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in operation and maintenance of the described items, completely familiar with the requirements of this Section, and skilled in technical writing to the extent needed for communicating the essential data. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 50 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INSTRUCTIONS A. Where instruction Manuals are required to be submitted under other Sections of these Specifications, prepare in accordance with the provisions of this Section. B. Format: 1. Size: 8-1/2" x 11". ELECTRONIC PDF ARE REQUIRED NO EXCEPTIONS 2. Text: Neatly written or printed. 3. Drawings: 11 inch height preferable; bind in with text; foldout acceptable; larger drawings acceptable but fold to fit within the Manual and provide a drawing pocket inside rear cover or bind in with text. 4. Flysheets: Separate each portion of the Manual, by Specification Section, with neatly prepared flysheets briefly describing contents of the ensuing portion; flysheets may be in color. 5. Binders: Commercial quality heavy-duty plastic or fiberboard 3-ring D-ring binders. All binding is subject to the Architect's approval. 6. Measurements: Provide all measurements in U. S. standard units such as feet-and-inches, Ibs, and cfm. 7. Manuals shall be clearly identified on the cover with at least the following information: 2.02 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Labels: Provide labels as follows: ( Name and address of work ) ( Name of contractor ) ( General subject of this Manual ) (Space for approval signature of ) (The Architect and approval date ) B. Contents: Include at least the following: 1. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the Manual, giving immediate information as to location within the Manual of all emergency information regarding the installation. 2. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of all equipment involved including lubrication, disassembly, and re-assembly. 3. Complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 50 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 4. Complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable parts, name and address of nearest vendor and all other data pertinent to procurement procedures. 5. Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued. 6. Manufacturers' bulletins, cuts, and descriptive data, where pertinent, clearly indication the precise items included in this installation and deleting, or otherwise clearly indicating, all manufacturers' data with which this installation is not concerned. 7. Such other data as required in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTRUCTION MANUALS A. Preliminary: 1. Prepare a preliminary draft of each proposed Manual. 2. Show general arrangement, nature of contents in each portion, probable number of drawings and their size, and proposed method of binding and covering. 3. Secure the Architect's approval prior to proceeding. B. Final: Complete the Manuals in strict accordance with the approved preliminary drafts and the Architect's review comments. C. Revisions: 1. Following the indoctrination and instruction of operation and maintenance personnel, review all proposed revisions of the Manual with the Architect. 2. If the Contractor is required by the Architect to revise previously approved Manuals, compensation will be made as provided for under"Changes"in the General Conditions. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 70 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL WARRANTIES AND BONDS SECTION 01 78 70 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Compile specified certificates, bonds and similar certification. B. Compile specified services and maintenance contracts. C. Co-execute submittals when so specified. D. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. 1. Submit to Architect on Contractor's letterhead. Architect reviews and transmits to Owner. E. Related Requirements: 1. Coordinate related requirements specified in other parts of the Project Manual, including but not limited to following. a. Operating and Maintenance Data/Section 01785. b. Each respective Section as required. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Assemble executed certificates, warranties, bonds, and any required service and maintenance contracts from the respective manufacturers, suppliers and subcon- tractors. B. Number of original signed copies required: Two each. C. Contents: Neatly type Table of Contents in orderly sequence. Furnish complete information for each item as follows: 1. Product or work item; 2. Firm, with name of principal, address, and telephone number; 3. Scope; 4. Date of beginning of warranty or service and maintenance contract; 5. Duration of warranty or service maintenance contract; 6. Information for Owner's personnel, including: a. Proper procedure in case of failure; 7. Instances which might affect validity of warranty or bond. 8. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address, and telephone number. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 70 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare in duplicate, packets conforming to following requirements. 1. Size: 8-1/2"X 11" punched sheets for 3-ring binder. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders. 2. Binders: Commercial quality heavy-duty plastic or fiberboard 3-ring D-ring binders. All binding is subject to the Architect's approval. 3. Covers: Identify each packet with typed or printed title"WARRANTIES AND BONDS" and showing: a. Title of Project. b. Name of Contractor. B. Format/Warranties/Guarantees: 1. In addition to guarantees required by "General Conditions of Contract", furnish written guarantees warranting certain portions of work for longer periods. 2. Address them to Owner. 3. Submit through Architect on Contractor's letterhead before final payment and acceptance of work by Owner. 4. Where more than one subcontractor is involved, submit guarantee for each. C. Form of Guarantee for other specified installation: 1. I (We), (insert name of contractor), certify(insert name of trade or portion of work being guaranteed) installed by (insert name of appropriate subcontractor)on (insert name of job)located at(Street address or location), is performed in strict accordance with Contract Documents. Further, I (We) guarantee this work to be (watertight, and without leaks) (other) caused by defects in materials and workmanship, for(fill in specific required guarantee period) years from (date of acceptance of work), and will repair, or replace, without delay, any defects in materials and workmanship discovered within guarantee period. Sincerely, (Name of Contractor/responsible principal/address/telephone number). Signed by Owner, Partner, or other person authorized to commit firm.) 1.05 TIME OF SUBMITTALS A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during progress of construction: 1. Submit documents within ten days after final inspection and acceptance; or: a. Otherwise make submittals within ten days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final request for payment. B. For items of work, where acceptance is delayed materially beyond the date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance. List the date of acceptance as the start of the warranty period. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 70 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL WARRANTIES AND BONDS 1.06 WARRANTY LENGTHS AND START DATES A. All materials, parts, and labor shall be warranted for a minimum period of (1) one year; unless greater lengths for specific sections are specified elsewhere within the Project Manual. B. Warranty periods shall begin on the date established as Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 90 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01 78 90 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Throughout progress of the Work, maintain an accurate, consolidated and legible record of changes in Contract Documents, as specified. 2. Product Substitution Procedures: Section 01 60 00. 3. Upon completion of the Work, transfer recorded changes to a set of Record Documents, as specified. 4. Other requirements affecting Project Record Documents may appear in other pertinent Sections. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01 33 50. B. Architect's approval of the current status of Project Record Documents may be a prerequisite to the Architect's approval of requests for progress payment and request for final payment under the Contract. C. Prior to submitting request for final payment,submit final Project Record Documents, including survey (see Section 01 72 00), to the Architect and secure approval. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Delegate the responsibility for maintenance of Record Documents to one person on the Contractor's staff as approved by the Architect. B. Accuracy of records: 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from approved Project Record Documents. 3. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 90 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Maintain job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to final Project Record Documents. B. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure data to Architect's approval. 1. Such means shall include, if necessary in the opinion of the Architect, removal and replacement of concealing materials. 2. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 RECORD DOCUMENTS: A. Job set: Promptly following receipt of Owner's Notice to Proceed, secure from the Architect at no charge to the Contractor one complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. B. Final Record Documents: At a time nearing completion of the Work, Contractor to clearly mark in red all as-built conditions for existing underground utilities, conduits, pipes, drains ect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MAINTENANCE OF JOB SET A. Immediately upon receipt of the job set described in Paragraph 2.01.A, identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET." B. Preservation: 1. Considering the Contract completion time, probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set to the approval of the Architect. 2. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the Architect, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. 3. Maintain job set at the site of Work as that site is designated bythe Architect. C. Making entries on Drawings: 1. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil),clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. 2. Date all entries. 3. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 90 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 4. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for overlapping changes. D. Make entries in pertinent other Documents as approved by the Architect. In addition to Drawings and Specifications, a current set of the following documents shall be maintained in the Field Office Building: Addenda, Shop Drawings, Field Clarifications, Modification Proposals, Change Orders, and other Contract Modifications. E. Conversion of schematic layouts: 1. In some cases on the Drawings, underground utilities, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts, and similar items are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. a. Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the Architect's approval. b. However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. 2. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within one inch, the centerline of each run of items such as are described in subparagraph 3.01.E.1 above. a. Clearly identify the item by an accurate note such as"cast iron drain," "galy. water," and similar items. b. Show, by symbol or note, vertical location of the item ("under slab," "in ceiling plenum," "exposed," and similar situations). C. Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to Specifications. 3. The Architect may waive requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in the Architect's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by the Architect. F. Final Project Record Documents: 1. The purpose of the final Project Record Documents is to provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and visible to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation, and examination. 2. Approval of recorded date prior to transfer: a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding transparencies,coordinating changes as required. b. Make required revisions. 3. Transfer of data to Drawings: a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding transparencies, coordinating the changes as required. b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items described in subparagraph 3.01.E.1 above. CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 78 90 -4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS C. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas affected. d. Make changes neatly, consistently, and with the proper media to assure longevity and clear reproduction. e. The job set of record drawings shall be made available to the Architect for cross checking the corresponding transparencies after the transmittal of the transparencies to the Architect. 4. Transfer of data to other Documents: a. If Documents other than Drawings have been kept clean during progress of the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the Architect, the job set of those Documents other than Drawings will be accepted as final Record Documents. b. If any such Document is not so approved by the Architect, secure a new copy of that Document from the Architect at the Architect's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval of the Architect. 5. Review and submittal: a. Submit completed set of Project Record Documents to the Architect as specified herein. b. Participate in review meetings as required C. Make required changes and promptly deliver the final Project Record Documents to the Architect. G. Changes Subsequent To Acceptance: The Contractor has no responsibility for recording changes in the Work subsequent to Final Completion, except for changes resulting from work performed under Warranty. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 01 82 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING SECTION 01 82 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes general requirements and procedures for demonstration of products and systems, and training of Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. B. Work requiring instruction of Owner's personnel is specified in individual Sections. C. Related Sections: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Section 01 78 50. 1.03 COMMISSIONING A. Schedule instructional meeting or meetings within 2 weeks after Operation and Maintenance manuals have been accepted by the Architect. B. Prior to final inspection, fully qualified manufacturers' representatives shall fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and systems. C. Basis of Instruction: Operation and maintenance manuals. Review contents of manuals with Owner's designated personnel, in full detail, to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION - NOT USED END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02 22 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SELECTIVE DEMOLTION SECTION 02 22 00 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 1. A10.6 "American National Standard Safety Requirements for Demolition." 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable rules, codes, regulations, and safety orders of all public agencies having jurisdiction. 1.3 SITE CONDITIONS A. The building will not be occupied during demolition and construction. B. Where existing unidentified utilities, structures or services are discovered submit information for resolution prior to proceeding. 1.4 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 00 30 00- Information Available to Bidders; Limited Good Faith Asbestos and Lead Inspection. 1.5 WORK INCLUDED A. Removal and disposal of existing walls, doors, windows, ceilings, drywall, flooring, HVAC, plumbing, electrical conduits, light fixtures and other items as noted on the Drawings. B. Removal and disposal of concrete, asphalt paving, underground utilities and other items as noted on the Drawings. C. Removal of existing asbestos roofing to accommodate new roof penetrations for plumbing and venting, and removal of lead glazing putty as noted within Section 00 30 00- Information Available to Bidders. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Carefully remove items marked or designated for salvage or reuse and store as directed by Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02 22 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SELECTIVE DEMOLTION A. Examine areas affected by Work of this Section and verify that necessary shoring and other required protection is in place. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide protection as necessary and in accordance with applicable regulations. B. Verify existing utility services to remain in operation, cooperate with Owner in scheduling Work so there will be a minimum of interference. Prearrange utility shutdown or temporary interruption with Owner's tenant prior to Work commencement. C. Notify utilities having service connections within the building. D. Contact municipal and regulatory agencies affected by and interested in the Work. Secure necessary information and permits required, and make detailed arrangements for smooth safe prosecution of the Work. 3.3 DEMOLITION A. Perform Work in accordance with ANSI A10.6, and regulatory requirements. B. Contractor shall be solely responsible for safety, adequacy and satisfactory performance of methods and means employed. C. Sequence of removal of concrete, wood trim, storefront doors and frames, HVAC and electrical equipment. D. Legally dispose of demolition materials off site. Location of disposal site and length of haul are the Contractor's responsibility. E. Carefully remove items to be retained by Owner for reuse and place in an area that is secure and safe from damage. F. Remove and dispose of all items marked for demolition as shown on Drawings. G. At beginning of construction, take appropriate measures to minimize construction dust and dirt from entering the existing HVAC system. At conclusion of construction, contractor shall replace all existing and new HVAC equipment filters with new filters. 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Provide requirements and be responsible for all cutting, fitting, and patching required to complete the Work, or to: 1.5.1.1 Make it so several parts fit together and provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 1.5.1.2 Uncover portions of Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 1.5.1.3 Remove and replace defective Work. CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02 22 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SELECTIVE DEMOLTION 1.5.1.4 Remove and replace Work not conforming to Contract Document requirements. 1.5.1.5 Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 1.5.1.6 Provide routine penetrations on non-structural surfaces for installation of piping. B. Project Conditions: 1. Inspect existing conditions including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. 2. After uncovering Work, inspect conditions affecting installation of products or performance of Work. 3. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to Owner in writing. Do not proceed with Work until Owner provides further instructions. C. Materials: 1. Those required for original installation. 2. For any change in materials, submit request for substitution to Owner. D. Preparation: 1. Provide adequate temporary support as required to assure structural value or integrity of the affected portion of the Work. 2. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project which may be exposed by uncovering Work. E. Performance: 1. Execute cutting and demolition by methods which will avoid damage to other areas, and will provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. 2. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances, and finishes. 3. Restore Work which has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with Contract Document requirements. 4. Refinish entire surfaces as required to provide even finish to match adjacent finishes. 5. Cutting: At limits of demolition Work required or specified, provide neat, orderly, and clean joints, lines, and edges of surfaces, whether for junctions with new materials or surfaces or whether to be left as existing. 6. Patching: Repair or replace any surfaces selectively removed to access the Work and any surfaces to remain which become exposed, defaced, or damaged as a result of demolition Work at no increase in Contract Sum. Repair surfaces to existing level of finish to nearest change in plane. 7. Provide cutting of gypsum board as required for access and performance of Work. Review areas to be cut, for each type of unit, at pre- construction conference. 8. Avoid cutting into walls that are finished with wall covering unless absolutely necessary for completion of Work. CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02 22 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL SELECTIVE DEMOLTION 9. Patch and otherwise prepare gypsum board surfaces for painting where existing wall coverings are removed. Provide surfaces true, even, free of humps and depressions. 10. Saw cut or core drill concrete at foundations or inside building envelope as required. F. At limits of demolition Work shown or specified, provide neat, orderly and clean joints, lines, and edges of surfaces, whether for junctions with new materials or surfaces or whether to be left as existing. Where methods or controls may not permit intended joining, submit conditions and alternatives, and obtain resolution prior to commencing Work. 3.5 PATCHING A. Repair or replace any surfaces to remain which become exposed, defaced, or damaged as a result of demolition work at no increase in Contract Sum. Repair and repaint surfaces to nearest change in plane. 3.6 CLEANING A. Provide cleaning during demolition as necessary and to the acceptance of the Owner. B. Leave all portions of demolition area in a level, safe, and sanitary condition acceptable to public authorities and the Owner. 3.7 SCHEDULE A. Items to be removed from the Site by Contractor: As shown. B. Items to remain in place and protected for reuse: As shown. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02210 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT SECTION 02 22 100 Hazardous Materials Abatement Part 1 — General 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work Included—Provide asbestos removal and disposal work as specified in this document and indicated on drawings in a safe and proper manner. B. Scope—Identified asbestos containing materials in all areas, including common areas, bathrooms, mechanical rooms, and attic spaces, within this building as stated in this specification and as shown on contract drawings. Hazardous containing materials to be removed are identified as follows; Roofing material Abatement is only to allow for any new plumbing and heating vents Exterior glazing caulking Asbestos within existing exterior glazing grey caulking Note: Quantities shown are estimates only(see section 1.02, A, this specification) The work includes total, complete, and safe removal and disposal of all identified asbestos containing materials listed in the Limited Good Faith Asbestos and Lead Inspection contained in Section 03 30 00 Information Available to Bidders. C. All work shall be accomplished in strict adherence to all requirements of the Contract Documents and in absolute adherence to the most current regulations governing this work including but not limited to: DOE, EPA, OSHA, WISHA,NIOSH, and NWAPA. General requirements for work may include but are not limited to: construction of regulated work areas,pre-cleaning of regulated work areas, continuously operating HEPA filtered negative pressure ventilation systems,use of Type "C" supplied air respirator systems, wet method asbestos removal procedures, lock-down penetrating encapsulant on substrates from which asbestos containing materials have been removed, and proper removal, handling, packaging, and disposal of asbestos. D. Prevailing wage rates shall be paid as indicated and in complete compliance with the relevant section of this Specification. E. Due to the location of the building, and the heavy use of adjacent streets and parking lots, entrances and exits from the work areas will be controlled during this project, as will parking and staging. CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02210 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT F. Owners consultant to have complete access for quality control inspections at any time during the abatement work. 4.02 PRE-BID INSPECTION A. Scope of Work—As indicated on the drawings and as defined in this specification. It shall be the contractors responsibility to make his/her own determination as to the exact quantities of materials to be removed and the labor, materials, and equipment/tools required to perform the work. B. Requests for clarification and/or questions regarding any contradictions, discrepancies, or Project job requirements which the Contractor believes do not conform to law or cannot be properly accomplished as shown, indicated, or intended, shall be reported to the Owner in writing 5 days prior to bid opening. If no such clarification or discrepancies are so reported, it is assumed that none exist and the Contractor shall be responsible for providing complete, proper, and legal removal and disposal of asbestos materials and PCB containing light ballasts as required and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Pre-Job - The selected Contractor shall provide the following materials to the Owners representative at least five (5) work days prior to any site work including initial staging and set-up. No work will occur until the complete pre job submittal package has been reviewed and approved by the Owner's representative. 1) Copy of Washington State Contractor's License, 2) Copy of Asbestos Abatement License, 3) Copy of Insurance Coverage (with City of Kirkland, it's elected officials, officers, and employees as named additional insured), Asbestos specific liability coverage will be provided in the amount of one million dollars ($1,000,000.00) minimum in Occurrence form or Claims Made if a three year rider("tail") assurance is provided by the carrier. 4) Copies of Labor and Industries Notice of Intent to Remove Asbestos and Northwest Air Pollution Authority Notice of Intent to Remove Asbestos filed by Contractor 5) Site specific, detailed description and schedule of work plan elements, including starting and completion dates proposed shift hours (must meet all federal, state and local agency requirements for work of this nature). B. Post-Job—Following completion of the project, the Contractor will provide the following to the Owners representative (final payment will not be processed until the post job submittals have been approved by Owner's representative). 1) Copies of all air monitoring data 2) Copies of all daily logs and sign in/out logs 3) Documentation of all Change Orders CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02210 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT 4) Copies of all disposal manifests 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Quality Assurance/Inspections— 1) Owner's Representative shall have access to the work at all times and in all locations where work is in progress. 2) Inspections by public officials from EPA, WISHA,NWAPA, Local Health Department, and DOE may be made at any time during the course of this Project. 3) Contractor shall designate a Certified Asbestos Supervisor who is completely knowledgeable in all areas of asbestos abatement work and this Project in particular. The Certified Asbestos Supervisor shall start and continue daily inspections of the entire work site from the time the abatement contractor mobilizes on site. 4) Contractor shall perform air sampling as required to meet OSHA, WISHA, and EPA requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for the compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to work practices, hauling, disposal, and protection of workers, visitors to the site, and persons occupying areas adjacent to the site. The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless for failure to comply with any applicable work, hauling, disposal, safety, health, or other regulation on the part of himself, his employees, or his subcontractors. B. Where the provisions of this specification differ from any government agency requirements, the most stringent requirements will apply. Applicable regulations include but may not be limited to the latest revisions of: 1) EPA 40 CFR part 763, Asbestos-Containing Material in Schools 2) EPA 40 CFR part 61,National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants 3) WAC 296-62-077 through 296-62-07751, WAC 296-65-001 through 296-65-050, and WAC 296-155 4) All current regulations of Washington State Department of Ecology 5) All current regulations of Washington State Department of Transportation 6) Northwest Air Pollution Authority(NWAPA) Section 570, Removal and Encapsulation of Asbestos-Containing Material 7) All regulations of the landfill where hazardous materials are deposited Part 2 —Products 2.01 ITEMS SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02210 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT A. PPE (Personal Protective Equipment)- Contractor to provide sufficient respirators, respirator cartridges, disposable clothing, goggles, and other protective gear to adequately outfit all workers every day for each shift, and to outfit all authorized visitors who are expected at the site during each shift. B. Other Equipment—The Contractor Shall Supply: 1) Sufficient scrapers,brushes, staple guns, shovels and other hand tools needed to complete the Project in the proper manner. 2) Enough ladders and scaffolds to support the number of workers scheduled on the Project. 3) Temporary electrical devise, cable, etc., as needed to effect a `lock-out/tag-out' of all electrical power in the work areas, with electrical power supplied through proper GCFI units from other areas of the building. 4) Water hose and enough spray equipment to apply adequate amounts of amended water for all asbestos surfaces. 5) Enough approved surfactant to properly wet down all asbestos. Wetting agent shall be mixed with water in exact concentration as recommended by the surfactant manufacturer. 6) Enough approved penetrating encapsulate to seal all clean asbestos abated substrates. 7) Sufficient HEPA vacuum cleaners to clean all visible asbestos from all surfaces of the work area during final cleanup. 8) Sufficient 6 mil, labeled polyethylene bags or impermeable, airtight drums to hold all waste produced throughout all stages of the Project. 9) Plexiglas vision panels when practical for each work area to view work activities. Vision panels to be kept clean during all work activities. 10)A minimum of four(4) 201b BC fire extinguishers shall be on site at all times. Part 3 —Execution 3.01 PREABATEMENT PROCEEDURES A. Prior to starting asbestos abatement work, the Contractor shall post all required permits, notifications, and warning signs as required by applicable regulations. B. All electrical circuits and service in the work area shall be identified and turned off utilizing a `lock-out, tag-out' procedure at service panel boxes in conformance with OSHA/WISHA Standards. C. Provide work area lighting and temporary electrical service as needed to provide a safe work area utilizing ground fault circuit interrupters in conformance with all electrical safety standards. D. Furnish and install critical barriers at all HVAC vents and openings. CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02210 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT E. Pre-cleaning of all surfaces in the area of the enclosure shall be conducted by damp wiping/HEPA vacuuming prior to constructing the containment. 3.02 PERSONNEL PROTECTION A. Respirators—All personnel working inside the regulated area shall wear the appropriate respirators at all times as stipulated in WISHA and EPA Regulations. No person will enter a regulated area without wearing a proper respirator. 1) No person inside the regulated area will remove his/her respirator at any time. 2) All who enter the work area will have current documentation of respirator fit test. Fit test to match the brand and type of respirator used. B. Protective Clothing—Contractor to provide protective clothing to all employees and all authorized visitors at the job site. Such protective clothing includes but is not limited to full body disposable coveralls, boots, gloves, ear and eye protection, safety lines and harnesses, and hard hats. C. Outside Work Area Management—When any work is in progress inside a contained, regulated area there will be a person responsible for the management of the outside work area and equipment (air supply systems, HEPA machines, etc.) C. Emergency Exits—Contractor to provide a plan for review by the Owner of emergency exits from all regulated areas. Plan will be posted and all workers will be familiarized with emergency procedures. 3.03 DECONTAMINATION PROCEEDURES A. All personnel who enter the contained regulated area will follow proper decontamination procedures each time they leave the work area. B. All tools and equipment will be thoroughly decontaminated by a combination of wet wiping and HEPA vacuuming and properly sealed prior to removing from the work area. C. All removed ACM will be double bagged and labeled for disposal in accordance with all applicable regulations. 3.04 REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIALS A. Remove all asbestos containing materials in complete and full compliance with all applicable regulations and industry standards. CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 02210 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT 3.05 WASTE DISPOSAL A. All asbestos waste shall be placed in either 2 properly labeled 6 mil polyethylene bags, wrapped in 2 layers of 6 mil poly with proper labels attached or a properly labeled 6 mil poly lined airtight drum. Double bagging (6 mil each) is required for all asbestos waste prior to removal from the Project site. Waste bags/containers shall carry the following label: DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD AVOID BREATHING AIRBORNE ASBESTOS FIBERS B. Clearly label each container(bag, drum, etc.) with the date, name of the waste generator and generator's project number, Contractors name, name and affiliation of the Certified Asbestos supervisor, and the location at which the waste was generated. C. All debris containers moved out of the regulated work area shall be immediately deposited in a truck or dumpster which can be locked/secured against entry by unauthorized personnel. D. The waste hauler will have obtained all permits, licenses, or approvals required for hauling Hazardous material in Washington State. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Reinforcing Steel B. Concrete Formwork, shoring and bracing. C. Cast in place concrete foundations, walls and structure. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition. B. American Concrete Institute International: 1. ACI 117 - Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 2. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete 3. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 4. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete 5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting 6. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting 7. ACI 308R— Guide to Curing Concrete 8. ACI 309R - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete 9. ACI 315 — Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement 10. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary 11. ACI 347R— Formwork For Concrete 12. ACI 347.2R — Guide for Shoring/Reshoring of Concrete Multistory Buildings C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 3. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete 4. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 5. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 6. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 7. ASTM C494 - Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 8. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete 9. ASTM C989 - Standard Specification for Slag Cement for Use in Concrete and Mortars 10. ASTM C1059 - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete 11. ASTM C1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation 12. ASTM E329 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute: 1. CRSI — Manual of Standard Practice 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. C. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix, submit proposed mix designs minimum of 15 days in advance of placing operations for each type of concrete. Submitted mix designs shall include the following: 1. Supporting test data for mixes shall not be more than 12 months old. Include a sufficient number of tests, conduct a statistical analysis in compliance with ACI 301. 2. Gradation of fine and coarse aggregates not more than 90 days old showing compliance with ASTM C33. No substitutions of aggregate type or size from those submitted shall be allowed. 3. Proportions of all ingredients, including all admixtures added either at time of batching or at job site. Aggregate weights shall be based upon saturated surface dry conditions. 4. Water/cement ratio. 5. Slump as measured according top ASTM C143. Provide slump test for each mix. 6. Air content of freshly mixed concrete as measured according to ASTM C231. 7. Strength measured at 7 and 28 days. Provide strength test for each mix at a frequency of both the 7th and 28th day. Strength shall be tested using 4" diameter X 8" cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. 8. Certifications that all ingredients in each mix are compatible. 9. Locations or intended use of each mix design. 10. Source of all materials. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE D. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturer's certifying that each of the following items complies with the requirements: 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates. Include mill certificates for cement. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. E. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending, and placement prepared according to ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" and as follows: 1. Include material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. 2. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. 3. Provide placement details for all specific reinforcing intersections and clearance conditions not shown by the typical details on the structural drawings. 4. Prepare drawings in sufficient detail to resolve all reinforcing intersections. F. Embedded Item Placement Drawings: Drawings indicating the location and type of plates, anchorages, or other items to be embedded in the finished concrete surfaces. G. Coordination Drawings for Mechanical and Electrical penetrations through concrete. H. ICBO reports for mechanical splice couplers. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: installers shall be experienced and have completed concrete work similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for this project, and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Comply with reference documents unless more stringent provisions are indicated. C. Perform form work in accordance with ACI 347R, ACI 301, and ACI 318. D. Perform reinforcing steel installation in accordance with ACI 301. E. Perform concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. F. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. G. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather. H. Testing and Inspection: Testing and inspection shall be in conformance with Section 01 45 00. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials in accordance with ACI 301. 1. Admixtures stored at the project site longer than 6 months or which have been subjected to freezing shall not be used unless retested and proven to meet specified criteria. B. Deliver, store and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 1.07 COORDINATION AND SEQUENCING A. Coordinate schedule with other trades where embedments, attachments or interferences occur. B. Schedule and sequence concrete work to coordinate with fabrication and delivery schedules for items to be embedded in concrete work. 1.08 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements and conditions are as shown on drawings, shop drawing or as instructed by Product Manufacturer. 1.09 DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY: FORMWORK, BRACING, SHORING & RESHORING A. Contractor is responsible for designing and engineering formwork along with associated bracing, shoring and reshoring to withstand all imposed construction forces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Form Materials (for concrete not exposed to view): Provide per ACI 347R at discretion of Contractor. B. Form Material For Type 1 and 2 Concrete Finish (exposed to view): APA rated B-B High Density Concrete Form Overlay plywood, Class I, conforming to PS 1. 1. Plywood shall be new, or used once with face free of defects and nail holes filled. 2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated cone type, fixed length, removable or snap off metal or glass fiber reinforced plastic form ties designed to break off below face of wall after formwork is stripped. 1. Strength and spacing as required to resist fresh concrete placement and vibration loads and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 2. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1-inch to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 3. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1-inch in diameter in concrete surface. B. Shoring And Bracing: Provide materials/system designed by Contractor to withstand all imposed construction forces. C. Form Release Agent: Colorless, non-staining, shall not adversely affect surface coatings or waterproofing. D. Corners: Filleted, wood or rigid plastic type; 3/4" x 3/4" inch size; maximum possible lengths. E. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. 2.03 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel: As specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. B. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. a. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic or precast concrete or fiber-reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete. b. Provide plastic or stainless steel chairs and accessories in walls where finish wall surface is exposed to view. C. Provide stainless steel or plastic components for placement within 1-1/2" of weathering surfaces. 3. Mechanical Splices: Where approved by the Engineer, provide ICBO listed mechanical splices of Type 1 or Type 2 as defined by ACI 318. If splice type is not otherwise defined, provide Type 2. C. Reinforcement - Fabrication 1. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice. 2. Fabricate in accordance with ACI 315, providing concrete cover as specified or indicated. 3. Bending and straightening in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 7, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. No bending or straightening of reinforcement permitted after partial embedment in concrete. Heating of reinforcement shall not be permitted unless approved in writing by Structural Engineer. 4. Splicing: Lap splice reinforcing bars for tension with lap lengths as noted on the structural drawings. 5. Welding of reinforcement is permitted only with the specific approval of Structural Engineer. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.4. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 6. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings at point of minimum stress. Indicate locations on shop drawings. 2.04 CONCRETE MATERIAL A. Cement: Portland Cement: as specified on the Structural Drawings. 1. Provide cement from same source for entire project. B. Slag Or Flyash: 1. Slag Or Flyash - Select One Only: a. Slag: Ground granulated blast furnace slag conforming to ASTM C989 Grade 100 or 120. b. Flyash: Conform to ASTM C618, Class F. C. Manufacturers: 1) Boral Material Technologies, Inc. 2) Full Circle Solutions, Inc. 3) Headwater Resources, Inc. 4) Holcim US, Inc. 5) Lafarge North America 6) Mineral Resources Technologies, LLC 7) Mineral Solutions, Inc. 8) The SEFA Group C. Aggregates: 1. Aggregates: Conform to the requirements of ASTM C33 and subject to the approval of the Structural Engineer. a. Do not use high alkaline content aggregates that would prevent slab surface from achieving a pH of 9 or less after curing and dehydration. b. Provide aggregate from same source for entire project. C. Comply with requirements for limits for deleterious substances and physical property requirements of aggregate per ASTM C33 for severe weathering. D. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C94. 2.05 ADMIXTURES A. Admixtures: As specified in Structural General Notes and the following: 1. Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain no more than 0.05 percent water-soluble chlorine ions by mass of cementitious material. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride or thiocyanate. 2. Where more than one admixture is used in the mix, submit manufacturer's certification that admixtures are compatible in combination with cement and aggregates. 3. Accelerating admixtures shall not be used. B. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260 1. Master Builders Micro-Air 2. W.R. Grace Daravair 1000 CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 2.06 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C1059, Type II acrylic non-redispersable type. B. Non-Shrink Grout: As specified in General Notes on Structural Drawings. C. Patching (For finishing concrete exposed to view): 1. Concrete with Paint Finish: Cementitious Filler, Ardex Tilt Patch or similar having equal or better strength, bonding and finishing characteristics. 2. Concrete with Natural (No) Finish: Cement Grout, Latex Bond Agent Cement Grout 2.07 JOINT DEVICES AND MATERIALS A. Waterstops: 1. Composite Bentonite and butyl rubber waterstop; Volclay Waterstop-RX or approved. 2. PVC with heat/chemically welded seams. 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for laboratory trial mix basis. C. Concrete mix design: comply with Structural Drawing requirements. D. Provide percentage by weight of cementitious materials other than Portland Cement in concrete. E. Minimum Requirements: 1. Provide minimum cement content per ACI 301. 2. Provide air-entrainment per ACI 301 or 2 percent minimum, whichever is greater. Footings and walls shall be considered severe exposure. F. Limit water soluble chlorine ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. G. Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. H. Maximum aggregate size is one-inch for walls. 2.09 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Measure, batch, mix and deliver concrete according to ASTM C94, furnish batch ticket information. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 8 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 1. Batch Tickets: Include amount of water in batch from plant and remaining water that may be added at site, if any. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate and facilitate installation of embedded structural items. C. Coordinate and adjust concrete mix and additives to comply with requirements of manufacturers of coatings, sealants and adhesives applied to concrete. D. Coordinate and facilitate rough-in, openings and penetrations for Mechanical and Electrical items in concrete construction with Divisions 20 through 28. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.03 FORMWORK - ERECTION A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation and position indicated within the tolerance limits of ACI 117. B. Provide bracing to ensure the stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overstressing by construction loads to provide support and limit deflection of formwork to specified criteria. C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores. D. Keep form joints to a minimum. E. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members that are not indicated on drawings. F. Coordinate this Section with other sections of work that require attachment of components to formwork. G. Set edge forms, bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Form openings, chases, offsets, keyways and bulkheads required in work. Provide and secure units to support screed strips. Use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 9 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 3.04 FORMWORK - FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Protect reinforcing steel, inserts and bonding surfaces from application of any form release agent. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings that are affected by form release agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. 3.05 FORMWORK - INSERTS, EMBEDDED WORK, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings required for work by other trades and items passing through concrete work. B. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required. 2. Install connection plates, angles, or other embedded items flush with concrete surface and at accurate locations per the approved embedded item placement drawings required in the "Submittals" article. C. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete. D. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work. E. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. F. Install waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are continuous without displacing reinforcement. 3.06 FORMWORK - CLEANING A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, remove foreign matter within forms. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. 1. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure water and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 10 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 2. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter. C. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. 3.07 FORMWORK - TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301 and so that concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation and position indicated within the tolerance limits of ACI 117. 3.08 FORMWORK - REMOVAL A. Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, foundations and similar parts of the work that does not support the weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Leave formwork for beam soffits, slabs, joists and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved its 28-day design compressive strength. C. Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 318 recommendations in ACI 347R and ACI 347.2R for design, installation and removal of shoring and reshoring. 3.09 REINFORCEMENT - PLACEMENT A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. B. Clean reinforcement of loose mill scale, earth, ice and other foreign matter. C. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain concrete cover and position. D. Defective Work: The following reinforcing steel work will be considered defective, and shall be removed and replaced: 1. Bars with kinks or bends not shown in the drawings 2. Bars damaged due to bending or straightening 3. Bars heated for bending 4. Reinforcement not placed in accordance with the drawings. E. Accommodate placement of formed openings. F. Bend all tie wire back behind line of rebar on weathering surfaces. G. Conform to applicable code for concrete cover over reinforcement. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 11 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 3.10 CONCRETE - PREPARATION A. Verify forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. B. Coordinate placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. C. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.11 CONCRETE - PLACEMENT A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R, vibrate concrete thoroughly to eliminate voids, air pockets and rock pockets. 1. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. 2. Do not over-vibrate or use improper vibration methods or equipment that result in "bug holes" on face of concrete exposed to view. B. Before placing concrete, water may be added at project site only up to amount listed on batch ticket, subject to limitations of ACI 301. Total water in mix at time of placement shall not exceed amount specified in mix design. Do not add water to concrete after high range water-reducing admixtures have been added to mix at project site. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices are in place and will not be disturbed during concrete placement, and all required inspections have been performed. D. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. E. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. F. Cold Weather Placement: As specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. G. Hot Weather Placement: As specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. H. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 12 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 3.12 CONCRETE - FINISHING A. Top Of Footings or Foundation Walls: Float finish top of concrete footing and foundation walls to a smooth, straight, level surface free of variations of top elevation exceeding 1/4" in 10'-0". 1. Where top of footing will receive sheet waterproofing, finish surface smooth to tolerances required by waterproofing manufacturer. B. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork. C. Concrete Concealed From View: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/8" or more in height and grout fill rock pockets. D. Concrete Finish Where Exposed To View— Grout Cleaned Finish (sacked finish): 1. Rub down or chip off and smooth fins or other raised areas and grind smooth. 2. Break open and expose shallow air pockets and "bug holes" that occur on face of concrete. 3. Fill form tie holes, air pockets, "bug holes", voids, rock pockets and any uneven or irregular areas with latex bonding agent enriched cement grout matching concrete color. 4. Wet areas to be cleaned and apply Portland cement grout mixture by brush or spray; work grout into voids and roughness; scrub immediately with burlap or course cloth to remove excess grout; leave surface smooth and uniform in appearance. 5. After drying, rub vigorously with clean burlap, and keep moist for 36 hours. E. Surfaces To Receive Waterproofing: Rub down entire surface and chip off all fins, grind rough areas smooth, fill tie holes, rock pockets, voids, air holes, "bug holes", etc. with cement grout flush with adjacent surfaces, prepare surface in accordance with waterproofing manufacturer's requirements. 3.13 CONCRETE - CURING AND PROTECTION A. Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 308; leave forms in place for as long as practicable after pouring concrete, but in no case less than 3 days. Coordinate with 3.08 above. 1. Cure concrete long enough to ensure that 100% of the specified value for concrete properties are developed at 28 days. B. Protect concrete from damage after forms are removed; do not damage surface of concrete during removal of forms. 3.14 WORKMANSHIP A. Concrete shall be installed using the best workmanship, including the following: 1. Exposed to view wall surfaces free of waviness or deflection from inadequate form construction. 2. No tie wire or reinforcement within 1 inch of any concrete surface. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 00 - 13 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 3. Corners aligned plumb and straight with consistent appearance. 4. Reveals in straight alignment. 5. Proper consolidation of concrete, free of rock pockets or voids. 6. Walls aligned straight, plumb and in a flat plane. 7. No unplanned horizontal cold joints within walls. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Structural Drawings for special inspection and testing requirements for concrete work and including the following: 1. Inspect reinforcing steel materials and placement for conformance to Contract Documents prior to placement of any concrete. 2. Inspect and test concrete for conformance to Contract Documents, including: a. Confirmation of proper design mix b. Visual inspection of concrete during placement C. Slump testing d. Compression testing e. Percentage of entrained air testing f. Determination/confirmation of water/cement ratio B. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests as specified in Section 01 45 00. Testing agency shall be qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 to conduct testing indicated. 1. Contractor shall: a. Submit proposed concrete mix design of each class of concrete to agency for review prior to commencement of concrete operations. b. Coordinate and schedule inspection and testing of reinforcing steel and concrete work by the agency at the appropriate times and prior to cover. C. Provide testing agency with access to the work to allow required inspections and testing. d. Correct deficiencies or remove and replace any work that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. 2. Tests taken are spot checks only at a given location and shall not be interpreted as representing the quality or integrity of all of the concrete work performed. 3. Test data and reviews shall not be construed as acceptance of the work by the testing agency nor shall it relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to replace non-conforming or failed work. 4. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance with specified requirements. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS SECTION 03 30 01 CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork, reinforcing, placement, finishing and curing for concrete floor slabs. B. Shoring and bracing 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition. B. American Concrete Institute International: 1. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete; American Concrete Institute International 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings; American Concrete Institute International 3. ACI 302.1 R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction; American Concrete Institute International 4. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete; American Concrete Institute International 5. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International 6. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting; American Concrete Institute International 7. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary; American Concrete Institute International C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 2. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 3. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement 4. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 5. ASTM C494 - Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 6. ASTM C1059 - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete 7. ASTM C1107 - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic- CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS Cement Grout (Nonshrink) 8. ASTM F1249 - Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission Rate Through Plastic Film and Sheeting Using a Modulated Infrared Sensor 9. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00, for submittal procedures. C. Product Data: 1. Submit product data for concrete design mix(s) from concrete supplier for each different floor slab condition. 2. Under slab vapor retarder. D. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix, submit proposed mix designs a minimum of 15 days in advance of placing operations for each type of concrete. The submitted mix designs shall include the following: 1. Supporting test data for mixes that is not more than 12 months old. Include a sufficient number of tests and conduct a statistical analysis in compliance with ACI 301. 2. Gradation of fine and coarse aggregates not more than 90 days old showing compliance with ASTM C33. 3. Proportions of all ingredients, including all admixtures added either at the time of batching or at the job site. Aggregate weights shall be based upon saturated surface dry conditions. 4. Water/cement ratio. 5. Slump as measured according top ASTM C143. Provide slump test for each mix. 6. Air content of freshly mixed concrete as measured according to ASTM C231. 7. Strength measured at 7 and 28 days. Provide strength test for each mix at a frequency of both the 7" and 28th day. 8. Certifications that all ingredients in each mix are compatible. 9. Locations or intended use of each mix design. 10. Source of all materials. E. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturer's certifying that each of the following items complies with the requirements: 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates. Include mill certificates for cement. 2. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 3. Curing materials. F. Joint Layout Shop Drawings: Indicate proposed layout for control joints. G. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending, and placement prepared according to ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" and as follows: CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS 1. Include material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. 2. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. 3. Provide placement details for all specific reinforcing intersections and clearance conditions not shown by the typical details on the structural drawings. 4. Prepare drawings in sufficient detail to resolve all reinforcing intersections. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. Acquire cement from same source and aggregate from same source for entire project. C. Perform reinforcing steel installation in accordance with ACI 301. D. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather and as specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings E. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather and as specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. F. Contractor shall coordinate a pre-installation conference with Architect. In attendance shall be: Contractor, Concrete Finisher, Owner and Architect. Provisions and discussions of placement, schedule, man-power for finishing, weather conditions and job expectations shall be discussed. It is the intention that the new poured topping slab is to be exposed. Care shall be taken to ensure a high quality finished end product is achieved. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS Unless adequate protection is provided and acceptance is obtained, concrete shall not be placed during rain, sleet, or snow. A. Rainwater shall not be allowed to increase mixing water nor to damage surface finish. B. When temperature of surrounding air is expected to be below 40 degrees F during placing or within 24 hours after placing, temperature of plastic concrete, as placed, shall be no lower than 55 degrees F for sections less than 12 inches in any dimension nor 50 degrees F for any other sections. Temperature of concrete as placed shall not exceed 90 degrees F. D. Architect/Owner shall be notified 24 hours in advance prior to pouring apparatus bay slab. NO EXCEPTIONS. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS 1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY A. Contractor is responsible for designing and engineering the formwork along with the associated bracing and shoring to withstand all imposed construction forces. B. Contractor is responsible for coordinating and controlling the installation and protection of the entire concrete slab assembly including the Underslab capillary break selection, selection of concrete design mix conforming to design criteria, control of water added to concrete on the site, placement of concrete, slab finishing methods, slab curing methods and dry-out of the concrete slabs so as to achieve a crack-free slab with surface finish, vapor emission rate, moisture content and pH level required for and by the floor covering manufacturer(s) for successful application of their products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK MATERIALS A. Form Materials (for concrete not exposed to view): Provide per ACI 347R at discretion of Contractor. B. Form Material For Type 1 and 2 Concrete Finish (exposed to view): APA rated B-B High Density Concrete Form Overlay plywood, Class I, conforming to PS 1. 1. Plywood shall be new, or used once with face free of defects and nail holes filled. 2.02 FORM ACCESSORIES: A. Shoring And Bracing: Provide materials/system designed by Contractor to withstand all imposed construction forces. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless, non-staining, low or no VOC, will not adversely affect surface coatings or waterproofing. C. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. 2.03 INSERTS & EMBEDS A. Inserts And Embeds: Steel or ductile iron as specified on Structural Drawings, type and configuration suitable for intended load/connection and rated for intended load with generous margin of safety. B. Anchorbolts: As specified on Structural Drawings. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS 2.04 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Steel and Welded Wire Mesh: As specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. 1. Welded Wire Mesh: As specified on General Notes on the Structural Drawings. B. Reinforcement Accessories: 1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage. 2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of reinforcement during concrete placement. 3. Where reinforcement is installed over underslab vapor retarder, provide metal or concrete support pads that will not damage the vapor retarder. a. Provide stainless steel or plastic components for placement within 1-1/2" of weathering surfaces. C. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice. 2. Welding of reinforcement is permitted only with the specific approval of Structural Engineer. Perform welding in accordance with AWS D1.4. 3. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings at point of minimum stress. 2.05 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: As specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. B. Slag Or Flyash: 1. Slag Or Flyash - Select One Only: a. Slag: Ground granulated blast furnace slag conforming to ASTM C989 Grade 100 or 120. b. Flyash: Conform to ASTM C618, Class F. C. Manufacturers: 1) Boral Material Technologies, Inc. 2) Full Circle Solutions, Inc. 3) Headwater Resources, Inc. 4) Holcim US, Inc. 5) Lafarge North America 6) Mineral Resources Technologies, LLC 7) Mineral Solutions, Inc. 8) The SEFA Group D. Aggregates: 1. Aggregates: Conform to the requirements of ASTM C33 and subject to the approval of the structural engineer. a. Do not use high alkaline content aggregates that would prevent slab surface from achieving a pH of 9 or less after curing and dehydration. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS E. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C94 2.07 ADMIXTURES A. Admixtures: As specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture — Super Plasticizer: Conform to ASTM C494, Type F, provide water reducing, super-plasticizing admixture to concrete mix as required to maintain the water/cement ratio specified herein and improve workability and slump required for proper placement, consolidation and finishing. 2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Provide concrete mix design that will result in concrete as specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings and this Section. Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations. In addition to the requirements of the General Notes on the Structural Drawings, conform with the following special requirements: 1. Water/Cement Ratio: 0.40 or less; add water-reducing admixture as required to achieve. 2. Concrete shall not contain high alkaline content aggregates that would prevent slab surface from achieving a pH of 9 or less after curing and dehydration. 2.09 MIXING A. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94. 2.10 CONCRETE ACCESSORIES A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C1059, Type II acrylic non-redispersable type. B. Non-Shrink Grout: As specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. 2.11 CONSTRUCTION & CONTROL JOINT ACCESSORIES A. Sealant Filled Control Joints — Slabs Exposed To View: Rigid expansion joint filler conforming with ASTM D1751 or D1752 as required by sealant manufacturer. 1. Removable Top: Provide W.R. Meadows Snap-Cap plastic removable top. 2. Joint Width: 1/2 inch. B. Control Joints — Slabs Concealed From View: T-shaped vinyl control joint. 1. W.R. Meadows Speed-E-Joint 2. Zip Strip 3. Or similar C. Expansion/Isolation Joints: Furnish resilient bituminous type. Conform to detail and thickness as shown on drawings. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS 1. Sternson Ltd. Flexcell 2. Grace Construction Products Fiber 3. Homosote Co. Homex 300 4. Old North Mfg. Co., Inc. Gray-Flex 5. Or approved, non-extruding type, full depth of slab as required to bring top to within 1/4 inch of surface of slab, conforming to ASTM D1751. 2.12 SCREED SYSTEM A. Select a screed support system that does not penetrate or damage the underslab vapor retarder while providing the level control required to achieve specified floor slab surface tolerances. 1. Screed System: Grann Adjustable Quick Screed (800.554.7266), or similar screed chairs from either Dayton Richmond (800.745.3700) or Aztek (877.531.3344) B. Coordinate flush pipe and conduit penetrations through slab with Divisions 20 through 28 if required to accommodate screed system selected. 2.13 CURING MATERIALS A. General: Refer to Curing Schedule in Part 3 of this Section. B. Type 1 Curing — Water Curing: Select from the following options as appropriate for conditions: 1. Option 1 - Continuous Water Curing: Provide water spray equipment to cover entire slab area. 2. Option 2 — Sheet/Blanket Curing: Curing sheet consisting of white polyethylene sheet with water retaining polyester fabric or natural cellulose fiber backing. a. PNA HydraCure S16 or M5, phone: (800)-542-0214. b. McTech Group UltraCure SUN, phone: (866) 913-8363. C. Cold Weather Curing: Whenever there is the potential for freezing temperatures or frost occurring after concrete slabs are placed at any time during the curing period, provide heated enclosure around/over slab or install reinforced polyethylene sheet blanket filled with polypropylene foam insulation or other type of insulating blanket over the curing sheet to protect slabs from freeze damage. C. Type 2 Curing: Liquid-type containing minimum 16% acrylic solids, clear acrylic, copolymer curing compound, sealer, dustproofer and hardener conforming to ASTM C309, Type I, Class A and B; Euclid Aqua-Cure VOX OR Sealer: "Surebond SB-7000" as manufactured by Sure Bond Company, info(cDsurebond.com, 888-447-8731 OR approved substitutions. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 8 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate and facilitate recessed concrete slab construction to meet requirements of tile flooring. C. Coordinate and facilitate concrete slab construction to meet requirements of floor covering manufacturers. D. Coordinate and adjust concrete mix and additives to comply with requirements of manufacturers of coatings, sealants and adhesives applied to concrete. E. Coordinate and facilitate rough-in, openings and penetrations for mechanical and electrical items in concrete construction with Divisions 20 through 28. F. Coordinate and facilitate floor slab slope and heights of floor drains with Division 22 to assure adequate drainage. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent. B. Coordinate placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of form accessories. C. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Utilize screed system for slabs with underslab vapor retarder that does not penetrate or damage the vapor retarder. 3.04 FORMWORK A. Edge Forms: 1. Construct edge forms and bracing, for slabs on grade, metal floor decking and decks with waterproof membrane to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of ACI 301. 2. Arrange and assemble forms to permit dismantling and stripping so as to avoid damage to concrete during stripping. 3. Apply form release agent on forms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. a. Protect reinforcing steel, inserts and bonding surfaces from CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 9 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS application of any form release agent. B. Screeds: Utilize a screed system to facilitate placement of concrete to a uniform flat plane; with uniform slope where shown or required for drainage C. Inserts, Embedded Work and Openings 1. Provide formed openings for work by other trades and items passing through concrete work. 2. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete. 3. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, recesses, sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work. 4. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement. D. Install construction joint devices in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. 3.05 REINFORCING STEEL PLACEMENT A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position. B. Do not displace or damage underslab vapor retarder. C. Accommodate placement of formed openings. D. Conform to applicable code for concrete cover over reinforcement. 3.06 CONTROL OF CONCRETE SLAB CONSTRUCTION A. Coordinate and control the installation and protection of the entire concrete slab assembly including the Underslab capillary break, selection of the concrete design mix, water added to concrete on the site, placement of concrete, slab finishing methods, slab curing methods and dry-out of the concrete slabs so as to achieve a crack-free slab and the surface finish, vapor emission rate, moisture content and pH level required for and by the floor covering manufacturer(s) for successful application of their products. B. Select and provide the equipment and power/fuel required to dry out concrete floor slabs to required moisture content and vapor emission rate required for the successful installation of any floor covering or coating being applied. 3.07 CONSTRUCTION & CONTROL JOINTS A. Construction Joint Layout: Coordinate proposed construction joint layout with Architect and Structural Engineer prior to placement of any concrete within the apparatus bays. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 10 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS B. Construction Joints: Construct full depth keyed form in configuration shown on Drawings or as approved by Architect. 1. Remove temporary forms carefully and protect exposed edge of concrete from damage. C. Control Joints: 1. Control Joints — Slabs Exposed To View: Install removable top sealant filled control joint; align straight and true. 2. Sealant specified in Section 07 90 00. 3. Control joint filler specified in Section 03 33 13. 4. Concealed Condition Under Floor Covering: Install T-shaped vinyl control joint in slab with removable top. D. Tooled/Scored Control Joints: Tooled joints made in wet concrete, with uniform appearance, straight and true, depth as follows: 1. Joints shall be straight and true. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Floor Slab Surface Tolerances: Floor slabs shall be constructed to achieve the following tolerances when measured in accordance with ACI 302.1 R: 1. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness For Concrete Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 3.09 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R. B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1 R. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement. D. Protect underslab vapor retarder from damage during concrete placement. Repair vapor retarder damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing or concrete. Repair with vapor retarder material; lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal watertight. E. Install construction joint devices in coordination with floor slab pattern placement sequence. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. F. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. G. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints. H. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 11 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS I. Place floor slabs with joint locations as shown on the Drawings or, where not shown, as approved by Architect. J. Screed floors to a level flat plane, maintaining specified surface flatness. K. In areas with floor drains, maintain design floor elevation at walls; slope surfaces uniformly to drains as indicated on Drawings or as directed by Architect (minimum 1/8" per foot nominal). Ponding water around drains is not acceptable. 1. Floors Without Floor Covering: Surface of concrete adjacent to floor drain shall be 1/16" to 3/32" above top of floor drain and shall not pond water, transition slope to edge of floor drain shall be smooth without a sharp edge/drop-off. 2. Floors With Floor Covering: Hold top of concrete below top of grate to allow floor covering to install flush with top of drain grate. Coordinate height of drain grate to match floor covering. L. Where there are walls or permanent cabinets with bases to be installed after slab is placed, the floor slope should be started at the wall or cabinet base location. 3.10 FLOOR FINISHING A. General: Finish concrete floor surfaces with bull float, wood/magnesium hand floats and steel trowels in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.1 R. 1. Do not dust slab with cement powder while finishing. B. Steel Trowel Finish - Floors Scheduled To Receive Floor Covering & Interior Concrete Floors Exposed To View: Steel trowel surfaces to a smooth finish, free of ripples or surface defects and that conforms to the floor covering manufacturer's requirements. 1. Do not over trowel or "burn" the slab surface, excessive power troweling can densify the slab surface to such a high degree that the rate of water release from the slab is hindered and the time required to dry out the full depth of the concrete slab (as required for application of adhesively applied floor coverings) is increased substantially. 3.11 CURING A. Curing Schedule: Cure floor slabs in the following location as noted: 1. Slabs With Floor Covering or Coating: Type 1 Curing — Continuous Water Curing or Curing Sheet/Blanket. 2. Slabs Exposed To View With No Finish: Type 2 Curing — Liquid Curing/Sealing Compound. B. Cure concrete slabs in accordance with ACI 308 and the following to properly moisture cure the concrete and to reduce/eliminate uncontrolled shrinkage cracking. 1. Type 1 Curing - Continuous Water Curing or Curing Sheet/Blanket: a. Continuous Water Cure: Set up water spray equipment to maintain concrete slabs in a continuously wet condition for the entire curing period. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 12 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS 1) Install timers or other methods on spray equipment to allow timed spray operation prevent overwatering of the site. 2) Slabs shall not be allowed to dry out for the entire curing period. b. Curing Sheet/Blanket: Place over entire slab in conformance with manufacturer's installation instructions and the following 1) After finishing is complete and prior to slab drying in any area, thoroughly wet the entire slab with a continuous film of water sufficient to completely saturate the backside of the curing membrane when unrolling. 2) Unroll moisture retaining curing sheet continuously over wet slab to trap surface water and maintain slab in damp condition during curing. 3) Overlap sheet edges and ends 4 inches and secure edges with framing lumber to prevent wind from blowing curing sheet off slab. 4) Extend sheet 8 inches beyond perimeter of slab and secure sheet tightly at slab perimeter with framing lumber to prevent wind from blowing curing sheet off slab. 5) Use a roller to remove any air bubbles. 6) Maintain sheet in place in undamaged condition for 7 days minimum and until concrete design strength is achieved; repair any damage to sheet immediately. 2. Liquid Type Curing/Sealing Compound: a. Apply 2 separate coats of curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (immediately after surface water sheen has disappeared) in strict conformance with manufacturer's installation instructions. b. Apply uniformly at manufacturer's recommended application rate for uniform and complete coverage in continuous operation by power spray or roller. C. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. d. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Structural Drawings for special inspection and testing requirements for concrete work. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01 45 00. Testing agency shall be qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 to conduct testing indicated. C. Provide testing agency with safe access to concrete operations at project site and accommodate their requirements. E. Concrete Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of concrete CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 01 - 13 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS operations. F. Reinforcing Steel: No concrete shall be placed until placement of reinforcing steel has been inspected and approved. Inspector shall inspect/verify: 1. Material type, grade, size and configuration of reinforcing being placed. 2. Any additional items required by the structural drawings. G. Continuous Field Inspection: The independent testing agency shall be present at all times during the placing of structural concrete. Work shall not proceed until all inspections are completed. Prior to placing concrete, the Inspector shall inspect: 1. Accuracy, configuration and cleanliness of all formwork. 2. Quality, cleanliness and placement of all reinforcing steel. 3. Check batch tickets for compliance with required mix design(s). 4. Any additional items required by the structural drawings. H. Concrete Sampling: 1. Obtain and test samples in accordance with ACI 301. 2. Mold and cure a minimum of 6 compression test specimens for each sample. Test specimens at intervals noted in ACI 301. 3. At contractor's expense and direction, cast and field-cure standard cylinder specimens as may be required for construction. Number of specimens and testing age shall be determined by the contractor based on construction sequence requirements. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 02 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION SECTION 03 30 02 CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparation of concrete floor slabs to receive coatings, floor coverings, adhesives or floor/roof coverings; including the following: 1. Drying concrete slab to required moisture vapor transmission rate. 2. Contractor hired testing laboratory to test slab moisture content, vapor emission rate and pH level. 3. Correcting rough or out of tolerance slabs. 4. Correcting concrete slabs with excessive moisture vapor emission rates. 5. Correcting concrete slabs with non-conforming pH levels. 6. Installing joint filler in control and construction joints. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition. B. ASTM F710 — Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. C. ASTM F1869 — Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. D. ASTM F2170 Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. The roof must be installed and all exterior openings closed in. B. Areas shall be maintained in a heated and dry condition. C. Starting at least 48 hours prior to taking any tests, maintain temperature in areas to receive floor covering at 70 degrees F during any testing. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 02 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DRYING EQUIPMENT A. Provide fans, heaters, dehumidifiers, etc. as required to dry out the concrete slabs to required level. 1. Heating equipment is limited to electric heaters or indirect-fired gas, oil or kerosene fired units with exhaust piped to building exterior. Direct fired gas, oil or kerosene heaters are not allowed. B. Provide temporary enclosure(s) as required to protect the concrete slab from exposure to the weather or from becoming wet from other sources. 2.02 TESTING AGENCY A. Testing Agency: Contractor shall hire a qualified independent testing agency to perform the testing specified in this Section for all concrete slabs scheduled to receive adhered roofing, floor coatings or coverings: 1. Testing by floor coating/covering installers is encouraged, but shall not be an acceptable substitute for the independent testing agency specified herein. B. Equipment: Provide the testing materials and equipment required by each different ASTM test method or test procedure; testing equipment shall be calibrated and tested for accuracy within the previous 12 months by a recognized independent test facility. 2.03 CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. Cementitious Underlayment/Subfloor Filler: Portland cement-based underlayment formulated specifically for patching and filling concrete slabs on grade, 4,200 psi compressive strength; capable of feather edge installation; not adversely affected by moisture or alkali. 1. Manufacturer/Product: Ardex SD-P InstantPatch or similar with equal or better compressive strength and performance characteristics. 2.04 JOINT FILLER A. Interior Concrete Floor Slab Joint Filler: Semi-rigid, two-part, self-leveling, 100% epoxy filler; Shore A hardness of at least 80; minimum 450 psi tensile strength. 1. Manufacturers/Products: a. Dayton Superior Poxy-Fil b. Euclid Chemical Co. Dural 340 SL C. L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Epoflex SL 2. Applications: Use for: a. Control and construction joints in interior concrete slabs. b. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 02 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION 2.05 MOISTURE BARRIER A. Moisture Barrier: 1. The need for a moisture barrier is determined by the Contractor based on: a. Contractor's project scheduling b. Contractor's ability to manage the installation and protection of the underslab vapor retarder and to control the placement and drying of the concrete slabs so that the concrete is sufficiently dry and the water vapor emission rate is at or below the level required by the floor coating or covering manufacturer(s). 2. The selection of moisture barrier product(s) shall be based on moisture emission rate test results and the moisture barrier manufacturer's requirements/limitations for their products. 3. Moisture Barrier: Select a moisture barrier manufacturer/product that conforms to the following: a. Moisture barrier shall be compatible with and approved for use with the coatings, adhesives and floor covering products being installed on this Project. b. Moisture barrier system shall reduce the concrete slab moisture vapor transmission rate to the level required to meet the floor coating/covering manufacturer's requirements. C. Moisture barrier manufacturer shall warrant the entire floor coating/covering or roofing installation to be free from failure due to the floor slab exceeding the manufacturer's required moisture vapor transmission rate for a period of 5 years minimum, including removal and replacement of any failed coating/flooring/roofing with equivalent coating/flooring/roofing at no cost to the Government. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate concrete placement, finishing and curing/drying requirements with Section 03 30 01. C. Inspect the surface finish and tolerances on the concrete slabs with the finish flooring installer(s) and identify any areas that are not acceptable for installation of their products. D. Coordinate requirements for preparation of floor slabs scheduled to receive adhered roofing system to conform with roofing manufacturer's requirements. E. Coordinate requirements for preparation of floor slabs scheduled to receive floor covering to conform with each different floor covering manufacturer's requirements. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 02 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION F. Coordinate requirements for preparation of floor slabs scheduled to receive floor coatings to conform with each different floor coating manufacturer's requirements. 3.02 CONCRETE SLAB DRY OUT A. General: Manage and control the variables affecting the slab dry out as required to maintain project schedule. B. Concrete Floor Slab Dry Out: As soon as concrete slabs have fully cured and reached design strength, dry out concrete slabs using fans, heaters, and dehumidifiers until the concrete moisture content and moisture vapor emission rate are at levels required by coatings, adhesives and roofing/flooring manufacturers (confirm specific requirements for coatings, adhesives and roof/floor coverings scheduled to be installed). 1. Where a liquid curing compound has been used to cure concrete slabs, remove any remaining compound from floor surface using rotary sander or other mechanical means as required to allow complete drying out of concrete slab and to allow for proper adhesive bond to concrete. 2. Seal off exterior openings airtight as required to facilitate slab dry out. 3.03 EXAMINATION A. Verify that slab surfaces are smooth and flat within tolerances specified in Section 03 30 01 and are ready to receive floor coating/covering or adhered roofing. B. Verify that surfaces are dust-free, and free of substances which would impair bonding of adhesive materials to surfaces. C. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location and installed to proper height to receive flooring material flush with top surface. 3.04 PREPARATION A. General: Prepare concrete slabs in conformance with ASTM F710 and the following. B. Rough or Uneven Slabs: Remove any surface roughness, ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes, and other defects with cementitious underlayment to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface suitable for roof/floor covering installation. Slab surface shall be smooth and free of waviness, irregularities or unevenness of plane; prepare substrate and install underlayment in strict conformance to manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Prohibit traffic until underlayment is cured. C. Contaminated Concrete (oil, grease, wax, asphalt, etc.): Remove all contaminated concrete by mechanical means (shotblasting, grinding, scabbling, jackhammer, etc.) and patch affected area with cementitious underlayment or new concrete slab as applicable condition. Do not use solvents or removers. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 02 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION 1. Patching does not apply to concrete slabs exposed to view with clear coating; remove these slabs to closest control or construction joints and repour concrete. D. Concrete Slab Alkalinity: Where slab pH does not conform to coating, adhesive or roof/flooring manufacturer's requirements the slab is not acceptable for installation of the specified coating/covering and will require corrective action (generally the pH level must be 9 or less, confirm specific requirements for each different coating, adhesive and roofing/floor covering specified). Take corrective measures to allow floor covering installation to proceed; any corrective measure must be approved by the coating, adhesive, or roofing/floor covering manufacturer. E. Vacuum clean slab surfaces. 3.05 TESTING A. Testing agency shall test concrete slab moisture vapor emission rate and pH level use the test procedures required by the coating, adhesive and roofing/floor covering manufacturer(s) and as described herein. Testing agency shall provide all test equipment and send copies of test results in report format to Contractor, Architect and Owner. B. Concrete Slab Relative Humidity Test: Test the relative humidity of concrete slabs in accordance with ASTM F2170. 1. Drill holes in slab and install plastic sleeves for inserting humidity probes at a minimum rate of 3 for first 1,000 square feet and 1 for every 1,000 square feet thereafter (e.g. 5,000 square feet of area would require 7 test points). Distribute test sites uniformly around space/area. 2. Concrete slabs shall be at service temperature and air space above the floor slab shall be at service temperature and relative humidity for 48 hours prior to measuring concrete relative humidity. 3. Allow 72 hours after installing plastic sleeves for slab to achieve moisture equilibrium within the hole before taking humidity measurements. 4. Take relative humidity reading at each test location in accordance with the equipment manufacturer instructions to provide an accurate relative humidity reading of the slab. 5. Record the relative humidity as a percentage. 6. Number and record each test location on floor plan of the building. C. Concrete Slab Moisture Emission Rate Test: Test slabs for moisture vapor emission rate in accordance with ASTM F1869. 1. Maintain constant temperature of 70 degrees F in areas to be tested for 48 hours prior to test and for entire duration of test. Doors, windows and any openings to exterior shall be kept closed. 2. Place Calcium Chloride Test dishes on floor slab in accordance with manufacturer's instruction at the minimum rate of 3 test dishes for areas up to 1,000 square feet and 1 test dish for every 1,000 square feet thereafter (e.g. 5,000 square feet of floor covering area would require 7 test dishes). Distribute test dishes uniformly around space/area. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 02 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION 3. Tests sites shall be cleaned of all adhesive residue, curing compounds, paints, sealers, floor coverings, etc. 24 hours prior to the placement of test kits. 4. Weigh test dish on site prior to start of test. Scale must accurately report weights to 0.1 grams. Record weight of dish and start time. 5. Expose Calcium Chloride and set dish on concrete surface. 6. Install test containment dome and allow test to proceed for 60 — 72 hours. 7. Retrieve test dish by carefully cutting through containment dome. Close and reseal test dish. 8. Weigh test dish on site recording weight and stop time. 9. Calculate and record results as "pounds of moisture vapor emission per 1,000 square feet per 24 hours". 10. Number and record each test location on floor plan of the building. D. Concrete Slab pH Level Test: 1. At each vapor emission test site, after removal of test containment dome, perform pH test. a. Place several drops of distilled or de-ionized water onto dry concrete surface to form a puddle approximately 1" in diameter. b. Allow the water to set for approximately 60 seconds. C. Dip the pH paper into the water and remove immediately, compare color to chart provided by paper supplier to determine pH level. 2. Record the results at each test site. 3.06 CONSTRUCTION & CONTROL JOINTS A. Joint Layout And Saw cutting: Specified in Section 03 30 01. B. Do not fill joints until concrete slab is fully cured and dried out so that normal shrinkage is complete. C. Clean and prepare joint and bonding surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, joint surfaces shall be thoroughly clean and dry. D. Joint Filler Installation: 1. Filler At Floors Exposed To View: Fill joint with epoxy joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. a. Protect exposed to view floor slab surfaces from staining by epoxy filler. b. Overfill joint slightly with epoxy filler. C. Cut off excess epoxy filler flush with top of slab using a sharp blade. 2. Filler At Floors With Floor Covering: Fill joint with either epoxy filler as described above or using cementitious underlayment. a. Cut off or grind top of joint filler flush with top of slab. b. Fill any voids or low areas so that joint is smooth, flush and free of irregularities in surface plane. CITY OF ARLINGTON 03 30 02 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB PREPARATION 3.07 INSTALLATION — MOISTURE BARRIER A. If the Contractor determines the need for installing a moisture barrier, either to maintain the project completion schedule, or as an alternative to replacement of a concrete slab that has too high a water vapor emission rate, conform to the following: 1. Select a moisture barrier manufacturer/product that will reduce the water vapor emission rate of the concrete slab to the level required by the coating/adhesive/roofing/floor covering manufacturer. 2. Prepare concrete and install moisture barrier in strict conformance with manufacturer's installation instructions and as required to achieve specified warranty. a. Include any inspections by manufacturer's technical representative or other special requirements required to achieve specified warranty. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 05 50 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions, Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Miscellaneous metal fabrications including handrails, brackets, pre-fabricated stairs and guardrails and other items as noted on the Drawings. B. Artwork support steel as noted on the Drawings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition. B. ANSI A14.3 - American National Standard for Ladders - Fixed - Safety Requirements. C. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. D. ASTM A53 - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc- Coated, Welded and Seamless. E. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. F. ASTM A153/A 153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. G. ASTM A283/A 283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates. H. ASTM B308 - Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles I. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. J. ASTM A500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes. CITY OF ARLINGTON 05 50 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL METAL FABRICATIONS K. ASTM A1008 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable L. AWS A2.4 - Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination; American Welding Society. M. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel; American Welding Society. N. SSPC (PM2) - Painting Manual, Vol. 2, Systems and Specifications; Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings prepared by a professional steel detailer showing each metal fabrication; indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welders: Qualified within the previous 12 months for type of welding required for this project in accordance with AWS D-1.1 and AWS D 1.4. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008. B. Solid Steel Bars, Plates & Shapes: ASTM A36. C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. D. Plates: ASTM A283. E. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish. F. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized components. G. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded. H. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, Type 1, red oxide. CITY OF ARLINGTON 05 50 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL METAL FABRICATIONS I. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20 Type I Inorganic zinc rich. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Coordinate and confirm field dimensions and conditions prior to fabrication. B. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. C. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured. D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise. F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. 2.03 FABRICATED ITEMS A. Pipe Bollards: Schedule 40 steel pipe, size as shown on Drawings, hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. 1. Finish: Field painted by Section 09 90 00. B. Half-High Wall Supports: Welded steel construction, fabricate as shown on Drawings and as required to fit within wall framing. 1. Finish: Shop prime paint. C. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates, and bars, of welded construction to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and required, to receive other adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. 1. Use mitered joints for field connection. 2. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hangers, hardware, and similar items. 3. Hot-dip galvanize items on building exterior, exposed to exterior atmosphere or so indicated on the Drawings; prime paint other items. 4. Finish: Shop prime paint. D. Ledge Angles, Shelf Angles, Channels, and Plates Not Attached to Structural Framing: For support of metal decking and joists; prime paint finish. E. Steel Lintels For Brick Veneer: Fabricate from structural steel angles sized as shown on Structural Drawings for size of opening/span. 1. Hot-dip galvanize after fabrication. CITY OF ARLINGTON 05 50 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL METAL FABRICATIONS F. Other Miscellaneous Fabricated Steel Items Shown On The Drawings: Fabricate as shown. 2.04 FINISHES - STEEL A. Prime Paint: 1. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP-1 and SP 3. 2. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, oil, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. 3. Prime Painting: Shop prime fabricated members with primer specified. 4. Steel With Fireproofing: Do not shop prime, leave steel surfaces bare. B. Galvanizing: Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A123. Provide minimum 2.0 oz/sq ft galvanized coating. 1. Hot-dip galvanize fabricated items located on building exterior, exposed to exterior atmosphere or so indicated on the Drawings. 2.05 FABRICATION TOLERANCES A. Squareness: 1/8 inch maximum difference in diagonal measurements. B. Maximum Offset Between Faces: No misalignment allowed, fabricate flush. C. Maximum Misalignment of Adjacent Members: 1/16 inch. D. Maximum Bow: 1/8 inch in 48 inches. E. Maximum Deviation From Plane: 1/16 inch in 48 inches, non-cumulative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning installation indicates installer's acceptance of conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be CITY OF ARLINGTON 05 50 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL METAL FABRICATIONS cast into concrete or embedded in masonry. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings. D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled. F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed or galvanized. G. Touch up damaged areas of galvanized finish on fabrications with touch up primer. 3.05 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch. C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06 10 00 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Rough Carpentry 1.03 REFERENCES A. All reference shall be the latest adopted edition, or as noted. B. AWPA C2 - Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties--Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association C. AWPA C20 - Structural Lumber--Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes; American Wood-Preservers' Association D. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. E. IBC — International Building Code F. ICC — International Code Council G. WCLB (GR) - Standard Grading and Dressing Rules No. 17; West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau H. WWPA G-5 - Western Lumber Grading Rules; Western Wood Products Association 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product data on the following items: 1. Sill Gasket 2. Metal screen CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and approved grading rules and inspection agencies. 1. Acceptable Lumber Inspection Agencies: WCLB and WWPA. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING A. Cover wood products to protect against moisture and growth of mold/mildew. Support stacked products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Species: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings. B. Grade: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings. C. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. D. Moisture Content: Maximum 19 percent, stack or kiln-dried. E. Backing: 2 x 6 and larger solid lumber, cut from No. 2 Douglas Fir/Larch dimension lumber that is free of large knots, splits or other defects that would reduce the strength of the backing piece. 2.02 TIMBERS A. Species: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings. B. Grade: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings. C. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. D. Moisture Content: Maximum 19 percent, stack-dried. 2.03 ENGINEERED WOOD A. Engineered Wood: Provide as specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings. 2.04 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. APA Rated Roof Sheathing: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings. B. Roofing Nailer/Sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing 5/8" thick, tongue and groove edges, C-DX Grade with exterior plys. CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY C. APA Rated Wall Sheathing: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings. D. Miscellaneous Panels: 1. Electrical /Phone Component Mounting: 3/4" thick APA Rated Fir plywood, sanded face, B-C, exterior grade, PS 1, fire retardant treated. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners, Anchors and Anchorbolts: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings for structural applications. 1. Fasteners on Building Exterior, in High Humidity or in Preservative Pressure Treated Wood: Stainless steel or hot-dipped galvanized. a. Use only stainless steel fasteners in wood treated with ACZA preservative treatment. 2. Anchor For Concrete and Masonry: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings for structural applications and the following: a. Concealed Location: Zinc plated steel, expansion type fasteners manufactured by Rawl or Hilti. b. Exposed Location: Hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel. C. Preservative Pressure Treated Wood: Hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel. 1) Use only stainless steel anchors in wood treated with ACZA preservative treatment. B. Die-Stamped Framing Connectors: As specified on the Structural Drawings; hot dipped galvanized steel, ICC approved, Simpson StrongTie or similar. a. Connectors Exposed To Weather: Hot dip galvanize after fabrication. C. Joist Hangers: As specified on the Structural Drawings; hot dipped galvanized steel, ICC approved, sized to suit framing conditions and loads, Simpson StrongTie or similar. D. Sill Gasket on Top of Foundation Wall: 1/4 inch thick, match width of sill plate, ribbed closed cell plastic foam from continuous rolls; Owens Corning FoamSealR or similar. E. Construction Adhesive: APA AFG-01, Waterproof, solvent base, air cure type, cartridge dispensed. F. Weather Resistive Barrier (WRB): Specified in Section 07 27 00. G. Building Paper: 30 lb. asphalt saturated felt. CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY 2.06 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA Treatment standard U1 using waterborne preservative to to the requirements of Use Category 2 (UC2) interior and Use Category 3 (UC3B) exterior. 1. Kiln dry after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. 2. Do not incise wood exposed to view in the finish construction. 3. Treat wood in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing. 4. Treat wood in contact with masonry or concrete. B. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber in Contact with Soil: AWPA Treatment U1 using waterborne preservative designated in AWPA U1 as suitable for ground contact to 0.60 percent retention and Use Category 4 (UC4A). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate the layout of wall, floor, ceiling and roof framing to accommodate the location of mechanical and electrical penetrations and recessed items and to minimize cutting framing members and/or framing openings in these assemblies. C. Coordinate the layout and location of wall framing and solid 2x wood backing for attachment of finish wood fabrications with Section 06 20 00. D. Coordinate the installation of the plywood roof sheathing with dry weather and cover immediately, do not allow to get wet. E. Coordinate the layout and location of wall framing and solid 2x wood backing for attachment of fiber cement siding with Section 07 46 49. F. Coordinate the layout and location of wall framing and solid 2x wood backing required for attachment and support of Contractor and Owner furnished toilet and miscellaneous accessories shown on the Drawings and specified in Section 10 28 00. G. Coordinate the layout and location of wall framing and solid 2x wood backing to accommodate layout of cabinets shown on the Drawings and specified in Section 12 32 00. H. Coordinate the layout and location of wall framing and solid 2x wood backing required for attachment and support of surface-mounted plumbing items specified in Division 22. CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY I. Coordinate the layout and location of wall framing and solid 2x wood backing required for attachment and support of surface-mounted electrical items specified in Division 26 through 28. J. Coordinate the layout and location of wall framing and solid 2x wood backing required for attachment and support of surface-mounted Owner Furnished Owner Installed (OFOI) items. 3.02 GENERAL A. Drilling, Notching & Cutting: Coordinate and control drilling, notching and cutting of all framing members required to admit or install work of other trades, do not violate the structural integrity of any wood framed members, comply with restrictions and requirements of Structural Engineer, IBC and local Building Official. B. Nailing: Nailing shall conform to the size and spacing shown on the Structural Drawings; where nailing is not indicated, provide nailing per IBC Table 2304.9.1. Fastener Schedule. C. Wood In Contact With Concrete & Masonry shall be preservative pressure treated. 1. At ends of beams, behind engineered wood ledgers or at similar situations, separate wood from concrete or masonry with building paper. 3.03 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Cut and fit framing members accurately, set members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard crooked or twisted pieces or with defects that would lower required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. B. Wall Plates: Comply with size(s) shown on Structural Drawings. 1. Bottom plates bearing on concrete shall be preservative pressure treated. 2. Bore holes of proper diameter for anchor bolts accurately; oversized or elongated holes are not acceptable. 3. Install continuous sill gasket under bottom plates of exterior walls. C. Wall Framing: Cull out crooked, twisted or inconsistent width framing, align framing members so that finish walls are straight and free of waviness. D. Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide temporary bracing sufficient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. E. Install structural members full length without splices. F. Comply with member sizes, spacing, and configurations indicated, and fastener size and spacing indicated on Drawings and Structural General Notes, but not less than required by applicable codes. CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY G. Install horizontal spanning members with crown edge up and not less than 1-1/2 inches of bearing at each end. H. Provide framing members at all vertical ends/edges of GWB and wall sheathing and at ends of floor sheathing. I. Construct headers at floor, roof and wall openings required by the design and work of other trades. Where not shown, provide double joist headers; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed. J. Provide mid-span bridging at joists as shown on the Drawings and at all spans in excess of 8 feet. Fit solid blocking at ends of members and at bearing points. K. Frame wall openings required by the design and for work of other trades. Where not shown, provide a minimum two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs; coordinate with requirements of Structural Drawings. L. Provide blocking between framing members wherever required by Drawings, IBC, Building Official, or good construction practice. M. Fire Stops: Install solid 2x lumber blocking fire stops (or other approved material) in accordance with the requirements of the IBC and the Building Official including, but not limited to the following locations: 1. In concealed spaces of stud walls and partitions, including furred spaces, at the ceiling and floor levels and at 10-foot intervals both horizontal and vertical. 2. At all interconnections between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings, cove ceilings and suspended lay-in ceilings. 3. Concealed spaces behind combustible trim and finish: Fire stop at intervals not exceeding 10 feet. 4. Concealed spaces behind exterior cornices or other elements: Fire stop at intervals not exceeding 20 feet. 5. In wall framing in line with stair stringers and between stair stringers and wall. N. Provide additional framing members and/or modifications required to accommodate work of other trades. O. Provide backing and miscellaneous members as indicated or as required to support work provided by other trades (finishes, fixtures, specialty items, trim, etc.). 3.04 INSTALLATION -WOOD BACKING A. Provide backing and miscellaneous 2x framing members as indicated or as required to support work provided by other trades (finishes, fixtures, specialty CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY items, trim, etc.). B. Fiber Cement Siding & Trim: Provide solid 2x wood backing for fiber cement siding and trim attachment points that do not occur on framing members to facilitate secure attachment of siding. C. Door Hardware: 1. Provide 2x6 wood backing for door wall stops. D. Toilet Accessories: Provide solid 2x wood backing for attachment of toilet accessories. Backing for grab bars shall be installed to support 300 pound sustained load on each backing piece without deflection or failure. 1. Provide backing for Owner Furnished accessories. E. Casework: Provide solid 2x wood backing for attachment/support of casework. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES & MISCELLANEOUS WOOD A. Install sill gasket directly on concrete foundation under exterior wall plates. Puncture gasket cleanly and fit tightly to protruding foundation anchor bolts. B. Coordinate installation of glue laminated structural units, prefabricated wood trusses, and plywood web joists. C. Construct curbs at roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form corners by alternating lapping side members. D. Backing for Owner Installed Items: Provide backing for Owner installed items indicated on Drawings. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Roof Sheathing: Secure panels perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered and sheet ends over firm bearing. 1. Install roof sheathing in dry weather and cover with temporary or permanent roofing immediately to avoid panels getting wet. 2. Use only full sized panels, cut to fit; do not use cutoff ends pieced together where a full size panel will fit. 3. Edge/End Gap: Install sheathing panels with gap between sheets as recommended by APA. 4. Provide solid edge blocking between sheets where shown on Drawings. 5. Nail panels to framing at spacing indicated on Structural Drawings. B. Roofing Nailer/Sheathing: Coordinate with installation of rigid foam roof insulation and asphalt shingles to prevent insulation and sheathing from being exposed to the weather or to get wet. 1. Install roofing nailer/sheathing in dry weather and cover with temporary or permanent roofing immediately to avoid panels getting wet. 2. Secure panels perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 8 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY and sheet ends over firm bearing. 3. Use only full sized panels, cut to fit; do not use cutoff ends pieced together where a full size panel will fit. 4. Edge/End Gap: Install sheathing panels with gap between sheets as recommended by APA. 5. Nail panels to furring at 8" on center spacing or as indicated on Drawings. 6. Provide ventilation holes through roofing nailer/sheathing as required for free flow of ventilation air between rigid foam insulation and sheathing. C. Wall Sheathing: Orient sheathing panels with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs and ends over firm bearing, stagger end joints between adjacent panels, securely nail as noted on Structural Drawings or, where not noted, per code. 1. Use only full sized panels, cut to fit; do not use cutoff ends pieced together where a full size panel will fit. 2. Edge/End Gap: Install sheathing panels with gap between sheets as recommended by APA. 3.07 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative treatment compatible with factory applied treatment at site- sawn cuts, complying with manufacturer's instructions. B. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members. 3.08 DRILLING, CUTTING & NOTCHING A. Do not drill, cut, notch or alter any structural framing, except as noted on the Drawings and in this specification, without the approval of the Structural Engineer. 3.09 WORKMANSHIP A. Carpentry work shall be accomplished using the best workmanship, including the following: 1. Crooked, bowed, twisted or damaged lumber culled out and used for blocking/backing. 2. End cuts at proper angle and length for tight fit. 3. Nailed connections free of splitting or damage. 4. Framing aligned plumb and square. 5. Framing conforming to specified tolerances. 6. Bolt/anchor holes not oversized or misaligned. 7. Panel ends aligned at center of supporting framing member. 8. Panel ends and edges properly gapped. 9. Consistent nail spacing on panels. B. Any part of the carpentry work installed with improper or poor workmanship shall be removed and replaced at Contractor's expense. CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 10 00 - 9 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ROUGH CARPENTRY 3.10 TOLERANCES A. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum, provided other tolerances are met. B. Wall & Roof Plane (Flatness): Maximum of/4" in 10'-0" out of plane (this equates to no more than 1/8" gap at each end of a 10'-0" long straightedge center on high spot in wall, or no more than 1/8" gap at center of a 10'-0" long straightedge centered on low spot in wall). END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 18 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLU-LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS SECTION 06 18 00 GLUE-LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Glue-Laminated Structural Units 1.03 REFERENCES A. All reference shall be the latest adopted edition. B. ANSI/AITC A190.1 - American National Standard for Wood Products - Structural Glued Laminated Timber; American Institute of Timber Construction; latest edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate framing system, sizes and spacing of members, loads and cambers, bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing, framed openings. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer/Fabricator: Company specializing in manufacture of glue laminated structural units with three years of documented experience, and certified by AITC in accordance with AITC A190.1. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for loads, seismic zoning, and other load criteria. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE & PROTECTION A. Protect members to AITC requirements for individually wrapped. B. Leave individual wrapping in place until finishing occurs. CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 18 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLU-LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of glue laminated structural units and certified by the AITC. B. Lumber: As specified in the General Notes on the Structural Drawings. C. Laminating Adhesive: As specified in General Notes on the Structural Drawings. D. Wood Sealer: Conform to ANSI/AITC A190.1 requirements. 2.02 WOOD TREATMENT A. Wood Preservative (Surface Application): Clear, type. B. Shop treat wood materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Glue Laminated Structural Members: Fabricate in accordance with ANSI/AITC Al 190.1: B. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. C. Cut and fit members accurately to length to achieve tight joint fit. D. Fabricate member with camber built in. E. Do not splice or join members in locations other than those indicated without permission. F. After end trimming, seal with penetrating sealer in accordance with AITC requirements. 2.04 FINISHING A. Field Painting of Exposed Members: Specified in Section 09 90 00. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 18 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLU-LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS B. Coordinate installation of glue laminated units with carpentry specified in Section 061000. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that supports are ready to receive units. B. Verify sufficient end bearing area. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Coordinate placement of support items. 3.04 ERECTION A. Lift members using protective straps to prevent visible damage. B. Set structural members level and plumb, in correct positions or sloped where indicated. C. Provide temporary bracing and anchorage to hold members in place until permanently secured. D. Fit members together accurately without trimming, cutting, or other unauthorized modification. E. Swab and seal the interior wood surfaces of field drilled holes and cuts in members with clear wood preservative. 3.05 DRILLING, CUTTING & NOTCHING A. Do not drill, cut, notch or alter beams without the approval of the Structural Engineer. 3.06 PROTECTION & CLEANING A. Protect surfaces exposed to view from damage, construction dirt, stains and weathering. B. Clean any surfaces that become stained, dirty or weathered to restore wood to original, natural appearance. C. Wrap glue-laminated members that will be exposed to view to provide protection from damage and stains during construction. Take whatever measures are necessary to prevent both physical and visual damage to these exposed-to-view finish wood elements. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 20 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH CARPENTRY SECTION 06 20 00 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 0 and 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.02 REFERENCES American Plywood Association (APA). Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). United States Product Standard (PS). 1. PS-1 - "Construction and Industrial Plywood." 1.03 SUBMITTALS Shop Drawings: Show materials, methods of fabrication, and details of installation. Samples: Furnish required samples with finishes specified. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Qualifications: Provide finish carpentry Work in accordance with AWI "Quality Standards," in the grades specified. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS 1. Interior: Solid stock maple, finish clear lacquered. Sizes as shown on the Drawings. Telephone Terminal Board: Douglas fir BC Grade interior plywood, 3/4 inch thick, size as shown. Shelving: Douglas fir BB Grade interior plywood, 3/4 inch thick up to 3'-6" length, 1-1/8 inch thick up to 6 feet length, with edge band at all exposed edges. Fasteners: 2. As shown, specified, and as required to securely install materials. 3. Fasteners for Exterior Use: Aluminum. 4. Size of fasteners for siding and paneling shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Joint Sealant: As specified in Section 07 90 00. 2.02 FABRICATION Conform with AW 1 "Quality Standards,"Section 300, Custom Grade requirements as applicable. Standard wood moldings shall conform with Western Wood Product Association WP Series, where applicable. CITY OF ARLINGTON 06 20 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH CARPENTRY PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Install all millwork in accordance with reviewed shop drawings and AWI "Quality Standards." Cope internal corners and miter external corners at all standing and running trim. Provide running trim in as long lengths as practical. Make splices with 45 degree butt joints. Install materials straight and true. Leave 1/8 inch space between ends of exterior trim, seal joint. Tightly butt ends of interior trim. In exterior Work drive nail heads flush with surface of trim. Maintain nailing pattern in straight horizontal lines. In interior Work countersink nails and fill nail holes. Machine sand trim and finish with hand sanding. Leave free from machine or tool marks that will show through finishes specified. Ease all edges of trim. Install all finish hardware, accurately fit, securely apply, and carefully adjust to provide smooth and proper operation of all hardware. Miscellaneous Items: Install all items shown and specified, which are not called for to be installed under other Sections, to plumb, true, and level lines and positions. Install in accordance with details, manufacturer's printed instructions and additional requirements specified. Provide connections and miscellaneous items required to make Work of this Section complete. Securely fasten wall and ceiling mounted items to solid backing or blocking. 3.02 CLEANING Remove dirt and other foreign matter from installed materials. Upon completion of installation, leave materials clean and ready for finishing. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 07 90 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL JOINT SEALERS SECTION 07 90 00 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior joint sealers B. Exterior joint sealers 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum 5 years experience. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years experience. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the work with all sections referencing this section. 1.07 GUARANTY A. The Contractor shall guaranty the sealant installation for a period of 5 years against defects in installed materials and workmanship including a 5 year watertight warranty. Correct any sealant that is found to be defective, improperly installed or leaks within a 5 year period at no cost to the Owner. CITY OF ARLINGTON 07 90 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL JOINT SEALERS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SEALANTS A. Silicon Exterior Joint Sealant: Silicon; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Uses NT, M, G, A and O; single component. 1. Color: Color as selected to match adjacent material, selected from manufacturer's full range of available colors. 2. Product: Dow Corning 790 or 795 Silicone Building Sealant, Sonneborn Building Products, Vulkem, Sikaflex or approved 3. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between window frames and concrete — (match frame color). b. Joints between door and louver frames or concrete. C. Exposed joints in prefinished metal panels B. Polyurethane Exterior Joint Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses NT, M, G, A and O. 1. Color: Color as selected to match adjacent material, selected from manufacturer's full range of available colors. 2. Product: Dynatrol 1 XL single component or Dynatrol 11 two component (as required to achieve required color) manufactured by Pecora, Sonneborn Building Products, Vulkem, Sikaflex or approved. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Sealant for sheet metal flashing installation/joints. b. Exterior locations requiring painted finish over sealant. C. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated. C. Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant: Butyl rubber, nondrying, nonskinning, noncuring. 1. Product: BC-158 Butyl Rubber Sealant manufactured by Pecora, Sonneborn Building Products, Vulkem, Sikaflex or approved. 2. Applications: Use for: a. Concealed sealant bead in lap joints for sheet metal work. b. Concealed sealant bead in lap joints in prefinished wall and roof panels C. Sealant for bedding door thresholds. d. Do not use in any location exposed to view or exposed to the sun. D. General Purpose Interior Sealant: Siliconized acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, single component, paintable. 1. Product: AC-20+Silicone manufactured by Pecora or similar by Tremco, Sonneborn Building Products, Bostix Chem-Calk or approved. 2. Color: Match color of adjacent materials; or as selected by Architect. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints. b. Joints between interior door/relite frame and wall surfaces. C. Joints between interior side of window frames and wall surfaces. d. Between GWB and other materials. e. Joints between counter backsplash and wall. CITY OF ARLINGTON 07 90 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL JOINT SEALERS f. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated. E. Plumbing Fixture/Tile Sealant: Neutral-curing silicone; ASTM C920, Class 50; single component, mildew resistant. 1. Product: 898 Sanitary Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant manufactured by Pecora , Dow Corning or approved. 2. Color: Match color of plumbing fixture or adjacent materials as approved by Architect. 3. Applications: Use for: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and counter, floor and wall surfaces. b. Interior joints in stone and ceramic tile or between tile and adjacent materials. F. Foam Sealant: Pre-formed, self-expanding foam sealant with pressure sensitive adhesive, supplied in pre-compressed rolls. 1. Product: Emseal Backerseal (Greyflex); size as recommended by manufacturer to accommodate joint size. 2. Install as a concealed secondary seal on interior side of doors frames, window frames and louver frames to stop air and moisture intrusion. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit substrate and application. B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant of type recommended by sealant manufacturer for type of sealant; ASTM D1667, oversized as recommended by sealant manufacturer. D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate work sequence and installation with work of other trades to provide a weathertight installation at exterior applications. CITY OF ARLINGTON 07 90 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL JOINT SEALERS 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Inspect the substrate surfaces and joint openings and confirm they are ready to receive sealant work. B. Confirm that joint size, configuration and conditions conform to sealant manufacturer's requirements so as to achieve manufacturer's published sealant performance. C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are recommended for use by sealant manufacturer with the specified sealant. D. Do not start sealant installation until substrate surfaces and joint openings conform to sealant manufacturer's requirements. E. Start of sealant installation indicates installer's acceptance and confirmation that substrate, joint openings and conditions are in conformance with sealant manufacturer's requirements. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Thoroughly clean and prepare joint substrate surfaces in accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions to achieve published sealant performance. B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. C. Clean and prime joint bonding surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions to achieve published sealant performance. B. Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width-to-depth ratio, neck dimension, and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer. C. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. D. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges. F. Tool joints concave. CITY OF ARLINGTON 07 90 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL JOINT SEALERS 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect sealants until cured. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 11 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08 11 00 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior Hollow Metal Doors And Frames B. Exterior Hollow Metal Doors And Frames 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition (except where edition date is specifically noted). B. ANSI/SDI A250.4 — Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames, Frame Anchors and Hardware Reinforcing. C. ANSI/SDI A250.6 — Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames. D. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. E. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames. F. ASTM A568 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, and High- Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled, General Requirements for. G. ASTM A653 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. H. ASTM A879 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated by the Electrolytic Process for Applications Requiring Designation of the Coating Mass on Each Surface. I. ASTM A924 - Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0811 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES J. ASTM A1008 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. K. ASTM A1011 - Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability L. ASTM D3359 — Standard Test Methods For Measuring Adhesion By Tape Test M. DHI A115.1G - Installation Guide for Doors and Hardware; Door and Hardware Institute. N. IBC — International Building Code, 2009 Edition O. SDI 111-D — Door, Frame And Hardware Schedule For Standard Steel Doors And Frames. P. UL 1784 - Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's product literature and standard details. 1. Provide manufacturer's technical data sheet on each different type of anchor and hardware reinforcement required. C. Shop Drawings: Provide elevation and details of each different frame and door type, including frame anchors, glass stops, vision panels, and special conditions. D. Door Schedule: Provide door, frame, and hardware schedule on format matching SDI 111-D in accordance with Door Schedule included on Drawings. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide all products from a single manufacturer who is a member of the Steel Door Institute. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect products from moisture, construction traffic, and damage. B. Store vertically under cover. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters. Should wrappers become wet, remove immediately. C. Place units on 4 inch high wood sills or in a manner that will prevent rust or damage. Provide 1/4 inch space between doors to promote air circulation. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0811 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Member of Steel Door Institute with products conforming to these specifications. Acceptable manufacturers include: 1. Ceco Corporation 2. Republic Builders Products 3. Steelcraft Manufacturing Company 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 Product Requirements B. Steel Sheet for Doors and Frames: 1. Cold Rolled Steel: ASTM A1008 and ASTM A586. 2. Hot Rolled Steel: Pickled and oiled, ASTM A1011 and ASTM A586. 3. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A924 and A653; hot-dipped zinc-coated steel. C. Steel Sheet for Anchors and Accessories: Electrolytically deposited zinc coated steel; ASTM A879, coating 40Z (12G), minimum. D. Grout/Mortar Fill: 1. Exterior Frames, Frames In Masonry walls, and Frames at overhead doors: mortar used for brick veneer specified in Section 04 21 13; or grout complying with ASTM C 476, or non-corrosive, pre-mixed pourable grout with minimum 3,000 psi compressive strength. 2. Interior Frames: Spray Foam. 2.02 HOLLOW METAL (HM) DOORS AND FRAMES A. Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8 Level 3 is the minimum performance standard; provide the following special requirements that exceed this minimum standard: 1. Regular Use Frames: 16 gauge steel sheet, fabricated to size, profile and configuration shown on Drawings. 2. All Exterior Door Frames: 14 gauge steel sheet, fabricated to size, profile and configuration shown on Drawings. 3. Corner Construction: Face weld corners, grind welds flush and smooth. 4. Provide temporary removable spreader bars on bottom of each frame. 5. Reinforcement For Hardware: Conform to ANSI/SDI A250.6 and the following special requirements: a. Hinge Reinforcement: Provide 7 gauge hinge reinforcement in doors, full width of frame (lesser gauge with equivalent threads is not acceptable). Weld reinforcement securely to frame. b. Floor Anchors: Provide 14 gauge floor anchors on all frames, full width of frame, securely welded to foot of each frame leg, with 2 holes in each anchor for attachment to floor. C. Closer: Provide reinforcement sleeve full width of frame, formed to match frame profile. 6. Holes For Silencers: Drill stops to receive rubber silencers on frames not scheduled for weatherstripping or smoke gasket. 7. Glazed Lights in Frames: Provide rolled steel channel shape glazing stops prepared for countersunk oval head screws and butted corners. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0811 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8. Exterior Frames: Galvanized steel. 9. Frames In Concrete/Masonry Walls: Coat interior surfaces of frame with waterproof, shop-applied fibrated asphalt mastic 1/6 inch thick. a. Provide grout guards at hardware locations. B. Doors: ANSI/SDI A250.8 Level 2 — Heavy-Duty, Model 2 — Seamless is the minimum performance standard; provide the following special requirements that exceed this minimum standard: 1. Regular Use Doors: 18 gauge sheet steel, fabricated to size and configuration shown on Drawings. 2. Hardware Reinforcement: Conform to ANSI/SDI A250.6. 3. Door Construction: a. Face: Full flush, no seams. b. Edge Seam: Seamless, continuous welded and ground smooth. C. Edge Bevel: Bevel strike side. d. Hinge Cutouts: Provide handed hinge cutouts for door swing (non-handed doors with hinge fillers are not allowed). e. Edge Reinforcement Channels: Provide doors with full height 14 gauge steel lock channels (rails) and 12 gauge steel hinge channels (rails) concealed in construction of door and securely welded to both faces. 4. Door Core: a. Interior Doors: Honeycomb cores. b. Exterior Doors: Insulated core with U-value of at least 0.60 when tested in accordance with SDI 113. 5. Exterior Door Tops: Invert reinforcement channel to prevent place for water to collect and seal the top of door watertight. 6. Door Undercuts: Provide undercuts to accommodate door hardware provided by Section 08 71 00 and as required by applicable codes. 7. Door Vision Panels Frames: Fabricated steel frame with mitered corners designed to securely hold glazing and meet fire door requirements, prime painted, countersunk oval head screws. 8. Exterior Doors: Galvanized steel. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Confirm field conditions and coordinate depth of each frame throat to match thickness of wall or other configuration shown on Drawings. B. Fabricate steel doors and frames to sizes and profiles shown on the Drawings in conformance to the requirements of this Section, ANSI/SDI A250.6, ANSI/SDI A250.8 and fire listing requirements. C. Prepare and reinforce steel doors and frames to receive door hardware specified in Section 08 71 00. D. Finish: 1. Factory Prime Paint Finish: Prime paint all surfaces of doors and frames under controlled conditions at the factory. a. Doors and frames shall be thoroughly cleaned, and chemically CITY OF ARLINGTON 0811 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES treated to insure maximum paint adhesion. b. All surfaces of the door and frame exposed to view shall receive a factory applied coat of rust inhibiting primer, either air-dried or baked-on. C. The finish shall meet the requirements for acceptance stated in ANSI/SDI A250.10. 2. Shop Prime Paint Touch-Up: Repair any factory applied prime paint damaged by shipping or by shop modifications to doors/frames. a. Surface preparation, prime paint and application shall conform to factory finishing standards and be compatible with field painting specified in Section 09 90 00. b. The finish shall meet the requirements for acceptance stated in ANSI/SDI A250.10. 3. Performance Requirement: Primer bond to steel substrate shall pass adhesion field testing per ASTM D3359, Type A Cross Hatch. 2.04 DOOR AND FRAME CLEARANCES A. Door and frame clearances shall conform to ANSI/SDI A250.8, 2.06. 2.05 SPRAY FOAM A. Spray Foam: Single component polyurethane foam sealant which expands to take the shape of cracks and voids and permanently seals to substrate surfaces. 1. Code Approval: ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. ES Report ESR-1961. 2. Fire Performance: a. Flame Spread Index Per ASTM E84: 25 or less b. Smoke Developed Index Per ASTM E84: 450 or less 3. Thermal Barrier: None required when tested in accordance with UL 1715. 4. Manufacturer/Product: Dow Chemical Company "Great Stuff' a. Select the specific Great Stuff product and canister size to best fit the application and site conditions. b. Use the Great Stuff Pro Window & Door minimal expanding, low pressure spray foam to prevent displacement or deflection of frames. 5. Installation: Use Dow foam dispensing guns for installing spray foam, do not install with the disposable plastic straw provided. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate the size and layout of reinforcement and preparation for door hardware with Section 08 71 00. C. Coordinate installation of hollow metal door frames located in masonry walls prior CITY OF ARLINGTON 0811 00 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES to masonry wall construction so that frames are solid grouted with mortar as masonry wall is laid up. D. Coordinate installation of glazing with Section 08 80 00. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate and project conditions are suitable before beginning installation of frames. B. Correct unsatisfactory condition before proceeding with installation. C. Start of installation indicates acceptance of substrate and conditions. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Solid Grouted Frames: 1. Install foam blockouts inside frames at surface mounted hardware locations to permit drilling and tapping for screw installation after frames are installed and grouted. 2. Confirm that grout guards at hardware locations will not leak mortar; install tape over any guards with openings. 3. Plug any holes in the steel framing where grout could leak through. 3.04 SOLID GROUTING FRAMES A. Frames in Masonry walls, and Frames at overhead doors: Install frames prior to masonry wall construction and overhead door placement to allow solid grouting frames with mortar. Use consistency at time of placement that will completely fill space intended to receive grout. Grout frames as masonry walls are constructed. B. Interior Frames: Fill with Spray Foam. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Install frames plumb, level, rigid, and in true alignment as recommended in ANSI/SDI 250.11, NFPA 80, DHI A115.1G and in accordance with fire labeling requirements on fire rated openings. B. Secure floor anchors to floor with steel anchors/screw of size, length and type appropriate for permanently secure attachment to substrate material, 2 anchors per jamb anchor. C. Screw jamb anchors securely to wall framing/structure using method recommended by manufacturer for permanently secure installation. D. Exposed Jamb Anchor Screws: Grind head of screw flush with frame and fill with polyester patching/filling compound (body filler) and sand surface flush and smooth to conceal screw and dimple. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0811 00 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES E. Coordinate installation of glazing, stops and vision panel frames by Section 08 80 00. F. Install doors plumb and in true alignment and fasten to achieve the maximum operational effectiveness and appearance of the unit. Maintain clearances specified In ANSI/SDI 250.8. 3.06 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust doors for proper operation, free from binding or other defects. B. Clean and restore soiled surfaces. Remove scraps and debris, and leave site and a clean condition. 3.07 SCHEDULE — REFER TO DRAWINGS END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 14 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FLUSH WOOD DOORS SECTION 08 14 00 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flush Hardwood Veneer-Faced Solid Core Wood Doors 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition, except as noted. B. ANSI/WDMA I.S.1-A — Architectural Flush Wood Doors (Window & Door Manufacturer's Association) C. ASTM E90 — Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements D. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards; Architectural Woodwork Institute E. IBC — International Building Code, 2009 Edition 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product literature, indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, plastic laminate, type and characteristics. Submit manufacturer's product data on metal vision panel frames. C. Shop Drawings: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, undercuts required, special beveling, factory machining criteria, finishing system criteria, identify cutouts for glazing. D. Door Schedule: Provide door, frame, and hardware schedule on format matching SDI 111-D in accordance with Door Schedule included on Drawings. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 14 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FLUSH WOOD DOORS E. Samples — Hardwood Veneer: Submit two samples of each different type of hardwood veneer specified, 8 x 11 x 1/4 inch in size illustrating species, wood grain and finish system. F. Test Report: Submit copy of test report form independent testing laboratory certifying the STC rating of the sound rated doors. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ANSI/WDMA I.S.1-A. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum ten years of experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. B. Protect doors with individual resilient packaging. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer. Break seal on site to permit ventilation. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate the work with door opening construction, door frame and door hardware installation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's warranty for the following term: 1. Interior Doors: Life of installation. B. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphing core construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. LyndenDoor B. Oregon Door C. Vancouver Door (Puyallup) D. VT Industries E. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 14 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FLUSH WOOD DOORS 2.02 FLUSH WOOD DOORS A. Flush Wood Doors: Bonded Core 5 or 7 ply doors conforming to ANSI/WDMA I.S.1-A and the following: 1. Grade: WDMA Premium Grade 2. Duty Level: WDMA Extra Heavy Duty 3. Stiles and rails bonded to core 4. Core: Structural composite lumber core (engineered wood) or particleboard cores. a. Hardware Blocking — Particleboard Core: Provide solid wood blocking for hardware attachment (not required for structural composite lumber core). 5. Stiles And Rails: 1 inch minimum thickness solid hardwood, finger- jointing not allowed; vertical edge species solid hardwood matching face veneer species. 6. Door Facing: Hardwood veneer. B. Sound-Rated Doors (Where Noted On Drawings): STC-42 minimum Sound Transmission Class when tested in accordance with ASTM E90. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Door Face Veneer: Hardwood veneer suitable for transparent finish: 1. Hardwood Veneer Species: Maple 2. Veneer Cut: Plain sliced. 3. Leaf Matching: Book match veneer leafs, balance matched on width of door face. 4. Double Door Matching: Pair matched. B. Louvers: Airolite Model No T 685, Ventilouver Company, Inc. Model 67. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabricate doors in accordance with ANSI/WDMA I.S.1-A requirements. B. Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with fire testing agency requirements. Attach metal fire rating label to door. C. Vertical Exposed Edge of Stiles - Solid Edge: Of same species as veneer facing. D. Bond edge banding to cores. E. Bevel strike edge of door. F. Coordinate size of door and edge clearances with frames specified in Section 08 11 00 and hardware specified in Section 08 71 00 so that field planing door edges for proper fit is not required. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 14 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FLUSH WOOD DOORS G. Factory machine doors for finish hardware specified in Section 08 71 00 in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. Do not machine for surface hardware. 1. Coordinate for scheduled electrified lockset hardware. H. Cut out openings for vision panel frames. I. Door Undercuts: Provide undercuts to accommodate door hardware provided by Section 08 71 00 and as required by applicable codes. J. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions. K. Provide edge clearances in accordance with AWI 1300. 2.05 FACTORY FINISH A. Transparent Finish: Factory finish doors in accordance with ANSI/WDMA I.S.1-A Premium Grade: 1. Finish System: TR-6 Catalyzed Polyurethane, including reduced vinyl sealer washcoat (if required), washcoat, stain, vinyl sealer, sanding with 220 grit, first topcoat and second topcoat; satin finish. UV Curable Polyester or Urethane finish systems are also acceptable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Inspect frames and existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that frames, opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for size or alignment. D. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of frame installation and conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and WDMA installation requirements. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 14 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FLUSH WOOD DOORS 1. Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80 requirements and fire listing. B. Gap between bottom of door and floor shall not exceed 5/8 inch on non-rated doors; on fire rated doors gap shall not exceed code and fire listing requirements. C. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames specified in Section 08 11 00 and hardware specified in Section 08 71 00. D. Coordinate installation of glass and glazing. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. B. Adjust closers for full closure. 3.05 SCHEDULE — Refer To Drawings END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 36 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS SECTION 08 36 00 OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, roughing-in diagrams, and installation instructions for type and size of overhead sectional doors. Provide operating instructions and maintenance information, and complete information electrical rough-in instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit for special components and installations which are not fully dimensioned or detailed on manufacturer's data sheets. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish overhead sectional doors as complete units produced by one manufacturer, including hardware, accessories, mounting and installation components. 1.3 DESIGN / PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Wind Loads: Design and size components to withstand loads caused by pressure and suction of wind acting normal to plane of wall as calculated in accordance with applicable code. B. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide doors, tracks, motors, and accessories from one manufacturer for each type of door. Provide secondary components from source acceptable to manufacturer of primary components. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS B. Overhead Sectional Aluminum Doors: Overhead Door Corporation, Series 521, is specified as the Standard. Wayne Dalton, Northwest Doors, or approved substitution. 1. Door Sections: Section will be comprised rails and stiles extruded from 6063-T6 aluminum 0.050" thick to produce a door panel thickness of 1- 3/4". Center stiles will be 2-11/16"". End stiles will be 3-15/16". Top rails will be 3-3/4". Bottom rails will be 3-3/4". All stiles and rails will be CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 36 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOORS secured with '/4" diameter through-rods. Panels will be anodized .050" aluminum held in place with rigid polyurethane insulated stiles and rails. 2. Glazing: Full view '/2" tempered insulating glazing units. Verify '/2" special glazing requirements with factory. 3. Springs: Manufacturer's higher cycle, minimum 25,000 cycles, as recommended for design requirements. 4. Hardware: a. Hinges and Fixtures: Galvanized steel. b. Ball-bearing Rollers: Full-floating with hardened steel races, sizes adequate for design requirements and limitations. 5. Track: Manufacturer's 12" radius standard lift clearance track, 2 inch, posi-tensions drums, angle mounted, with heavy duty compression springs at rear of track. 6. Weatherstrip: a. Between Sections: EPDM rubber tube seals fitted inside every joint. b. Bottom: EPDM rubber bulb type strip. 7. Finish: Manufacturer's standard clear anodized finish. 8. Operation reduced drive, #3 chain-hoist. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, jamb and head mold strips, anchors, inserts, hangers, bracing and equipment supports in accordance with reviewed Shop Drawings, manufacturer's instructions, and as specified. B. Upon completion of installation including Work by other trades, lubricate, test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion and fitting weathertight for entire perimeter. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 0841 13 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES SECTION 08 41 13 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Aluminum Framed Entrance And Storefront Systems 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition (except where edition date is specifically noted). B. AAMA 607.1 - Specifications and Inspection Methods for Clear Anodic Finishes for Architectural Aluminum C. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel D. ASTM B221 — Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes and Tubes E. ASTM B308 — Standard Specification for Aluminum-Alloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Profiles F. ASTM C509 — Standard Specification for Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material G. ASTM C864 — Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks and Spacers H. ASTM E283 — Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen I. ASTM E330 — Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference J. ASTM E331 — Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference CITY OF ARLINGTON 0841 13 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES K. IBC — International Building Code, 2009 Edition 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on frames, doors and hardware. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate layout and dimensions; head, jamb, and sill conditions; elevations; components, anchorage, recesses, materials, and finishes. 2. Identify installation tolerances required, assembly conditions, routing of service lines and conduit, and locations of operating components and boxes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section, with not less than five years of experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in the installation of products specified in this section on projects of similar scope and complexity, with not less than five years of documented experience. Upon request, provided listing of all projects completed within the last two years along names and contact information of general contractors and building owner representative for each project. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect finished surfaces as necessary to prevent damage. B. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings which become firmly bonded when exposed to sun. C. Do not leave coating residue on any surfaces. D. Replace damaged units. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall warranty installed storefront system and windows for a period of 5 years to be watertight and free of leaks, free from defective materials, defective workmanship, glass breakage due to defective design, and shall replace any components that fails or is found to be defective upon notification by the Owner. Warranty shall cover the following: 1. Complete watertight and airtight system installation within specified tolerances. 2. Completed installation will remain free from rattles, wind whistles and noise due to thermal movement and wind pressure. 3. System is structurally sound and free from distortion. 4. Glass and glazing gaskets will not break or "pop" from frames due to CITY OF ARLINGTON 0841 13 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES design, wind load pressure, expansion or contraction movement or structural loading. 5. Glazing sealants and gaskets will remain free from abnormal deterioration or dislocation due to sunlight, weather or oxidation. B. Thermal Break Structural Integrity Warranty: Provide 10 Year manufacturer's warranty against failure resulting from longitudinal or transverse shrinkage, cracking or loss of adhesion or prescribed pressure on the glazed material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCE DOORS A. Installed Storefront System Performance Requirements: 1. Air Infiltration: Not exceeding 0.06 CFM per square foot of fixed area when tested at differential static pressure of 6.24 P.S.F. in accordance with ASTM E283. 2. Water Infiltration: No water penetration at 10 P.S.F. when tested in accordance with ASTM E331. 3. Structural Performance: When subjected to the maximum design wind load pressures as defined for this project location by the IBC and State/local building codes and confirmed by tests in accordance with ASTM E330, storefront system shall: a. Limit deflection of framing members to not more than 1/200 or full recovery flexure limit of glazing if less. b. Provide a 50% safety factor on all fasteners attaching system to building structure. 4. Thermal Performance: Framing systems shall accommodate expansion and contraction movement due to surface temperature differentials of 180 degrees Fahrenheit without causing buckling, stress on glass, failure of joint seals, excessive stress on structural elements, reduction of performance, or other detrimental effects. Doors shall function normally within these temperature differentials. B. Manufacturer: Aluminum storefront specified herein is manufactured by Kawneer and is the standard of quality and function required for this project. Subject to their ability to provide products conforming with the requirements of this Section and shown on the Drawings, the following manufacturers may provide products: US Aluminum, Kawneer or Arcadia. No other Substituions. C. Materials: 1. Extruded Aluminum: Alloy 6063-T5 conforming to ASTM B221 thermally broken. 2. Internal Reinforcing: ASTM A36 for carbon steel; or ASTM B308 for structural aluminum, shapes and sizes to suit installation. a. Shop coat steel components after fabrication with alkyd type zinc chromate primer complying with FS TT-P-645. 3. Fasteners: Stainless steel, type recommended by storefront manufacturer for substrate conditions/materials. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0841 13 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES 4. Expansion Anchor Devices: Stainless steel, toothed-steel, drilled-in, expansion bolt anchors. 5. Shims: Hard plastic, horseshoe shaped, available in different thicknesses as required. 6. Insulating Glass Units: Provide as specified in Section 08 8000. 7. Glazing Gaskets: E.P.D.M. elastomeric extrusion conforming to ASTM C509 or C864; profile and hardness as required to maintain uniform pressure for watertight seal, black color. 8. Glazing: 1 inch sealed insulating glass units specified in Section 08 80 00. 9. "Anti-Walk" Edge Blocking: "W" shaped EPDM blocks for use in keeping glazing material stationary under vibration or seismic loading. 10. Baffles (at weep holes): Type as recommended by system manufacturer and shown in published installation instructions. 11. Internal Sealant: Dow 795 Silicon Sealant. 12. External Sealant: Dow 795 Silicon Sealant, color matching framing. D. Aluminum Storefront System: Extruded aluminum framing system complete with all related connections and anchorages. Provide all components required for a complete and functional installation conforming to manufacturer's published performance requirements: 1. Framing Members: Kawneer Tri-Fab II 451 (2" x 4-1/2") Thermally broken Exterior Glazed system, provide all framing members and accessories required for a complete and functional system that is leak free, in addition to the standard framing members provide the following special members: a. Subsill: assembly continuous in one piece with subsill end closures sealed watertight. b. Head Compensating Channel: assembly continuous in one piece. C. Jamb Filler: rigid vinyl filler continuous in one piece (no joints) installed at back side of all jamb members to allow adequate depth for sealant and rod installation at storefront perimeter. d. Provide stops at door frames, with brush weatherstripping. E. Aluminum Doors: Kawneer, Tuffline500 Series heavy duty entrance doors and frames. 1. Side Rails: 5" wide. 2. Bottom Rail: 9-1/2" wide minimum. Provide concealed weatherstrip. 3. Top Rail: 6-1/2"" wide. Provide concealed weatherstrip. 4. Provide security astragal on each pair of doors. F. Hardware: 1. Weatherstripping: a. Single Acting Offset Pivot or Butt Hung Door and Frame (Single or pairs): Thermoplastic elastomer weathering on a shape with a semi-rigid polymeric backing. b. Equip meeting stiles on pairs of doors with and adjustable astragal utilizing wool pile. 2. Sill Sweep Strips: EPDM blade gasket sweep strip in an aluminum extrusion applied to interior exposed surface of bottom rail with concealed fasteners. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0841 13 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES 3. Threshold: Extruded aluminum, one-piece per door opening, ribbed surface, maximum 1/2 inch. 4. Hinges: Continuous hinges 5. Push: CPII, 1 inch diameter radius push bar, clear anodized. 6. Pull: Style CO-9, 1 inch diameter radius pull, clear anodized. 7. Closer: "Husky" overhead concealed closer with 90 degree hold-open. 8. Dead Latch: Standard Adams-Rite MS deadbolt with flush bolts on pairs of doors. See Section 08 71 00 for cylinder. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Take accurate field measurements to verify required dimensions prior to fabrication. B. Fabricate components in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's fabrication instructions. 1. Remove burrs and smooth edges. 2. Shop fabricate to greatest extent practicable to minimize field cutting, splicing and assembly. 3. Disassemble only to extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. C. Fabricate components true to detail and free from defects impairing appearance, strength or durability. D. Fabricate components to allow for accurate and rigid fit of joints and corners. Match components carefully ensuring continuity of line and design. Ensure joints and connections will be flush and weathertight. Ensure slip joints make full, tight contact and are weathertight. E. Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles, with hairline fit of contacting members. F. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap doors and frames to receive door hardware specified herein and in Section 08 71 00; use concealed fasteners wherever possible. G. Reinforce components as required at anchorage and support points, at joints, and at attachment points for interfacing work. H. Provide structural reinforcing within framing members where required to maintain rigidity and accommodate design loads. I. Install end dams in sill and subsill members to contain water within sill and prevent any leaks into building interior. J. Provide weep holes or slots, deflector plates, internal flashings, and sealants to accommodate internal weepage draining water to the exterior and prevent any leaks to building interior. K. Provide tight fitting, injection molded, plastic water deflectors at all intermediate CITY OF ARLINGTON 0841 13 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES horizontals. L. Allow for adequate clearance around perimeter of system to enable proper installation and for thermal movement within system. M. Separate dissimilar metals with protective coating or pre-formed separators to prevent contact and corrosion. N. Doors: Fabricate with mechanical joints using internal reinforcing plates and shear blocks attached with fasteners and by welding. 2.03 FINISHES A. Anodized Finish: Color anodic coating, Architectural Class I, etched, medium matte, 0.7 mil minimum thickness; conform to AA-M12C22A44 and AAMA 608.1. 1. Color as indicated on the Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. Do not start installation until openings and conditions are acceptable. B. Start of installation indicates installer's acceptance of openings and site conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install storefront system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, attach frame securely to building structure as recommended by manufacturer and required to resist dead and live loads. 1. Storefront system shall be installed so as to provide a completely weathertight and leak-free barrier between interior and exterior of building. B. Subsills: Seal fasteners and end dams watertight after installing subsill. C. Install doors and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. D. Align assemblies plumb and level, free of warp or twist, aligning with adjacent Work. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0841 13 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES E. Install fasteners, anchors and shims to permanently fasten framing members securely to building structure in accordance with storefront manufacturer's attachment instructions and fastener manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Seal each fastener head/penetration permanently watertight with sealant. F. Anchor securely in place, allowing for required movement, including expansion and contraction. G. Separate dissimilar materials at contact points, including metal in contact with masonry or concrete surfaces, with protective coating or pre-formed separators to prevent contact and electrolytic action. H. Set and seal internal members and connections with internal sealants and baffles as called for in manufacturer's installation instructions. I. Glazing: Install glazing, setting blocks, spacer shims, edge blocking and glazing gaskets specified in Section 08 80 00 and this Section in accordance with storefront manufacturer's installation instructions without exception, including surface preparations. 1. Utilize "anti-walk" edge blocking on all vertical edges of glazing. J. Installation shall be completely watertight upon completion. K. Erection Tolerances: 1. Limit variations from plumb and level: a. 1/8 inch in 10 feet vertically. b. 1/8 inch in 20 feet horizontally. 2. Limit variations from theoretical locations: 1/4 inch for any member at any location. 3. Limit offsets in theoretical end-to-end and edge-to-edge alignment: 1/16 inch from flush surfaces not more than 2 inches apart or out-of-flush by more than 1/4 inch. 4. In no case shall any tolerances listed result in any door touching the frame or not opening/closing properly. 3.04 INSTALLATION — SEALANT TO ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION A. Install primary sealant joint sealing exterior side perimeter of window frame to adjacent construction as shown on manufacturer's installation instructions and as specified in Section 07 90 00. B. Install secondary sealant joint sealing interior side of window frame perimeter to adjacent construction. 3.05 ADJUSTING A. Test door operating functions. Adjust closing and latching speeds and other hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to ensure smooth operation. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0841 13 - 8 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL ALUMINUM STOREFRONT AND ENTRANCES 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove temporary protection, clean exposed surfaces. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect completed storefront installation from construction related damage and abuse. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100 FINISH HARDWARE PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Hardware for swinging, sliding, and folding doors except special types of unique and non-matching hardware specified in other sections. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 08110-Hollow Metal Doors and Frames B. Section 08210-Flush Wood Doors and Frames C. Section 08410—Aluminum Storefront Doors and Frames 1.3 REFERENCES A. ADA-Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 including Accessibility Guidelines. B. ANSI A117.1 - Buildings and Facilities -Providing Accessibility and Usability for Physically Handicapped People. C. ANSI/BHMA A156(.1 through.21) D. DHI-Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. E. NFPA 80-Fire Doors and Windows. F. IBC - International Building Code 2013 Edition, as adopted by public Authority Having Jurisdiction(AHJ). G. Washington State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Facilities,as adopted by AHJ. 1.4 DOOR HARDWARE TYPES A. Types of finish hardware required include,but is not necessarily limited to,the following: 1. Pivot sets and intermediate pivots. 2. Hinges. 3. Lock cylinders. 4. Keys,keying,and key control. 5. Locksets,latchsets,and privacy sets. 6. Exit devices. 7. Closers. 8. Mullions. 9. Overhead,wall,and floor stops. 10. Protection plates. 11. Gasketing for exterior and interior doors,as required. 12. Door holders. 13. Door bottoms. 14. Thresholds. 15. Silencers. B. Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware is indicated elsewhere in this section or in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of this section. Refer to Part 2 Products for Manufacturer's identification and allowable substitutions. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Under provisions of Section 01340,submit the following: 1. Product information: Manufacturer's published technical product data for all specified door hardware items indicating compliance with the requirements. 2. Hardware Schedule: a. Hardware schedules are intended for the Contractor's coordination of the work. Review and acceptance by the Architect or Owner does not relieve the Contractor of his exclusive responsibility to fulfill the requirements as shown and specified. b. Submit hardware schedule in the manner and format as specified, complying with the actual construction progress schedule requirements for each draft. Include the following information: 1) Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, codes, at the like, including door handing. 2) Type,style,function,size,and finish of each hardware item. 3) Door and frame sizes and materials cross referenced to the Architect's marks in the door schedule. 4) Room identification (name and number) on each side of door opening as indicated on the drawings. 5) Product name, model number, description, and name of manufacturer of each item. 6) Fastenings and other pertinent information. 7) Locations of hardware cross referenced to architectural floor plans and door schedules. 8) Mounting heights and locations of each type of hardware. 3. Key Schedule: a. Require qualified representative of the hardware supplier to personally meet with the Owner and obtain the Owner's written key requirements. b. Include a separate key schedule, showing clearly how the Owner's instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. 4. Samples: Upon request, submit actual material samples of items indicated as for color selection. 5. Templates: Hardware supplier will furnish hardware templates to the Contractor for each fabricator of doors, frames, and other work to be shop prepared or factory prepared for the installation of hardware. Upon request check shop drawings of such other work, to conform that adequate provisions are made for proper location and installation of hardware. B. Under provisions of Section 01700,submit the following: 1. Product information. 2. Hardware schedule. 3. Manufacturer's published operation and maintenance data. Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. 4. Tools and extra materials as required. 5. Manufacturer's warranties, revised to meet criteria as established within this section. Warranties shall commence upon acceptance of the building by the owner. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Designs: 1. Items specified in this section are products which are of acceptable design. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE 2. Do not substitute other products without Architect's written prior approval per Section 01600. Requests for approval shall be submitted by factory authorized distributor firms representing the products proposed for substitution. B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: Manufacturers named in Part 2 of this section with not less than 5 years experience in manufacturing commercial door hardware of the type indicated. 2. Hardware Supplier: a. A recognized architectural finish hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same state as the project for a period of not less than 5 years. b. Hardware supplier's organization shall include an experienced Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC), certified by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI), who is physically available, at reasonable times during the course of the work, for consultation about proj ect's hardware requirements, to Owner, Architect and Contractor. Mail or telephone correspondence is not acceptable. c. Hardware supplier shall have local warehousing facilities and shall maintain an adequate parts inventory of items supplied for future service to the owner. Supplier will be a factory authorized distributor of all hardware specified. 3. Installer: Company specializing in installing work of this section with not less than 3 years experience and acceptable to the manufacturer and the hardware supplier. Maintain regular work force of qualified personnel, trained, skilled, and experienced in installing door hardware and constant, competent supervision. The hardware installer shall meet with the representatives of the general contractor and hardware supplier to jointly inventory all hardware items. Upon satisfactory inventory of products, the hardware installer accepts responsibility for all hardware items inventoried. C. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Provide hardware for fire rated openings, whether specified or not, in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and local building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. Label hardware, as required, for compliance with pressure testing criteria as dictated in UBC-97. 2. Provide hardware which meets or exceeds handicap accessibility per local building code requirements. Conform to the Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA)of 1990. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,HANDLING,AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store, handle, and protect products to project site under provisions of Section 01600 and as specified herein. B. Require hardware supplier to: 1. Tag each item or package separately, with identification related to final hardware schedule. 2. Include manufacturer's basic installation instructions with each item or package. 3. As material is received by hardware supplier from various manufacturers, sort and repackage in containers with each item clearly marked with appropriate opening numbers to match the approved hardware schedule. Two or more identical items may be packed in the same container. 4. Deliver individually packaged hardware items at the proper times to the proper locations (shop or project site)for installation. 5. Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of the general contractor, hardware supplier and the hardware installer until each is satisfied that count is correct. Refer to paragraph 1.6-13-3. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE C. Protect hardware from theft by cataloging and storing in a secure and lockable area. Control the handling and installation of hardware items which are not immediately replaceable, so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses, both before and after installation. Replace lost, missing, damaged, or stolen door hardware items at no additional cost to the Owner as required to meet schedule requirements. 1.8 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate work of this section with the work of other sections of work under provisions of Section 01040 B. Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames, and other work to be shop or factory prepared for the installation of hardware. C. Verify completeness and suitability of door hardware with the hardware supplier and the hardware installer. 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Under provisions of Section 01700, furnish to Owner a complete set of special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component as needed for Owner's continued adjustment,maintenance,removal,and replacement of door hardware. B. Tools and accessories shall be supplied by the hardware component manufacturer. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. General: 1. Provide all door hardware for complete work, in accordance with the drawings and as specified herein. 2. Quantities listed, in any instance, are for the Contractor's convenience only and are not guaranteed. 3. Provide items and quantities not specifically mentioned to ensure a proper and complete operational installation. Match the quality and finish of items specified. 4. Provide miscellaneous hardware as listed in hardware groups. B. Hand of door: Drawings show direction of slide, swing or hand of each door leaf. Door schedule indicates door and frame sizes, materials, required fire ratings, and other pertinent information. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as indicated. C. Manufacturer's Name Plate: Do not use manufacturer's products which have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location (omit removable name plates), except in conjunction with required UL or FM labels and as otherwise acceptable to the Architect. Manufacturer's identification will be permitted on rim of lock cylinders and latch faceplates only. D. Base Metals: Produce hardware units of basic metal and forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition,temper and hardness,but in no case of lesser (commercially recognized) quality than specified for applicable hardware units by applicable ANSI A156 series standard for each type hardware item and with ANSI A156.18 for finish designations indicated. Do not furnish "optional" materials or forming methods for those indicated,except as otherwise specified. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE E. Fasteners: Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. Do notprovide hardware which has been prepared for self tapping sheet metal screws,except as specifically indicated. 1. Screws: Furnish screws for installation, with each hardware item. Provide Phillips flat head screws except as otherwise indicated. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish or, if exposed in surfaces of other work, to match finishes of such other work as closely as possible, including"prepared for paint" in surfaces to receive painted finish. 2. Concealed Fasteners: Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units which are exposed when door is closed, except to extent no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work, except where it is not feasible to adequately reinforce the work. In such cases, provide sleeves for each thru-bolt or use sex screw fasteners. 2.2 HINGES A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: McKinney 2. Approved Substitutions: Stanley,Bommer B. Templates: Except for hinges and pivots to be installed entirely(both leaves) into wood doors and frames,provide only template produced units. C. Screws: Furnish Phillips flat head or machine screws for installation of units, except furnish Phillips flat head or wood screws for installation of units into wood. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges. D. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated,provide hinge pins as follows: 1. Steel Hinges: Steel pins. 2. Non-ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins. 3. Exterior doors:Non removable pins. 4. Reverse bevel interior doors(lockable):Non removable pins. 5. Interior doors:Non rising pins. E. Pin Tips: Flat button and matching plug,finished to match leaves. F. Number of Hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated,but not less than 3 hinges per door leaf for doors 90"or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30"of additional height. G. Butt type hinges are to be warranted for the life of the building. Continuous hinges shall be warranted for a period of three years. 2.3 LOCK CYLINDERS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Corbin/Russwin 2. Approved Substitutions:None B. Construct lock cylinder parts from brass/bronze,stainless steel,or nickel silver. 2.4 KEYS,KEYING,AND KEY CONTROL A. Keys: 1. Material: Provide keys of nickel silver only. 2. Quantities: These quantities are to establish a maximum allowable quantity of cut keys to service the project and may not necessarily be assigned as noted. A lesser quantity of cut CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE keys required will not result in any credits, nor a quantity of uncut keys to be issued unless noted otherwise. a. 3 change keys per each cylinder unit. b. 5 master keys per master. c. 5 grandmaster keys. d. 3 control keys. e. 10 construction keys. £ 1 additional key blank per cylinder unit. 3. Deliver keys to the Owner's representative: Send masterkeys to Owner via U.S. registered mail direct from hardware supplier. B. Keying: 1. Comply with Owner's written instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change keys for each lock which is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. 2. Master key all cylinder items to coordinate with the Owner's requirements. Permanently inscribe each key with the notation"DO NOT DUPLICATE". 2.5 LOCKSETS,LATCHSETS,AND PRIVACY SETS: A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Corbin/Russwin 2. Approved Substitutions:None B. Types: Locksets,latchsets,and privacy sets as indicated in Door Hardware Schedule. C. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard wrought box strike for each latch or lock bolt. Provide dust-proof strikes for foot bolts, except where not available.At these locations,provide manufacturer's standard recessed strike. Provide roller type strikes where recommended by lock,latch or bolt manufacturer. D. Lock Throw: Provide 3/4" minimum throw of mortise type latches and deadbolts used. Cylindrical latches will be 1/2" minimum. Comply with UL requirements for throw of bolts and latch bolts on rated fire openings. E. Locks and latches shall be warranted for a period of two years. 2.6 EXIT DEVICES AND MULLIONS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Corbin/Russwin 2. Approved Substitutions:None B. Provide risers,as needed,to prevent interference with door glazing kits. C. Provide spacers as needed for proper application of removable mullions on narrow stop type frames. D. Exit devices and related hardware shall be warranted for a period of two years. 2.7 CLOSERS: A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule:Norton 2. Approved Substitutions:None B. Size of Units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer's recommendations for size of door control unit, depending on the size of the door, exposure to weather and anticipated frequency of use. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE C. Provide manufacturer's standard through bolt attachment where door construction is not adequate for support. D. Arms: 1. Provide parallel arms for all overhead closers, except as otherwise indicated. Provide drop plates as needed to prevent glazing interference. E. Where closer arms incorporate dead stop features, mount closers to the maximum degree of opening available before conflict with adjacent structures, or, if adjacent structures are not considered, to the maximum allowable by closer manufacturer's template. If not apparent on the contract documents, verify the use of open space with the Architect or Owner's Representative to determine the maximum allowable degree of opening. F. Access Free Manual Closers: Where manual closers are indicated for doors required to be accessible to the physically handicapped, provide adjustable units complying with ANSI Al17.1 provisions for door opening force. Fire protection has precedence over handicap compatibility,check with local jurisdiction. G. Provide certified flame retardant oils at locations which must comply with pressure testing criteria as dictated in UBC-97. H. Door closers and related hardware shall be warranted for a period of ten years. Electronic closers shall be warranted for a period of two years. 2.8 OVERHEAD STOPS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Rixson 2. Approved Substitutions:ABH B. Mount stops to the maximum degree of opening available before conflict with adjacent structures, or, if adjacent structures are not considered, to the maximum allowable by stop manufacturer's template. C. If not apparent on the contract documents, verify the use of open space with the Architect or Owner's Representative to determine the maximum allowable degree of opening. D. Overhead stops in exterior doors must be manufactured from stainless steel,US32D finish. E. Overhead stops shall be warranted for a period of two years. 2.9 WALL AND FLOOR STOPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Trimco 2. Approved Substitutions: Rockwood B. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide stops (wall, floor or overhead) at each leaf of every swinging door leaf. C. Import products lesser in quality than the specified items are not acceptable. 2.10 PROTECTION PLATES A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Trimco 2. Approved Substitutions: Rockwood B. Types: Armor Plates,Kick Plates,Mop Plates C. Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard exposed Phillips head fasteners for door trim units; either machine screws or self tapping sheet metal type screws per manufacturer's recommendations for application to the specified door construction. CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 8 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE D. Sizes: Fabricate protection plates (armor, kick or mop) not more than 2" less than door width on stop side and not more than 1"less than door width on pull side,x the height indicated. E. Metal Plates: Stainless Steel, 18 gauge (0.050) thick. Satin finish,US32D (630),beveled four edges(134E). 2.11 GASKETS AND SWEEPS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule:Pemko 2. Approved Substitutions:National Guard B. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide continuous weatherstripping at each edge of every exterior door leaf. Provide type, sizes and profiles indicated as drawn or scheduled. C. Fasteners: Provide non-corrosive fasteners as recommended by the manufacturer for applications indicated. D. Replaceable seal strips: Provide only those units where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by the manufacturer. E. Perimeter weatherstripping: Flexible, hollow neoprene bulb or loop insert, conforming to MIL R 6055,Class II,Grade 40. F. Weatherstripping at Door Bottoms: Provide door bottoms consisting of contact type resilient insert and metal housing of design and size indicated. G. Gaskets and sweeps shall be warranted for a period of three years. 2.12 THRESHOLDS A. Manufacturer: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule:Pemko 2. Approved Substitutions:National Guard B. Except as otherwise indicated provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size and profile as detailed or scheduled. C. Where there is conflict between scheduled thresholds and details, details shall have precedence. Revise details only if necessary to comply with handicap accessibility requirements. Notify the Architect of such required modifications. D. Thresholds and related items shall be warranted for a period of three years, abrasive coatings shall be warranted for a period of ten years. 2.13 SILENCERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Listed in Door Hardware Schedule: Trimco 2. Approved Substitutions: Rockwood 2.14 FINISHES A. Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be Satin Stainless Steel (US32D, 630), unless otherwise indicated. B. The designations used in the schedule and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are the industry recognized standard commercial finishes common to the product's manufacturer listed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 9 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE A. Under provisions of Section 01040, examine and verify that substrates and project site conditions are ready to receive work of this section. B. Do not begin installation until finishes indicated to be field applied have been applied to doors, frames,and similar items requiring project site finishing and are thoroughly dry and cured. C. Do not begin installation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. Beginning installation means installer accepts project site conditions and substrates as ready to receive work of this section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: The types and approximate quantities of door hardware required for this project are indicated at the end of this section. C. Heights: Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for/standard Steel Doors and Frames"by the Door and Hardware Institute,except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations, and except as may be otherwise directed by the Architect. D. Substrates: Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation of hardware. E. Installation: 1. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions, requirements of NFPA 80,UBC, ADA, and Washington State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Facilities and recommendations of the DHI. 2. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. 3. Drill and countersink units which are not factory prepared for fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. 4. Where not factory machined,machine cut for hardware per template,as required. 5. Cut and fit thresholds and floor covers to profile of door frames with mitered corners and hairline joints where required for aesthetical appearance. Join units with concealed welds. Cut smooth openings for spindles, bolts, or similar items. Screw thresholds to substrate with the manufacturer's standard flat head sleeve anchor (FHSL), 1/4-20 x 2". Fill cavities of thresholds at sound rated openings with 1 inch thick (uncompressed thickness) low density fiberglass sill sealer insulation full width and length of the threshold. In addition to fastening requirements, set thresholds for exterior doors in a full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant. 6. Do not install hardware which is incomplete or apparently improper for application. Notify the hardware supplier immediately of any such deficiencies. Failure to comply with this requirement indicates the hardware installer's acceptance of responsibility for proper application and performance. F. Cutting and Patching: Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protections with finishing work specified in the Division-9 sections. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: 1. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Adjust resilient faced sound stops for continuous CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 10 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE contact with door and threshold. Adjust weatherstripping and sweeps to completely seal doors with frames and to adjacent structures. 2. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION Instruct Owner's personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes,during the final adjustment of hardware. 3.5 CLEANING AND DEBRIS A. Cleaning: 1. Clean work under provisions of Section 01700 2. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by work of this section. B. Debris: Under provisions of Section 01500,remove debris from project site and legally dispose of off-site. 3.6 MAINTENANCE A. Approximately six months after the acceptance of hardware in each area, the installer, accompanied by the representatives of the lock, latch, and closer manufacturers, shall return to the project and re-adjust every item of hardware to restore proper function of doors and hardware. B. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. C. Replace hardware items which have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials or installation of hardware units. D. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems (of substantial nature) in the performance of the hardware and submit to the Architect. 3.7 PROTECTION Under provisions of Section 01500,protect work of this section as required so that work will be without damage or deterioration at the time of completion and acceptance by the Owner. 3.8 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE Hardware Group#1 —Door#1 1 ea. Continuous Hinge CFM-HD1 628 1 ea. Exit Device ED4200 x K157 630 1 ea. Cylinder 3000-178-6-626 1 ea.Pull BF158-HD1 630 1 ea. Concealed Closer D201 (International) CITY OF ARLINGTON 0871 1 00 - 11 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FINISH HARDWARE 1 ea. Threshold 272A 1 ea.Door Bottom 315CN 1 ea.Weather Strip By Frame Mfg. 1 ea. Stop/Hold Open 1804 Hardware Group#2—Door#2 1 ea.Continuous Hinge CFM-HD 1 628 1 ea.Exit Device Trim(Keypad) DLI200ET(Alarm Lock) 1 ea.Exit Device ED4200 630 1 ea. Concealed Closer D201 (International) 1 ea.Threshold 272A 1 ea.Door Bottom 315CN I ea.Weather Strip By Frame Mfg. 1 ea. Stop/Hold Open 1804 Hardware Group#3—Doors#3,4 2 ea.Hinges TA2314NRP 4.5 x 4.5 US32D I ea.Electrified Hinge QC8-TA2314 4.5 x 4.5 US32D 1 ea.Electrified Lockset,Deadbolt, Indicator ML20608 x NAC x SEC NSA 630 M19VN 1 ea.Power Supply BPS-24-1 1 ea. Timer TM619(Timerco) I ea. Closer/Stop CPS7500 689 1 ea.Kick Plate K1050 10"x 2"LTDW 4BE 630 1 ea.Threshold 272A I ea.Door Bottom 315CN I ea.Weather Strip S88D(Head&Jambs) I ea.Rain Guard 346C Hardware Group#4—Door#5 3 ea.Hinges TA2714 4.5 x 4.5 US26D I ea.Lockset ML2065 NSA 630 1 ea. Closer 7500 689(Tripack) I ea.Kick Plate K1050 10"x 2"LTDW 4BE 630 1 ea. Threshold 272A 1 ea.Door Bottom 315CN 1 ea.Weather Strip S88D(Head&Jambs) Hardware Group#5—Door#6 1 ea. Sliding/Barn Door Track&Hangers BLD-FTO1 (Pemko) 2 ea.Door Pulls RM4800(Rockwood) CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 80 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLASS AND GLAZING SECTION 08 80 00 GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Flat Glass B. Insulating Glass Units C. Glazing Accessories 1.03 REFERENCES A. All reference shall be the latest adopted edition (except where edition date is specifically noted). B. ANSI Z97.1 - American National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test C. ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets, Setting Blocks, and Spacers D. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass E. ASTM C1048 - Standard Specification for Heat-Treated Flat Glass--Kind HS, Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass F. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants G. ASTM C1376 - Standard Specification for Pyrolytic and Vacuum Deposition Coatings on Flat Glass H. ASTM C1503 - Standard Specification for Silvered Flat Glass Mirror I. ASTM E773 - Standard Test Method for Accelerated Weathering of Sealed Insulating Glass Units J. ASTM E2190 - Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 80 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLASS AND GLAZING K. IBC — International Building Code, 2009 Edition L. CPSC 16 CFR 1201 - Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials M. GANA (GM) - FGMA Glazing Manual; Glass Association of North America N. GANA (SM) - FGMA Sealant Manual; Glass Association of North America 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's descriptive literature and performance data on each different type of glass and insulated glass unit specified. C. Exterior Insulated Glass Unit Samples: Provide 12" x 12" sample of exterior insulated glass unit in specified type of glass. D. Single Glazing Samples: Provide 4" x 6" samples of each different single glazing type specified. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Glass Thickness: Except where glass thickness is noted, select thickness of exterior glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass at design pressures calculated in accordance with requirements in the International Building Code and State/local codes. 1. Limit glass deflection to 1/200 or flexure limit of glass, whichever is less, with full recovery of glazing materials. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with "FGMA Glazing Manual" and "FGMA Sealant Manual" for glazing installation methods. B. Fabricator, Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Minimum five years documented experience producing sealed insulating glass units specified in this section. C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in the installation of products specified in this section on projects of similar scope and complexity, with not less than five years of documented experience. Upon request, provided listing of all projects completed within the last 2 years along names and contact information of general contractors and building owner representative for each project. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 80 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLASS AND GLAZING B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Sealed insulating glass units shall be warranted for a period of ten (10) years against seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and shall include removal of failed unit and replacement with new unit. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLAT GLASS MATERIALS A. Manufacturer 1. Colored Glazing: Hartung Glass Industries or PPG Industries. 2. Clear Glazing: Hartung Glass Industries or PPG Industries. 3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00, Product Requirements B. Clear Uncoated Float Glass: 1. Clear heat-strengthened float glass complying with ASTM C1048, Type I transparent flat, Class 1 (clear), Quality Q3 (glazing select), Kind HS. 2. Performance Values: Minimum 88 percent visible light transmission and a maximum solar heat gain coefficient of 0.82 (based on 1/4" thickness). C. Clear Uncoated Heat Tempered Safety Glass: Fully heat tempered with horizontal tempering. 1. Clear tempered float glass complying with ASTM C1048, Type 1 (transparent flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), Kind HT. 2. Fully heat temper glass to comply with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1 impact safety standards. 3. Permanently etch one corner of each piece of tempered glazing indicating compliance with ANSI Z97.1, locate etch mark so it is visible after installation. D. Low-Emissivity Coated Float Glass: 1. Low-E, Colored "Bronze" E. Low-Emissivity Coated Heat Tempered Safety Glass: 1. Low-E, Colored "Bronze" F. Clear tempered float glass complying with ASTM C1048, Type 1 (transparent flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality Q3 (glazing select), Kind HT; with pyrolytic coating meeting the requirements of ASTM C1376. 1. Fully heat temper glass to comply with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1 impact safety standards. 2. Permanently etch one corner of each piece of tempered glazing indicating compliance with ANSI Z97.1, locate etch mark so it is visible after installation. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 80 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLASS AND GLAZING G. Mirror Safety Glass: Fully heat tempered with horizontal tempering. 1. Clear tempered float glass complying with ASTM C 1048, Type 1 (transparent flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q3 (glazing select), Kind HT. 2. Fully heat temper glass to comply with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1 impact safety standards. 3. Permanently etch one corner of each piece of tempered glazing indicating compliance with ANSI Z97.1, locate etch mark so it is visible after installation. 4. Warranty: Manufacturer shall warrant silver mirror backing for 10 years against visible deterioration or failure. 2.02 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Glazing Compound: Silicone sealant single component; chemical curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties; non-bleeding, non- staining; cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25; color as selected. B. Setting Blocks: Neoprene, 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C864 Option I. Length of 0.1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. C. Spacer Shims: Neoprene, 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C864 Option I. Minimum 3 inch long x one half the height of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face. D. Glazing Tape: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides, maximum water absorption by volume of 2 percent, designed for compression of 25 percent to effect an air barrier and vapor retarder seal. 1. Fire Rated Glazing: Glazing tape shall conform to fire listing requirements of the fire rated glazing. E. Glazing Gaskets: Specified in Section 08 41 13. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Heat-Strengthened Glass: Heat strengthen all glass that is not specified to be fully heat tempered. 1. Cut float glass materials to indicated sizes and provide cut-outs and holes, if indicated, before heat strengthening. 2. Heat strengthen float glass materials in accordance with ASTM C 1048, Kind HS B. Heat-Tempered Glass: 1. Cut float glass materials to indicated sizes and provide cut-outs and holes, if indicated, before heat strengthening. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 80 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLASS AND GLAZING 2. Fully temper float glass materials in accordance with ASTM C1048, Kind FT. 3. Comply with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 and ANSI Z97.1. 4. Permanently etch one corner of each piece of tempered glazing indicating compliance with ANSI Z97.1, locate etch mark so it is visible after installation. C. Low-Emissivity Coated Glass: Fabricate using methods and equipment recommended by manufacturer; protect coating from damage. D. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: 1. Fabricate units in accordance with ASTM E2190 with components and performance characteristics specified in Schedule paragraph at the end of this Section. 2. Components: a. Glass Type: As specified in Schedule paragraph at the end of this Section. b. Heat Treatment: As specified in Schedule paragraph at the end of this Section. C. Air Space: Hermetically sealed, dehydrated air filled. d. Performance Characteristics: As specified in Schedule paragraph at the end of this Section. 3. Provide unit edge seals meeting requirements of ASTM E773, with aluminum spacers having mitered corners, and silicone sealant for glass- to-spacer seals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate the installation of glazing in steel frames and steel doors with Section 0811 00. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerance. B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that may impede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and ready to receive glazing. C. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of openings, substrate and conditions. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 80 00 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLASS AND GLAZING 3.03 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry. B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. 3.04 INSTALLATION — GENERAL A. Install glazing in conformance with FGMA Glazing Manual. 3.05 INSTALLATION - INTERIOR STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES - INTERIOR DRY METHOD (TAPE AND TAPE) A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops straight and true to line, do not project above sight line. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane or unit. D. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described above. E. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. F. Knife trim protruding tape. G. Workmanship: Glazing tape shall not extend beyond edge of stop or be installed crooked or wavy; remove and reglaze. 3.06 INSTALLATION -ALUMINUM STOREFRONT A. Glazing of aluminum storefront is specified in Section 08 41 13. 3.07 CLEANING A. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces. B. Remove labels after Work is complete. C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces. CITY OF ARLINGTON 08 80 00 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GLASS AND GLAZING 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect installed products until completion of project. B. Repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 3.09 GLAZING TYPE SCHEDULE (REFER TO WINDOW SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS) A. GL-1: Single pane of 1/4 inch thick Clear Heat Tempered Safety Glass. B. GL-2: Single pane of 1/4 inch thick Clear Float Glass. C. GL-3: 1 inch insulating glass unit with Low-Emissivity Coated Heat Tempered Safety Glass exterior pane (with Low-E coating on the number 2 surface) and Clear Uncoated Heat Tempered Safety Glass interior pane. D. GL-4: Single pane of 1/4 inch thick Mirror Safety Glass END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 09 11 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING SECTION 09 11 00 NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1. C 645 - "Specification for Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board." 2. C 754 - "Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Wallboard, Backing Board, or Water-Resistant Backing Board." B. American Welding Society (AWS). 1. D1.3 - "Specification for Welding Sheet Steel in Structures." C. Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association (MLSFA). 1. "Specification for Metal Lath and Furring." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All supplied by one manufacturer, U.S. Gypsum Co., Western Metal Lath, Angeles Metal System unless otherwise specified. B. Materials shall comply with ASTM C 645. C. Metal Studs: 30 mil minimum galvanized steel, non- bearing, with punched webs and perforated flanges to receive screws. D. Wide Flange Studs: 54 mil galvanized steel, with punched webs and perforated flanges to receive screws; paint with rust inhibitive primer. E. C-Studs: 54 mil galvanized steel, with punched webs and perforated flanges to receive screws. F. Runner Tracks: 30 mil galvanized steel, un-punched minimum. G. Backing Plates: Steel sheet or plate of gages or thickness required or scheduled, galvanized or painted with rust inhibitive primer. H. Channels: 54 mil steel, 3/4 inch furring channels and 1-1/2 inch runner channels, painted. I. Metal Furring: Roll formed 18 mil galvanized steel, hat shaped channels. J. Fasteners: To suit stud, track, or channel gage. 0911 00 - 1 CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 09 11 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING 1. Sheet Metal Screws: a. 3/8 inch Type S pan head for fastening 30 mil material. b. 1/2 inch Type S-16 pan head cadmium plated for fastening wide flange studs to door frame clips, and similar 54 mil material. 2. Powder-Actuated Devices: 1/4 inch diameter with 1-1/2 inch concrete penetration as specified in Section 05500. 3. Concrete Nails: Case hardened stub nails 3/4 inch long. K. Wire: 1. 18 gage soft annealed galvanized steel tie wire. 2. 10 gage soft annealed galvanized steel hanger wire. 3. 8 gage soft annealed galvanized steel hanger wire. L. Welding Electrodes: AWS low hydrogen type, as required. M. Miscellaneous Accessories: Manufacturer's standard, suitable for the intended use. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install Work in accordance with applicable requirements of MLSFA, AWS, and ASTM C 754. B. Limit tolerance for bow and alignment to 1/8 inch in 10 feet. C. Use wide flange studs at partitions supporting plywood, at electric panels, backing plates, fire extinguisher cabinets, and free ends of partitions. D. Use metal studs at interior partition framing supporting gypsum board not requiring wide flange studs. E. Use wide flange studs at heads and jambs of door frames and at borrowed light openings. Stiffen as shown. F. Furred Spaces: Provide metal furring or furring channels at 16 inch centers vertically or as shown. Fasten at top and bottom, and tie to horizontal furring channels at 4 foot centers. Fasten furring brackets to concrete with powder actuated devices or concrete nails. G. Partition Stiffeners: Partition Stiffeners: Provide horizontal furring channel stiffeners at 5 foot centers maximum vertically at all metal stud load bearing walls and in non-load bearing walls that have sheathing on one side only. H. Provide backing plates as scheduled and detailed, of sufficient length to fasten each end to metal framing. Provide backing plate support for each point of fas- tening of any unit to be anchored. I. Fasten runner tracks at 2 foot intervals and 6 inches from ends. 1. To Concrete Slab: With powder actuated devices or concrete nails. 2. To Steel Framing: By welding. 0911 00 - 2 CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 09 11 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL NON-LOAD BEARING WALL FRAMING J. Secure studs to runner tracks with sheet metal screws to suit stud gage. K. Provide welded, bolted, or screwed connections as shown or required. L. Partition Bracing: For partitions exceeding 10 feet in length provide two 10 gage wires, one each way perpendicular to plane of partition, at 5 foot centers maximum. Splay at 45 degrees vertically. M. Install accessories and miscellaneous specialties to plumb, true, and level lines, including other materials furnished and located as part of the Work of other Sections. N. Ceiling Furring: 1. Space hanger wires at 4 feet maximum centers connected to wood framing with 3/8 inch by 3 inch long tie wire screw eyes. Space runner channels at 4 foot centers and saddle tie hanger wire top and bottom with 2 loops secured with no less than 3 turns around itself. 2. Provide hangers within 6 inches of ends of runner channels. Provide runner channels within 6 inches of walls and partitions to support ends of metal furring. 3. Lay out runner channels transverse to direction of joists where spacing permits. 4. Space metal furring for gypsum board at 16 inch centers. Saddle tie to runner channels with 2 loops of tie wire secured with no less than 3 turns around itself. END OF SECTION 0911 00 - 3 CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior Gypsum Board (GWB) B. Water Resistant Panels (GWB-WR) C. Tile Backer Board (TBB) D. Finishing Gypsum Board 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition. B. ASTM C475 - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board C. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board D. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs E. ASTM C1177 - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing F. ASTM C1178 - Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel G. ASTM C1278 - Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Gypsum Panel H. ASTM C1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing I. ASTM C1396 — Standard Specification for Gypsum Board CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES J. ASTM D3273 — Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber K. GA-214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish; Gypsum Association L. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for each proposed product sufficient to show compliance with each product specified. C. Samples: Submit 6 inch long sample of each different corner metal and trim specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5 years of consecutive successful experience. 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes and installation requirements for fire rated assemblies indicated on drawings. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original and unopened packages, containers, or bundles, with brand names and manufacturer's labels intact and legible. B. Store materials in dry location, fully protected from weather and direct exposure to sunlight. C. Stack gypsum board products flat and level, properly supported to prevent sagging or damage to ends and edges. D. Store corner bead and other metal and plastic accessories to prevent bending, sagging, distortion, or other mechanical damage. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Establish and maintain environmental conditions for applying and finishing gypsum board to comply with ASTM C840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's recommendations, whichever are more stringent. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES B. Ventilation: Provide controlled ventilation during joint finishing operations, to eliminate excessive moisture. Avoid drafts during hot, dry weather to prevent finishing materials from drying too quickly. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD MATERIALS (GWB) A. Interior Gypsum Board (GWB): ASTM C1396; Type X, fire rated, UL or WH tested and listed; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Edges: Tapered. 3. Length: Longest lengths possible for least number of butt joints. 4. Radius/Curved Walls: Use any thickness gypsum board that will bend to the required radius. a. Single Layer Minimum Thickness: 5/8-inch. b. 1/4-inch thick board requires 3 layers. C. 3/8-inch thick board requires 2 layers. B. Water Resistant Panels (GWB-WR): 1. Manufacturer/Product: USG Fiberock Brand Aqua-Tough Interior Panels or approved. 2. Thickness: 5/8-inch 3. Edges: Tapered 4. Size: Largest size practicable to minimize joints in place. 5. Ends: Square cut 6. Standards: Conform to ASTM C1278 and physical property requirements of ASTM C1396 and C1178. C. Tile Backer Board (TBB): 1. Manufacturer/Product: G-P Gypsum DensShield Tile Backer or approved. 2. Thickness: 5/8" 3. Edges: Tapered 4. Size: Largest size practicable to minimize joints in place. 5. Ends: Square cut 6. Standards: Conform to ASTM C1278 and physical property requirements of ASTM C630 and C1178. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Acoustic Sealant: Non-hardening, non-skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board; USG Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant or similar. B. Outside Square Corners: Galvanized metal corner bead factory clad with paper tape; Beadex Microbead or approved. C. Angled Corners: Beadex B1 Flex 100' Tape-On Flexible Corner Bead, or CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES approved. D. J-Mold (Where GWB Abuts Dissimilar Material And Is Exposed To View): Galvanized metal J-shaped trim factory clad with paper; Beadex B9J Tape-On "J" Trim or approved. 1. GWB Abuts Windows: Provide temporary heavy weight cardboard strip 3 inches wide between trim and face of window frame to protect frame from dirt and damage. E. Control Joint: GA 216; roll-formed metal control joint with removable strip, similar to USG No. 93, or approved. F. Joint Materials: Provide products by manufacturer of gypsum board. Conform to ASTM C475 and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for project conditions. 1. Interior Applications: Ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound a. Taping Compound: Type specifically formulated for embedding tape and accessories and for pre-filling. b. Topping Compound: Type specifically formulated for finishing drywall over taping compound. C. Joint Tape: Manufacturer's standard paper reinforcing tape. 2. Water Resistant Panels: Sheetrock Brand Durabond Setting-Type Joint Compound or Sheetrock Brand Easy Sand Joint Compound manufactured by U.S. Gypsum. a. Joint Tape: Paper tape, Sheetrock Brand Joint Tape manufactured by U.S. Gypsum 3. Tile Backer Board (With Tile Finish): a. Joint and Taping Compound (Thin Set Cement Mortar): Specified in Section 09 30 00. b. Joint Tape (Glass Fiber Mesh): Specified in Section 09 30 00. G. Primer/Surfacer: Sheetrock Brand Primer-Surfacer Tuff-Hide manufactured by U.S. Gypsum. H. Acoustical Insulation: Owens-Corning, Noise Barrier Batts, ASTM C 665, 3 1/2" thick. I. Screws: 1. Interior Application: Conform to ASTM C1002; bugle-head steel, self- drilling type, black phosphate finish. 2. Exterior Application and Tile Backer Board: Conform to ASTM C1002; bugle-head steel, self-drilling type, provide with yellow zinc corrosion resistant coating. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate location of framing and backing for supporting ends of GWB and control joints with Section 06 10 00. C. Inspect finished surfaces with Section 09 90 00 painting applicator and project superintendent, mark areas that require additional finishing. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence. B. Confirm that the framing is straight, is within specified tolerances and meets minimum allowable deflection requirements. C. Confirm that utility rough-in fits properly within framing width and will not prevent GWB from fitting tight to face of framing members. D. Confirm that there is adequate temporary heat and light. E. Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of framing and conditions. 3.03 FLOOR PROTECTION A. Protect concrete floors from contact with GWB dust, taping mud and primer/surfacer using heavy paper or other method. 3.04 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install GWB in conformance with ASTM C840, C1280, GA-216, and manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Install in longest lengths possible for minimum number of joints. 2. Install to minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. 3. Comply with the installation requirements of fire rated assemblies listed on the Drawings. 4. Water Resistant Panels: Use stainless steel screws. 5. Tile Backer Board: Use corrosion resistant screws, locate cut edges at top of walls only, screw spacing as recommended by manufacturer. 6. Install shaftwall in conformance with manufacturer's installation instructions and fire listing requirements. 7. Exterior Gypsum (GWB) Sheathing Board: Use corrosive resistant screws. Fit joints tight as recommended by manufacturer. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES B. Install full width panels with cut pieces only at top of wall (no "belly bands"). C. Place wrapped edges adjacent to one another; do not place cut edges or butt ends adjacent to wrapped edges. D. Maintain 1/4 inch maximum gap between bottom of gypsum board and floor. E. Double-Layer Installation: Use gypsum backing board for first layer, placed perpendicular to framing or furring members. Place second layer parallel to first layer. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first layer. F. Acoustic Sealant: Install at perimeter of all sound walls in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as follows: 1. Place continuous bead at perimeter of each layer of gypsum board. 2. Seal around all penetrations by conduit, pipe, ducts, rough-in boxes, and at other similar penetrations. G. Run gypsum board full depth behind steel door and relight frames. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Corner Beads: Install at external corners in a single full length piece free of butt joints, using longest practical lengths, no short pieces; place into a solid bed of soft joint compound for secure installation. 1. Align bead straight and plumb. 2. Align juncture with other corner bead flush. B. J-Shaped Edge Trim: Install at any exposed to view location where gypsum board abuts any dissimilar material or ends with exposed edge (around window frames, exposed structure, etc.). 1. Install heavy cardboard continuous at window perimeter to protect frame from dirt and damage. C. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as follows: 1. As determined by installer to avoid cracking in finished surfaces, generally not more than 30 feet apart on walls and ceilings over 50 feet long. Location and layout subject to Architect's approval; review with Architect prior to starting installation. 3.06 JOINT TREATMENT A. Finish gypsum board (whether exposed to view or not) in accordance with GA-214 to the following minimum level of finish: 1. Painted Finish Exposed To View: Level 4, substitute a coat of Primer/Surfacer (15 — 20 wet mil thickness) in lieu of skim coating with joint compound; sand surface of Primer-Surfacer smooth. 2. Surfaces in Mechanical/Electrical and Storage Rooms: Level 4. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 3. Concealed from View with Thick Adhered Surface Finish (sheet vinyl or rubber base, plastic sheet wainscot, etc.): Level 3. 4. Concealed from View without Surface Finish Above Suspended Lay-In Ceilings: Level 1. 5. Concealed from View with Tile Finish: Joint treatment specified in Section 09 30 00. 6. Water Resistant Panels: Level 5, substitute a coat of Primer/Surfacer (15 — 20 wet mil thickness) in lieu of skim coating with joint compound; sand surface of Primer-Surfacer smooth. 7. Exterior Gypsum Sheathing Board: No finish when joints are butted tight except as required to achieve required fire rating in accordance with fire test/listing. B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes. 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. 3.07 APPLICATION — PRIMER/SURFACER A. Apply Primer/Surfacer to all surfaces exposed to view in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and at recommended application rate to achieve GA-214 Level 4 appearance, free of visible tape joint lines after finish painting is completed. 1. Spray-apply Primer/Surfacer to 15 - 20 mil wet film thickness applied in two separate passes at 90 degrees to each other for proper coverage. 2. Sand surface of Primer/Sealer lightly after it has dried to eliminate any unwanted stipple pattern or texture. B. After application of Primer/Sealer, carefully inspect walls and mark any defects in surface finish. 1. Fill/sand defective areas in surface finish and recoat with primer/surfacer. 3.08 INSPECTION WITH PAINTER AND PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT A. Coordinate an inspection walkthrough of all finished GWB surfaces with the painter and project superintendent; mark any defects in the surface finish. 1. Fill/sand defective areas in surface finish and recoat with primer/surfacer. 3.09 TOLERANCES A. Gap Between Bottom Of GWB and Floor: 1/4 inch Maximum. B. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. C. Butt Joint Finishing: Not readily visible under the normal lighting conditions found for any given area/surface. D. Finishing Tolerances: All exposed surfaces shall be smooth and free from visible ridges, waves, ripples, holes, defects, delamination, roughness, depressions, CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 8 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES screw pops, etc. Taped joints shall not be visible after finish paint application. 3.10 CLEAN UP A. Remove all excess gypsum board and finishing materials from the site. B. Remove gypsum board scraps and dust from all concealed spaces including interior spaces of wall framing. C. Remove gypsum dust, taping mud and primer/sealer completely from window frames, door frames, subfloor surfaces and any surface/material exposed to view. 1. Subfloor cleanliness/condition shall conform to floor covering installation requirements. 3.11 WORKMANSHIP A. Gypsum wallboard shall be installed and finished using the best workmanship, including the following: 1. No damaged board or paper face. 2. Ends centered on framing. 3. GWB tucked full depth behind hollow metal door frames. 4. Gap at bottom of GWB 1/4 inch or less. 5. Cut-outs for outlets and devices cut neatly with saw or router. 6. GWB fastened tight to face of studs to eliminate screw pops. 7. Acoustic sealant consistently applied to all openings and perimeters. 8. All screws that do not engage framing removed. 9. Taped joints full bedded in taping compound and free of air pockets. 10. Butt joints finished with minimal thickness and tapered out for flat appearance. 11. Taped joints smooth and flat so as to disappear after painting. 12. Paper face not roughened by sanding. 13. Bottom of GWB behind rubber base and coved base properly finish smooth and free of roughness. B. Gypsum wallboard installed and finished with improper or poor workmanship shall be removed and replaced at Contractor's expense. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor Quality Control: Employ/assign quality control personnel to monitor the work of this section for conformance to the requirements of this section and to good construction practices. 1. Contractor is solely responsible for managing and controlling the quality of the work and conformance with the requirements of this Section. B. Schedule of Required Inspections by Contractor; confirm installation and workmanship are as shown/specified: 1. Inspect framing for conformance to specified surface tolerances. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 29 00 - 9 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 2. Confirm that Batt insulation and sound insulation are installed in the proper locations and conform to specification requirements. 3. Inspect GWB installation. 4. Inspect trim installation. 5. Inspect taping and finish application. 6. Inspect finish on bottom of walls with rubber base and coved base. 7. Inspect finished GWB surfaces after primer is applied with painter and GWB finisher to identify any finishing defects requiring correction prior to painting. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE SECTION 09 30 00 TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Ceramic tile at floors. 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition except as noted. B. ANSI/TCA A108.6 - Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and Grouting Epoxy. C. ANSI/TCA A118.3 - Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and Grouting Epoxy. D. ANSI/TCA A118.4 - Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. E. ANSI/TCA A137.1 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile. F. TCA (Tile Council of America) - Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Submit manufacturer's product data for each different material specified. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to ANSI/TCA A137.1 B. Conform to TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. C. Conform to manufacturer's installation instruction. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacture of products specified in this Section with minimum ten (10) years documented experience. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE B. Tile Installer: Company specializing in applying the work of this Section with minimum five (5) years documented experience and approved by product manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products as recommended by the manufacturer. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain 50 degrees F. minimum during installation of mortar materials. 1.09 GUARANTY/WARRANTY A. 1 Year Contractor Guaranty: The Contractor shall guaranty the tile installation for a period of one (1) year against defects in installed materials and workmanship, deterioration and leaks including a 1 year watertight guaranty on waterproof membrane installation. Correct any tile work that is defective, improperly installed or leaking for a period of 1 year at no cost to the Owner. B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Provide tile installation systems manufacturer's standard 10 year guarantee that the tile installation systems will be free from manufacturing defects and will not break down or deteriorate under normal usage for period of 10 years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. See Drawings for Tile Manufacturers, patterns, colors and sizes. B. Provide coved base, bullnose cap, bullnose outside corners, coved inside corners, wall borders, caps, stretchers, round in corners, round out corners, and other shapes required for complete installation. 2.02 TILE BACKER BOARD A. GWB Tile Backer Board: Installation specified in Section 09 29 00; joint treatment specified herein. 1. Joint Bonding Material: Mortar Bond Coat Materials (Thinset) specified in this Section. a. Joint Tape: 2 inch wide, polymer-coated alkali-resistant 10 x 10 glass fiber mesh tape, self-adhesive; approved by thinset mortar manufacturer. 2.03 SETTING/INSTALLATION SYSTEMS (MORTAR, GROUT, WATERPROOFING AND ANTI-FRACTURE MEMBRANES) A. General Requirements: CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE 1. Manufacturer/Product Selection: Mortar, grout, waterproofing and anti- fracture membrane products installed shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer selected from any of those listed below (mixing different manufacturer's products is not allowed). 2. 10 Year Warranty: Installed products are subject to a ten (10) year warranty by the manufacturer; refer to warranty paragraph in Part 1 of this specification. B. Mortar Bond Coat Materials (Thinset): Select any of the following manufacturer's products: 1. Custom Building Products Prolite Tile & Stone Mortar, MegaFlex or MegaLite Crack Prevention Mortar. 2. Laticrete 255 MultiMax or 254 Platinum. 3. Mapei Kerabond+Keralastic (floors and walls) or Ultracontact(floors only). C. Grout: 1. Epoxy Grout: Custom Building Products 100% Solids Epoxy Grout, combined with Polyblend Sanded Grout, antimicrobial, with lifetime warranty; or equal products manufactured by Laticrete or Mapei. 2. Colors: Refer to Drawings. D. Waterproof Membrane: Select any of the following manufacturer's products: 1. Custom Building Products RedGard Waterproofing & Crack Prevention Membrane with manufacturer's recommended reinforcing fabric (including pre-moulded inside and outside corners) at all changes of plane. 2. Laticrete 9235 Waterproofing Membrane with manufacturer's recommended reinforcing fabric (including pre-moulded inside and outside corners) at all changes of plane. 3. Mapei Mapelastic HPG with manufacturer's recommended reinforcing fabric (including pre-moulded inside and outside corners) at all changes of plane. E. Anti-Fracture Membrane: Select any of the following manufacturer's products: 1. Custom Building Products Crack Buster Pro Crack Prevention Mat Underlayment, width as recommended by manufacturer for size of tile; provide manufacturer's recommended primer. 2. Laticrete Blue 92 Anti-Fracture Membrane, width as recommended by manufacturer for size of tile. 3. Mapei Mapelastic SM, width as recommended by manufacturer for size of tile. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Provide fillers, admixtures, and adhesives as required to suit conditions for complete installation. B. Sealant: High performance, single component neutral cure silicone sealant; in color matching grout joint; provide backer rod and bond breaker tape of type recommended by sealant manufacturer. 1. Manufacturer/Products: Laticrete Latasil or equal. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE a. Primer: Laticrete 9118 Primer C. Sealer: 1. Porcelain Tile & Joint Sealer: Miracle Sealants Company 511 Porous Plus. D. GWB Tile Backer Board: Specified in Section 09 29 00. E. Metal Trim/Edge Strips At Thinset Tile: Provide metal trim made to fit flooring conditions: 1. Thinset Tile to Carpet/Walk-Off Mat Transitions: Schluter Systems Reno- TK satin anodized aluminum edge trim, select height to match tile and carpet thickness. 2. Thinset Tile to Resilient Flooring Transitions: Schluter Systems Schiene satin anodized aluminum edge trim, height to match tile thickness. 3. Thinset Tile to Concrete Floor Transitions: Schluter Systems Reno-Ramp satin anodized aluminum edge trim, height to match tile thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate installation to follow dry out of building and completion of GWB. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Inspect substrate surfaces and site conditions and verify that they conform to manufacturer's requirements and are acceptable to receive work. B. Inspect tile backer board installed by Section 09 29 00. C. Identify any unacceptable cracks requiring filling or repair. D. Confirm that subfloor surface tolerances are within 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/16 inch in 1 foot per TCA recommendations. E. Measure spaces/rooms for square and parallel walls. F. Confirm that substrates are not contaminated with any material/substance that would impair the adhesion of the tile to the substrate. G. Do not proceed with installation until substrate surfaces and site conditions conform to all requirements. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE H. Beginning of installation indicates installer accepts substrate surfaces and site conditions as conforming to all requirements. 3.03 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrate surfaces and conditions for application as required by manufacturer of thinset bond coat and waterproofing membrane. B. Subfloor Cracks: 1. Install anti-fracture membrane over cracks in subfloor in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 2. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler as recommended by waterproofing membrane manufacturer. C. Thoroughly remove any substances on substrate surfaces that would negatively affect the installation or bond strength of the waterproofing membrane or tile. D. Protect surrounding work from damage or disfiguration. E. Vacuum clean existing surfaces and damp clean. 3.04 GWB TILE BACKER BOARD —JOINT TREATMENT A. GWB Tile Backer Board Installation: Specified in Section 09 29 00. B. Joint Treatment: Install fiberglass mesh Joint Tape and Thinset Mortar Bond Coat Material over all joints in GWB Tile Backer Board in accordance with backer board manufacturer's installation instructions. 1. Allow thinset to cure fully before proceeding with tile application. 3.05 INSTALLATION —WATERPROOF MEMBRANE A. Install liquid applied waterproofing membrane in accordance with manufacturer's published installation instructions to achieve a completely waterproof installation. 1. Install 2 separate coats minimum at application rate and thickness recommended by manufacturer of waterproof membrane application. 2. Install fiberglass mesh at substrate cracks, corners, drains, changes of plane, floor/wall junctures and elsewhere recommended by manufacturer. B. Apply and detail waterproofing carefully to assure uniform thickness and application of liquid waterproofing and complete saturation of mesh. C. Inspect completed waterproofing carefully for bubbles, pinholes, voids, thin spots or other defects and repair/seal with additional coats of liquid waterproofing. D. Protect membrane from traffic and damage prior to installation of tile. 3.06 MIXING —THINSET MORTAR & GROUT CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE A. Mix thinset mortar and grout in strict conformance with manufacturer's mixing instructions using specified products. 1. Machine Mixing: Mixer shall be a rotating blade mortar mixer. Do not over mix. Stop mixer and dump mortar from mixer promptly. 2. Hand Mixing: Pre-mix the dry ingredients (sand and cement). Place liquid in clean container or mixing box, add dry materials and mix. Adjust amount of liquid or dry material to obtain proper consistency. 3.07 TILE LAYOUT AND CUTTING A. Tile Layout: 1. General: Avoid narrow cuts and small pieces, consult with Architect to determine best resolution before proceeding with cutting and installation. 2. Floors: Lay out tile in each room for equal borders and uniform appearance; if layout results in tile cuts less than '/2 the tile width, consult with Architect and adjust layout as directed. 3. Walls: Lay out tile to avoid cutting tile horizontally; vertical cuts shall be at inside corners. When size of wall and floor tile match, align joints. 4. Base: Align joints with joints in floor tile, place cut pieces at inside corners. 5. Doors: Stop tile at centerline of door. B. Cut tile to fit the spaces/rooms and configuration shown. 1. Cuts shall be accurate and align from tile to tile in a uniform line. 2. Cuts shall allow for joint width matching width of field tile. C. Cut and fit tile to penetrations through tile, form corners and bases neatly. 3.08 INSTALLATION — GENERAL A. Install tile and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through Al08.10, manufacturer's instructions, and TCA Handbook recommendations. B. Lay tile to pattern indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Place metal trim/edge strips at exposed tile edges. D. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. E. Set tile firmly in place fully bonded to setting bed and with top surface flush with adjacent tile; align tile square and with straight parallel grout lines of uniform width. 1. Lippage of tile edges is not acceptable. F. Form internal angles coved and external angles bullnosed, or as shown on Drawings. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE G. Joint Patterns: Lay out tile according to patterns indicated on Drawings, or if not shown, in a grid pattern with floor joints aligning with wall and trim joints. Install joints straight and of uniform width. H. Install tile under or behind equipment or fixtures. I. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units. J. Keep control joints free of mortar or grout. Apply sealant to joints. K. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. L. Grout tile joints working grout completely into full depth of joints. 1. Cushioned Edge Tile: Wipe mortar out of joint to near bottom of rolled edge (do not expose vertical edge of tile). M. Clean excess grout from exposed tile surfaces. N. Include sealant-filled joint at floor perimeters and wall inside corners and where system abuts different material and substrates. 1. Sealant color shall match grout. 2. Provide backer rod or bond breaker tape compatible with sealant. 3. Install backer rod or bond breaker and sealant in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. O. Apply sealant-filled joints at junction of tile and dissimilar materials, at junction of dissimilar planes and wherever else required to prevent cracks. Match grout color. 3.09 TILE INSTALLATION -THINSET METHOD A. Install thinset mortar and tile to properly prepared and clean substrate in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and ANSI/TCA A108.5. B. Mortar shall be applied with notched trowel using scraping motion to work the material into good contact with the surface to be covered. 1. Trowel notches shall conform to size/spacing recommended by thinset mortar manufacturer. C. Only as much thinset mortar shall be applied as can be covered within 20 to 30 minutes, or is still tacky. Tile shall be aligned to show uniform joints and then allowed to set firm. D. Back-butter large tile with thinset mortar to assure full coverage and bond over entire tile surface. E. Set tile into thinset mortar firmly to remove voids and air pockets and with top surface flush with adjacent tile; align tile square and with straight parallel grout lines of uniform width. 1. Lippage of tile edges is not acceptable. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 8 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE F. Excess mortar shall be cleaned from the surface of the tile with a wet cloth or sponge while the mortar is fresh. G. Refer to drawing for tile patterns, do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. H. Place edge strips at exposed tile edges or transition from ceramic tile to other finish floor materials. I. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. J. Sound tile after setting; replace hollow sounding units. K. Keep expansion and control joints free of mortar or grout. Apply sealant to joints. L. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting. M. Grout tile joints working grout completely into full depth of joints. 1. Cushioned Edge Tile: Wipe mortar out of joint to near bottom of rolled edge (do not expose vertical edge of tile). N. Clean excess grout from exposed tile surfaces. O. Include sealant-filled joint at floor perimeters and wall inside corners and where system abuts different material and substrates. 1. Sealant color shall match grout. 2. Provide backer rod or bond breaker tape compatible with sealant. 3. Install backer rod or bond breaker and sealant in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.10 INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. General: All tile work shall be performed in conformance with installation methods outlined in the Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook For Ceramic Tile Installation as follows: B. Floor Setting Method— Floor Tile Over Concrete Slab: Thin-set application per TCA Installation Method F115, using thin-set mortar bond coat over concrete slab. 1. Grout: Epoxy Grout verify color during submittal process. Select from manufacturer's standard colors. C. Wall Setting Method - Wall Tile Over GWB Tile Backer Board: Thin-set application per TCA Installation Method W245 using thin-set mortar bond coat over GWB tile backer board. 1. Grout: Epoxy Grout, verify color during submittal process. Select from manufacturer's standard colors. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 30 00 - 9 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TILE D. Expansion Joints (Vertical & Horizontal): Install sealant filled joints per TCA Installation Method EJ171 at perimeter of floors and inside corners of walls, and where shown on Drawings; match sealant color to grout color. 3.11 TILE PATTERNS A. Refer to drawings for pattern types and/or blends. 3.12 CLEANING A. Clean tile surfaces, remove all grout haze and dirt. 3.13 SEALER A. After tile floors have been thoroughly cleaned, and grouted seal entire surface per grout manufacturers instructions/directions with sealer as recommended by manufacturer. B. Allow sufficient time for grout to cure prior to sealing as recommended per manufacturer. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protect finished installation from damage. B. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 09 77 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FRP SPECIAL WALL SURFACES SECTION 09 77 00 FRP SPECIAL WALL SURFACES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide all fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) panel wall finish Work shown and specified. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 1. E 84 - "Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials." 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Two samples of each type of panel, each type of trim and fastener. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Panels, molding, and adhesive shall be products of the same manufacturer to ensure warranty and color harmony of accessories. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package sheets on skids or pallets for shipment and delivery. B. Deliver adhesive in sealed containers with labels legible and intact. C. Store sheets in a dry place at the project site. D. Handling: When moving more than a single sheet, place sheets face-to-face and back-to-back. Remove foreign matter from face of panel by use of a soft bristle brush, avoiding abrasive action. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Installation shall not begin until building is enclosed, permanent heating and cooling equipment is in operation, and residual moisture from concrete or similar Work has dissipated. B. During installation and for not less than 48 hours before, maintain an ambient temperature and relative humidity within limits required by type of adhesive used. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Panels (FRP): Kemlite Company, Glasbord-P with Surfaseal; Sequentia, Inc., Structoglas Standard (Class C); or approved; for general CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 09 77 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FRP SPECIAL WALL SURFACES purpose wall applications, 0.09 inch, or 1/32 inch thickness, sizes as selected from manufacturer's standards. Flame spread of 200 or lower, smoke developed 450 or lower, in accordance with ASTM E 84. Colors as selected. A. Accessories: 1. Moldings: Panel manufacturer's standard extruded vinyl division bars, inside and outside corners, and caps. Colors to match panels. Provide in longest lengths practical to minimize end joints. 2. Fasteners: Panel manufacturer's standard nylon drive rivets. B. Adhesive: Non-flammable construction adhesive as recommended by FRP manufacturer. C. Sealant: As recommended by FRP manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine backup surfaces to determine that corners are plumb and straight, surfaces are smooth, uniform, clean and free from foreign matter, nails countersunk,joints and cracks filled flush and smooth with the adjoining surface. B. Do not begin installation until backup surfaces are in satisfactory condition for installation. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Do all cutting with carbide tipped saw blades or drill bits, or cut with snips. B. Install panels with manufacturer's recommended gap for panel field and corner joints. C. Pre-drill fastener holes in the panels 1/8" oversize. D. Apply adhesive to panel back with a 1/4-inch notched trowel for 100 percent coverage. D. Install fiberglass reinforced plastic panels in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, and as shown and scheduled. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove any adhesive or excessive sealant from face of panels using solvent or cleaner recommended by panel manufacturer. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 90 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAINTS AND COATINGS SECTION 09 90 00 PAINTS AND COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface preparation and field painting 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition. B. MPI — Architectural Painting Specification Manual, as published by the Master Painters and Decorators Association. C. SSPC — Steel Structures Painting Council, Steel Structures Painting Manual. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide product data on each different paint finishing product. C. Paint Schedule: Provide schedule of all proposed paint products for the items to be painted in format matching the Schedule found in Part 3 of this Section. D. Paint Draw Down Samples: Submit two painted samples, illustrating selected colors for each color and system selected. Submit on heavy paper card stock, 8 x 10 inch in size. 1. Sheen Samples: Submit samples of different sheens for each color as directed by Architect for selection. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: All paint products used for painting a given material/surface shall be manufactured by the same company. B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years successful experience. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 90 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAINTS AND COATINGS 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for products and finishes. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability. B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and or as required by manufacturer's instructions and/or MPI MANUAL. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide environmental conditions as required by paint manufacturer, MPI Manual and as follows: 1. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer's written literature. 2. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer's written literature. 3. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINTS AND COATINGS - GENERAL A. Paints and Coatings: Ready mixed, select products complying with MPI standards from the following acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Paints: a. Benjamin Moore & Company b. Sherwin Williams C. Parker Paint/ Comex Group d. Kelly Moore e. No Substitutions. 2. Stain/Oils/Waterborne Urethanes: a. Sikkens b. Benjamin Moore & Company C. Cabots d. Dalys e. Duckback CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 90 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAINTS AND COATINGS f. No Substitutions. 3. Paints/stains must be products which installer has used on other projects and are known to provide excellent performance including: • A soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. • Good hiding characteristics. • Good flow and brushing properties. • Good mildew-resistance. • Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Certain manufacturer's products may not provide adequate hiding ability with the number of coats specified. Contractor may be required to provide additional coats at no additional cost if products are selected that do not provide adequate hiding ability. 2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Putty: Conform to FS TT-P-791A(3), colored to match paint and stain finishes, as applicable. B. Cementitious Filler: Nonshrink formulation, white Portland cement with fine silicate aggregate, zinc- oxide pigment, and reinforcing chemical binder as approved. C. Spackling Compound: Standard gypsum board compound. D. Unspecified materials such as turpentine, linseed oil, or mineral spirits shall be products of reputable manufacturers and as recommended by paint manufacturers. E. Materials for Undercoats and Finish Coats: Ready mixed, and shall not be changed, except thinning of undercoats (when required), reinforcing, or coloring, all of which shall be performed in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate selection of paint products to be applied over prime coats applied by others for compatibility and good adhesion. C. Coordinate inspection of finish GWB surfaces with Section 09 29 00 prior to start of any painting work; identify and mark any defective areas for correction. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 90 00 - 4 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAINTS AND COATINGS D. Schedule work to follow completion of all dust/dirt producing work. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces are clean and ready to receive paint as required by the product manufacturer. B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application or performance. C. Start of installation indicates acceptance of substrate, finish and conditions and responsibility for proper finish and appearance. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Conform to MPI Manual surface preparation recommendations, paint manufacturer's recommendations and the following for preparation of each different surface scheduled to be painted: B. Substrate: Clean substrate surfaces thoroughly before applying any primer or paint following paint manufacturer's cleaning recommendations; allow substrate to dry thoroughly before starting paint application. C. Surface Appurtenances: Remove electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing. D. Marks: Seal with shellac those which may bleed through surface finishes. E. Mildew: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry. F. Factory Primed/Painted Items to be Painted: Hand sand factory finished surfaces to provide proper tooth for good adhesion of finish coats. G. Exterior Ferrous Steel: Prepare surfaces to be painted in strict conformance with paint manufacturer's surface preparation requirements. 1. Minimum Preparation: SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning of all surfaces in strict conformance with SSPC Steel Structures Painting Manual requirements. 2. Application of primer shall follow surface preparation immediately within the same day or surfaces will require repeating the preparation procedure. 3. Surface preparation and prime painting shall be scheduled to coincide with warm, dry weather, minimum 60 degrees F and rising. H. Exterior Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steel and Aluminum: Prepare surfaces to be painted in strict conformance with paint manufacturer's surface preparation requirements. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 90 00 - 5 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAINTS AND COATINGS 1. Minimum Preparation: SSPC-SP1 Solvent Cleaning of all surfaces in strict conformance with SSPC Steel Structures Painting Manual requirements. Acid etch surface as specifically recommended by the paint manufacturer. 2. Application of primer shall follow surface preparation immediately within the same day or surfaces will require repeating the preparation procedure. 3. Surface preparation and prime painting shall be scheduled to coincide with warm, dry weather, minimum 60 degrees F and rising. 3.04 PROTECTION A. Protect all finish surfaces, landscaping, adjacent property and elements surrounding the work of this Section from overspray, damage or disfiguration. B. Maintain subfloor surfaces free from paint and spills using heavy paper or other method. 3.05 APPLICATION A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and MPI Manual. B. Apply sufficient wet film thickness to provide good hiding, do not thin product. C. Where adjacent sealant is to be painted, do not apply finish coats until sealant is applied. D. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. E. Allow applied coats to dry completely before next coat is applied. F. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. G. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat. H. Gypsum Board & CMU Surfaces: After paint has been spray or roller applied to uniform wet film thickness, backroll entire surface in same direction to provide uniform texture, reflective value and appearance, free of roller marks or lines. 3.06 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Remove louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately. B. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 90 00 - 6 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAINTS AND COATINGS 3.07 CLEANING A. Collect waste material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site. 3.08 SURFACES THAT REQUIRE PAINT FINISH A. Paint all materials/surfaces described below under SCHEDULE - PAINT SYSTEMS. B. Factory-finished items that require painting: 1. Access panels/doors C. Mechanical and Electrical: Use paint systems defined for the substrates to be finished. 1. Mechanical grilles and louvers 2. Paint exposed to view insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, and hangers, brackets, collars, supports, and related similar items to match background surfaces 3. Paint shop-primed items. 4. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces. 5. Exposed Sprinkler Piping: Refer to Division 21 3.09 SCHEDULE - PAINT SYSTEMS (ALL WORK IS MPI PREMIUM GRADE) A. All materials/surfaces scheduled hereinafter shall be painted in accordance with designated MPI Systems and Product requirements. 1. Sheen on finish coats shall be as selected by Architect from manufacturer's paint sheen samples. 2. Use the same manufacturer for each coat specified for a given system, do not intermix different manufacturer's products within the same paint system unless specifically approved by manufacturer(s) and products are known to be compatible for use together. a. Where primer is applied by others: 1) Select paint system compatible with primer installed by others. 2) Test compatibility and adhesion of proposed paint products over primer prior to application. b. Paint failure due to incompatibility between different manufacturer's products are Contractor's responsibility to correct. A. Mechanical and Electrical: 1. Exposed HVAC ducts, conduit and uncovered piping in finished spaces: Waterborne, 3 coats. (1) One coat galvanized primer. (2) Two coats acrylic enamel. (semi gloss) 2. Pipe and duct covering: Waterborne, 4 coats. One coat drywall joint compound thinned with latex sealer to working consistency. CITY OF ARLINGTON 09 90 00 - 7 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL PAINTS AND COATINGS (1) One coat PVA primer sealer. (2) Two coats acrylic latex. (eggshell) 3. Inside of ducts, visible from finished space. (1) One coat galvanized metal primer. (1) One coat dull black paint. 4. Miscellaneous: Finish registers, grilles, exposed conduit, electrical cabinets, and similar items to match adjacent surfaces. B. Exterior: 1. Galvanized metal: Solvent base, 3 coats. (1) One coat galvanized metal primer. (2) Two coats alkyd enamel. (Semi-gloss) 2. Cedar trim: Acrylic Latex over Alkyd Wood Primer, 3 coats. (1) One coat alkyd wood primer. (2) Two coats acrylic enamel. (Semi-gloss or Satin/eggshell as noted). 3. Ferrous Metal (Not Galvanized): Solvent base, 3 coats. (1) One coat rust-inhibitive primer. (2) Two coats alkyd enamel. (Semi-gloss) 4. Galvanized Metal: Solvent base, 3 coats. (1) One coat galvanized metal primer. (2) Two coats alkyd enamel. (Semi-gloss) C. Interior: 1. Gypsum board, typical: Waterborne, 4 coats. (1) One coat latex PVA primer sealer (apply before application of texture coat). (1) One coat latex primer (apply after application of texture coat). (2) Two coats acrylic enamel. (Finish eggshell) 2. Exposed wood: Waterborne, 2 coats. (2) Two coats waterborne polyurethane. (satin) 3. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Solvent base, 3 coats. (1) One coat rust-inhibitive primer. (2) Two coats alkyd enamel. (Semi-gloss) 4. Ferrous Metal (Not Galvanized): Solvent base, 3 coats. (1) One coat rust-inhibitive primer. (2) Two coats alkyd enamel. (Semi-gloss) 5. Galvanized Metal: Solvent base, 3 coats. (1) One coat galvanized metal primer. (2) Two coats alkyd enamel. (Semi-gloss) 6. Wood Doors: Waterborne Polyurethane, 3 coats. (3) Three coats waterborne polyurethane. (satin) 7. Concrete, Cast in Place Concrete: Waterborne, 3 coats: (1) One coat acrylic concrete/masonry sealer (2) Two coats acrylic latex. (eggshell) END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 10 14 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL IDENTIFICATION DEVICES SECTION 10 14 00 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data, Shop Drawings and Samples, and installation details. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. ADA Signs: Manufacturer AlphaDogADA signs, 3064 Big Bear Drive Roseville, CA 95747; 888-586-7154; http://www.alphadogadasigns.com ADA Accessible Men's and Women's Restroom Sign, Brushed Metal 6x9. B. Exterior signage letters to be: Brushed Aluminum, satin polished finish, 3/4" depth cast letter, with standoff pegs. Sized to be 10" high,. See Drawings for locations. Type face to be selected from catalogue type face standards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install signs in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other Sections. B. Restore damaged finishes. Clean and protect work from damage. 3.2 SCHEDULE A. Restroom Doors post Barrier Free ADA signage as required. Quantity (1) one each restroom. B. Building Signage: Supply and install exterior building identification letters for building as shown on the Drawings. 1. 404 (Address number See Elevations) END OF SECTION 10400 - 1 CITY OF ARLINGTON 10 28 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TOILET AND MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES SECTION 10 28 00 TOILET AND MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate Work of this Section with Work of other Sections to assure proper location of cutouts, backing, and recess framing. Furnish templates and printed instructions as required to prepare Work of other Sections to receive Work of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.; Bradley Corporation; McKinney-Parker; or approved. Bobrick products are specified as a standard of quality, performance, and appearance, unless otherwise noted. B. Hand Dryer: Dyson "Airblade" Model #ABO2, finish silver. See electrical section 16000 for power to be provided. Electrician to provide power and install no exceptions. No substitution City Standard. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Metal: Type 304 satin finish stainless steel, or polished chrome-plated brass. B. Attachment Devices: Provide backing plates, brackets, and hardware required for a complete installation. Fastening shall be concealed and theftproof when available. C. Provide locks and furnish keys for standard lockable items. D. Accessory Items: 1. Soap Dispensers: B-4112. 2. Toilet Paper Dispensers: B-2892. 3. Stainless Steel Grab Bars: B-6806 Series, sizes as shown. E. Mirrors: 114" stainless steel. Use concealed fasteners. Min 36 x 48 or as Sizes as shown on drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that surfaces, recesses, and backing to receive accessories are satisfactory for their installation. CITY OF ARLINGTON 10 28 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL TOILET AND MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories in locations shown and specified. B. Fasten accessories securely with mechanical fasteners recommended by accessory manufacturer. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Remove protective coatings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Adjust accessories, as applicable, for smooth operation 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.5 SCHEDULE A. See Drawings for location of all bath hardware. Soap Dispenser: 1/restroom Toilet Paper Dispensers 1/each toilet stall or restroom Stainless Steel Grab Bars: 1/each toilet stall Mirrors: 1/each lav sink minimum size 36" x 48" END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON 10 44 00 - 1 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS SECTION 10 44 00 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions and Division 0 and 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets B. Fire Extinguishers 1.03 REFERENCES A. All references shall be the latest adopted edition. B. NFPA 10 - Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers; National Fire Protection Association. C. UL (FPED) - Fire Protection Equipment Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for specified products; indicate compliance to specified requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to conformance with the requirements of this Section, manufacturers offering products that may be provided for this project include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. J.L. Industries, Inc. (specified) 2. Larsen's Manufacturing Company 3. Potter-Roemer 4. Substitutions: Refer to requirements in Section 01 60 00. CITY OF ARLINGTON 10 44 00 - 2 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 2.03 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets: J.L. Industries, Inc. "Cosmopolitan" Series,sized to accommodate 2A10BC Fire Extinguisher, recessed maximum amount allowed by wall framing. 1. Cabinet: Cold-rolled steel with factory-applied baked primer coating. a. Provide maximum recessment allowed by depth of wall framing. b. Where Fire Extinguisher Cabinets can be mounted within wall framing this shall be the chosen method. Surface mounted must be approved by Architect/Owner. 2. Door & Frame: Extruded aluminum, clear anodized finish. a. Projection: Flush with face of cabinet. b. Configuration: Half door glazing. C. Glazing: Clear Acrylic d. Trim style: 1-1/2" square 3. Door hardware: a. Continuous hinge, allowing 180-degree door swing. b. Chrome handle pull. C. Lock: J.L. Industries SAF-T-LOK 4. Lettering: Die cut vinyl letters. a. Legend: "FIRE EXTINGUISHER". b. Lettering Color: Black, or as required by Authority Having Jurisdiction. C. Placement: Vertical, on hinge side of door glazing, place on interior side of glazing to be read from exterior side; comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Extinguisher Mounting Bracket: Plated steel bracket for mounting either on wall or in cabinet, with quick release metal retaining strap to hold extinguisher securely to bracket. Provide for all extinguishers. 2.04 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: 2A10BC capacity. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION A. Review, coordinate and accommodate work of other trades that interface with, affect or are affected by the work of this Section so as to facilitate the execution of the overall Work of this project in a coordinated and efficient manner. B. Coordinate size and location of recessed openings in framed walls. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Verify that wall openings are correct size and in correct locations. CITY OF ARLINGTON 10 44 00 - 3 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets securely to wall framing in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as required by local Code Authority. 1. Install Extinguisher Mounting Bracket centered in cabinet (or on wall as noted on Drawings)for each fire extinguisher. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Immediately prior to project completion, ensure extinguishers (provided by others) are fully charged and bear tag recording date of charging and signature of verifying entity. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect exposed finishes of cabinets from damage by subsequent construction activities B. Repair minor damage to finishes in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations; replace components which cannot be repaired to Owner's satisfaction. END OF SECTION CITY OF ARLINGTON SECTION 11 00 00 INNOVATION CENTER REMODEL OWNER FURNISHINGS SECTION 11 00 00 OWNER FURNISHINGS PART 1 - GENERAL NOT USED PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OWNER SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT Bike Rack Multi - See cut sheets, 7 pages total. Owner to supply Contractor to install. B. Bike Rack Decorative - See cut sheets, 7 pages total. Owner to supply Contractor to install. C. Bistro Tables - See cut sheets, 2 pages total. Owner to supply Contractor to install. D. Landscape Stone Small and Medium - See cut sheets, 2 pages total. Owner to supply Contractor to install. E. Stainless Steel skate stops — Contractor to provide and install. Skagit Stoppers, info@skatestoppers.com, 619-447-6374. FA135 clip. Provide and install at max. 30" O.C. and max. 12" from corners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other Sections. B. Restore damaged finishes. Clean and protect work from damage. END OF SECTION 11 0000 - 1 BIKE BIKE RACK _ r 201 •r _ ^^ Quotation Page 1 of 1 Contact Name Sarah Lopez Number E�r�AyOpgE crow Contact Contact Phone (360)403-3448 Date 1/13/2017 Customer PO 504 Malcolm Ave SE Suite 100, Est.Ship Date 1/12/2017 Delivery terms FOB origin Reference Pocket Park MINNEAPOLIS,MN,55414 ryQuote valid until 2/11/2017 Tax Registration No 26-303-0026 Payment terms www.dero.com (612)359-0689*(888)337-6729 Delivery Contact Sales Representative-Paul Buchanan Delivery Phone Sold to: Ship to: Citv of Arlington-WA City of Arlington-WA 238 N Olympic Ave ARLINGTON,WA 98223 AR N Olympic Ave USA LINGTON,WA 98223 USA Catalog No Description Ship date Quantity Unit Net Unit Amount BIKE BIKE-G Surface Mount,Powder 1/12/2017 1.00 EA 478.000 478.00 Coated,Orange,RAL 2004, 2000292-G BIKE BIKE-G Surface Mount Powder Coated 1/12/2017 1.00 EA 478.000 478.00 Color TBD DOWNTOWN-A Surface Mount Powder Coated 1/13/2017 4.00 EA 142.000 568.00 Color TBD **PRICING INCLUDES ALL HARDWARE** To place the order,verify that all the bill-to,ship-to,and order information is correct,sign and date where indicated,and email back to your sales representative,or to sales@dero.com.Once we receive a signed order form,we will e-mail you an order confirmation,so that you know that your order has been processed,and provide an estimated ship date. This Ship Date is an estimate only.We will do everything possible to ship by or before that date but do not guarantee shipment by that date. A 20%restocking fee will be assessed to all canceled orders. Quote is good for 30 days. Customer agrees that installation area is suitable for drilling. Sales tax is estimated based on current tax rates.Final sales tax is subject to tax rates at the time of shipment. Payments can be made by credit card,pre-payment,or net 30 credit terms may be issued with credit approval. THIS SIGNED ORDER FORM IS ACCEPTED AS A BINDING PURCHASE Customer please specify desired ship date: Signature&Date Sales Subtotals Freight Other Charges Sales Tax 1,524,00 240.00 0.00 160.52 TOTAL USD $1,%24.52 = Quotation Page 1 of 1 Contact Name Sarah Lopez Number .���:•'Corz�ca,w.•v QTE-00018551-2 Contact Phone (360)403-3448 Date 1/13/2017 504 Malcolm Ave SE Suite 100, Est.Ship Date 1/12/2017 Customer PO Reference Pocket Park MINNEAPOLIS,MN,55414 Delivery terms FOB origin Payment terms Quote valid until 2/11/2017 Tax Registration No 26-303-0026 www.dero.com (612)359-0689*(888)337-6729 Delivery Contact Sales Representative-Paul Buchanan Delivery Phone Sold to: Ship to: Citv of Arlington-WA City of Arlington-WA 238 N Olympic Ave ARLINGTON,WA 98223 AR N Olympic Ave USA LINGTON,WA 98223 USA Catalog No Description Ship date Quantity Unit Net Unit Amount BIKE BIKE-G Surface Mount,Powder 1/12/2017 1.00 EA 478.000 478.00 Coated,Orange,RAL 2004, 2000292-G BIKE BIKE-G Surface Mount Powder Coated 1/12/2017 1.00 EA 478.000 478.00 Color TBD HOOP RACK-B Surface Mount Powder Coated 1/13/2017 4.00 EA 102.000 408.00 Color TBD **PRICING INCLUDES ALL HARDWARE** To place the order,verify that all the bill-to,ship-to,and order information is correct,sign and date where indicated,and email back to your sales representative,or to sales@dero.com.Once we receive a signed order form,we will e-mail you an order confirmation,so that you know that your order has been processed,and provide an estimated ship date. This Ship Date is an estimate only.We will do everything possible to ship by or before that date but do not guarantee shipment by that date. A 20%restocking fee will be assessed to all canceled orders. Quote is good for 30 days. Customer agrees that installation area is suitable for drilling. Sales tax is estimated based on current tax rates.Final sales tax is subject to tax rates at the time of shipment. Payments can be made by credit card,pre-payment,or net 30 credit terms may be issued with credit approval. THIS SIGNED ORDER FORM IS ACCEPTED AS A BINDING PURCHASE Customer please specify desired ship date: Signature&Date Sales Subtotals Freight Other Charges Sales Tax 1,364,00 240,00 0.00 145.96 TOTAL USD S1,749.96 Binder This file updated: Download 15 JUN 2016 alasl vc�slon COMMERCIAL im n m3 ® i3 c7 Ifl i cm In C 3 0 0 EU G:i f to M3 E3 im / Bike Hitch Hoop Rack Hoop Rack Swerve Rack Downtown Rack Round Rack Arc Rack Heavy Duty 6q? ©o J o m� m3 c o E3 Recycle Racks y .ack Broadway Rack Camluls Rack Helix Rack 1 ;a Hi Roller Type Rider'" Custom Racks Logo Racks Image Infusion Ultra Space Saver Ultra Space Saves Racks 0 Z, 0 pps ¢- ® � �m c� mUltra Space Saver Bike File Track Rack Bike Hook Solo Dero Decker Dero DUPlex Single o ® ®03 Cycle Stall Elite Switchback'" Wall Rack Compack Rack Event Rack U-Lockit'" Meter Hilch PUBLIC BIKE REPAIR n ® o ® o U o ® m © Allay Rack Lock Dock Fowl` Trxel Kit Air Kil 2 Air Kit 3 Pump Stop COVERED BIKE PARKING • •• 03 4111/0783 gm M3 0 ©" M3 t 0 go Cm V3 m 0r CA0 . m Pocket Shelter Bike Depot Cycle Station Vizor'"Shelter Kolo Sheller WA+, .:ar.Crii1+ LOCKERSBIKE ADDITIONAL RESOURCES M3 Lm Km .- ® Bike Parking Guide coo E3 ?..I 9m ma (Q a m Product Options Dero Warranty Veloport" Dero Bike Dero Bike Fiberglass Fiberglass f�� Recycled Content Certificate Locker'"33 Locker'"40 300 Series 350 Series � BIKE BIKE RACK YOUR LOGO HERECustomize - • brand your bike parking C-►{��'LnI'ING Gn�S� FINISH OPTIONS MOUNT .1 OPTIONS Galvanized Stainless In-Ground Powder 1 BIKE BIKE RACK Submittal Sheet CAPACITY 2-4 Bikes MATERIALS 1.5"OD 11 Gauge Tube. All open ends are capped to prevent moisture from entering. All welds are MIG welds 42" around entire circumference ofjoined pieces. FINISHES Galvanized An after fabrication hot dipped galvanized finish is our standard option. r Powder Coat Our powder coat finish assures a high level of adhesion and durability by following these steps: 40 rr \ 1.Sandblast 671, 1. 2.Epoxy primer electrostatically applied 3.Final thick TGIC polyester powder coat Thermoplastic In addition to an increased thickness(8-10mils),the thermoplastic:finish covers a galvanized layer and offers 145" superior impact resistance over powder coating. 1_i Stainless Stainless Steel:304 grade stainless steel material finished in either a high polished shine or a satin finish. MOUNT In-ground OPTIONS In ground mount is embedded into concrete base. Specify in ground mount for this option. Surface Each rack has two 2.5"x 6"mounting brackets double gusset welded to the"wheels". The brackets are 40"apart. Each bracket Is anchored to the ground with two anchors. Anchors are included with each rack. SETBACKS 14" 90' �36" S /76` Pl,oYcorzE BIKE BIKE RACK Installation Instructions — Surface Mount TOOLS NEEDED RECOMMENDED BASE MATERIAL tape Measure Solid concrete is the best base mate"al for installation, to ensure Mar.xe-or Penal the proper anchors are s•ripped with your rack, ask your Dero Rack Masonry Drill Bit representative which anchor is appropriate for your apolizatlon, Drill ;Hamrnei drill reco-mended) Be sure nothing is unclerneii she oase material tr'at could be Hammer clamaged oy drilling. Wrenc" 9/16" Level 1 2 ft Place the rack:in;he cesired location. Use a Drill the holes in accordance w'th the marKe-or pencil to outline the holes orthe flange specifications shipped with the archers Make orto the ;--aSe material, sure the holes are a: least 3" away from a-)y cracks in t^e base --aterial. 3 4 lu Use washers to level rack if necessary.. Tap in anchors and follow yol r specific anchor insi--ctions dPd with t�P rank. b OERO www.dero.com 1 1-888-337-6729 RLAYC0RE., .,, Page 1 of 1 •- A 1.01 f, 1 https://www.dero.com/wp-content/uploads/images/products/cycle-stall-basic/stall-2.jpg 5/14/2018 ��RO Quotation Page 1 of 1 Contact Name Sarah Lopez Number .i�laYcoFeE r QTE-00018551-6 Contact Phone (360)403-3448 Date 5/15/2018 42 Northern Stacks Dr,Ste 100, Est.Ship Date 1/12/2017 Customer PO MINNEAPOLIS,MN,55421 Delivery terms FOB origin Reference Pocket Park Payment terms Quote valid until 2/11/2017 Tax Registration No 26-303-0026 www.dero.com (612)359-0689"(888)337-6729 Delivery Contact Sales Representative-Paul Buchanan Delivery Phone Sold to: Ship to: Citv of Arlington-WA City of Arlington-WA 238 N Olympic Ave ARLINGTON,WA 98223 AR N Olympic Ave USA LINGTON,WA 98223 USA Catalog No Description Ship date Quanft Unit Net Unit Amount CYCLE STALL 20'Starter Unit 5/15/2018 1.00 EA 628.000 628.00 BASIC White Delineator and Curb BS-RAIL Rails for Mounting Bike Racks 5/15/2018 1.00 EA 292.000 292.00 Galvanized HOOP RACK Hoop Rack 5/15/2018 5.00 EA 104.000 520.00 Surface Mount Powder Coated Color TBD —PRICING INCLUDES ALL HARDWARE" A 2%steel surcharge is included as"Other Charges"below. To place the order,verify that all the bill-to,ship-to,and order information is correct,sign and date below,and email back to your sales rep or to sales@dero.com.Once we receive a signed order form,we will e-mail you an order confirmation,so that you know that your order has been processed,and provide an estimated ship date. THE SHIP DATE IS AN ESTIMATE ONLY.We will do everything possible to ship by or before that date but do not guarantee shipment by that date. Quote is good for 30 days. A 20%restocking fee will be assessed to all canceled orders. Sales tax is estimated based on current tax rates.Final sales tax is subject to tax rates at the time of shipment.Please notify us immediately if your order is exempt from sales tax. We are unable to remove sales tax from an invoice once an order ships. Payments can be made by credit card,pre-payment,or net 30 credit terms may be issued with credit approval. THIS SIGNED ORDER FORM IS ACCEPTED AS A BINDING PURCHASE Customer please specify desired ship date: Signature&Date Sales Subtotals Freight Other Charges Sales Tax 1,440.00 240.00 -43.20 148.95 TOTAL USD $1,785.75 I a CYCLE STALL BASIC r I w I I A 1A I 4. Increase Customer Parking One car cr ten bikes? Maximize parking for cjstorners at your business with on-street bike oarking. The Cycle Stall Basic kit covers the needs of cities i�d bL:sinesses;hat want to prcvi e an on-street bike corral at a low cost and minimal Chang.s to infrastructure.Kit includes parking delineators, �► OERO CYCLE STALL BASIC Have It Your Cycle Stalls can be made out of many of our standard • FINISH OPTIONS Galvanized Stainless PVC Dip 'S Powder •• Thermoplastic www,dero.comi i i • • 7C14') CYCLE STALL BASIC Submittal Sheet CAPACITY Single:10 Bikes Double:22 Bikes MATERIALS Hoop Racks:1,5"schedule 40 pipe(1.9"OD) Wheel Stops:Recycled plastic FINISHES Galvanized An after fabrication hot dipped galvanized finish is our standard option. 18' n Powder Coat / Our powder coat finish assures a high level of adhesion and durability by following these steps: 1.Sandblast 2.Epoxy primer electrostatically applied 3.Final thick TGIC polyester powder coat Thermoplastic Coating In addition to an increased thickness(8-10rnils),the thermoplastic finish covers a galvanized layer and offers superior impact resistance over powder coating. Stainless Stainless Steel:304 grade stainless steel material finished in either a high polished shine or a satin finish. MOUNT Rail OPTIONS Rail Mounted Racks are bolted to two parallel rails which can be left freestanding or anchored to the ground. Rails 36' are heavy duty 3"xIA"x3/16"thick galvanized mounting rails. Specify rail mount for this option. SETBACKS �13" 1 44" Traffic delineators ore included in either yellow (standard)or white color options. "PL-YcoRE crw�. CYCLE STALL BASIC Installation Instructions — Racks on Pails TOOLS NEEDED ANCHORING THE RAILS 9/16" Socket set Once asserr.bled, to anchor the rails to concrete, place 3,75"wedge Two 4"x4"x28"(or larger) blocks anchor through 4 indicated holes in the ail into the concrete. 4 bolts, nuts and washers for every Secure with nu:. Hoop (included with rack). I�usi g a;amper resistant nuts, install two If anchoring to as^palt surface, use Ti-ler asphalt::crews. Place tamper resistant.nut_ with eal-h sci,,,ws I.hro-gh sail holes and turn into the aspha'. f-loop. Hammer (J installing into coim:rete with wedge anchors) I 1 2 Lay out the two chin,-el beams were tre race Place poop Rscks on beams so holes in rack will be placed. Place I.-e :we beams on top of the flanges line up w th bearr slots two bloc,<s of wood so that t"e open part of t"e channel faces.the grow^d. 3 4 _� Put bolts thro.;gh Hoop Rack flange holes and Once nuts are on,tip assembled rack over bears so hell head faces up HAND lighten the and use .a 9/16"socket to tirh'en nuts. Refore nuts using new flange nuts, fully tightening nuts, ;rage sure the racks are straight on beams. If using tamper rosisL)nt nuts, use access tool to tighter guts Do not overtlghten the tamper resistant nuts. Tip rack upright. ��► ��RO www.dero.com 1 1-888-337-6729 RLAYCORE col----, CYCLE STALL BASIC Wheel Stops and Delineators TOOLS NEEDED SITE SAFETY Hammer Drill wth 3/8" masonry bit Before installation, ensure work s1c is safe. If necessary, block off Sour:'Wrench 3/8" the are tc prevent vehi,-le and pedestrian access Use appi-op,01e. Hammer(f inst fling into concrete signage and work barricades.o delineate the work area. Ensure with wedge anchors) electric power leads and hand tools are safe, in gooc working condition and o rly used as per manufar.ture.r's specifications Remove any potential trip hazards and use appropriate personal safety equiprne-it(safety gloves,safety glasses, safety boots, etc_) 1 Glace wheel stop in desired location using setbacks diagram on page 2 as a guide. Dark `-oles onto s_.rface a-cl remove wheel stop. 2 Drill 3/8" holes though asphalt s"rface. 3 Li0e lip holes in wheel stops with holes in road surrace ;,nc -se 3/8" socket wren,h to secure the prcvided anchors. - Two 48"tall traffic delineators are included to protect Your installation from damage by vehicles.Three delineators are Included with the double-sized kit. The delineators are secured to the ground with an epoxy cement and include two bands of reflective tape for greater visibility In low Hight. Z �► C: EFRO www.dero.com 1 1-888-337-6729 •PLAYcorte- Skatestoppers FA/FR Series Page 1 of 2 enoughCall us!(619)447-6374 ...because signs alone are not worldwideJ:UAF Over 1,000,000 units in use . IL � t [ • • 0-- Surface Mount FA 90A FA 902.5 FA 135 FA and FR Series (for square corner) (for 1/2"radius) (for chamfer) The basic distinction between the FA and the FIR Series is the relative positioning of the anchor pins on the skate deterrent. In the patented FA Series skate deterrent(with the exception of FA90CC),the bracket is elongated on both ends from the corner such that pins can be inserted into the substrate at mutually exclusive planes Temp_. Template (ie/one pin in the face of the wall and one pin in the top of the wall). In the FIR Details Detail! Details Series skate deterrent,the bracket is shortened on one end such that both pins are inserted into the same plane FIR 0.12 FIR 0.5 FIR 1.0 (ie/both pins in the top of the wall). (for square corner) (for 1/2"rnrlh-` (for 1"radius) Although the FA Series parts provide an optimal pinning solution,the FIR Series is preferred in cases where the angle created by the top of the wall and the face of the wall is other than 90 degrees(except for chamfer applications which use the FA135). See drawings at right for examples(NOTE: You need Adobe Acrobat to view these files). Template Details Details Click here for a Price List. Choosing a Part SPECIALTY CLIPS Click the'Template"button below each part number to view the profiles of the FA 90CC FIR 0.1213C FIR 0.25PC FA and FIR Series parts. You can print (for curb) (for plank seat—I (for plastic dipped and cut out these full scale parts and check them for the best fitting bracket to your particular application. NOTE:IN ORDER FOR DRAWINGS TO PRINT TO SCALE,MAKE SURE"PAGE fl SCALING"IN YOUR PRINTER OPTIONS IS SET TO"NONE". For photos of the parts,mounting hardware options,and colors,click on the"Details"button. Template Template Details Details Details Click here for a PDF catalogue of all FA Anchor Illustra.,— and FIR Series Parts. Click here for Anchoring Instructions Before ordering,click here for a scaled drawing of Standard Product Profiles. Material Choice FA and FIR Series parts are available in 6061-T6 Aluminum(Type II Clear http://www.skatestoppers.com/FA-FR-Series.html 11/15/2019 5/14/2018 Cast Stone Seating Pebble Creative Living My Cart(0) Check Out N 91101 N.Santa Fe Dr. Denver.CO.80204•720.222.9509 crea ive ` ' Hours Tuesday-Saturday 10am 6pm. interior & exterior d €cor seafell Outdoor Fire Pits Outdoor Fountains Patio Furniture Pots&Planters Outdoor Wall Art Fun Stuff! Brick&Mortar Project Gallery CAST STONE SEATING PEBBLE Pebbles are organically-shaped seating sculptures that are both furniture and art and it can be featured as individual seating sculptures or in groups. Molded fiber•-reinforced lightweight concrete with integral color pigment,pure curves in all-weather lightweight concrete.The shell is approximately 3/8"thick and its perfect for - indoor or outdoor use. Durable in any climate. Measures: small table 21"1 x 19"w x 14"h s�pebbl, 1.51 x 23,75'w x 12"h (80 Medium pebbl "t x 31.5"w x 17.5"h (1 10 large pebble 471 x 37.5"w x 17.5"h (160 Ibs) Manufactured In Germany. Please allow 8-16 week lead time. Please contact for pricing G+ https://clden.com/products/cast-stone-seating-pebble 1/2 creative.'! -� ESTIMATE d, 3 k '�. interior & exterior d6cor DATE ESTIMATE# 1 101 SANTA FE DR. DENVER, CO 80204 5/15/2018 329 720.222.9509 WWW.CLDEN.COM CLIENIS INFORMATION SARAH L 360,403.3448 SLOP EZ@ARLINGTONWA.GOV WA,98223 PROJECT DESCRIPTION e 31.5"1 x 23,75"w x 12"h (80 Ibs) SMALL CAST STONE SEATING PEBBLE(COLOR TBD) 1 1,150.00 1,150.00T 40"I x 31.5'W x 17.5"h(110 Ibs) MEDIUM CAST STONE SEATING PEBBLE(COLOR TBD) 1 1,300.00 1,300.00T ESTIMATED SHIPPING COST WITH LIFT GATE 575.00 575.00 ***ESTIMATED LEAD TIME 8-16 WEEKS RETURN POLICY: If you are not satisfied with your purchase for any reason,please return it within 7-days.Upon SALES TAX (0,0%) $0.00 return,your merchandise will be inspected.Appropriate exchanges,credits and refunds will be issued for the purchase price of the item(s)and for any taxes due to be refunded in accordance TOTAL $3,025.00 with applicable state law.All special orders are final.Fountain,furniture and fire pit purchases c r Northwest Playground Equipment, Inc. PO Box 2410,Issaquah,WA 98027-0109 Phone(425)313-9161 FAX(425)313-9194 Email:eric(a)nwplayground corn QUOTE Quote# EA02122018 To: City of Arlington Date: 2/12/2018 Re: Haller Park Splash Pad-Amenities Arlington,WA Contact Name: Sarah Lopez Phone: 360-403-3448 Email: slo ez arlin t nw . v Fax: Item# Qty Description Price Total Price EQUIPMENT MyTCoat TRD46-A-13-000 3 46"Round Pedestal Table-Expanded Metal-Surface Mount.Advantage $ 1,050.00 $ 3'150.00� RSL32-I-02-002 g 32 Gallon Skyline Trash Receptacle with Flared Top and Side Opening- $ 878.00 $ `7,024.00 Bonnet Top and Liner-Strap Metal-Advantage Coating RSM32-S-00-000 8 Receptacle Surface Mount $ 50.00 $ 400.00 Equipment Subtotal $ 10,574.00 MyTCoat Northwest Playground Equipment Discount: NPEI 5.00% $ (528.70) MyTCoat Freight: $ 1,447.52 Equipment Total(less tax) $ 11,492.82 CERTIFIED INSTALLATION Install is NOT provide but AVIALABLE Upon Request Prevailing Wage Job Installation Total: $ - Bond or Credit Card Fee: Performance Bond(If Required): 3.0% $ - Location Code: 3101 - 060734492D Tax: 9.1% $ 1,045.85 ORDER TOTAL: $ 12,538.67 All quotes are subject to material and fuel surcharges. Acceptance of Proposal: (Please be sure you have read, signed, initialed and understand the Terms and Conditions on Page 2 of this Quote) The items, prices and conditions listed herein are satisfactory and are hereby accepted. rEricAnwson Sales Consultant Customer Signature Date Thank you for considering Northwest Playground Equipment, Inc. for your Park, Playground, Shelter and Sports Equipment requirements. PAGE 1 of 2 Revised 8/11/2017 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 22 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC" for submittal requirements and drawing requirements. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following to complement other Division 22 Sections: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Dielectric fittings. 3. Mechanical sleeve seals. 4. Sleeves. 5. Escutcheons. 6. Grout. 7. Plumbing demolition. 8. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 9. Supports and anchorages. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than plumbing and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and plumbing equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Characteristics for Plumbing Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Dielectric Unions: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Eclipse, Inc.; Rockford-Eclipse Div. C. Epco Sales Inc. d. Hart Industries International, Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 2. Dielectric Flanges: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Co. C. Epco Sales Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 3. Dielectric Couplings: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. 4. Dielectric Nipples: a. Grinnell Corp.; Grinnell Supply Sales Co. b. Victaulic Co. of America. 5. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Metraflex Co. C. Thunderline/Link-Seal. d. Innerlynx 2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated. C. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. E. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series or BAg1, unless otherwise indicated. F. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. ABS Piping: ASTM D 2235. 2. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. 3. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. 4. PVC to ABS Piping Transition: ASTM D 3138. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2.5 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. B. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. C. Pressure Plates: Composite. Include two for each sealing element. D. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for each sealing element. 2.6 SLEEVES A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. 2.7 ESCUTCHEONS A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that completely covers opening. B. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. C. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw. 1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass. 2.8 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic- cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLUMBING DEMOLITION A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures. B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove plumbing systems, equipment, and components indicated to be removed. 1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material. 2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or compatible piping material. 3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment. 4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment operational. 5. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment and deliver to Owner. C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal capacity and quality. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA G. Install piping at indicated slopes. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation. K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. L. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal. M. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. N. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum- board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. O. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. P. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. Q. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. H. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402, for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 Appendixes. 3. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. 4. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than- schedule-number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 5. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. 6. PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings: Join according to ASTM D 3138 Appendix. I. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139. J. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212. K. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657. 1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion. L. Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install plumbing equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope. 3.6 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for plumbing equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout around anchors. F. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 22 11 16 —WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 33 for exterior water service piping and water meters. 2. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hangers and seismic restraints. 3. Division 23 Section "Identification" for pipe identification requirements. 4. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for pipe insulation requirements. 5. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping Specialties" for water distribution piping specialties. 6. Division 23 Section "Domestic Water Heaters" for connections to water heater. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water distribution piping from locations indicated to fixtures and equipment inside building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Facility Water Distribution Piping: Water piping outside building that conveys water to building. B. Service Entrance Piping: Water piping at entry into building between facility water distribution piping and domestic water piping. C. Domestic Water Piping: Water piping inside building that conveys potable water to fixtures and equipment throughout the building. D. Non-Potable Water Piping: Water piping inside building that conveys non- potable water to fixtures and equipment throughout the building. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Service Entrance Piping: 160 psig. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2. Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 "Common Work Results for HVAC" for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals for the following: 1. Soft copper tubing. 2. Hard copper tubing. 3. Ductile-iron pipe. 4. Pipe and tube fittings. C. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Test Reports specified in "Field Quality Control." D. Shop Drawings: None required. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards. B. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. C. Comply with ANSI/NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," Sections 1 through 9 for potable-water piping and components. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND TUBE MATERIALS A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper. C. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L , water tube, drawn temper. D. Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, 250-psig minimum pressure rating with mechanical-joint bell, plain spigot end, and AWWA C104 cement-mortar lining. Include AWWA C111 ductile-iron gland, rubber gasket, and steel bolts. 2.2 PIPE AND TUBE FITTINGS A. General: Applications of the following pipe and tube fitting materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Copper, Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18 cast-copper alloy or ASME B16.22 wrought copper. C. Copper, Grooved-End Fittings shall be Victaulic full flow copper fittings with grooved ends. Standard fittings shall be copper per ASTM B-75 alloy C12200; bronze and cast per ASTM B-584 copper alloy CDA 836 per ANSI B16.18. D. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping. E. Copper Unions: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-socket joint, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint, threaded, or solder-joint and threaded ends. Include threads conforming to ASME B1.20.1 on threaded ends. F. Ductile-Iron, Mechanical-Joint Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern; with 250-psig minimum pressure rating and AWWA C104 cement-mortar lining. Include AWWA C111 ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. G. Ductile-Iron Flanged Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern; with 250-psig minimum pressure rating and AWWA C104 cement- mortar lining. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. General: Applications of the following piping joining materials are indicated in Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article. B. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for commonly used joining materials. C. Solder: ASTM B 32, Alloy Sn95, Sn94, or E; lead free. D. Brazing Filler Metal: AWS A5.8, BCuP, copper phosphorus or BAg, silver classification. E. Copper keyed couplings shall have angle bolt pads and shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 with a copper color alkyd enamel paint coating, Style 606 as manufactured by Victaulic Company of America. Couplings rated to 300 psi. Gaskets shall be flush-seal style Grade 'F'. FPDM compound molded of materials conforming to ASTM B-2000, UL/ULC classified to ANSI/NSF 61 for cold and hot potable water service. F. Transition Couplings: Coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to, and with ends compatible with piping to be joined. G. Refer to Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for special- duty valves. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Refer to Division 31 Section for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Underground, Service Entrance Piping: Do not use valves underground. Use the following: 1. 4-Inch NPS and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type K; copper, solder-joint pressure fittings; and brazed joints. D. Aboveground, Domestic Water Piping: Use the following: 1. 4-Inch NPS and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper, solder-joint fittings; and soldered joints. 2. The Victaulic Copper Groove Piping System may be used on 2-1/2 — 4- inch Type L copper. System consists of mechanical couplings with angular bolt pads with flush-seal style gaskets, UL classified in accordance with ANSI/NSF 61, copper or cast bronze fittings with grooved ends. Install per latest edition of the Manufacturer's Installation Instruction Handbook. E. Underground, Domestic Water Piping: Do not use flanges or valves underground. Use the following: 1. 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type K; wrought-copper, solder-joint pressure fittings; and brazed joints. 2. 2-1/2- to 4-Inch NPS: Hard copper tube, Type L; wrought-copper, solder- joint pressure fittings; and brazed joints. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use gate, ball, or butterfly valves. Grooved-end butterfly valves may be used with grooved-end piping. 2. Balancing: Use circuit balancing valve. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping installation. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.5 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING INSTALLATION A. Extend service entrance piping to exterior water service piping in sizes and locations indicated for service entrances into building. Refer to Division 22 for facility water distribution piping. B. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer and pressure gage inside building at first accessible point for each service entrance pipe. C. Install water-pressure regulators and backflow preventers downstream from shutoff valves. Refer to Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for water-pressure regulators and backflow preventers. D. Ductile-Iron, Service Entrance Piping: Comply with AWWA C600. Install buried piping between shutoff valve and connection to water service piping with restrained joints. Anchor pipe to wall or floor at entrance. Include thrust-block supports at vertical and horizontal offsets. 1. Encase piping with polyethylene film according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105. E. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service entrance pipe penetration through exterior wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. 3.6 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install piping with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain. 3.7 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping joint construction. B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with coupling, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions. C. Mechanically Formed Copper Tube Tee Fittings: Mechanically formed tee fitting, as created by T-Drill Industries, Inc. is an acceptable method of installation. Installers shall be trained and certified in using this technique. Limited to applications where the branch line is smaller than the main line. Form tee in copper tube according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar. Soft Solder joints shall not be permitted. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.8 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Sectional Valves: Install sectional valves close to main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment, and where indicated. Use gate or ball valves for piping 2-inch NPS and smaller. Use gate or butterfly valves for piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. B. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves on each water supply to equipment, close to main, on each plumbing fixture without supply stops, and where indicated. Use ball valves for piping 2-inch NPS and smaller. Use gate or butterfly valves for piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. C. Drain Valves: Install hose end drain valves for equipment, at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping. 1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated. D. Circuit Balancing Valves: Install in each hot-water circulation return branch, discharge side of each pump and circulator, and where indicated. Refer to Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for circuit balancing valves. 3.9 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Support pipe in accordance with Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." Install the following: 1. Riser clamps, MSS Type 8 or Type 42, for vertical runs. 2. Adjustable steel clevis hangers, MSS Type 1, for individual, straight, horizontal runs of cold water and hot water 100 feet and less. 3. Adjustable roller hangers, MSS Type 43, for individual, straight, horizontal runs of hot water longer than 100 feet. 4. Pipe rolls, MSS Type 44, for multiple, straight, horizontal runs of hot water 100 feet or longer. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 5. Spring hangers, MSS Type 52, for supporting base of vertical runs. B. Install supports according to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." C. Install seismic restraints according to Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor and at maximum distance of 15 feet (whichever is less). E. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods. F. Horizontal pipe hanger spacing and rod diameters: Nom. Pipe Steel Pipe Max. Copper Tube Min. Rod WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA Size (inches) Span (Feet) Max. Span Diameter (Inches) (Feet) Up to 1 7 5 3/8 1-1/4 7 7 3/8 1-1/2 9 8 3/8 2 10 8 3/8 2-1/2 11 9 1/2 3 12 10 1/2 4 14 12 5/8, 1/2 for copper 5 16 13 5/8, 1/2 for copper 6 17 14 3/4, 5/8 for copper 8 19 16 7/8, 3/4 for copper 10 22 18 7/8, 3/4 for copper 12 23 19 7/8, 3/4 for copper G. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 CONNECTIONS A. Connect service entrance piping to exterior water service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. B. Connect water distribution piping to service entrance piping at shutoff valve, and extend to and connect to the following: 1. Water Heaters: Connect cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 2. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect hot- and cold-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." 3. Equipment: Connect hot- and cold-water supply piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect water distribution piping as follows: B. Inspect service entrance piping and water distribution piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. a. Roughing-In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Test water distribution piping as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced water piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. 3. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 150 psig or 1-1/2 times the operating pressure, whichever is greater, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for 24 hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 5. Prepare and submit reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.12 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable-water distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing water piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed, procedure described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until chlorine is no longer in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows contamination. B. Prepare and submit reports for purging and disinfecting activities. C. Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.13 START-UP PROCEDURES A. Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. B. Perform the following steps before putting into operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 5. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 6. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and that cartridges are clean and ready for use. C. Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Do not operate water heaters before filling with water. D. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 1. Water-Pressure Regulators: Set outlet pressure at 75 psig maximum, unless otherwise indicated. E. Energize pumps and verify proper operation. END OF SECTION 22 11 16 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 22 11 16 - 9 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 22 11 19 —WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Common Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping joining materials, joint construction, basic installation requirements, and labeling and identifying requirements; and escutcheons, dielectric fittings, sleeves, and sleeve seals that are not in this Section. 2. Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for labeling and identifying requirements. 3. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping" for water-supply piping and connections. 4. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hangers and seismic restraints. 5. Division 26 sections for power-supply wiring, field installed disconnects, electrical devices, and motor controllers. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water distribution piping specialties for the following: 1. Water distribution systems. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Water Distribution Piping: 125 psig. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each plumbing specialty indicated. Include rated capacities of selected equipment and shipping, installed, and operating weights. Indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping and wiring connections for the following plumbing specialty products: 1. Backflow preventers. 2. Water pressure regulators. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3. Balancing valves. 4. Thermostatic water mixing valves. 5. Strainers. 6. Trap seal primer valves. 7. Outlet boxes. 8. Miscellaneous water distribution piping specialties. B. Reports: None required. C. Maintenance Data: For specialties to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. Include the following: 1. Backflow preventers. 2. Water pressure regulators. 3. Thermostatic water mixing valves. 4. Trap seal primer valves. 5. Miscellaneous water distribution piping specialties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on water distribution piping specialties made to specified standards. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated water distribution piping specialties specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. C. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for electrical components. E. Comply with Washington State Department of Health Publication 331-137 "Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State." 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Operating Key Handles: Furnish one extra key for each key-operated hose bibb and hydrant installed. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Backflow Preventers: a. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. C. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 2. Water Pressure Regulators: a. Honeywell Braukmann. b. I M I Cash Valve. C. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 3. Balancing Valves: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. C. Flow Design, Inc. d. ITT Fluid Technology Corp.; ITT Bell & Gossett Div. e. Taco, Inc. f. Tour &Anderson, Inc.; Valve Div. g. Watts Industries; Water Products Div. 4. Thermostatic Water Mixing Valves: a. Lawler Manufacturing Co., Inc. b. Leonard Valve Co. C. Mark Controls Corp.; Powers Process Controls. d. Symmons Industries, Inc. 5. Strainers: a. Ames Co., Inc. b. Grinnell Corp.; Mueller Co. Marketing Group for Hersey Products Div. C. I M I Cash Valve. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. e. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 6. Trap Seal Primer Valves: a. Josam Co. b. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. C. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. e. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydromechanics Div. 7. Trap Seal Primer Systems: a. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc., or approved equivalent. 8. Outlet Boxes: a. Acorn Engineering Co. b. Guy Gray Manufacturing Co., Inc. C. Symmons Industries, Inc. 9. Hose Bibbs: a. Woodford b. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydromechanics Div. 10. Miscellaneous Water Distribution Piping Specialties: WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Co. C. Tyler Pipe, Wade Div. d. Zurn Industries, Inc. 2.2 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. General: ASSE standard, backflow preventers, of size indicated for maximum flow rate and maximum pressure loss indicated. 1. Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. 2. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome-plate if used in chrome-plated piping system. B. Double Check Valve Assembly ASSE 1015, suitable for continuous pressure application. 1. 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: a. Lead Free Cast Copper. b. 2 Positive seating check modules with captured springs and rubber set discs. C. Pressure Loss: 10 psig maximum, through middle one-third of flow range. 2.3 WATER PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General: ASSE 1003, water regulators, rated for initial working pressure of 150 psig minimum, of size, flow rate, and inlet and outlet pressures indicated. Include integral factory-installed or separate field-installed Y-pattern strainer. 1. 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. 2. 2-1/2-Inch NPS and Larger: Bronze or cast-iron body with flanged ends. Include AWWA C550 or FDA-approved interior epoxy coating for regulators with cast-iron body. 3. Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials. 4. Exterior Finish: Polished chrome-plate if used in chrome-plated piping system. B. Single-seated, direct-operated type. 2.4 THERMOSTATIC WATER MIXING VALVES A. General: ASSE 1017, manually adjustable, thermostatic water mixing valve with bronze body. Include check stop and union on hot- and cold-water-supply inlets, adjustable temperature setting. 1. Bimetal Thermostat, Operation and Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum. 2. Liquid-Filled Motor, Operation and Pressure Rating: 100 psig minimum. B. Thermostatic Water Mixing Valves: Unit, with the following: 1. Piping, of sizes and in arrangement indicated. Include valves and unions. 2. Piping Component Finish: Polished chrome-plate. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3. Cabinet: Stainless-steel box with stainless steel hinged door. 4. Cabinet Mounting: Recessed. 5. Thermometer: Manufacturer's standard. 2.5 STRAINERS A. Strainers: Y-pattern, unless otherwise indicated, and full size of connecting piping. Include ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel screens with 3/64-inch round perforations, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Pressure Rating: 125-psig minimum steam working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. 2. 2-Inch NPS and Smaller: Bronze body, with female threaded ends. 3. 2-1/2-Inch NPS and Larger: Cast-iron body, with interior AWWA C550 or FDA-approved epoxy coating and flanged ends. 4. Y-Pattern Strainers: Screwed screen retainer with centered blowdown. a. Drain: Factory- or field-installed, hose-end drain valve. 5. T-Pattern Strainers: Malleable-iron or ductile-iron body with grooved ends; access end cap with drain plug and access coupling with rubber gasket. 6. Basket Strainers: Bolted flange or clamp cover, and basket with lift-out handle. a. Simplex Type: Single unit, with one basket. b. Drain: Factory- or field-installed, hose-end drain valve. 2.6 TRAP SEAL PRIMER VALVES A. Trap Seal Primer Valves: ASSE 1018, water-supply-fed type, with the following characteristics: 1. 125-psig minimum working pressure. 2. Bronze body with atmospheric-vented drain chamber. 3. Inlet and Outlet Connections: 1/2-inch NPS threaded, union, or solder joint. 4. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: 1/2-inch NPS threaded or solder joint. 5. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome finished. B. Trap Seal Primer System: Factory-fabricated, automatic-operation assembly for wall mounting with the following: 1. Piping: 3/4-inch NPS, ASTM B 88, Type L; copper, water tubing inlet and manifold with number of 1/2-inch NPS outlets as indicated. 2. Cabinet: Steel box with stainless-steel cover. 3. Electric Controls: 24-hour timer, solenoid valve, and manual switch for 120-V, ac power. 4. Water Hammer Arrester: ASSE 1010. 5. Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2.7 OUTLET BOXES A. General: Recessed-mounting outlet boxes with fittings complying with ASME Al12.18.1M. Include box with faceplate, services indicated for equipment connections, and wood-blocking reinforcement. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Water Hammer Arresters: ASME Al 12.26.1 M, ASSE 1010, or PDI-WH 2O1, bellows or piston type with pressurized cushioning chamber. Sizes are based on water-supply fixture units, ASME Al 12.26.1 M sizes A through F and PDI- WH 201 sizes A through F. B. Hose Bibbs: Bronze body, with renewable composition disc, 1/2- or 3/4-inch NPS threaded or solder-joint inlet. Provide ASME B1.20.7 garden-hose threads on outlet and integral or field-installed, nonremovable, drainable, hose- connection vacuum breaker. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. General: Install water distribution piping specialty components, connections, and devices according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated, at each water- supply connection to mechanical equipment and systems, and to other equipment and water systems as indicated. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment. Install air-gap fitting on units with atmospheric-vent connection and pipe relief outlet drain to nearest floor drain. Do not install bypass around backflow preventer. C. Install pressure regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves and balance valve bypass. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet. D. Install strainers on supply side of each control valve, pressure regulator, and solenoid valve, and where indicated. E. Install trap seal primer valves with valve outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of one percent and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. F. Fasten wall-hanging water distribution piping specialties securely to supports attached to building substrate if supports are specified and to building wall construction if no support is indicated. G. Fasten recessed, wall-mounting water distribution piping specialties to reinforcement built into walls. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA H. Secure supplies to supports or substrate. I. Install individual stop valve in each water supply to water distribution piping specialties. Use ball, gate, or globe valve if specific valve is not indicated. J. Install water-supply stop valves in accessible locations. K. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. L. Include wood-blocking reinforcement for recessed and wall-mounting water distribution piping specialties. M. Include access for trap primers. N. Install hose bibbs with integral or field installed vacuum breaker. O. Install water hammer arrestors near quick acting valves at the end of pipe runs and batteries of fixtures, including flush valves, washing machines, dishwashers, and as indicated. Provide access. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install piping connections between water distribution piping specialties and piping specified in other Division 22 Sections. 2. Install piping connections indicated between appliances and equipment specified in other Sections; connect directly to plumbing piping systems. 3. Install piping connections indicated as indirect wastes from appliances and equipment specified in other Sections, to spill over receptors connected to plumbing piping systems. B. Install hoses between water distribution piping specialties and appliances as required for connections. C. Arrange for electric-power connections to water distribution piping specialties and devices that require power. Electric power is specified in Division 26 Sections. D. Supply Runouts to water distribution piping specialties: Install hot- and Cold- water-supply piping of sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Ground electric-powered water distribution piping specialties. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA F. Arrange for electric-power connections to water distribution piping specialties and devices that require power. Electric power, wiring, and disconnect switches are specified in Division 26 Sections. 3.3 START-UP PROCEDURES A. Before startup, perform the following checks: 1. System tests are complete. 2. Damaged and defective specialties and accessories have been replaced or repaired. 3. Clear space is provided for servicing specialties. B. Before operating systems, perform the following steps: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open general-duty valves to fully open position. 3. Remove and clean strainers. 4. Verify that drainage and vent piping are clear of obstructions. Flush with water until clear. C. Startup Procedures: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If no procedures are prescribed by manufacturer, proceed as follows: 1. Energize circuits for electrically operated units. Start and run units through complete sequence of operations. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Startup Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup of and servicing trap seal primer systems. 2. Review data in the maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01. 3. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days' advance notice. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 22 11 19 WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 22 13 16 - DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 31 for foundation drains. 2. Division 31 for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for support installation. 4. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for drainage piping insulation. 5. Division 22 Section "Chemical Waste Systems" for chemical waste and vent piping. 6. Division 22 Section "Drainage Piping Specialties" for drainage and vent piping system specialties. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sanitary drainage and vent piping, and storm drainage piping inside building and to locations indicated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 "Common Work Results for HVAC" for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals for the following: 1. Schedule 40 Solid Core PVC. 2. Copper tubing. C. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Test Reports specified in "Field Quality Control." D. Shop Drawings: None required. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Service Entrance Piping: Drainage piping at entry into building between outside building sewer piping and inside drainage piping. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Piping inside building that conveys wastewater and vapors from fixtures and equipment throughout the building. C. Rainwater Piping: Piping inside building that conveys storm drainage from building. D. Force-Main Piping: Drainage piping, under pressure. E. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. 1.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Systems: 10-foot head of water. 2. Storm Drainage Systems: 10-foot head of water. 3. Sewage, Force-Main Piping Systems: 50 psig. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made to specified standards. B. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. C. Comply with the latest version of CISPI 301-04a and ASTM 888-04a. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and include corrosion-resistant metal band on each end. C. Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C219 metal, sleeve-type coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 2.2 COPPER TUBING A. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought copper, solder-joint fittings. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2.3 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. C. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656. 2.4 VALVES A. Refer to Division 23 Section "General-Duty Valves for Mechanical Piping" for general-duty valves. Use valves specified for "Domestic Water Systems" applications. 2.5 ENCASEMENT FOR UNDERGROUND METAL PIPING A. Description: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, high-density, crosslaminated PE film of 0.004-inch minimum thickness. B. Form: tube. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Refer to Division 31 for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated. C. Aboveground, Vent Piping: Use the following: 1. PVC piping. D. Aboveground, Soil and Waste Piping: Use the following: 1. Solid Wall PVC: E. Underground, Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following: 1. Solid wall PVC. F. Indirect Drain Piping: Use the following: 1. Copper drainage tube; wrought copper, solder-joint drainage fittings; and soldered joints. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use gate or ball valves. 3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Refer to Division 22 05 00 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping installation. 3.5 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING INSTALLATION A. Refer to the appropriate Division 22 for sanitary and storm sewer piping outside the building. B. Extend building sanitary drain piping and connect to sanitary sewer piping in sizes and locations indicated. Install cleanout and extension to grade at connections of building sanitary drains with building sanitary sewers. C. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service entrance pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. 3.6 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." B. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not make change in direction of flow greater than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if different sizes of piping are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. C. Install drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated: 1. All building drainage systems at a minimum 1/4 per foot downward in direction of flow. See plans for areas with increased slope. 2. Vent Piping: 1/8-inch per foot down toward vertical fixture vent. D. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slab on grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.7 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing" for basic piping joint construction. B. Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 3.8 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valve on each pump discharge and where indicated. Use gate or ball valves for piping 2-inch NPS and smaller. Use gate valves for piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. B. Check Valves: Install swing check valve on each pump discharge, downstream from shutoff valve. 3.9 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hanger and support devices. Install the following: 1. Riser clamps, MSS Type 8 or Type 42, for vertical runs. 2. Adjustable steel clevis hangers, MSS Type 1, for individual, straight, horizontal runs 100 feet and less. 3. Adjustable roller hangers, MSS Type 43, for individual, straight, horizontal runs longer than 100 feet. 4. Spring cushion rolls, MSS Type 49, if indicated, for individual, straight, horizontal runs longer than 100 feet. 5. Pipe rolls, MSS Type 44, for multiple, straight, horizontal runs 100 feet or longer. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 6. Spring hangers, MSS Type 52, for supporting base of vertical runs. B. Install supports and seismic restraints according to Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" and "Mechanical Vibration Controls and Seismic Restraints." C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor (1 5-ft. maximum). D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods. E. Install hangers for horizontal piping with following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: Nom. Pipe Cast-Iron Pipe Copper DWVMax Min. Rod Diameter (Inches) Size (Inches) Max. Span . Span (Feet) (Feet) Up to 3/4 7 5 3/8 1 7 6 3/8 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA Nom. Pipe Cast-Iron Pipe Copper DWVMax Min. Rod Diameter (Inches) Size (Inches) Max. Span . Span (Feet) (Feet) 1-1/4 7 6 3/8 1-1/2 9 6 3/8 2 10 8 3/8 2-1/2 11 9 1/2 3 12 10 1/2 4 14 12 5/8 6 17 14 5/8 1. Support vertical cast-iron pipe and copper tube at each floor, not to exceed 15-feet. 2. Support horizontal hubless cast iron pipe at every other joint, unless over four feet, then support at every joint not to exceed 10-feet. 3. Support horizontal ABS pipe at every four feet. Allow for expansion every 30-feet. F. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 CONNECTIONS A. Connect service entrance piping to exterior sewage and drainage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. B. Connect drainage piping to service entrance piping, and extend to and connect to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect soil, waste, and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures." 2. Plumbing Specialties: Connect soil, waste, and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." 3. Equipment: Connect waste piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect soil, waste, and vent piping as follows: 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. a. Roughing-In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. 3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. 4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Test drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedure, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it has been tested and approved. 3. Roughing-In Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10 feet of head. Water level must not drop from 15 minutes before inspection starts through completion of inspection (24 hours). Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects using new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare and submit reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.12 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. D. Exposed ABS Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water-based latex paint. END OF SECTION 22 13 16 DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 22 13 16 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 22 13 19 — DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 23 Section "Common Work Results for HVAC" for piping joining materials, joint construction, basic installation requirements, and labeling and identifying requirements; and escutcheons, dielectric fittings, sleeves, and sleeve seals that are not in this Section. 2. Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for labeling and identifying requirements. 3. Division 22 Section "Drainage and Vent Piping" for drainage and vent piping and connections. 4. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hangers and seismic restraints. 5. Division 26 Sections for power-supply wiring, field installed disconnects, electrical devices, and motor controllers. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes drainage piping specialties for the following: 1. Soil, waste, and vent systems. 2. Storm drainage systems. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water. 2. Storm Drainage Piping: 10-foot head of water. 3. Force-Main Piping: 50 psig. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each plumbing specialty indicated. Include rated capacities of selected equipment and shipping, installed, and operating weights. Indicate materials, finishes, dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components; and piping and wiring connections for the following plumbing specialty products: DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Dishwasher air gap fittings. 2. Cleanouts. 3. Drains. 4. Miscellaneous drainage piping specialties. B. Reports: Specified in "Field Quality Control" Article. C. Maintenance Data: For specialties to include in the maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. Include the following: 1. Miscellaneous drainage piping specialties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on plumbing specialties made to specified standards. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated plumbing specialties specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in National Electrical Code, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. C. Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for materials, products, and installation. D. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for electrical components. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Operating Key Handles: Furnish one extra key for each key-operated hose bibb and hydrant installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: a. Brass Craft. b. Bristol Corp.; J & B Products Div. C. Moen, Inc.; Dearborn Brass Co. Div. d. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2. Cleanouts: a. Josam Co. b. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. C. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Hydromechanics Div. 3. Drains: a. Josam Co. b. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. C. Tyler Pipe, Wade Div. d. Zurn Industries, Inc. 4. Miscellaneous Drainage Piping Specialties: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co. b. Josam Co. C. Tyler Pipe, Wade Div. d. Zurn Industries, Inc. 2.2 DISHWASHER AIR-GAP FITTINGS A. Description: ASSE 1021, fitting suitable for use with domestic dishwashers and for deck mounting; with plastic body, chrome-plated brass cover; and capacity of at least 5 gpm; and inlet pressure of at least 5 psig at temperature of at least 140 deg F. Include 5/8-inch- ID inlet and 7/8-inch- ID outlet hose connections. 2.3 CLEANOUTS A. General: Size cleanouts as indicated on drawings, or where not indicated, same size as connected drainage piping. 1. Provide wall cleanouts on each end of water closet ends and one over main drops in addition, provide all cleanouts required per code. B. Cleanouts: ASME Al122.36.2M, cast-iron body with straight threads and gasket seal or tapered threads for plug, flashing flange and clamping ring, and a brass closure plug. Cleanouts for installation in floors not having membrane waterproofing may be furnished without clamping ring. 1. Tiled Areas: Round cleanout top with tile recess top. 2. Quarry Tiled Areas: Square nickel-bronze cleanout cover. 3. Walls: Round cleanout cover with stainless steel finish. 4. All Other Areas: Round cleanout top with nickel-bronze finish. 2.4 DRAINS A. General: Size outlets as indicated on drawings. B. Floor Drains: ASME Al 12.21.1 M, cast-iron body, with seepage flange and clamping device, and trap seal primer valve connection. Floor drains for installation in floors not having membrane waterproofing may have seepage flange with clamping device. Floor drains for use as area drains in exterior slab on grade may be furnished with anchor flange instead of seepage flange and clamping device. Provide the following options as indicated: 1. Trap primer connection. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2. Round strainer with integral funnel. 3. Polished nickel bronze top. 4. Slotted top. C. Floor Sinks: Cast iron body, 12-inch square by 8-inch deep sump, 3-inch bottom outlet, square slotted medium duty grate, with polished nickel bronze top, with interior dome strainer. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Roof Flashing Assemblies: Manufactured assembly made of 4-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch- thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 8 inches from pipe with galvanized steel boot reinforcement, and counterflashing fitting. 1. Vent Cap: Open-top, without cap B. Open Drains: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A 74, Service class, hub-and- spigot, cast-iron, soil-pipe fittings. Include P-trap, hub-and-spigot riser section of length to provide depth indicated; and where indicated, increaser fitting of size indicated, joined with ASTM C 564 rubber gaskets. Size P-trap as indicated. C. Deep-Seal Traps: Cast iron or bronze, with inlet and outlet matching connected piping, cleanout where indicated, and trap seal primer valve connection where indicated. 1. 2-Inch NPS: 4-inch- minimum water seal. 2. 2-1/2 Inch NPS and Larger: 5-inch- minimum water seal. D. Floor-Drain Inlet Fittings: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap seal primer valve connection. E. Air-Gap Fittings: ASME Al 12.1.2, cast iron or cast bronze, with fixed air gap, inlet for drain pipe or tube, and threaded or spigot outlet. F. Stack Flashing Fittings: Counterflashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe. G. Vent Caps: Cast-iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal-proof design. Include vented hood and set-screws to secure to vent pipe. H. Expansion Joints: ASME A112.21.2M, assembly with cast-iron body with bronze sleeve, packing gland, and packing, of size and end types corresponding to connected piping. I. Hose-End Drain Valves: MSS SP-110, 3/4-inch NPS ball valve, rated for 400- psig minimum CWP. Include 2-piece, ASTM B 62 bronze body with standard port, chrome-plated brass ball, replaceable seats and seals, blowout-proof stem, and vinyl-covered steel handle. 1. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint. 2. Outlet: Short-threaded nipple with ASME B1.20.7 garden-hose thread and cap. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA J. Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves: MSS SP-110, ball valve, rated for 200-psig minimum CWP or MSS SP-80, Class 125, gate valve, ASTM B 62 bronze body, with 1/8-inch NPS side drain outlet and cap. 2.6 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. General Use: 4 lb/sq. ft. or 0.0625-inch thickness. 2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3 lb/sq. ft. or 0.0469-inch thickness. 3. Burning: 6 lb/sq. ft. or 0.0937-inch thickness. B. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152, of the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. General Applications: 12 oz./sq. ft. 2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 8 oz./sq. ft. C. Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, with 0.20 percent copper content and 0.04-inch minimum thickness, unless otherwise indicated. Include G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill-phosphatized finish for painting if indicated. D. Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40- mil minimum thickness. E. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. F. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. G. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy. H. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTY INSTALLATION A. General: Install drainage piping specialty components, connections, and devices according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install backwater valves in building drain piping as indicated. For interior installation, provide cleanout deck plate flush with floor and centered over backwater valve cover, and of adequate size to remove valve cover for servicing. C. Install expansion joints on vertical risers, stacks, and conductors as indicated. D. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping as indicated, and where not indicated, according to the following: DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Size same as drainage piping up to 4-inch NPS. Use 4-inch NPS for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping 4-inch NPS and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. E. Install cleanout deck plates, of types indicated, with top flush with finished floor, for floor cleanouts for piping below floors. F. Install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall, for cleanouts located in concealed piping. G. Install flashing flange and clamping device with each stack and cleanout passing through floors with waterproof membrane. H. Install vent flashing sleeves on stacks passing through roof. Secure over stack flashing according to manufacturer's written instructions. I. Install floor drains according to manufacturer's written instructions, in locations indicated. J. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained as indicated. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor or as indicated. Size outlets as indicated. K. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. L. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. M. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. N. Position roof drains for easy access and maintenance. O. Fasten wall-hanging drainage piping specialties securely to supports attached to building substrate if supports are specified and to building wall construction if no support is indicated. P. Fasten recessed, wall-mounting drainage piping specialties to reinforcement built into walls. Q. Install traps on drainage piping specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. R. Locate drainage piping as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures and drains. S. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA T. Include wood-blocking reinforcement for recessed and wall-mounting drainage piping specialties. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install piping connections between drainage piping specialties and piping specified in other Division 22 Sections. 2. Install piping connections indicated as indirect wastes from appliances and equipment specified in other Sections, to spill over receptors connected to plumbing piping systems. B. Install hoses between drainage piping specialties and appliances as required for connections. C. Arrange for electric-power connections to plumbing specialties and devices that require power. Electric power is specified in Division 26 Sections. D. Drainage Runouts to Drainage Piping Specialties: Install drainage and vent piping, with approved trap, of sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Ground electric-powered drainage piping specialties. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. F. Arrange for electric-power connections to plumbing specialties and devices that require power. Electric power, wiring, and disconnect switches are specified in Division 26 Sections. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Fabricate flashing manufactured from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. B. Burn joints of lead sheets where required. C. Solder joints of copper sheets where required. D. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches, and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe. 2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve. 3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around specialty. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA E. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. F. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. G. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing fittings, according to Division 07. H. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess. I. Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes as indicated. Install drain connection if indicated. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of factory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly of components and installation of grease recovery units, including piping and electrical connections, and to report results in writing. 1. Test and adjust drainage piping specialty controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and components. 3.5 START-UP PROCEDURES A. Before startup, perform the following checks: 1. System tests are complete. 2. Damaged and defective specialties and accessories have been replaced or repaired. 3. Clear space is provided for servicing specialties. B. Before operating systems, perform the following steps: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open general-duty valves to fully open position. 3. Remove and clean strainers. 4. Verify that drainage and vent piping are clear of obstructions. Flush with water until clear. C. Startup Procedures: Follow manufacturer's written instructions. If no procedures are prescribed by manufacturer, proceed as follows: 1. Energize circuits for electrically operated units. Start and run units through complete sequence of operations. 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Startup Services: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below: 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup of and servicing interceptors. DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup of and servicing grease recovery units. 3. Review data in the maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01. 4. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days' advance notice. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 22 13 19 DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 13 19 - 9 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 22 33 00 - DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section. 1. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe hangers and pipe seismic restraints. 2. Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for equipment tags and nameplates. 3. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems." 4. Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for seismic restraint requirements. 5. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping." 6. Division 22 Section "Facility Indoor Potable-Water Storage Tanks." 7. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Pumps" for circulating pumps. 8. Division 23 Section "Fuel Gas Piping." 9. Division 26 for electrical connections. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following for domestic water systems: 1. Commercial, electric water heaters. 2. Expansion tanks. 3. Accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Commercial, electric water heaters. 2. Expansion tanks. 3. Accessories. C. Maintenance Data: For water heaters and heat exchangers to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 33 00 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain same type of water heaters and heat exchangers through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. C. ASHRAE Standards: Comply with performance efficiencies prescribed for the following: 1. ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low- Rise Residential Buildings," for commercial water heaters. 2. ASHRAE 90.2, "Energy Efficient Design of New Low-Rise Residential Buildings," for residential water heaters. 1.5 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Warranty Period: From date of Substantial Completion: a. Heating Elements: 5 Five years. b. Circulators: Eight years. C. Storage Tank: ten years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Commercial, Storage, 6 to 40 Gallons, Electric Water Heaters: a. Bradford White Corp. b. Lochinvar Corp. C. Rheem Manufacturing Co.; Rheem/Ruud Water Heater Div. d. Smith: A. O. Smith Water Products Co. e. State Industries. 2. Expansion Tanks: a. Amtrol, Inc. b. Armstrong Pumps, Inc. DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 33 00 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA C. Taco, Inc. d. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. e. Bell & Gossett. 3. Water Heater Stand and Drain Pan Units: a. Safety: W. H. Safety Products, Inc. 2.2 COMMERCIAL, POINT-OF-USE, STORAGE, 6 TO 40 GALLONS, ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS A. Description: Comply with UL 174 or UL 1453, and listed by manufacturer for commercial applications. B. Storage Tank Construction: Non-ASME-code steel with 150-psig working- pressure rating. 1. Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank for piping connections, relief valve, drain, anode rod, and controls as required. Attach tappings to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1, pipe thread. 2. Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61, barrier materials for potable-water tank linings. Extend finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. 3. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE 90.1. Surround entire storage tank except connections and controls. 4. Jacket: Steel, with enameled finish. C. Heating Elements: Two, unless otherwise indicated; electric, screw-in, immersion type. 1. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. D. Anode Rod: Factory installed, magnesium. E. Drain Valve: ASSE 1005, corrosion-resistant metal, factory installed. F. T&P Relief Valve: Factory installed, ASME rated. 2.3 EXPANSION TANKS A. Description: Steel, pressure-rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory-installed, butyl-rubber diaphragm and poly-propylene liner. Include air precharge to minimum system-operating pressure at tank. B. Construction: 150-psig working-pressure rating. C. Tappings: Factory-fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1, pipe thread, brass or stainless steel. DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 33 00 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Tank Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61, barrier materials for potable-water tank linings. Extend finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. E. Tank Exterior Finish: Manufacturer's standard, unless finish is indicated. F. Air-Charging Valve: Factory installed, brass with plastic cap. G. Floor Mounting Stand: Provide integral floor mounting stand and bottom elbow system connection where vertical, floor-mounted tanks are indicated. 2.4 WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Combination Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: According to the following: 1. Gas Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22, combination temperature and pressure relief valve. 2. Electric and Steam Water Heaters: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input and include pressure setting less than water heater working-pressure rating. Select relief valve with sensing element that extends into tank. 3. Option: Separate temperature and pressure relief valves are acceptable instead of combination relief valve. 4. Exception: Omit combination temperature and pressure relief valve for tankless water heater, and furnish pressure relief valve for installation in piping. B. Pressure Relief Valves: According to the following: 1. Electric Water Heaters: ASME rated and stamped and complying with ASME PTC 25.3. Include pressure setting less than heat-exchanger working-pressure rating. C. Vacuum Relief Valves: According to the following: 1. Electric and Steam Water Heaters: Comply with ASME PTC 25.3. Furnish for installation in piping. 2. Exception: Omit if water heater has integral vacuum-relieving device. D. Automatic Valves: ANSI Z21.21, appliance, electrically operated, on-off automatic valve. E. Water Heater Stand and Drain Pan Units: High-density-polyethylene-plastic, 18-inch- high, enclosed-base stand complying with IAPMO PS 103 and IAS No. 2. Include integral or separate drain pan with raised edge and NPS 1 drain outlet with ASME B1.20.1, pipe thread. F. Water Heater Stands: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated, steel stand for floor mounting and capable of supporting water heater and water. Include dimension that will support bottom of water heater a minimum of 18 inches above the floor. DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 33 00 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA G. Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Water heater manufacturer's factory- fabricated, steel bracket for wall mounting and capable of supporting water heater and water. H. Drain Pans: Corrosion-resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of water heater and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4. I. Piping Manifold Kits: Water heater manufacturer's factory-fabricated inlet and outlet piping arrangement for multiple-unit installation. Include piping and valves for field assembly that is capable of isolating each water heater and of providing balanced flow through each water heater. J. Hose and Drain Valve: Provide with water heater. K. Install R-10 insulation on concrete pad for electric water heaters. L. Install restraints as required for seismic zone. M. Piping-Type Heat Traps: Field-fabricated piping arrangement according to ASHRAE 90.1 or ASHRAE 90.2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WATER HEATER AND HEAT EXCHANGER INSTALLATION A. Install water heaters and heat exchangers on concrete bases, unless indicated to be suspended. B. Install water heaters and heat exchangers, level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. C. Anchor water heaters and heat exchangers to substrate. D. Install seismic restraints for water heaters and heat exchangers. Anchor to substrate. E. Install temperature and pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend relief valve outlet with water piping in continuous downward pitch and discharge onto closest floor drain. F. Install pressure relief valves in water piping for water heaters without storage. Extend relief valve outlet with water piping in continuous downward pitch and discharge onto closest floor drain. DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 33 00 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA G. as indirect waste to spill into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water piping for water heaters that do not have tank drains. H. Install thermometers on water heater and heat exchanger inlet and outlet piping. I. Install pressure gages on water heater and heat exchanger piping. J. Assemble and install inlet and outlet piping manifold kits for multiple water heaters. Fabricate, modify, or arrange manifolds for balanced water flow through each water heater. Include shutoff valve, and thermometer in each water heater inlet and outlet, and throttling valve in each water heater outlet. K. Arrange for insulation on equipment and piping not furnished with factory- applied insulation. L. Fill water heaters and heat exchangers with water prior to activation. M. Charge expansion tanks with air. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 21, 22, and 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect hot- and cold-water piping with shutoff valves and unions. Connect hot-water-circulating piping with shutoff valve, check valve, and union. D. Make connections with dielectric fittings where piping is made of dissimilar metal. E. Electrical Connections: Power wiring and disconnect switches are specified in Division 26 Sections. Arrange wiring to allow unit service. Ground equipment. F. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL G. In addition to manufacturer's written installation and startup checks, perform the following: 1. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment and retest until satisfactory results are achieved. 2. Verify that piping system tests are complete. 3. Check for piping connection leaks. 4. Check for clear relief valve inlets, outlets, and drain piping. 5. Check operation of circulators. 6. Test operation of safety controls, relief valves, and devices. 7. Energize electric circuits. DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 33 00 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 8. Adjust operating controls. 9. Adjust hot-water-outlet temperature settings. Do not set above 140 deg F unless piping system application requires higher temperature. 10. Balance water flow through manifolds of multiple-unit installations. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain water heaters and heat exchangers. 1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures for starting and stopping troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment. 2. Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01 Sections. 3. Schedule hours of training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice. END OF SECTION 22 33 00 DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 22 33 00 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 22 40 00 - PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 22 Section "Water Distribution Piping Specialties" for backflow preventers and other specialties not specified in this Section. 2. Division 23 Section "Pipe Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for piping. 3. Division 22 Section "Drainage and Vent Piping" for pipe and fittings. 4. Division 22 "Water Distribution Piping" for pipe and fittings. 5. Division 26 "Electrical" for wiring for electrical appurtenances. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes plumbing fixtures and trim, faucets, other fittings, and related components. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible: Plumbing fixture, building, facility, or portion thereof that can be approached, entered, and used by physically handicapped, disabled, and elderly people. B. Fitting: Device that controls flow of water into or out of plumbing fixture. Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, showerheads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, traps and waste pipes. Pipe fittings, tube fittings, and general-duty valves are included where indicated. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 01 Specification Sections. B. Product Data for each plumbing fixture category and type specified. Include selected fixture, trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates. C. Wiring diagrams from manufacturer for electrically operated units. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Maintenance data for plumbing fixtures and components to include in the operation and maintenance manuals specified in Division 01. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of CABO A117.1, "Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; regarding plumbing fixtures for physically handicapped people. B. Energy Policy Act Requirements: Comply with requirements of Public Law 102- 486, "Energy Policy Act," regarding water flow rate and water consumption of plumbing fixtures. C. Backflow Prevention Requirements: Comply with the requirements of Washington State Department of Health regulation for "Backflow Prevention Assemblies Approved for Installation in Washington State". D. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures and components specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. E. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are compatible. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver plumbing fixtures in manufacturer's protective packing, crating, and covering. B. Store plumbing fixtures on elevated platforms in dry location. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Coordinate roughing-in and final fixture locations and verify that plumbing fixtures can be installed to comply with original design and referenced standards. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLUMBING FIXTURE STANDARDS A. Comply with applicable standards below and other requirements specified. 1. Emergency Equipment: ANSI Z358.1. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2. Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME Al 12.19.1 M. 3. National Sanitation Foundation Construction: NSF 2. 4. Stainless-Steel Fixtures Other than Service Sinks: ASME Al 12.19.3M. 5. Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME Al 12.19.2M. 6. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME Al 12.19.5. 2.2 LAVATORY/SINK FAUCET STANDARDS A. Comply with ASME Al 12.18.1 M and other requirements specified for lavatory, sink, and similar-type-fixture faucet fittings. Include hot- and cold-water indicators; and polished, chrome-plated finish; except where otherwise indicated. Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes and outlet with spout and fixture receptor. 1. Diverter Valves for Faucets with Hose Spray: ASSE 1025. 2. Faucet Hose: ASTM D 3901. 3. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011. 4. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 5. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 6. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 7. Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951. 8. Sink Spray Hoses: ASTM D 3573. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS FITTING STANDARDS A. Comply with ASME Al 12.18.1 M and other requirements specified for fittings, other than faucets. Include polished, chrome-plated finish, except where otherwise indicated. Coordinate fittings with other components and connectors. 1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001. 2. Automatic Flow Restrictors: ASSE 1028. 3. Brass and Copper, Supplies and Tubular Brass: ASME Al 12.18.1 M. 4. Fixed Flow Restrictors: ASSE 1034. 5. Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037. 6. Sensor-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037 and UL 1951. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENT STANDARDS A. Comply with applicable standards below and other requirements specified for components for plumbing fixtures, equipment, and appliances. 1. Disposers: ASSE 1008 and UL 430. 2. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7. 3. Hot-Water Dispensers: ASSE 1023 and UL 499. 4. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1. 5. Plastic Shower Receptors: ANSI Z124.2 and ANSI Z124.2a. 6. Plastic Toilet Seats: ANSI Z124.5. 7. Supply and Drain Insulation Kits: CABO A117.1. 8. Supports: ASME A112.6.1 M. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2.5 FITTINGS A. Fittings for Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Fittings include the following: 1. Supply Inlets: Brass pipe or copper tube, size required for final connection. 2. Supply Stops: Chrome-plated brass, angle or straight; compression, loose-key type; same size as supply inlet and with outlet matching supply riser. 3. Supply Risers: flexible copper tube with knob end. Use chrome-plated tube for exposed applications. 4. Traps: Cast Brass, slip-joint inlet, cleanout, wall flange, escutcheons, and size to match equipment. Use chrome-plated tube for exposed applications. 5. Continuous Waste: Tubular brass with slip-joint inlet, and size to match equipment. 6. Indirect Waste: Tubular brass size to match equipment. 2.6 FIXTURE LISTING A. Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule on drawings for fixture and trim callouts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for potable, hot- and cold-water supply piping systems; soil, waste, and vent piping systems; and supports. Verify that locations and sizes of piping and locations and types of supports match those indicated, before installing and connecting fixtures. Use manufacturer's roughing-in data when roughing-in data are not indicated. B. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures are to be installed. C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 APPLICATIONS A. Include supports for plumbing fixtures according to the following: 1. For wall hung water closets, urinals, lavatories, sinks, drinking fountains, and electric water coolers where indicated. 2. Reinforcement: For floor-mounted lavatories and sinks that require securing to wall and recessed, box-mounted, electric water coolers. 3. Fabricate reinforcement from 2-by-4-inch or 1/4-by-6-inch steel plates attached to studs, in wall construction, to secure fixtures to wall. Include length that will extend beyond ends of fixture mounting bracket and attach to at least 2 studs. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Include fitting insulation kits for accessible fixtures according to the following: 1. Lavatories: Cover hot- and cold-water supplies, stops and handles, drain, trap, and waste to wall. 2. Sinks: Cover hot- and cold-water supplies, stops and handles, drain, trap, and waste to wall. 3. Fixtures with Offset Drain: Cover hot- and cold-water supplies, offset drain, trap, and waste to wall. 4. Other Fixtures: Cover exposed fittings below fixture. 3.3 PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION A. Assemble plumbing fixtures and trim, fittings, faucets, and other components according to manufacturers' written instructions. B. Install fixtures level and plumb according to manufacturers' written instructions, roughing-in drawings, and referenced standards. C. Install floor-mounted, floor-outlet water closets with closet flanges and gasket seals. D. Install floor-mounted, back-outlet water closets with fittings and gasket seals. E. Install wall-hanging, back-outlet water closets with support manufacturer's tiling frame or setting gage. F. Install toilet seats on water closets. G. Install wall-hanging, back-outlet urinals with gasket seals. H. Install flushometer valves for accessible water closets and urinals with handle mounted on wide side of compartment. Install other actuators in locations that are easy for handicapped people to reach. I. Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide side of compartment. J. Fasten wall-hanging plumbing fixtures securely to supports attached to building substrate when supports are specified, and to building wall construction where no support is indicated. K. Fasten floor-mounted fixtures to substrate. Fasten fixtures having holes for securing fixture to wall construction, to reinforcement built into walls. L. Fasten recessed, wall-mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls. M. Fasten wall-mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls. N. Fasten counter-mounting plumbing fixtures to casework. O. Secure supplies to supports or substrate within pipe space behind fixture. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA P. Install individual stop valve in each water supply to fixture. Use gate or globe valve where specific stop valve is not specified. 1. Exception: Omit stop valves on supplies to emergency equipment, except when permitted by authorities having jurisdiction. When permitted, install valve chained and locked in OPEN position. Q. Install water-supply stop valves in accessible locations. R. Install faucet, laminar-flow fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts when faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters when required. S. Install supply, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop valves. T. Install faucet, flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts when faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters when required. U. Install traps on fixture outlets. Omit traps on fixtures having integral traps. Omit traps on indirect wastes, except where otherwise indicated. V. Install disposers in sink outlets. Install switch where indicated, or in wall adjacent to sink if location is not indicated. W. Install hot-water dispensers in back top surface of sink or in counter with spout over sink. X. Install hose bibs with integral or field-installed vacuum breaker. Y. Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings. Z. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and counters using sanitary-type, 1-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant according to sealing requirements specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." Match sealant color to fixture color. AA. Coordinate exact location and mounting height of all fixtures with the architectural drawings. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install piping connections between plumbing fixtures and piping systems and plumbing equipment specified in other Division 22 Sections. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Supply and Waste Connections to Plumbing Fixtures: Refer to plumbing fixture schedule on drawings for fitting sizes and connection requirements for each plumbing fixture. C. Supply and Waste Connections to Equipment Specified in Other Sections: Connect equipment with supply inlets, supply stops, supply risers, and traps specified in this Section. Use fitting sizes required to match connected equipment. Connect fittings to plumbing piping. D. Ground equipment. 1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. E. Arrange for electric-power connections to fixtures and devices that require power. Electric power is specified in Division 26 Sections. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify that installed fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where installed. B. Check that fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified components. C. Inspect installed fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components. D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized and demonstrate proper operation. Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate properly. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures, fittings, and controls. B. Operate and adjust disposers, hot-water dispensers, and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls. C. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains, electric water coolers, faucets, shower valves, and flushometer valves having controls, to produce proper flow and stream. D. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops. E. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. Include the following: 1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers and spouts. 2. Remove sediment and debris from drains. PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.7 PROTECTION A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities, except when approved in writing by Owner. 3.8 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE A. Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule on drawings. B. Provide all options and accessories as indicated. END OF SECTION 22 40 00 PLUMBING FIXTURES 22 40 00 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. 23 08 16 "General Commissioning Requirements". 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following to complement other Division 23 Sections: 1. Submittals. 2. Coordination Drawings. 3. Record Documents. 4. Maintenance Manuals. 5. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Dielectric fittings. 8. Flexible connectors. 9. Mechanical sleeve seals. 10. Nonshrink grout for equipment installations. 11. Field-fabricated metal equipment supports. 12. Installation requirements common to equipment specification sections. 13. Rough-ins. 14. Mechanical Installations. 15. Cutting and patching. 16. Touchup painting and finishing. 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Intent: 1. The intent of the Contract Documents is for the Contractor to include all work necessary for the complete mechanical systems, tested and ready for operation. 2. By submitting a proposal, the Contractor represents that it has made a thorough examination of the site, of the work, and all existing conditions and limitations, and that it has examined the Contract Documents in complete detail and has determined beyond doubt that the drawings, specifications, and existing conditions are sufficient, adequate and satisfactory for the construction of the work under the Contract. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3. Where minor adjustments of the work are necessary for purposes of fabrication or installation of items, or resolution of conflicts between items within the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall make such adjustments with no added compensation. Where such adjustments affect functional or aesthetic design of the work, they shall first be submitted to the Architect for review and approval. B. Conditions: 1. Conform to all Bidding Requirements, General Conditions and Amendments to the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Special Conditions and General Requirements, Division 01, which govern the work specified herein. 2. The Contractor is obligated to comply with the above in addition to the requirements of this Section. 3. Modifications by this Section do not nullify any other portions of the above referenced conditions. C. Make complete mechanical installation, connecting to all equipment shown on the plans, or called for in the specifications. Mechanical contractor to provide any additional extra dampers and valves not shown on plans to obtain design criteria as required by the balancing contractor. D. Plans and Specifications: Plans and specifications shall be taken together. 1. Contractor shall provide all equipment, materials and work shown on the plans and/or called for in these specifications. 2. Provide work specified and not indicated on plans, or work indicated on plans and not specified, as though mentioned in both. 3. When discrepancies or conflicts occur within the documents, the Architect shall determine which takes precedence and the Contractor shall perform the selected requirement without additional cost. E. Mechanical Drawings: 1. Mechanical drawings do not attempt to show all aspects of building construction, which will affect the installation of mechanical systems. The mechanical drawings are diagrammatic and do not intend to show all offsets and fittings that may be required for a complete installation. Locations of equipment, pipes, valves, traps, ductwork, etc. shown on the drawings, shall be followed as closely as conditions will permit. Review all project drawings, including, but not limited to, architectural, structural and electrical drawings; and coordinate with all trades involved so there is no conflict with work of other trades and so Owner secures best arrangement of work consistent with use of space. 2. Verify exact distances between points shown of drawings by actual measurement at site, as no extra cost will be allowed for differences between actual measurements and scaled measurements. 3. Changes in design, configuration, or location of equipment, piping, or ductwork, advisable in the opinion of Contractor, shall be submitted to Architect for approval before proceeding with work, with written assurance from other trades that such changes will not interfere with their installation, nor cause any extra cost on their part. Such changes shall be made at no additional cost to Owner. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 4. Check location of all work of all trades and avoid interferences. Special attention is called to the following items; conflicts shall be reported to Architect for decision and direction: a. Exact location of outlets shown on architectural details. b. Location of suspended ceilings. C. Location of ducts, grilles, pipes, and other mechanical equipment so electrical outlets are clear of these items and in proper relation to same. 1.4 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include spaces above hard or lay-in type ceilings and in duct shafts. E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. F. The word "provide," as used in Division 23, means "furnish and install." G. The word "approved," as used in these specifications, means acceptance by the Architect. H. Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the drawings, or other paragraphs or schedules in the specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the reader locate the reference. Location is not limited. I. Directed: Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted," mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases. J. Mechanical Systems - Including but not limited to: 1. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Systems. 2. Temperature Controls System. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA K. Abbreviations: AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing Materials AWWA American Water Works Association AWS American Welding Society CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation IBC International Building Code IMC International Mechanical Code NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NREC Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. UPC Uniform Plumbing Code UL Underwriters Laboratories 1.5 CODES, PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Codes: Work shall be installed as a minimum in conformity with applicable local ordinances and statutes. Standards and sizes, which exceed preceding requirements, shall be installed as drawn or specified. Nothing in the specifications shall be construed to permit deviation to less than the requirements of governing codes. Contractor is not relieved from furnishing and installing work shown or specified which may be beyond requirements of ordinances, laws, regulations, and codes. B. Codes and Standards: Applicable codes and standards shall include, but not necessarily be limited to: 1. Uniform Plumbing Code, by International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. 2. International Mechanical Code, by International Code Council. 3. International Building Code, by International Code Council. 4. Requirements of OSHA, EPA and WISHA. 5. National Fire Protection Association Codes. 6. ASME codes for boiler and pressure vessels. 7. SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, latest edition. 8. All local and state amendments. 9. Requirements of all agencies have jurisdictional authority over installation of mechanical systems. C. Permits, Fees and Inspections: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Contractor shall arrange and pay for all permits, fees and inspections required in connection with this installation. The Contractor shall present the Owner with properly signed certificates of final inspection before the work will be accepted. 2. Contractor shall call for all inspections by local building official(s) when they become due, and shall not cover any work until approved by these governing authorities. 3. Contractor shall make all arrangements with utility companies for water, steam, gas and drainage services, etc., associated with the work and include required payments for meters, piping, services, connection charges and materials furnished and installed by utility companies. Work and materials shall be in strict accordance with rules of respective authorities. D. Underwriters Laboratory Approval: Where Underwriters Laboratories (UL) standards exist, all items of electrical equipment or items partially composed of electrical equipment shall carry Underwriters Laboratories (UL) label either for the entire unit or for the electrical portion of the equipment. If UL standards do not exist, equipment shall be provided that has been labeled by an independent testing agency that is recognized by the authority having jurisdiction. E. ASME Code Stamp: ASME code stamp required on all pressure vessels and relief valves. Certificate required from the Boiler Inspector showing approval of the equipment and its installation. 1.6 WORK INCLUDED A. Work under this division shall include providing all materials, labor, equipment, tools, appliances, hoisting, scaffolding, supervision and overhead for the proper execution and completion of the mechanical work. B. Should these specifications or references made therein fail to specify adequately an item of equipment or material required for proper completion of the work in accordance with present day practice, this deficiency shall not relieve Contractor from furnishing and installing same. Call such omissions to attention of Architect and use such equipment or material as approved by Architect. C. All new equipment and products as noted in Part 2 of each section shall be installed as per manufacturer's recommendations. 1.7 WORKMANSHIP A. This Contractor shall provide completed systems with a neat and finished appearance. If, in the judgment of the Architect, any portion of the work has not been performed in a workmanlike manner or is left in a rough, unfinished state, this Contractor will be required to remove, reinstall or replace same and patch and paint surrounding surfaces in a manner acceptable to the Architect, without increase in cost to the Owner. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1.8 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: Follow the procedures for submittals or as described herein and specified in Division 01. B. General Requirements for Division 23 Submittals: Provide the following submittals as indicated in each Division 23 section. Additional submittal requirements may be included in the individual sections. 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for the items listed in the individual Division 23 sections. Product data shall demonstrate compliance with all specified features and requirements. Submittals for equipment shall include, but not be limited to, data indicating equipment capacity meets the indicated values at specified conditions, equipment drawings indicating all dimensions, connection information, service space requirements, recommended piping and/or wiring diagrams, installation details and extended warranties either offered by equipment manufacturer or required by specifications. 2. Shop Drawings: Submit Contractor prepared drawings of Contractor fabricated mechanical systems. Drawings shall be prepared at '/4" scale using Computer Aided Design (CAD) software unless indicated otherwise. Drawings shall show exact location of equipment, piping and ductwork, each section of shop fabricated duct or pipe and location of field joints, supports and building attachments, and seismic restraint locations. 3. Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements. Provide performance certificates. 4. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit proposed Division 23 Operation and Maintenance materials for approval prior to inclusion in the comprehensive final bound edition. See Article in this section on Operation and Maintenance Manuals for materials required to be included. C. Number of Copies: Provide one additional copy of mechanical shop drawings and product data submitted over the number required in 01 Submittals, to allow for one copy of each submittal to be retained by the Mechanical Engineer. Additional copies may be required by individual sections of these Specifications. D. Format: Provide submittals arranged with numerical index and tabs in 3-ring notebook containing the total volume of material. All product data shall be submitted complete by system, partial submittals are not acceptable and may be returned unreviewed. Systems are defined here as plumbing systems (Division 22), fire suppression system (Division 21) HVAC system, and HVAC control system. Reference submittals, including title and location of project, Architect, Contractor, submission date, and specification paragraph number to indicate clearly the location, service, equipment identification numbers as shown on drawings, and function of each particular item. Where manufacturers' catalogs, pamphlets, or data sheets are submitted in lieu of prepared shop drawings, such submissions shall indicate specifically the item for which approval is required in red ink, and submissions showing general information only are not acceptable. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA E. Submittals not in conformance to above paragraphs will be returned unreviewed. 1.9 SUBMITTALS, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS A. General: See Article in this section, Submittals, General Requirements for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Dielectric Unions 2. Dielectric Flanges 3. Dielectric Couplings 4. Dielectric Nipples 5. Braided Flexible Hose Connectors 6. Rubber Flexible Connectors 7. Flexible Expansion Loops C. Shop Drawings: None required. D. Reports and Certificates: None required. 1.10 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Detail major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Show space requirements for installation and access. Indicate if sequence and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow of the Work. Include the following: 1. Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty locations and valve- stem movement. 2. Planned duct layout, including fan, coil, filter, duct silencer, and damper location. 3. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. 4. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, accessories, and specialties, including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance. 5. Equipment and accessory service connections and support details. 6. Other systems installed in same space as mechanical systems. 7. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. 8. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. 9. Ceiling and wall-mounted access doors and panels required to provide access to dampers and other operating devices. 10. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. 11. Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into building during construction. 12. Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 13. Reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installation of air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication system components, sprinklers, and other ceiling-mounted items. 1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions will only be considered after project award. No substitutions will be considered during bid and/or negotiation periods. B. In all cases in this specification where an article is followed by the words "or equal," the Engineer is the sole judge of the quality of the proposed substitution. C. When the Engineer approves a substitution, the approval is given with the understanding that the Contractor guarantees the article or material substituted to be equal to or better in every respect than the article or material specified. The Contractor shall also assume complete responsibility that the article or material will fit the job as far as space, access and servicing requirements. D. Where several materials are specified by name for one use, select for use any of those so specified subject to compliance with specified requirements. E. Whenever item or class of material is specified exclusively by detail specification, trade name, manufacturer's name or by catalog reference, use only such item, unless written approval is given. Submit written requests in accordance with Division 01 substitution requirements. F. Make no substitutions for materials, articles or process required under contract unless written approval is obtained. See the Division 01 for project substitution requirements. 1.12 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division 01. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, indicate the following installed conditions: 1. Ductwork mains and branches, size and location, for both exterior and interior, locations of dampers and other control devices; filters, boxes, and terminal units requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 2. Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion compensators, tanks, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag chart. Indicate actual inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping. 3. Record drawings shall incorporate all accepted change orders and RFIs; reference number on drawings is not acceptable. 4. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines. 5. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 6. Contract Modifications, actual equipment and materials installed. 7. Record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. 1.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare maintenance manuals in accordance with Division 01 and the following requirements. Division 23 manuals shall be hard cover, 3-post binder, and indexed by systems. Pages shall be same size, with exception of allowable foldout pages for control and flow diagrams. Cover shall be inscribed with name of project, Owner, description of contents, Architect, General Contractor, Mechanical Contractor, and date. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, include the following information in Division 23 materials: 1. Product Data of all Division 15 equipment provided by the project as indicated in submittal requirements. 2. Manufacturer's Equipment Installation and Start-Up Manuals for all equipment provided by the project. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Manufacturer's Equipment Service Manuals for all equipment provided by the project, including parts list, troubleshooting list and maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance. Include disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions; servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules 4. Reports and Certificates of all Division 23 systems and equipment as required by specifications. 5. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all applicable materials used for Division 23 installations. 6. Warranty Certificates for all equipment where extended warranties are either offered or required; provide supplier contact information. 1.14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment Selection: Equipment allowed by the specifications but with different electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and/or ratings than what is shown on the drawings may be furnished, provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, such as pipe and/or duct connection sizes, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are revised to accommodate such equipment. All expenses shall be borne by the Contractor. Specified minimum energy ratings and/or equipment efficiencies must meet design and commissioning requirements. 1.15 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 9 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Protect stored mechanical equipment, ducts, pipes and tubes and other materials from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside. C. Pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, and other materials that are damaged due to improper storage shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1.16 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components. B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations. C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring positioning before closing in building. E. Some equipment may require temporary installation during one phase and require relocation to final location under another phase. Provide all associated labor and materials to accommodate this phasing. F. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. G. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in Division 08. H. Use of the building HVAC systems, including those being provided under this contract, for temporary heating, ventilation or cooling during construction is prohibited. When system installation is complete and ready for start-up, approval to operate the system shall be obtained from the Owner or designated Owner's representative. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Dielectric Unions: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 10 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA b. Eclipse, Inc.; Rockford-Eclipse Div. C. Epco Sales Inc. d. Hart Industries International, Inc. e. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. f. Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div. 2. Dielectric Flanges: a. Capitol Manufacturing Co. b. Central Plastics Co. C. Epco Sales Inc. d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 3. Dielectric Couplings: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Lochinvar Corp. 4. Dielectric Nipples: a. Grinnell Corp.; Grinnell Supply Sales Co. b. Victaulic Co. of America. 5. Braided Hose Flexible Connectors: a. Flex-Hose Co, Inc. b. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. C. Mason. d. Mercer Rubber Co. e. Metraflex Co. 6. Rubber Flexible Connectors: a. General Rubber Corp. b. Flex-Hose Co., Inc. C. Mercer Rubber Co. d. Metraflex Co. e. Mason. 7. Flexible Expansion Loops: a. Metraflex Co. b. Flex-Hose. 8. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: a. Calpico, Inc. b. Metraflex Co. C. Thu nderline/Link-Seal. d. Innerlynx 2.2 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 11 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for fluid type, temperature and pressure of piping system. 1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness, unless indicated otherwise. a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges. b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges. 2. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated. C. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. 1. Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver, with 0.10 percent lead content. 2. Alloy E: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper, with 0.10 percent maximum lead content. D. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8. 1. BCuP Series: Copper-phosphorus alloys. 2. BAg1: Silver alloy. E. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. F. Flanged, Ductile-Iron Pipe Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: AWWA C110, rubber gasket, carbon-steel bolts and nuts. G. Couplings: Iron-body sleeve assembly, fabricated to match OD of plain-end, pressure pipes. 1. Sleeve: ASTM A 126, Class B, gray iron. 2. Followers: ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 536 ductile iron. 3. Gaskets: Rubber. 4. Bolts and Nuts: AWWA C111. 5. Finish: Enamel paint. 2.4 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General: Assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals, to prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion. B. Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded, solder, plain, and weld-neck end types and matching piping system materials. C. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. D. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. E. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 12 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.5 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Braided Hose Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven, flexible, wire-reinforcing protective jacket; 150-psig minimum working pressure and 250 deg F maximum operating temperature. Connectors shall have flanged or threaded-end connections to match equipment connected and shall be capable of 3/4-inch misalignment. Bronze braiding for copper tubing applications and stainless steel braiding for steel pipe applications. B. Rubber Flexible Connectors: Mason SFU for 3/4 to 2-inch NIPS or equal by other specified manufacturers; Mason SFDEJ for 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger or equal by other specified manufacturers. Fiber-reinforced EPDM rubber body; capable of handling operating temperatures up to 250 deg F and pressures up to 150 psig. Joint type to match system specification. C. Flexible Expansion Loops: Stainless steel flexible hose and braid consisting of two flexible sections, two 90 degree elbows and one 180 degree return bend. Pipe connection material and joint type to match system specification, see application section of individual sections. Bronze braiding for copper tubing applications and stainless steel braiding for steel pipe applications. Provide pipe guides as recommended by manufacturer. Loops installed hanging down shall have a drain plug. Units shall be double braided. Movement and/or loop lengths are indicated. D. Flexible Expansion Loops: Three equal length sections of annular corrugated stainless steel hose and braid, Provide with four 90 degree elbows and support per manufacturer's recommendations. Ends flanged, screwed, welded, sweat, or grooved. Suitable for operating temperatures up to 850 F. Designed for pressure testing to 1.5 times their maximum rated working pressure with a minimum 4 to 1 (burst to working) safety factor. Factory tested using air-under- water and hydrostatic pressure. Manufacturer: Flex-Hose Company. 2.6 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Description: Modular design, with interlocking EPDM rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe and sleeve. Stainless steel connecting bolts and composite pressure plates. 2.7 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab, and roof penetrations: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 13 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Steel Sheet Metal: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness, galvanized, round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends. 3. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing. a. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws. B. Escutcheons: Manufactured wall, ceiling, and floor plates; deep-pattern type if required to conceal protruding fittings and sleeves. 1. ID: Closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping. 2. OD: Completely cover opening. 3. Cast Brass: One piece, with set screw. a. Finish: Rough brass. b. Finish: Polished chrome-plate. 4. Cast-Iron Floor Plate: One-piece casting. 2.8 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B. 1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psig, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS A. General: Sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of mechanical systems, materials, and equipment. Comply with the following requirements: 1. Coordinate mechanical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components. 2. Verify all dimensions by field measurements. 3. Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. 4. Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed. 5. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in the building. 6. Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install systems, materials, and equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 14 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 7. Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service. 8. Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract Documents, recognizing that portions of the work are shown only in diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Architect. 9. Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components, where installed exposed in finished spaces. 10. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance, and repair or replacement of equipment components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings to an accessible location. 11. Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Notify General Contractor on the number, location and size of access panels or doors. 12. Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to systems required to be installed at a specified slope. 13. Replace all air filters with new filters upon Owner taking occupancy of the building or at a time mutually agreed upon between the Owner and Contractor. 14. Do not install ductwork in elevator machine rooms, electrical and/or communication rooms unless it directly services that room. B. Locate wall, floor and ceiling fire ratings from architectural drawings for appropriate hourly rating of combination fire/smoke dampers or fire dampers shown on mechanical drawings. 3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install piping as described below, unless piping Sections specify otherwise. Individual Division 23 piping Sections specify unique piping installation requirements. B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated, unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 15 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. F. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation. J. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. K. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal. L. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum- board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. M. Install flexible connectors according to manufacturer's written instructions where indicated and specified in other Division 23 sections. N. Install couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions. O. Install Portable Instrument Connections in all piping systems where DDC temperature and/or pressure sensors and thermometers and/or pressure gauges are located. P. Do not route piping through elevator equipment rooms, unless specifically allowed by local authority. Q. Do not route piping over electrical panels, transformers, switchgear or other electrical equipment. R. Install pipe escutcheons for pipe penetrations of concrete and masonry walls, wall board partitions, and suspended ceilings according to the following: 1. Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set screw. 2. Uninsulated Piping Floor Plates in Utility Areas: Cast-iron floor plates. 3. Insulated Piping: Cast brass or stamped steel; with concealed hinge, spring clips, and chrome-plated finish. 4. Piping in Utility Areas: Cast brass or stamped steel, with set-screw or spring clips. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 16 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA S. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum- board partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 2. Build sleeves into new walls and slabs as work progresses. 3. Install sleeves large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials: a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than 6-inch NPS. b. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing. 1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout. 4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using elastomeric joint sealants. Use Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O, neutral-curing silicone sealant, unless otherwise indicated. T. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestopping materials. Refer to Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials. U. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. V. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements. 3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in individual piping specification Sections: B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Soldering Manual," Chapter"The Soldering of Pipe and Tube"; or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 17 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Note internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. 2. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads, unless dry seal threading is specified. 3. Align threads at point of assembly. 4. Tighten joint with wrench. Apply wrench to valve end into which pipe is being threaded. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. F. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench to recommended torque valves. 3.4 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping 2-inch NPS and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment with 2-inch NPS or smaller threaded pipe connection. 2. Install flanges, in piping 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment with flanged pipe connection. 3. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. E. Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope. COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 18 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.6 PAINTING AND FINISHING A. Refer to Division 09 for paint materials, surface preparation, and application of paint. B. Apply paint to exposed piping, ductwork and supports according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Interior, Ferrous Supports: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include finish coat over enamel undercoat and primer. Paint not required on interior galvanized supports. 2. Exterior, Ferrous Piping and ductwork: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include two finish coats over rust-inhibitive metal primer. 3. Exterior, Ferrous Supports: Use semigloss, acrylic-enamel finish. Include two finish coats over rust-inhibitive metal primer. C. Do not paint piping specialties with factory-applied finish. D. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish. 3.7 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 3.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division 01. In addition to the requirements specified in Division 01, the following requirements apply: 1. Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations, protect adjacent installations. B. Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to: 1. Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work. 2. Remove and replace defective Work. 3. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. 6. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore Work to provide for Architect/Engineer observation of concealed Work. C. Cut, remove and legally dispose off-site of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials, including but not limited to removal of mechanical COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 19 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA piping, heating units, plumbing fixtures and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work. D. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. E. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. F. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces. 3.9 GROUTING A. Install nonmetallic, nonshrink, grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Mix grout according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 23 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00 - 20 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 05 29 — HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and equipment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry. B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and Supports." 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design channel support systems, and/or heavy-duty steel trapezes for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and thermal-hanger shield insert indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for multiple piping supports and trapeze hangers. Include design calculations and indicate size and characteristics of components and fabrication details. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." B. Engineering Responsibility: Design and calculations for each multiple pipe support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional engineer. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. 2. Comply with MSS SP-69. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Pipe Hangers: a. B-Line Systems, Inc. b. Tolco. C. Anvil Corp. d. Erico International Corp. e. National Pipe Hanger Corp. 2. Channel Support Systems: a. B-Line Systems, Inc. b. Anvil Corp. C. Tolco. d. Unistrut Corp. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components: MSS SP-58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to "Hanger and Support Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types. 1. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. 2. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. B. Channel Support Systems: MFMA-2, factory-fabricated components for field assembly. 1. Material: Steel, structural quality, ASTM 570. 2. Coatings: G90 galvanized coating. Threaded hardware, zinc plated. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized. C. Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, nonshrink, and nonmetallic, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both interior and exterior applications. 2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 3. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS A. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and systems. B. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system specification sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 24, if little or no insulation is required. 3. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 4. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 5. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 7. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes, NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 8. Adjustable, Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36, if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 9. Single Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 10. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 20, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 11. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2 to NPS 42, if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary. C. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to NPS 20. D. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg f piping installations. 3. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 4. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg f piping installations. E. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 3. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 4. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 5. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. C. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. F. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 2. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe, 360- degree insert of high-density, 100-psi minimum compressive-strength, water-repellent-treated calcium silicate or cellular-glass pipe insulation, same thickness as adjoining insulation with vapor barrier and encased in 360-degree sheet metal shield. 3. Thermal-Hangar Shield Inserts shall be supplied and installed by the mechanical contractor on all insulated pipe and tubing. G. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types: 1. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 2. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP- 89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and support together on field-assembled channel systems. 1. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Heavy-Duty Steel Trapeze Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-fabricated, heavy-duty trapezes. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D-1.1. D. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS SP- 69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. E. If concrete inserts cannot be used, install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not exceeded. J. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal- hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. C. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick. b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. C. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14: 24 inches long and 0.075 inch thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24: 24 inches long and 0.105 inch thick. 4. Pipes NPS 8 and Larger: Include wood inserts. 5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above floor where indicated. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface. 3.4 METAL FABRICATION A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touching Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 23 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 05 33 — HEAT TRACE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install a UL listed system of electric self-regulating heating cable and components for maintaining the water temperature in the pipes as indicated on the drawings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Copy of UL file indicating the heating cable is specifically listed to provide freeze- protection. B. Manufacturer's catalog cuts showing materials and performance data. C. Project list of at least 20 projects, installed for at least 5 years, with at least 2000 ft (600m) of heating cable in each project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION A. The self-regulating heating cable shall consist of two (2) 16-AWG nickel-coated copper bus wires embedded in a radiation-crosslinked conductive polymer core. It shall be covered by a radiation-crosslinked, polyolefin, dielectric jacket and enclosed in a tinned copper braid of 14 AWG equivalent ware size. The braid shall be covered with a (nominal) 40-mil polyolefin outer jacket, color coded for easy identification. The cable shall be specifically designed, manufactured, and UL listed for freeze-protection. 2.2 MECHANICAL A. The cable shall have a minimum cut-through resistance of 600 lb per CSA 22.2 0.3. Cutting test 4.14. The cable shall have a minimum impact resistance of 25 ft lb per UL 1588.11. The cable shall withstand a glancing impact of 22 ft lb per UL 1581.590. The cable shall have a minimum abrasion resistance of 7000 cycles per UL 719.19. The cable shall withstand a crush resistance of 4500 N per IEEE 515 Deformation Test 5.1.5. 2.3 EXPERIENCE A. The manufacturer shall have more than ten years experience with self-regulating heating cables for temperature maintenance of domestic hot water. HEAT TRACE 23 05 33 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. The manufacturer's Quality Assurance Program shall be certified to ISO 9001 standard. 2.4 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. Raychem Corporation. B. Thermon. C. Chromalox PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 OPERATING TEMPERATURES A. The freeze protection system shall not exceed a nominal temperature of 40°F. 3.2 MAINTENANCE TEMPERATURE A. Each freeze protection system shall be maintained using only one product. Temperatures shall be maintained with straight runs of heating cable on the pipe. The use of a 40OF fixed thermostat shall ensure heating cable is off when pipe temperature is over 40°F. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. The system shall be installed by factory trained certified installers. B. The system shall be installed according to the drawings and the manufacturer's instruction. The installer shall be responsible for providing a functional system, installed in accordance with applicable national and local code requirements. Each circuit shall be protected with a 30-mA ground-fault protection device. C. Electrical Connections: The following requirements apply: 1. Electrical power wiring is specified in Division 26. 2. Freeze-protection for the fire line shall be monitored by fire alarm control panel. 3.4 TESTING A. Procedure: Measure the heater circuit continuity and the insulation resistance between the braid and bus wires with a 2500-Vdc megohmmeter (megger). B. Acceptable Results: The heater circuit shall be continuous and megger readings shall be at least 20 megohms regardless of heater length. Circuits yielding unacceptable readings must be repaired or replaced. HEAT TRACE 23 05 33 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA C. Submittal of Results: Submit records of the test data to the Construction Manager. END OF SECTION 23 05 33 HEAT TRACE 23 05 33 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 05 53 — IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related sections include the following: 1. Division 09 for painting. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following mechanical identification materials and their installation: 1. Equipment nameplates. 2. Equipment markers. 3. Pipe markers. 4. Duct markers. 5. Valve tags. 6. Valve schedules. 7. Warning tags. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Valve numbering scheme. C. Valve Schedules: For each piping system. Furnish extra copies (in addition to mounted copies) to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems," for letter size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices for piping. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors. IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Equipment Nameplates: Metal, with data engraved or stamped, for permanent attachment on equipment. 1. Data: a. Manufacturer, product name, model number, and serial number. b. Capacity, operating and power characteristics, and essential data. C. Labels of tested compliances. 2. Location: Accessible and visible. 3. Fasteners: As required to mount on equipment. B. Equipment Markers: Two-ply engraved black plastic with lettering cut through to white background. Include contact-type, permanent adhesive. 1. Terminology: Match mark numbers on equipment schedules as closely as possible. 2. Size: Minimum 1-1/2 by 4 inches. 3. Thickness: 1/16-inch. 2.2 PIPING IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Self-Adhesive Pipe Markers: Vinyl with pressure-sensitive, permanent type, self-adhesive back. Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing direction of flow. 1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. 3. Full-band pipe markers extending 360 degrees around pipe at each location. 4. Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow. 2.3 DUCT IDENTIFICATION DEVICES A. Self Adhesive Duct Markers: Vinyl with pressure-sensitive, permanent-type, self-adhesive back. Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing direction of flow. 1. Colors: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Lettering: Use HVAC system terms and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length. 3. Arrows: Integral with HVAC system service lettering to accommodate both directions; or as separate unit on each duct marker to indicate direction of flow. IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2.4 VALVE TAGS A. Valve Tags: Two-ply engraved black plastic with lettering cut through to white background. 1. Data: Service and identification number. 2. 2-inch round, 1/16-inch thick, with 3/16-inch hole. 3. Fastener: Brass chain or S-hook. 2.5 VALVE SCHEDULES A. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on standard-size bond paper. Assign and tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve-Schedule Frame: Mount valve schedule in frame with clear plastic cover, include mounting screws. 2.6 WARNING TAGS A. Warning Tags: Preprinted plasticized card stock with matte finish. 1. Size: 4 by 7 inches. 2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and chain. 3. Nomenclature: Large-size primary caption such as CAUTION: NONPOTABLE WATER, DO NOT DRINK. 4. Color: Yellow background with 1/2-inch black lettering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS, GENERAL A. Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 23 Sections. 3.2 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplate Installation: Install and permanently fasten equipment nameplates on each major item of mechanical equipment that does not have nameplate or has nameplate that is damaged or located where not easily visible. Locate nameplates where accessible and visible. Include nameplates for the following general categories of equipment: 1. Fuel-burning units, including boilers, furnaces, and heaters. 2. Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers, and similar motor-driven units. 3. Heat exchangers, electric coils, evaporators, cooling towers, heat recovery units, and similar equipment. 4. Fans, blowers and air terminals. 5. Air handling units. 6. Packaged units. IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Equipment Marker Installation: Install with permanent adhesive on or near each major item of mechanical equipment. Data required for markers may be included on signs, and markers may be omitted if both are indicated. 1. Letter Size: Minimum 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 2. Locate markers where accessible and visible. Include markers for all scheduled equipment. 3.3 PIPING IDENTIFICATION A. Install manufactured pipe markers indicating service on each piping system. Install with flow indication arrows completely around pipe showing direction of flow. Apply to clean surface. B. Locate pipe markers where piping is exposed in finished spaces, mechanical spaces; accessible maintenance spaces such as removable accessible ceilings, shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and nonaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced markers, minimum one in each space. 3.4 DUCT IDENTIFICATION A. Install manufactured duct markers indicating service on each duct system. Install with flow arrows showing direction of flow. B. Locate markers near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system. 3.5 VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves within factory-fabricated equipment units; plumbing fixture supply stops; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawn-watering hose IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA connections; and air terminal devices and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule. 3.6 VALVE-SCHEDULE INSTALLATION A. Mount valve schedule on wall in accessible location in each major equipment room. 3.7 WARNING-TAG INSTALLATION A. Attach warning tags to equipment and other items where required. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by other work. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean faces of mechanical identification devices. END OF SECTION 23 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53- 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 05 93 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are included in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment. 2. Field quality-control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives, including the following: 1. Balancing airflow within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances. 2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 5. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 6. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to modify fan speed or adjust a damper. B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities. C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated. D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results. E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA F. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. G. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested. H. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system. I. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment. J. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. K. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association. L. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. M. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. N. TAB: Testing, Balancing, and Adjusting. 1.4 ACCEPTABLE CONTRACTORS A. Neudorfer Engineers, Inc. B. Hardin and Sons, Inc. C. National Indoor Air Care. D. Airtest Co., Inc. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Quality-Assurance Submittals: Within 30 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent and this Project's testing, adjusting, and balancing team members meet the qualifications specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article below. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3 of this Section. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article below. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Report Forms: Submit 2 copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. E. Warranty: Submit 2 copies of special warranty specified in the "Warranty" Article below. F. Balancing Report: 1. Comply with Section 23 05 00, paragraph "Submittals," subparagraph A, regarding format of TAB report, except title "Balancing Report." 2. Submit completed Balancing Report as indicated, including the following: a. System Diagrams/Floor Plans. b. Air Apparatus Test Reports. C. Apparatus Coil Test Reports. d. Electric Coil/Duct Heater Test Reports. e. Fan Test Reports. f. Rectangular and Round Duct Traverse Reports. g. Air Outlet Test Reports. h. Package Rooftop/Heat Pump/Air Conditioning Unit Test Reports. i. Compressor and/or Condenser Test Reports. j. Heat Exchanger/Converter Test Reports. k. Instrument Calibration Report. 1.6 SEQUENCING/SCHEDULING A. Phase in properly with Construction Schedule. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with all applicable city, county, and state codes and ordinances. In case of conflict with drawings or specifications, the codes and ordinances govern. 2. Basis: a. International Building Code. b. International Plumbing Code. C. International Mechanical Code. d. NFPA-90A. e. NFPA 101. B. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by NEBB, not affiliated with mechanical contractor. Certified agent shall be a full time employee of the TAB contractor. C. Experience: Minimum 5 years on projects of similar scope and complexity. D. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Conference: Meet with the Owner's and the Architect's representatives on approval of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure the participation of testing, adjusting, and balancing team members, equipment manufacturers' authorized service representatives, HVAC TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA controls installer, and other support personnel. Provide 7 days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location. 1. Agenda Items: Include at least the following: a. Submittal distribution requirements. b. Contract Documents examination report. C. Testing, adjusting, and balancing plan. d. Work schedule and Project site access requirements. e. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors. f. Coordination of documentation and communication flow. E. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following: 1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports. 2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification. F. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems." G. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems," Section II, "Required Instrumentation for NEBB Certification." H. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments as required by NEBB certification or more frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist testing, adjusting, and balancing activities. B. Notice: Provide 7 days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times. C. Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1.10 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special performance guarantee specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on NEBB forms stating that NEBB will assist in completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions: 1. The certified Agent has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents. 2. Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Comply with "Quality Assurance" provisions, specifications, and manufacturer's data. Where these may be in conflict, the more stringent requirements govern. 2.2 TAB INSTRUMENTATION A. Furnish materials and equipment necessary to properly measure system capacities, electrical voltage and current, fan speeds, static pressures, air velocities, refrigeration pressures, and other readings necessary to evaluate system performance and adjust quantities to those indicated. TAB Contractor retains possession of materials and equipment after project is completed. B. Instrumentation shall be accurate, with calibration histories available for examination upon request. C. Instrumentation shall be used in accordance with manufacturer instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify installation conditions as satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not begin work until any unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment. 1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract. 2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine project record documents described in Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents." D. Examine equipment performance data, including fan curves. Relate performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed. F. Examine system and equipment test reports. G. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. H. Examine strainers for clean screens and proper perforations. I. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. J. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable-air-volume terminals. 4. Automatic modulating and shutoff valves, including 2-way valves and 3- way mixing and diverting valves, are properly connected. 5. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 6. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 7. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 8. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from design values. 9. Interlocked systems are operating. 10. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values. 11. Verify minimum outdoor supply air setting. K. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Field verify locations of new and existing work prior to commencing work of this Section. B. Protect surrounding areas and surfaces to preclude damage from work of this Section. C. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. D. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 4. Manual volume dampers, smoke, fire, and combination fire/smoke dampers are open. 5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 6. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and access to balancing devices is provided. 7. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be met. 8. Building construction is sealed in areas where specified pressurization of an area is designated on contract documents. 3.4 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this Section. B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation Specifications for this Project. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA C. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. D. Set automatic stops on metering balancing valves and butterfly valves with memory, and ensure volume damper locking mechanisms are tightened down in the balanced position. 3.5 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts. C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. D. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers. E. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. F. Check for airflow blockages. 3.6 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3.7 REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article above, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices. B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.8 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in 3-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following: 1. Fan curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 10. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. C. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values. 13. Test conditions for fans, including the following: a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. C. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present with single-line diagrams and include the following: 1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 9 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 4. Balancing stations. F. Air-Handling Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. i. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. j. Number of belts, make, and size. k. Number of filters, type, and size. 2. Motor Data: Include the following: a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. 3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. C. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg. f. Preheat coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. g. Cooling coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. h. Heating coil static-pressure differential in inches wg. i. Outside airflow in cfm. j. Return airflow in cfm. k. Outside-air damper position. I. Return-air damper position. M. Vortex damper position. G. Apparatus-Coil Test Reports: For apparatus coils, include the following: 1. Coil Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Coil type. d. Number of rows. e. Fin spacing in fins per inch. f. Make and model number. g. Face area in sq. ft.. h. Tube size in NPS. i. Tube and fin materials. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 10 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA j. Circuiting arrangement. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Average face velocity in fpm. C. Air pressure drop in inches wg. d. Outside-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. e. Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. f. Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. g. Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in deg F. h. Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types. i. Refrigerant suction pressure in psig. j. Refrigerant suction temperature in deg F. H. Electric-Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in central-station air-handling units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Coil identification. d. Capacity in Btuh. e. Number of stages. f. Connected volts, phase, and hertz. g. Rated amperage. h. Airflow rate in cfm. i. Face area in sq. ft.. j. Minimum face velocity in fpm. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Heat output in Btuh. b. Airflow rate in cfm. C. Air velocity in fpm. d. Entering-air temperature in deg F. e. Leaving-air temperature in deg F. f. Voltage at each connection. g. Amperage for each phase. I. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following: 1. Fan Data: Include the following: a. System identification. b. Location. C. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. h. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. 2. Motor Data: Include the following: a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. C. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 11 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. g. Number of belts, make, and size. 3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Total airflow rate in cfm. b. Total system static pressure in inches wg. C. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg. e. Suction static pressure in inches wg. J. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following: 1. Report Data: Include the following: a. System and air-handling unit number. b. Location and zone. C. Traverse air temperature in deg F. d. Duct static pressure in inches wg. e. Duct size in inches. f. Duct area in sq. ft.. g. Design airflow rate in cfm. h. Design velocity in fpm. i. Actual airflow rate in cfm. j. Actual average velocity in fpm. k. Barometric pressure in psig. K. System-Coil Reports: For reheat coils of terminal units, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. System and air-handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. C. Room or riser served. d. Coil make and size. e. Flowmeter type. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Airflow rate in cfm. b. Entering-air temperature in deg F. C. Leaving-air temperature in deg F. L. Compressor and Condenser Reports: For refrigerant side of unitary systems, stand-alone refrigerant compressors, air-cooled condensing units include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Location. C. Unit make and model number. d. Manufacturer's compressor serial numbers. e. Compressor make. f. Compressor model and serial numbers. g. Refrigerant weight in lb. h. Low ambient temperature cutoff in deg F. 2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Inlet-duct static pressure in inches wg. b. Outlet-duct static pressure in inches wg. C. Entering-air, dry-bulb temperature in deg F. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 12 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA d. Leaving-air, dry-bulb temperature in deg F. e. Control settings. f. Unloader set points. g. Low-pressure-cutout set point in psig. h. High-pressure-cutout set point in psig. i. Suction pressure in psig. j. Suction temperature in deg F. k. Condenser refrigerant pressure in psig. I. Condenser refrigerant temperature in deg F. M. Oil pressure in psig. n. Oil temperature in deg F. o. Voltage at each connection. p. Amperage for each phase. q. The kW input. r. Crankcase heater kW. S. Number of fans. t. Condenser fan rpm. U. Condenser fan airflow rate in cfm. V. Condenser fan motor make, frame size, rpm, and horsepower. W. Condenser fan motor voltage at each connection. X. Condenser fan motor amperage for each phase. M. Condenser Test Reports: For condensers, include the following: 1. Unit Data: Include the following: a. Unit identification. b. Make and type. C. Model and serial numbers. d. Nominal cooling capacity in tons. e. Refrigerant type and weight in lb. f. Number and type of fans. g. Fan motor make, frame size, rpm, and horsepower. h. Fan motor voltage at each connection. i. Sheave make, size in inches, and bore. j. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches. k. Number of belts, make, and size. 2. Air Data: Include design and actual values for the following: a. Duct airflow rate in cfm. b. Inlet-duct static pressure in inches wg. C. Outlet-duct static pressure in inches wg. d. Average entering-air, wet-bulb temperature in deg F. e. Average leaving-air, wet-bulb temperature in deg F. f. Ambient wet-bulb temperature in deg F. N. Instrument Calibration Reports: For instrument calibration, include the following: 1. Report Data: Include the following: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. C. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 13 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.9 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing testing, adjusting, and balancing, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near-peak summer and winter conditions. END OF SECTION 23 05 93 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR MECHANICAL 23 05 93 - 14 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 07 13 - PIPE INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 07 for firestopping materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers. 2. Division 09 for Painting. 3. Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for insulation for ducts and plenums. 4. Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment" for pipe insulation shields and protection saddles. 5. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Fixtures" for lavatory drain and supply insulation. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes preformed, rigid, and flexible pipe insulation; insulating cements; field-applied jackets; accessories and attachments; and sealing compounds. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Mineral Fiber Insulation. 2. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation. 3. Cellular Glass Insulation. 4. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers. 5. Foil and Paper Jacket. 6. PVC Jacket. 7. Standard PVC Fitting Covers. 8. Aluminum Jacket. 9. Thermal Insulated Removable Pads. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread rating of 75 or less, and smoke-developed rating of 150 or less. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation and jackets from moisture and dirt. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Division 23 Section "Hangers and Supports for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for insulation application. C. Coordinate installation of electric heat tracing. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after testing piping systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat-trace tape. Insulation application may begin on segments of piping that have satisfactory test results. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: a. Knauf Fiberglass. b. Owens Corning. C. Johns Manville. 2. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA a. Armstrong. b. Armacell. 3. Cellular Glass Insulation: a. Pittsburgh Corning. b. Cellufoam. 2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin complying with the following: 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 547, Type 1, with factory-applied, all-purpose, vapor-retarder jacket. 2. Blanket Insulation: Comply with ASTM C 553, Type 11, without facing. 3. Fire-Resistant Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C in the following classes and grades: a. Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass- fiber insulation, for sealing edges of glass-fiber insulation, and for bonding lagging cloth to unfaced glass-fiber insulation. b. Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass-fiber insulation to metal surfaces. 4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Fire- and water-resistant, vapor-retarder mastic for indoor applications. Comply with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. 5. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 195. 6. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cements: Comply with ASTM C 196. 7. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded- rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. Ultraviolet-Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer. C. Cellular Glass Insulation: All glass, closed cell structure, comply with ASTM C 552. Fabricate in half sections where possible, curved sidewall segments for larger diameter pipes. 1. Weather Barrier Mastic: Flexible, latex coating, comply with ASTM E 84 and E 96. 2. Asphalt Cutback Mastic: Asphalt coating formulated for cellular glass insulation. 3. Polyester Fabric: Open mesh, synthetic fabric. 4. Joint Sealant: Butyl sealant, comply with MIL-1-24244. 5. Protective Membranes: a. Heat-Sealed Membrane: 125-mil thick heat-sealed high polymer asphalt membrane with an integral glass scrim, integral 1 mil aluminum foil, and mylar film. b. Self-Sealing Membrane: 70-mil thick self-sealing high polymer asphalt membrane with an integral glass scrim and mylar film. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges. 2.3 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper and aluminum foil. C. PVC Jacket: High-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC; 20 mils thick; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 2. PVC Jacket Color: White. D. Standard PVC Fitting Covers: Factory-fabricated fitting covers manufactured from 20-mil-thick, high-impact, ultraviolet-resistant PVC. 1. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, reducers and end caps. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 3. PVC Jacket Color: White. E. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B 209, 3003 alloy, H-14 temper, factory cut and rolled to indicated sizes or roll stock, ready for shop or field cutting and forming to indicated sizes. 1. Finish and Thickness: Stucco-embossed finish, 0.016 inch thick. 2. Moisture Barrier: 1-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 3. Elbows: Preformed, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows; same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2.4 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape. Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8- oz./sq. yd. 1. Tape Width: 4 inches. B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick. 3. Aluminum: 0.007 inch thick. 4. Brass: 0.010 inch thick. 5. Nickel-Copper Alloy: 0.005 inch thick. C. Wire: 0.080-inch, nickel-copper alloy; 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel; or 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, galvanized steel. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2.5 THERMAL INSULATED REMOVABLE PADS A. The inner and outer jacketing on the removable pads shall be silicone impregnated fiberglass. B. The insulation material inside the pads shall be fiberglass thermal insulating wool. C. Lacing hooks, and washers shall be stainless steel. D. Tie wire shall be stainless steel. E. Fasteners shall be stainless steel staples STCR 5019-3/8-inch, or equal. F. Thickness for all pads: 2-inch. 2.6 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry pipe and fitting surfaces. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.3 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials and thicknesses required for each piping system. C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal pipe runs. E. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder. H. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. I. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical. K. Apply insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated. Refer to special instructions for applying insulation over fittings, valves, and specialties. L. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor- retarder mastic. 1. Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs at least 12 inches from point of attachment to pipe and taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. 3. Install insert materials and apply insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect the jacket from tear or puncture by the hanger, support, and shield. M. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated, taper insulation ends. Seal tapered ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder. N. Apply adhesives and mastics at the manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. O. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows: 1. Pull jacket tight and smooth. 2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip and spaced 4 inches o.c. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. Exception: Do not staple longitudinal laps on insulation having a vapor retarder. 4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings. 5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal voids with vapor-retarder mastic. P. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof flashing. 1. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic. 2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends. 3. Extend metal jacket of exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal metal jacket to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic. Q. Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below-grade exterior walls, terminate insulation flush with mechanical sleeve seal. Seal terminations with vapor-retarder mastic. R. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls and floors. S. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1. Firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 07. T. Floor Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through floor assembly. 1. For insulation with vapor retarders, seal insulation with vapor-retarder mastic where floor supports penetrate vapor retarder. 3.4 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire, tape, or bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal longitudinal seams and end joints with vapor-retarder mastic. Apply vapor retarder to ends of insulation at intervals of 15 to 20 feet to form a vapor retarder between pipe insulation segments. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets, secure laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets with vapor retarders, do not staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA recommended by the insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-retarder mastic. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Cover flanges with standard PVC fitting covers. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply preformed insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, apply mitered sections of pipe insulation, or glass-fiber blanket insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire, tape, or bands. 3. Cover fittings and elbows with standard PVC fitting covers. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. Apply preformed insulation sections of the same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed insulation sections are not available, apply glass-fiber blanket insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, arrange insulation for access to stainer basket without disturbing insulation. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Cover valves and specialties with standard PVC fitting covers. Secure fitting covers with manufacturer's attachments and accessories. Seal seams with tape and vapor-retarder mastic. 5. Provide thermal insulated removable pads for larger sizes where PVC fitting covers are not available. 3.5 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows: 1. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows: 1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same thickness as pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows: 1. Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows: 1. Apply preformed valve covers manufactured of the same material as pipe insulation and attached according to the manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Apply cut segments of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. For check valves, fabricate removable sections of insulation arranged to allow access to stainer basket. 3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe surface. 3.6 CELLULAR GLASS INSULATION APPLICATION A. Follow manufacturer's written instructions for applying insulation. B. Apply insulation to pipes, fittings, and elbows as follows: 1. Where vapor retarders are indicated, seal all joints full depth with joint sealant, fill tightly with no voids. 2. Provide protective membranes as indicated. Apply membranes at factory where possible. 3.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION A. Apply glass-cloth jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets. 1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- thick coats of jacket manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation. B. Foil and Paper Jackets: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Apply lap or joint strips with the same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 9 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 4. Apply jackets with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-retarder mastic. 6. Apply foil and paper jackets for the following applications: a. Mineral-fiber blanket. b. Cellular glass where protective membrane is not indicated. C. PVC Jackets: 1. Apply 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. 2. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3. Apply PVC jackets for exposed piping in mechanical rooms up to 8-feet from floor. D. Metal Jackets: 1. Apply 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. a. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. b. Seal joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by jacket manufacturer. 2. Secure jacket with bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3. Apply aluminum jackets for exposed exterior installations. 3.8 FINISHES A. Exterior Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of the insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating. 3.9 PIPING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following systems, materials, and equipment: 1. Flexible connectors. 2. Vibration-control devices. 3. Fire-suppression piping. 4. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Below-grade piping, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings, unless potential for personnel injury. 7. Flow regulators. 8. Meters. 9. Backflow preventers. 10. Steam traps. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 10 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.10 THERMAL INSULATION REMOVABLE PADS A. All flanges and valves including control valves, gate valves and butterfly valves shall be insulated with removable pads for systems that are indicated under the applications schedule. 3.11 INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Refer to insulation application schedules for required insulation materials, thickness and vapor retarders. 3.12 INTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. Service: Domestic hot and recirculated hot water. 1. Insulation Material: Mineral-fiber, preformed. 2. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Pipe, 1/2-inch -2-inch: 1-inch. b. Pipe, 2-1/2-inch and above: 1-1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 4. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.24 -0.28 BTU•in/(hr•ft2•°F). B. Service: Domestic cold water. 1. Insulation Material: Mineral-fiber, preformed. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 4. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 -0.27 BTU•in/(hr•ft2•°F). C. Service: Domestic hot water where heat tracing is installed. 1. Insulation Material: Mineral-fiber, preformed. 2. Insulation Thickness: Apply the following insulation thicknesses: a. Pipe, 1/2-inch -2-inch: 1-inch. b. Pipe, 2-1/2-inch and above: 1-1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: No. 4. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 - 0.27 BTU•in/(hr•ft2•°F). D. Service: Sanitary waste piping where heat tracing is installed. 1. Insulation Material: Mineral-fiber, preformed. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. E. Service: Condensate drain piping. 1. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. F. Service: Refrigerant suction and hot-gas piping. 1. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 11 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 3.13 EXTERIOR INSULATION APPLICATION SCHEDULE A. This application schedule is for aboveground insulation outside the building. B. Service: Domestic water. 1. Insulation Material: Cellular glass. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. 4. Insulation Conductivity Range: 0.23 — 0.27 BTU•in/(hr•ft2•°F). C. Service: Storm water. 1. Insulation Material: Cellular glass. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-1/2-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. D. Service: Refrigerant suction. 1. Insulation Material: Flexible elastomeric. 2. Insulation Thickness: 1-inch. 3. Vapor Retarder Required: Yes. END OF SECTION 23 07 13 PIPE INSULATION FOR MECHANICAL PIPING 23 07 13 - 12 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 31 13 - METAL DUCTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 07 for fire-resistant sealants for use around duct penetrations and fire-damper installations in fire-rated floors, partitions, and walls. 2. Division 08 for wall- and ceiling-mounted access doors for access to concealed ducts. 3. Division 08 for intake and relief louvers and vents connected to ducts and installed in exterior walls. 4. Division 23 Section "Duct Insulation for Mechanical Systems" for duct insulation. 5. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for volume dampers, fire dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, duct silencers, duct-mounted access doors and panels, turning vanes, screened openings, flexible connectors, and flexible ducts. 6. Division 23 Section "Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles." 7. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for air balancing and final adjusting of manual-volume dampers. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fabrication and installation of rectangular, and round metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 10-inch wg. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air-moving and -distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. DUCT PRESSURE CLASSIFICATIONS 1. Rectangular Duct Static-Pressure Classifications: Construct ducts to the following: METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA a. Supply Ducts, unless indicated otherwise: 3-inch wg. b. Return Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. C. Exhaust Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. d. Outside Air Intake Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. 2. Round Duct Static Pressure Classifications: Construct ducts to the following: a. Supply Ducts, unless indicated otherwise: 2-inch wg. b. Return Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. C. Exhaust Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. d. Outside Air Intake Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. B. Pressure Classification: 1. 3-inch wg and Greater: Seal Class A; all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. 2. Below 3-inch wg: Seal Class B; all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Duct Liner and adhesives. 2. Joint Sealants. 3. Gaskets joint systems. C. Shop Drawings: In addition to requirements set forth in Section 23 05 00, shop drawings for the listed systems shall also include duct sizes, top and/or bottom elevations, pressure classifications, combination fire/smoke dampers, fire dampers and smoke dampers, building structural components, connections to equipment, seam and joint construction, location of duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes and access doors, and required service clearances. Provide submittals of the following metal duct systems: 1. Supply Air 2. Return Air 3. Exhaust Air 4. Duct Fittings D. Coordination Drawings: 1. Comply with requirements in Section 01 33 00 and Section 23 05 00 for providing coordination drawings for areas as indicated on the drawings. Approved ductwork shop drawings shall be used to generate coordination drawings. E. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Duct Leakage Test Report. 2. Duct Cleanliness Tests. 3. Welding certificates. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate ducts and fittings according to SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. B. Welding Standards: Qualify welding procedures and welding personnel to perform welding processes for this Project according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel," for hangers and supports; AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," for aluminum supporting members; and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding. C. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems" unless otherwise indicated. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Keep metal ducts and duct liner dry and dust free during fabrication and storage at factory. B. Before shipment shrink-wrap all openings of ducts fabricated with duct liner. During shipment, protect all metal ducts from weather. C. Store all metal ducts in dry location on-site on elevated dunnage. Protect metal ducts from moisture, dirt, and dust. D. Retain shrink-wrap protection of openings (where required to be protected) until immediately prior to connection of that opening to erected duct system. E. On the event that any duct liner does get wet, dry duct liner within 48-hours using forced air heater. Ducts detected with moist fiberglass liner will be required to be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Remove dust from the inside of metal duct sections as they are erected. Cover all openings with 6-mil poly and duct tape at the end of each workday to prevent dust migration into ducts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, cold-rolled sheets; commercial quality; with oiled, exposed matte finish. C. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.2 DUCT LINER A. Fibrous Glass Duct Liner: Comply with NFPA 90A and NAIMA AH124 "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard." Can operated in temperatures up to 250-Degrees F and air velocities up to 5,000 fpm. ASTM C 1071 with coated surface exposed to airstream to prevent erosion of glass fibers. Coating contains EPA registered anti-microbial agent so it will not support the growth of fungus or bacteria, and is water repellent. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by the EPA for use in HVAC systems. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation; Insulation Group. b. Johns Manville. C. Knauf Insulation. d. Owens Corning. 2. Thickness: See Duct Schedule. 3. Density: Minimum 2 lb per cubic foot. 4. Maximum Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature. 5. Fire-Hazard Classification: Maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and smoke-developed rating of 50, when tested according to ASTM E 84 and UL 723. 6. Minimum Noise Reduction Criteria (NRC): 0.55 for 1/2-inch, 0.70 for 1- inch, 0.90 for 1-1/2-inch and 1.0 for 2-inch tested per ASTM C 423 using Type A mounting. 7. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment, mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in duct. a. Tensile Strength: Indefinitely sustain a 50-lb-tensile, dead-load test perpendicular to duct wall. b. Fastener Pin Length: As required for thickness of insulation and without projecting more than 1/8 inch into airstream. C. Adhesive for Attaching Mechanical Fasteners: Comply with fire- hazard classification of duct liner system. B. Natural-Fiber Duct Liner: 85 percent cotton, 10 percent borate, and 5 percent polybinding fibers, treated with a microbial growth inhibitor and complying with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bonded Logic, Inc. b. Reflectix Inc. 2. Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 0.24 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature when tested according to ASTM C 518. 3. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to ASTM E 84; certified by an NRTL. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 4. Liner Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B. 2.3 SEALANT AND ADHESIVE MATERIALS A. Joint and Seam Sealants: 1. Joint and Seam Sealant: Water-based vinyl or acrylic copolymer mastic formulated to withstand temperatures from minus 20 to plus 180 Degrees F, minimum of 65 percent solids, water resistant, VOC: maximum 75g/L (less water). 2. Flanged Joint Gasket Material: Elastomer butyl. B. Duct Liner Adhesive: Water-based vinyl copolymer adhesive formulated to withstand temperatures from minus 20 to plus 160 Degrees F. Comply with NFPA 90A and ASTM C 916 2.4 HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS A. Comply with Division 23, Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, stud-wedge or female wedge, mechanical-anchor bolts, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for building materials. Powder actuated concrete fasteners are not allowed. 1. If concrete inserts cannot be used, install mechanical-anchor (stud-wedge or female wedge type) bolts in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. Concrete inserts and mechanical-anchor fasteners shall be made of steel. Stainless steel for outdoor applications. C. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod. 1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all- thread rod or galvanized rods with threads painted after installation. 2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters. D. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. E. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates. 2.5 RECTANGULAR DUCT AND FITTING FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," based on indicated static pressure class, unless indicated otherwise. Comply with requirements for metal METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and intervals. 1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification. 2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations. 3. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." a. Prefabricated transverse joints shall comply SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," for static- pressure class, leakage rating. 1) Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a) Duct Mate Industries, Inc. b) Ward Flange. 4. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." 5. Material Thickness: For SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standard — Metal and Flexible," but not less than 26 gauge. B. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of unbraced panel area, unless ducts are lined. C. Elbow Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Elbows." a. Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio. b. Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes. C. Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." D. Branch Configuration: 1. Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-6, "Branch Connections." a. Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry. b. Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Conical or Bellmouth. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 2.6 SHOP APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS A. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with 90 percent coverage of adhesive at liner contact surface area. Multiple layers of insulation to achieve indicated thickness is not allowed. B. Apply adhesive to liner facing in direction of airflow not receiving metal nosing. C. Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joint with adhesive. D. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted-edge overlapping. E. Do not apply liners in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints necessary. F. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12-inches transversely around perimeter; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally. G. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or"Z" profile or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations: 1. Fan discharge. 2. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. H. Terminate liner with duct buildouts installed in ducts to attach dampers, turning vane assemblies, and other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct wall with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. Terminate liner at fire dampers at connection to fire-damper sleeve. 2.7 ROUND DUCT FABRICATION A. Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless indicated otherwise. B. Double-Wall (Insulated) Ducts: Fabricate double-wall (insulated) ducts with an outer shell and an inner liner. Dimensions indicated on internally insulated ducts are inside dimensions. 1. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature. 2. Outer Shell: Base outer-shell metal thickness on actual outer-shell dimensions. Fabricate outer-shell lengths 2 inches longer than inner shell and insulation, and in metal thickness specified for single-wall duct. 3. Insulation: 1-inch-thick fibrous-glass insulation, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate insulation where internally insulated duct connects to single-wall duct or uninsulated components. Terminate insulation and reduce outer duct diameter to inner liner diameter. 4. Solid Inner Liner: Fabricate round inner liners with solid sheet metal of thickness listed below: METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 7 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA a. Ducts 3 to 8 Inches in Diameter: 28-gauge with standard spiral seam construction. b. Ducts 9 to 42 Inches in Diameter: 26-gauge with single-rib spiral seam construction. 5. Maintain concentricity of liner to outer shell by mechanical means. Retain insulation from dislocation by mechanical means. C. Elbow Configuration: 1. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-3, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Round Elbows, 8 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate stamped elbows for 45- and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30-, and 60- degree elbows. Stamped elbows shall be 20 gauge thick minimum with two-piece welded construction. Fabricate nonstandard bend- angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with mitered construction. b. Round Elbows, 9 through 12 Inches: Fabricate segmented (mitered) or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with mitered construction. C. Round Elbows, Larger than 12-Inches: Segmented (mitered) elbows for all bend angle configurations. d. Round Elbows, Segmented (mitered) Two-Piece 90-Degree: Use only where specifically indicated. Fabricate with single turning vane. D. Branch Configuration: 1. Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are not permitted. a. 90-degree Tee Fittings: 1) Main to Branch (branch greater than 2/3 the diameter of main or 12-inch diameter branch): Use 90 degree conical tee fitting. 90-degree conical taps or 90-degree lateral fittings can be used for all others. 2) 45 degree lateral tee and 45-degree elbow in lieu of 90- degree tee fitting or tap on supply ductwork where space allows. b. 45-degree Tee Fittings: 1) Main to Branch (branch greater than 2/3 the diameter of main or 12-inch diameter branch): Use 45-degree lateral fitting. 45-degree lateral taps or 45-degree lateral can be used for all others. 2.8 ROUND SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FITTING FABRICATION A. 90-Degree Tee Fittings and Taps: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal seam straight duct. B. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no excess material projecting from body onto branch tap entrance. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 8 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA C. Round Elbow Construction: Fabricate in die-stamped, pleated, or mitered construction as indicated above. Fabricate bend radius of elbows to one and one-half times elbow diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated otherwise, fabricate elbows as follows: 1. Mitered Elbow Pieces: Welded construction with 5-pieces for 90-degree elbow, 4-pieces for 60-degree elbow and 3-pieces for 45-degree elbow. 2. Metal Thickness, Pressure Classes from Minus 2- to Plus 2-inch wg: a. Ducts 3 to 26 Inches in Diameter: 24-gauge. b. Ducts 27 to 36 Inches in Diameter: 22-gauge. C. Ducts 37 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 20-gauge. 3. Metal Thickness, Pressure Classes from Minus 2- to 10-inch wg: a. Ducts 3 to 14 Inches in Diameter: 24-gauge. b. Ducts 15 to 26 Inches in Diameter: 22-gauge. C. Ducts 27 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 20-gauge. D. Double-Wall (Insulated) Fittings: Fabricate double-wall (insulated) fittings with an outer shell and an inner liner. Dimensions indicated on internally insulated ducts are inside dimensions. 1. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature. 2. Outer Shell: Base outer-shell metal thickness on actual outer-shell dimensions. Fabricate outer-shell lengths 2 inches longer than inner shell and insulation. Use the same metal thicknesses for outer duct as for uninsulated fittings. 3. Insulation: 1-inch-thick fibrous-glass insulation, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate insulation where internally insulated duct connects to single-wall duct or uninsulated components. Terminate insulation and reduce outer duct diameter to nominal single-wall size. 4. Solid Inner Liner: Fabricate round inner liners with solid sheet metal of thickness listed below: 5. Maintain concentricity of liner to outer shell by mechanical means. Retain insulation from dislocation by mechanical means. E. Elbow Configuration: 1. Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-3, "Round Duct Elbows." a. Round Elbows, 8 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate stamped 44-, formed elbowsfor 45- and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30-, and 60-degree elbows. Stamped Die formed elbows shall be 20 gauge thick minimum with two-piece welded construction. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with mitered construction. b. Round Elbows, 9 through 12 Inches: Fabricate segmented (mitered) or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with mitered construction. C. Round Elbows, Larger than 12-Inches: Segmented (mitered) elbows for all bend angle configurations. d. Round Elbows, Segmented (mitered) Two-Piece 90-Degree: Use only where specifically indicated. Fabricate with single turning vane. F. Branch Configuration: METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 9 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are not permitted. a. 90-degree Tee Fittings: 1) Main to Branch (branch greater than 2/3 the diameter of main or 12-inch diameter branch): Use 90 degree conical tee fitting. 90-degree conical taps or 90-degree lateral fittings can be used for all others. 2) 45 degree lateral tee and 45-degree elbow in lieu of 90- degree tee fitting or tap on supply ductwork where space allows. b. 45-degree Tee Fittings: 1) Main to Branch (branch greater than 2/3 the diameter of main or 12-inch diameter branch): Use 45-degree lateral fitting. 45-degree lateral taps or 45-degree lateral can be used for all others. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories. B. Provide access panels every 50 feet on all medium pressure ductwork for inspection and duct clearing. C. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated. D. Install round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet, unless interrupted by fittings. E. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. F. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connections. G. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct. H. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. I. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. J. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. K. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, unless specifically indicated. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 10 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA L. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work. Allow for post-construction access to air terminals, volume dampers, and other components requiring maintenance and/or readjustment. M. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures, unless ductwork is intended to serve these spaces. N. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. O. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated combination fire/smoke damper or fire damper sleeve, and firestopping sealant. Fire, smoke and combination fire/smoke dampers are specified in Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 07 Section "Firestopping." 3.2 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING A. General: Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct seal class described in SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" corresponding to the pressure class given below. B. Pressure Classification: 1. 3-inch wg and Greater: Seal Class A; all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations. 2. Below 3-inch wg: Seal Class B; all transverse joints and longitudinal seams. C. Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation. 3.3 HANGING, RESTRAINING, AND SUPPORTING A. Install rigid round and rectangular metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." B. Install duct seismic restraints as indicated in Division 23, Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." C. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. D. Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor. E. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof-test) load. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 11 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA F. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete. G. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Unless indicated otherwise, connect metal ducts to rotating equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 23 Section "Duct Accessories." B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless indicated otherwise. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Leakage Test: 1. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems as required to accommodate leakage testing and as required for compliance with test requirements. 2. Conduct tests, in presence of Architect, at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If pressure classifications are not indicated, test entire system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. Give seven days' advance notice for testing. Test ducts in shafts prior to shaft enclosure. 3. Determine leakage from entire system or section of system by relating leakage to surface area of test section. 4. Maximum Allowable Leakage: Comply with requirements for Leakage Classification 3 for round ducts, Leakage Classification 12 for rectangular ducts in pressure classifications less than and equal to 2-inch wg (both positive and negative pressures), and Leakage Classification 6 for pressure classifications from 2- to 10-inch wg. 5. Remake leaking joints and retest until leakage is less than maximum allowable. 6. Leakage Test: Perform tests according to SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit test report. B. Duct System Cleanliness Tests: 1. Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present. 2. Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of HVAC Systems." a. Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm. C. Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 12 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA E. Leakage Test: Perform tests according to SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit test report for the following: 1. Ductwork constructed with a duct static pressure classification greater than 3-inch w.g. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for detailed procedures. 3.7 DUCT CLEANING A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. C. Particulate Collection and Odor Control: 1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles. 2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points of entry into building. D. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. E. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 13 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. 3.8 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel. B. Intermediate Reinforcement: 1. Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel. C. Liner: 1. Supply-Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, 1 inch thick. Use perforated metal liner for all supply ducts above 2500 fpm. 2. Return-Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, 1 inch thick, unless noted otherwise. 3. Transfer Ducts: Fibrous glass, 1 inch thick, unless noted otherwise. END OF SECTION 23 31 13 METAL DUCTS 2331 13 - 14 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 33 00 —AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames" for wall- and ceiling- mounted access doors and panels. 2. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for ductwork, duct liner and duct sealants. 3. Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for final positioning of manual-volume dampers. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Backdraft dampers. 2. Manual-volume dampers. 3. Turning vanes. 4. Duct-mounted access doors. 5. Flexible ducts. 6. Flexible connectors. 7. Screened openings. 8. Duct accessory hardware. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Backdraft dampers. 2. Manual-volume dampers. 3. Flexible connectors. 4. Flexible ducts. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and size of each field connection. Detail the following: 1. Special fittings and manual-volume-damper installations. C. Product Certificates: Submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss; self- noise power levels; and airflow performance data, static-pressure loss, dimensions, and weights. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA standards: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Backdraft Dampers: a. Ruskin. b. American Warming & Ventilating. C. Greenheck. 2.2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view. B. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/A 366M, cold-rolled sheets, commercial quality, with oiled, exposed matte finish. C. Aluminum Sheets: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, Temper H14, sheet form; with standard, one-side bright finish for ducts exposed to view and mill finish for concealed ducts. D. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063, Temper T6. E. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts. F. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.3 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. Description: Suitable for horizontal or vertical installations as indicated. B. Counterbalance Type: Extruded aluminum with counterbalanced blades; blades begin to open at minimum 0.01 inches w.g. and be fully open at minimum 0.05 inches w.g. Designed for maximum 3500 feet per minute spot velocity and up to 4-inches w.g. back pressure. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Frame: Minimum 0.125 inches thick extruded aluminum, braced at corners. 2. Blades: Minimum 0.070 inches thick extruded aluminum. Blade seals extruded vinyl, mechanically attached. 3. Bearings: Corrosion resistant, long life synthetic. 4. Linkage: 1/2-inch diameter tie bar with stainless steel pivot pins; mounted on blades. Adjustable counterbalance. C. Top-of-Blade Hinged Type: Extruded aluminum heavy duty backdraft dampers; blades begin to open at minimum 0.12 inches w.g. and be fully open at minimum of 0.20 inches w.g. Designed for maximum 3500 feet per minute spot velocity. 1. Frame: Minimum 0.125 inches thick extruded aluminum, braced at corners. 2. Blades: Minimum 0.70 inches thick extruded aluminum. Blade seals extruded vinyl, mechanical attached. 3. Bearings: Corrosion resistant, long life, synthetic. 4. Linkage: 1/2-inch diameter tie bar with stainless steel pivot pins; mounted on blades. 2.4 MANUAL-VOLUME DAMPERS A. General: Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class. 1. Pressure Classifications of 3-Inch wg or Higher: End bearings or other seals for ducts with axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft. B. Steel Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, opposed-blade design unless indicated otherwise, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 1. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized, sheet steel channels, minimum of 16 gauge thick, with mitered and welded corners; frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls; and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts. 2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 16 gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel. 3. Blade Axles: Galvanized steel. 4. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. C. Steel Low-Leakage Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, opposed-blade design unless indicated otherwise, low-leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications. 1. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized, sheet steel channels, minimum of 16 gauge thick, with mitered and welded corners; frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls; and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts. 2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 16 gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel. 3. Blade Seals: Vinyl. 4. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA D. Jackshaft: 1-inch diameter, galvanized steel pipe rotating within a pipe-bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple- damper assemblies. 1. Length and Number of Mountings: Appropriate to connect linkage of each damper of a multiple-damper assembly. E. Damper Regulators: Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch-thick zinc-plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting. 2.5 TURNING VANES A. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards-- Metal and Flexible." B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate of 1-1/2-inch-wide, curved blades set 3/4 inch o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches o.c.; and set into side strips suitable for mounting in ducts. C. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate of airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill. 2.6 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. General: Flame-retarded or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying with UL 181, Class 1. Fabricate designed to meet UL 214, NFPA 90A, airtight and waterproof. B. Standard Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3- inches wide attached to two strips of 3-inch-wide, minimum 24-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel or 0.032-inch aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with connected ducts. C. Extra-Wide Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 5- 3/4 inches wide attached to two strips of 3-inch-wide, minimum 24-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel or 0.032-inch aluminum sheets. Select metal compatible with connected ducts. D. Transverse Flanged Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2 inches wide attached to two strips of 4-3/8-inch-wide, 24-gauge thick, galvanized, sheet steel or 0.032-inch aluminum sheets formed for flanged type connection. Select metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Conventional, Indoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Woven nylon/polyester blend with vinyl coating. 1. Minimum Weight: 22 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 240 Ibf/inch in the warp, and 220 Ibf/inch in the filling. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA F. Conventional, Outdoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with a synthetic-rubber, weatherproof coating resistant to the sun's ultraviolet rays and ozone environment. 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 500 Ibf/inch in the warp, and 500 Ibf/inch in the filling. 2.7 FLEXIBLE DUCTS A. General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1, UMC Standard 6-1, and NFPA Standards 90A and 90B. B. Flexible Ducts, Insulated: Factory-fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket enclosing 1-inch-thick, glass-fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner. Rated for maximum pressures of 6-inches w.g. positive and 1-inch w.g. negative. 1. Reinforcement: Steel-wire helix encapsulated in inner liner. 2. Outer Jacket: Glass-reinforced, silver Mylar with a continuous hanging tab, integral fibrous-glass tape, and nylon hanging cord. 3. Inner Liner: Polyethylene film. C. Flexible Ducts, Uninsulated: Spiral-wound steel spring with reinforced flameproof vinyl sheathing. Rated for maximum pressures of 10-inches w.g. positive and 2-inches w.g. negative and maximum velocity of 4000 fpm. 2.8 SCREENED OPENINGS A. Screened Openings: 16-gauge steel angle frame enclosing 1/2-inch mesh, 14- gauge galvanized steel wire screen. 2.9 ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments, and length to suit duct insulation thickness. B. Splitter Damper Accessories: Zinc-plated damper blade bracket; 1/4-inch, zinc- plated operating rod; and a duct-mounted, ball-joint bracket with flat rubber gasket and square-head set screw. C. Flexible Duct Clamps: Stainless-steel band with cadmium-plated hex screw to tighten band with a worm-gear action, in sizes 3 to 18 inches to suit duct size. D. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. E. Concealed Damper Regulators: Gear operated linkage, minimum 3/8-inch diameter, steel rod, chrome plated ceiling cover, flush mount. AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts. B. Volume Dampers: 1. Install volume dampers at all diffuser and grille duct connections. Place as far upstream as layout and accessibility allow. 2. Install manual volume dampers in lined duct; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner. C. Concealed Damper Regulators: Install concealed damper regulators in locations where manual volume dampers are inaccessible above ceilings or behind walls. D. Damper Actuators: Actuators shall not be mounted in the air stream. E. Maximum length of flexible duct is six feet. F. Provide instrument test holes where indicated. G. Install duct access panels for access to both sides of duct coils and every 50- feet of duct run for general inspection. Install duct access panels downstream from branch volume dampers, fire dampers, combination fire/smoke dampers, turning vanes, and equipment. 1. Install duct access panels to allow access to interior of ducts for cleaning, inspecting, adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units. 2. Install access panels on side of duct where adequate clearance is available. H. Label access doors according to Division 23 Section "Identification for Mechanical Piping and Equipment." 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings. B. Final positioning of manual-volume dampers is specified in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for Mechanical." END OF SECTION 23 33 00 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 34 00 — FANS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 07 for roof curbs and equipment supports not provided with units. 2. Division 26 sections for power supply wiring, field installed disconnects, electrical devices, and motor controllers. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Ceiling Cabinet Fans. B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include roof curbs for roof- mounted exhaust fans. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Project Altitude: Base air ratings on actual site elevations. B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99. C. Fan Schedule: The following information is described in an equipment schedule on the Drawings. 1. Fan performance data including capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics. 2. Fan arrangement including wheel configuration, inlet and discharge configurations, and required accessories. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 15050 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: FANS 23 34 00 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Ceiling Cabinet Fans. C. Shop Drawings: None required. D. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Factory authorized service representative report. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 and that are listed and labeled by UL. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures specified in this Section that are listed and labeled by UL. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. C. AMCA Compliance: Provide products that meet performance requirements and are licensed to use the AMCA Seal. D. NEMA Compliance: Provide components required as part of fans that comply with applicable NEMA standards. E. Testing Requirements: The following factory tests are required as indicated: 1. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings From Laboratory Test Data." Test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA Seal. 2. Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions by field measurements. Verify clearances. B. Do not operate fans until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings are lubricated, and fans have been commissioned. 1.7 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the size and location of structural steel support members. B. Coordinate the installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. Roof specialties are specified in Division 07 Sections. FANS 23 34 00 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver fans as factory-assembled units, to the extent allowable by shipping limitations, with moisture proof protective crating and covering. B. Lift and support units with the manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points. C. Fans shall not be exposed to moisture or dust during construction or storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ceiling Cabinet Fans: a. ACME Engineering & Mfg. Corp. b. Cook (Loren) Co. C. Greenheck Fan Corp. d. Penn Ventilation. 2.2 CEILING CABINET FANS A. Description: Centrifugal fans designed for installing in ceiling or wall applications. B. Construction: 22-gauge galvanized steel lined with acoustical insulation, complete with backdraft damper. C. Fan Wheel: Centrifugal forward curved wheel directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds, motor, and fan wheel shall be removable for service. D. Motor: Open drip proof type with permanently lubricated sealed bearings and include impedance or thermal overload protection. E. Grille: Aluminum, coated with baked enamel, white. F. Accessories: The following items are required as indicated: 1. Variable Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 percent to 50 percent, mount[on fan housing. 2. Roof or Wall Caps: Complete with integral flashing and birdscreen. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for roof and wall types. FANS 23 34 00 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements of installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the fans. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install fans according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Support units using the external vibration-control devices as indicated. Vibration- control devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1. Suspend units from structural steel support frame using threaded steel rods and vibration isolation springs. 2. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure using steel wire or metal straps. C. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. D. Label units according to requirements specified in Division 23 Section "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. B. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements in Division 26 Sections. C. Grounding: Ground equipment. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of a factory-authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly of components and installation of fans, including duct and electrical connections, and to report results in writing. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. FANS 23 34 00 -4 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA B. Lubricate bearings. 3.6 CLEANING A. After completing installation, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris, and repair damaged finishes including chips, scratches, and abrasions. B. Clean fan interiors to remove foreign material and construction debris. Vacuum clean fan wheel and cabinet. 3.7 START-UP PROCEDURES A. Final Checks before Startup: Perform the following operations and checks before startup: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections for piping, ducts, and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnects. 3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section. 4. Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory- recommended lubricants. 5. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in the fully open position. 6. Disable automatic temperature-control operators. B. Starting procedures for fans are as follows: 1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust fan to indicated RPM. 2. Measure and record motor voltage and amperage. C. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators. D. Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for procedures for air-handling-system testing, adjusting, and balancing. E. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance. B. Review data in the operation and maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." FANS 23 34 00 - 5 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA C. Schedule 1 hours training with Owner, through Architect, with at least 7 days' advance notice. D. Demonstrate operation of fans. Conduct walking tour of the Project. Briefly identify location and describe function, operation, and maintenance of each power ventilator. END OF SECTION 23 34 00 FANS 23 34 00 - 6 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA SECTION 23 82 39 — ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes electric wall heaters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: See Section 23 05 00 for general requirements of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Reports and Certificates, and Operation and Maintenance data submittals. B. Product Data: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Electric Wall Heaters. C. Wiring diagrams detailing power and control wiring and differentiating clearly between manufacturer-installed wiring and field-installed wiring. D. Reports and Certificates: Provide submittals of the following: 1. Field test reports from a qualified independent inspecting and testing agency indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with performance requirements of unit heaters. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation. B. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled. 1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100. 2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7. 3. AGA Approval: Show label of American Gas Association. ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS 23 82 39 - 1 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1.5 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Heat Exchanger: Submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to replace components within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers failure due to normal conditions of use. 1. Special Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide unit heaters and cabinet heaters by one of the following: 1. Electric Wall Heater: a. King Electric. b. Indeeco C. Trane 2.2 ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS A. Description: Assembly including chassis, electric heating coil, fan, motor, and controls. Comply with UL 2021. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application C. Electric-Resistance Heating Coil: Steel sheathed heating tubes in furnace-brazed, plate finned, block design. D. Fan and Motor: Aluminum propeller directly connected to motor. Heavy Duty cast iron, permanently lubricated. E. Unit Control: Provide remote thermostat with locking cover. ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS 23 82 39 - 2 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive unit heaters and cabinet heaters for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of units. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install unit heaters and cabinet heaters as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions and NFPA 90A. B. Install and connect gas-fired unit heaters and associated fuel and vent features and systems, installed and connected according to NFPA 54, applicable local codes and regulations, and manufacturer's printed installation instructions. C. Install controls as specified in Division 23 Section "Instrumentation and Control for HVAC." D. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 26 Sections. 1. Install electrical devices furnished with heaters but not specified to be factory mounted. E. Connect heaters and components to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by manufacturer. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust burner and other unit components for optimum heating performance and efficiency. Adjust heat distribution features, including louvers, vanes, shutters, dampers, and reflectors, to provide optimum heat distribution for objects, personnel, and spaces served. B. After completing system installation, inspect heaters and associated components. Repair scratches and mars of finish to match original finish. Clean unit internally using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. C. Replace filters in each cabinet heater at completion of construction. 3.4 START-UP PROCEDURES A. Start-up Services: Provide start-up service, as specified below. ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS 23 82 39 - 3 City of Arlington Innovation Center Remodel Arlington, WA 1. Start units and operate controls and safeties. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until specified requirements are met. END OF SECTION 23 82 39 ELECTRIC WALL HEATERS 23 82 39 -4 PROJECT TEAM ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES PROJECT DATA DRAWING INDEX OWNER 1. IN GENERAL.PLAN DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO FACE OF STUD OR CITY OF ARLINGTON ABV ABOVE AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR JNT JOINT FACE Or:DRAWINGS.USEETE.UNLESS CALCULATED DIMENSIONS ONLY. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS ISE NOTED.DO NOT SCALE THESE PROPERTY INFORMATION ARCHITECTURAL ONS 238 NORTH OLYMPIC AVENUE AC TILE ACOUSTICAL TILE LVL LEVEL DATUM.AND LEVELS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT PROPERTY ADDRESS 404 N OLYMPIC AVE A-0.0 COVER SHEET ARLINGTON.WA 98229 ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL L LONG,LINE IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. ARLINGTON,WA 98225 C-1.0 EXISTING CONDITIONS SITE PLAN DEMO SITE PLAN PHONE: 1360)403-3441 ACT ACTUAL LAV LAVATORY 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BUILDING CODE 2015 IEBC/2015 1FC A-1.0 PROPOSED SITE PLAN FAX: AL ALUMINUM LIN LINOLEUM INITIATING THE WORK. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. ENERGY CODE 2019 WASHINGTON STATE NREC A-2.0 EXISTING CONDITIONS-DEMOLITION PLAN CARLETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. EMAIL: pellia0ci.arlington.m.ua ARCH ARCHITECTURAL LT LIGHT PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN CONTACT: PAUL ELLIS 9. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE 2015 IEBC.IFC.IPC,IMC AS AMENDED BY CODES. FIRE SPRINKLERS NO A-2.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN architecture,planning,Interior design A TILE ASPHALT TILE STATE.PROJECT SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH THE 2015 NREC AND THE VIACQ CODES. ARCHITECT AVG AVERAGE MAR MARBLE PROJECT SHALL ALSO COMPLY W/ JURISDICTIONAL CODE AMENDMENTS BY THE LOCAL FIRE AL ROOF PLANARM NO A-2.2 SCHEDULES 116 EAST FIR STREET MO MASONRY OPENING AGENCY. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING NECESSARY PERMITS 6 CARLETTI ARCHITECTS.P.S. INSPECTIONS TO COMPLETE THE WORK. CONTRACTOR TO HAVE CURRENT VALID CITY A-9.0 BUILDING ELEVATIONS SUITE A 116 FIR STREET.SUITE A BFF BOTTOM FINISH FLOOR MFR MANUFACTURE OR COUNTY BUSINESS LICENSE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF PERMIT.WHEN REQUIRED BY LAW. ZONING SECTIONS MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 MOUNT VERNON.WA.98273 BILKS BLOCKING MATL MATERIAL ZONING: OLD TOWN BUSINESS DISTRICT-2 BR BRICK MAX MAXIMUM 4. ERRORS.OMISSIONS.AND DISCREPANCIES.IF ANY.SHALL BE REFERRED A-4.0 DETAILS PHONE: (360)424-5726 CURRENT USE SERVICE AUTO REPAIR GARRAGE Phone: (3601 424-5726 BOS BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE MECH MECHANICAL TO THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY FOR DIRECTION OF HOW TO PROCEED. )) 0394 FAX: vid 424-5726 NEW USE OFFICE Fax: 360 424-5726 EMAIL:davidOcarleftiarchifecte.com MTL METAL S. VERIFY ALL ROUGH-IN DIMENSIONS FOR EQUIPMENT PROVIDED IN THE CONTRACT BY CONTACT: DAVID WILSON MIN MINIMUM OTHERS PROVIDE ALL BLOCK-OUTS.BLOCKING.BACKING AND JACKS REQUIRED FOR SITE SF/ACRES: .16 ACRE SITE CPT CARPET MUL MULLION DUCTS.PIPES.CONDUITS.EQUIPMENT.FIXTURES.AND CABINETS. VERIFY SIZE AND PARCEL / TAX ID MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR CLG CEILING 6. LOCATION.DO NOT SIGNIFICANTLY VARY OR MODIFY THE WORK SHOWN.EXCEPT M-1.0 COVER SHEET CEM CEMENT NAT NATURAL UPON WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF THE ARCHITECT. PARCEL:00529900800002 M-1.1 SCHEDULES AND DETAILS �Zy TO BE DETERMINED rL CENTER LINE 7. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: M-2.0 PLUMBING BELOW GRADE PLAN DEMO E STERED NA NOT APPLICABLE XXX C TO C CENTER TO CENTER NAM NOMINAL SEWER SEPTIC.WATER.GAS.POWER.AND TELEPHONE. CAP.MARK AND PROTECT. TWN./ RNG./ SEC. M-2.1 PLUMBING PLAN DEMO HITECT X.WA.XXXX CT CERAMIC TILE TWN 91 RNG 05 SEC 02 SE M-2.2 HVAC FLOOR PLAN DEMO PHONE: (XXXI XXX-XXX CLO CLOSET NIC NOT IN THIS CONTRACT S. DETAILS ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE INTENT OF THE DESIGN.MINOR MODIFICATION M-9.0 PLUMBING BELOW GRADE PLAN NEW FAX: (XXXI XXX-XXXX NTS NOT TO SCALE MAY BE REQUIRED TO INCLUDE D THE DIMENSIONS THE WORKONS AND SUCH THE CONTRACT. M-9.1 PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN NEW CW COLD WATER MODIFICATIONS SHALLP It wawi0010N EMAIL.XX9XX.00m NO,} NUMBER LEGAL DESCRIPTIONS M-9.2 HVAC FLOOR PLAN NEW CONTACT: XXX XXX COL COLUMN 0. PROVIDE CLOSURE.MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL GOVERNING MC CONC CONCRETE OC ON CENTER AUTHORITIES.AT RATED PARTITIONS.FLOORS,CEILINGS,AND ROOF 0 yMOE.OFTNS SOFAS 07 TO ARL 8FT LOT BIK 008 D-00 S 78 FT OF LOTS CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT OD OUTSIDE DIMENSION LOCATIONS. ALL REQUIRED FIRE-RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE ELECTRICAL CONST CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. 0/ OVER SETBACKS E-1.1 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN 8 LEGEND CONT CONTINUOUS OVHD OVERHEAD 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT PLANS OF ALL TRADES,INCLUDING NO CHANGES TO EXISTING FOOTPRINT(OK) E-2.0 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN COORD COORDINATE DESIGN-BUILD DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.TO VERIFY A REMODEL FOR: CDR CORRIDOR SIZE.WEIGHT.POWER.LOCATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATION E-2.1 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE PNT PAINT OF THOSE ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. BUILDING HEIGHT E-9.1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN CITY OF ARLINGTON PTO PAINTED NO CHANGES TO EXISTING(OK) E-4.1 ELECTRICAL ANCILLARIES PLAN INNOVATION CENTER PL PLASTER.PLATE 11. NO BUILDING OR PORTION OF A BUILDING SHALL BE OCCUPIED OR USED E-4.2 ELECTRICAL ANCILLARIES DETAILS DTL DETAIL FOR STORAGE PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE CERTIFICATE E-8.1 ELECTRICAL POWER RISER PLAN 8 DIAGRAM SCHEDULES 404 NORTH OLYMPIC AVE P LAM PLASTIC LAMINATE OF OCCUPANCY.NO EXCEPTIONS. PARKING K I N G DIA DIAMETER E-7.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ARLINGTON. WA STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PLYWD PLYWOOD DIM DIMENSION PT POST-TENSIONED CONCRETE 12. FIRE!A PERMITS ARE REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING.MECH.. NO CHANGES TO EXISTING(OKI.ELEC..FIRE SPRINKLER. E-7.2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 98223 DO DITTO FIRE A DAVIDO 6 ASSOCIATES ALARM SYSTEMS 8 SIGNAGE. 2124 RIVERSIDE DRIVE.SUITE 211 PRESSURE-TREATED WOOD DR DOOR 13. ALL EXPOSED EXTERIOR SHEET METAL SHALL BE GALVANIZED.PRIMED AND PAINTED. LANDSCAPING DEFERRED SUBMITTALS MOUNT VERNON.WA 98273 ADDITIONAL LANDSCAPING BEING PROVIDED(OK) ON DOWN QT QUARRY TILE NONE REQUIRED PHONE:360-809-1100 EXT:301 14. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT W/CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED. D.S. DOWNSPOUT FAX:12061 529-1012 DWG DRAWING RL RAIN LEADER PRESSURE TREATED WOOD SHALL BE USED FOR WOOD MEMBERS WHICH BUILDING CODE DATA/ EMAIL.JordaMdc r en .com REF REFRIGERATOR. FORM THE STRUCTURAL SUPPORT of BALCONIES,DECKS.OR PORCHES SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REQUIRED CONTACT: JORDAN JJANICKI OF DRINKING FOUNTAIN REFERENCE ETC.WHEN SUCH MEMBERS ARE EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER. OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS REINF REINFORCING BAR 16, SLOPE ALL DECKS.PATIOS.AND WALKWAYS AWAY FROM BUILDING EXISTING OCCUPANCY F-1-AUTO SERVICE(CHANGE OF OCCUPANCY) NONE REQUIRED MECHANICAL ENGINEER EA EACH REV REVISION MINIMUM OF 1/87FT FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE. NEW OCCUPANCY B-OFFICE HARRIS GROUP ELEC ELECTRICAL R RISER,RADIUS 20201 CEDAR VALLEY RD.STE 120 ELEV.EL ELEVATION 18. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINTS IN ALL CONCRETE SLABS AS REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION TYPE V-B IIB1 ALLOWABLE(2)STORY 0,000 S.F. EQ EQUAL RM.RMS ROOM.ROOMS TO PREVENT CRACKING.SAW CUT ALL SLABS AS REQ'D. EXISTING FIRST FLOOR 1.080 S.F.(OKI LYNNWOOD.WA 98056 RO ROUGH OPENING 17. PROVIDE FIREBLOCKING.DRAFTSTOPS.AND FIRESTOPS IN ATTICS.FLOORS. PHONE: (425)774-3829 EXISTING AND WALL CAVITIES AS REQUIRED PER THE UBC. (NO CHANGES TO EXISTING SQUARE FOOTAGE) FAX: (425)672-2084 IEI EXIST EXTERIOR SCHED SCHEDULE 18. ROOF DRAINS.AND OVERFLOW DRAINS SHALL COMPLY W/THE IPC 8 IBC. OCCUPANT LOAD/ EXIT REQUIREMENTS EMAIL: kevin.yamada0harriegroup.com SEC SECTION AND WALL CAVITIES AS REQUIRED PER THE IBC. CONTACT: KEVIN YAMADA PO FACE OF.FINISH OPENING SHT SHEET ROOM AREA OCC. OCC. EXITS REQ'D 10. DRAWINGS INDICATE GENERAL AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER FRP FIBERGLASS REINF POLYESTERSV SHEET VINYL WHERE CONDITIONS ARE NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED BUT ARE OF NAME FACTO LOAD OFFICE 88 100 .BB 1 EXIT PROVIDED(OKI K-ENGINEERS FIN FINISH SC SOLID CORE SIMILAR CHARACTER TO DETAILS SHOWN.SIMILAR DETAILS OF 208 3rd STREET PAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR SPECS SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION SHALL Be USED SUBJECT TO REVIEW BY THE ARCHITECT. 688 15 45.86 (1)EXIT PROVIDED IOKI LYNDEN.WA 98264 PANEL SF SQUARE FEET 20. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE MEANS, 85 100 .5 (1)EXIT PROVIDED IOKI (3601 354. FD FIRE DAMPER S 6 V STAIN 6 VARNISH METHODS.TECHNIQUES,SEQUENCES OR PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. LOBBY 195 100 195 (11 EXIT PROVIDED IOKI PHONE: RESTROOMS 124 0 0.00 (1)EXIT PROVIDED IOKI FAX: 9801354-67794 FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER SV SHEET VINYL 21. CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN ONE SET OF THE PLANS TO NOTE AND DOCUMENT ALLIT 19-333 EMAIL. eteveteveldefk-engineere.com FF FACTORY FINISH STRWY STAIRWAY CHANGES DURING CONSTRUCTION. THE SET SHALL BE A PART OF THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB TOTAL LOBO 48.54 (2)EXITS PROVIDED(OKI CONTACT: STEVE TEVELDE FF FINISH FLOOR STL STEEL CLOSE-OUT PACKAGE TO THE OWNER. CLOSE-OUT PACKAGE SHALL INCLUDE: FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED STOR STORAGE 111 SET OF SHOP DRAWINGS.PRODUCT LITERATURE.EQUIPMENT WARRANTEE MANUALS. FLASH FLASHING STRUCT STRUCTURAL 22. CONTACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE AS REQUIRED PLUMBING CALCULATIONS FLR FLOOR SUSP SUSPENDED FOR NAILING OF ALL INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR TRIMS,FINISHES,AND FIXTURES. THE REVISIONS: F.A. FLUID-APPLIED THRESH THRESHOLD CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR ALL THE NECESSARY FRAMING AND BRACING FOR THE (BI OCCUPANCY LESS THAN 15 OCCUPANTS 11)RESTROOM REQUIRED FND FOUNDATION T.O. TOP OF INSTALLATION OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS SUCH AS SIGNAGE.MENU BOARDS ETC. (2)FULL RESTROOMS PROVIDED WITH(1)WC/(1)LAV EA.RR.(OKI 6-27-19 PRELIM SET FDIC FURNISHED BY OWNER. T TREAD.THICKNESS 23. WHERE EXISTING WORK IS DAMAGED,CUT,OR DEFACED DUE TO PERFORMANCE 11/15/19 BID SET/PERMIT SET INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TEMPERED OF NEW WORK,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PATCH AND REPAIR SAME TO MATCH ADJOINING FOIO FURNISHED BY OWNER. TS TUBE STEEL SURFACES. REPAIRED FINISHES SHALL BE EXTENDED TO THE NEAREST VISUAL FIRE FLOW INSTALLED BY OWNER TYP TYPICAL BREAK LINES SUCH AS CORNERS.CEILING LINES.TOP OF BASE OR SIMILAR. EXISTING(NO CHANGE IN BUILDING SF)IOKI FCIC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR, 24. THESE DRAWINGS ARE THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT SYMBOLS INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR UNOUNPIN UNLESS NOD ED OTHERWISE ARCH AND ITECT ECTAY E REPRODUCED ONLY AUTHORIZED REPRODUCTIONS ITH E WRITTEN UST BEAR THESSION Or NAME OF THE RATED WALLS GA GAUGE UR URINAL THE ARCHITECT. NONE REQUIRED-EXISITNG USE ' NORTH ARROW GALV GALVANIZED VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE GAP GENERATOR ALARM PANEL VERT VERTICAL GL GLASS VIN VINYL \J GRID LINE GWB GYPSUM WALLBOARD VR VAPOR RETARDER PROJECT SITE VTO VENT TO OUTSIDE HC HANDICAP WC WATER CLOSET A HOW: HARDWARE WP WATERPROOFING _ .a BUILDING SECTION HP HEAT PUMP WS WHEEL STOP '^ HT HEIGHT W WIDTH 1 - SHEET TITLE _ , HM HOLLOW METAL WOO WINDOW a' WALL SECTION HOR HOSE BIB w/ WITH z a.o HB HOSE BIB 3 � COVER SHEET Wp wooD HW HOT WATER WI WROUGHT IRON z �. 2 DETAIL HWT HOT WATER TANK WRGB WATER RESISTANT A.8.0 HMD HOLLOW METAL DOOR GYPSUM BOARD HMF HOLLOW METAL FRAME ZINC. ZINCALUME y z GENERICNOTES TOILET PROPERTY CORNER 4 < a' PER ICC A117.1-2000 INTERSECTION ID INSIDE DIMENSION a n 'a 1.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE MINIMUM. INSUL INSULATION rt I E 2.OVER AND UNDER DIMENSIONS INDICATE ACCEPTABLE LIMITS. TOP OF SUBFLOOR INT INTERIOR z T 9.DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE ACCEPTABLE MINIMUM.AND MAY BE ELEVATION MARK o ® p z EL.10'-10 1/2' ` c USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH OTHERS AS SHOWN. 3 m 404 N Z 4.EXPOSED DRAIN PIPES AND ALL WATER PIPES SHALL BE RECESSED, m W4th St Olympic A- INSULATED OR GUARDED TO PREVENT BURN ACCIDENTS. 26.00'(NEWT SPOT ELEVATION E N E R G Y CODE W q5h 5t m E 4th st E 4th S.GRAB BARS SHALL BE 1 1/4'TO 1 1/2'OUTSIDE DIA.AND SHALL BE 23.72'IEXIST.) ABLE TO SUPPORT A 500 LB LIVE LOAD WITHOUT PERMANENT DEFLECTION. 8.PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES ARE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ROOM-NAME101 ROOM NAME/NUMBER BUILDING ENVELOPE 1 ONLY.REFER TO ACTUAL PLANS.INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.SPECIFICATIONS.ECT. FOR SPECIFIC FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES FOR THIS PROJECT. O1 DOOR MARK 1.SLAB INSULATION.IF ANY SHALL CONFORM TO THE SPECIFICATIONS 7.ALL HANDICAPPED TOILET ROOMS FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SHALL AND.IF EXPOSED.SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE FROM ALL COMPLY W/CHAPTER 11 AMEDNED OF THE 2012 IBC.ICC A117.7.2009. DAVID WILSON i PROJECT ARCHITECT: SOURCES. v✓sry B.ADDITIONAL FIXTURES SHALL Be MOUNTED AS FOLLOWS: O WINDOW MARK 2.ALL INSULATION SHALL BE OF THE THICKNESS AND DENSITY AS g T.P.DISP. IF LOCATED ABOVE GRAB BAR SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN LOCATED AREA w3rdst EardSt TH MIN.AND 96'MAX.FROM REAR WALL.WHERE DISPENSER IS ATEDI BELOW DAVID WILSON PRESCRIBED IN THE PLANS.INSULATION SHALL D INSTALLED THE GRAB BAR.THE OUTLET OF THE DISPENSER SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN AN DRAWN BY: a ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURERS'RECOMMENDATIONS. AN AREA 24'MIN.AND 42'MAX.FROM THE REAR WALL.THE OUTLET OF THE u 3.DOORS AND GLAZING SHALL BE OF THE TYPE AND SIZE OF THOSE m w DISPENSER SHALL BeLOCATED 18'MIN.AND 48'MAX.AF.F.DISPENSER SHALL FLOOR MATERIAL PETER J CARLETTI z ADJACENCY PRESCRIBED IN THE PLAN.U-VALUES SHALL MEET OR BE LESS THAN m i a' „ COMPLY WITH SECTION 800.9.DISPENSERS SHALL NOT BE OF A TYPE THAT v THOSE SHOWN ON THE PLAN. c z ¢' CONTROL DELIVERY.OR DO NOT ALLOW CONTINUOUS PAPER FLOW. CHECKED BY. ALIGN 4.AIR LEAKAGE IS CONTROLLED BY SEALING OR CAULKING ALL JOINTS E ALLOW MIN.1-1/2'BETWEEN G.B.AND DISP. MNT.SOAP DISPENSER ALIGNMENT OF ITEM AND GAPS IN FRAMING.SEALANTS SHALL BE OF THE NON-HARDENING m E MAX.40'A.F.F. BTM.EDGE OF MIRROR MAX.40'A.F.F. JUN E 17, 2019 Q TYPE. 0.PROVIDE ADA SIGNAGE PER IBC 2012 AND ICC A117.1.2000. DATE 1 REVISION MARK 5.WALL.CEILING AND SLAB INSULATION SHALL BE AS CALLED tZ„ z 10.SEE ACTUAL TOILET ROOM PLANS FOR ACTUAL DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT. Z OUT ON THE APPROVED PLANS AND SHALL CONFORM TO STANDARDS 11.PROVIDE OPEN ENDED TOILET SEATS PER IPC 409.2.3. S\,ARCH\19\DRAWINGS\19-333 REGARDING DENSITIES AND R-VALUES.AN APPROPRIATE MOISTURE 12.T.O.W.C.SEAT MIN.17/MAX.10'A.F.F.SEAT SHALL NOT RETURN AUTOMATICALLY. COMPUTER FILE NAME BARRIER SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WARM SIDE OF THE EXPOSED 15. FLUSH CONTROLS HAND OPERATED OR AUTOMATIC. 1 WALLS.IT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND SEALED. 14. MAX.DEPTH OF LAV.BOWL TO BE 6-1/2'DEEP. HAND OPERATED FAUCETS, INTERIOR ELEVATION 6.FRAMING ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE APPROVED ,, V I C I N I T Y M A P SELF-CLOSING SHALL REMAIN' FOR MIN.10 SECONDS. 2 -7.0 4 15.FRONT OF LAV.TO BE MAX.94 A.F.F.MEASURED TO RIM OF SINK. MARKS PLANS. 9 N.T.S. A � 0 . 0 + COPYRIGHT 2019 CARLeT ARCHITCCTS.PS. 0 I o A I A ZONING OLD TOWN BUSINESS DISTRICT-2 I LANDSCAPING FOR GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION ONLY _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ EXIS ING — — POW R POLE �a� p CARLETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. NOTE: SITE UTILITY LINES ARE SHOWN FOR GRAPHIC �/ ul / architecture,planning,interior design k NEW REPRESENTATION ONLY. REI�VE ovHD POWER I} EXt9TING }/ SUITE A EAST FIR STREET SERVICE PER OVHb SERVICE ELECTRICAL MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 SET LEAD d TACK LOT 11 Phone: (360) 424-0394 WITH BRASS WASHER Fax: 360 424-5726 SET LEAD d TACK } WITH BRASS WASHER a PROPERTY LINE I C, SDCB It w — — — PROPERTY LINE IMa1L�0T— X TOP 4' CONC OWS=11 77'I w o o { �5 I gy 6 EXPOSED SOIL EXISTIN — �'O AREA TO REMAIN IMPERVIOUS EXIS TIN I FENCE SURFACE TO IMPERVIOUS 0.4'SOUTH 4x4CRETE REMOVE EXIST. SURFACE�BAC D THE TUBE STEEL I X REMAIN A T CURB DUMPSTER REMAIN CONCRE E TRELLIS PRIME/. -8.0 0 RETE FACE OF BANNERS F.O.LG S E LK ICURB �— r _ A REMODEL FOR: 4' 3 e� EA. 1-/2'STL. HA NO 12 BI REMOVE LANDSCAPING I EXISTING I — CITY OF ARLINGTON F.O.LO_� O. T.• EA. E .SIDE EXT NO 12' M In 7CONCRETE — I EXPOSED E SIDE AD o /7—/ I so 6' CHAIN LINK INNOVATION CENTER RAISED 18'H.CONC. ` N. 40'-5d VO /I — — � FENCE 404 NORTH OLYMPIC AVE BENCH W/S.S.SKATE PS $'-8' 21-8F I I / / // Al RAISED 18'H.CONC. — — ------- -------- TON. WA BENCH 13I SIDES w EXI TING EXIS �I — — ------- 98223 sw ': CON RET /� CONCRETE CURB W/S.S.SKATE STOPS EXISTING J 5E ER LINE SIDE AL EXISTING INSTALL 131 2'PVC BUILDING FOOTPRINT rl CI TO REPLAC EXISTING ROOF OVERHA G N0 ORK BUILDING FOOTPRINT WEEP HOLES TO ALLOY' 1,075 S.F. w ss s ss 1.075 S.F. I ABOVE . FOR WATER TO DRAIN of D I EXPOSED z LOT 10 4'THICK SCORED R.R. F CONCRETE 17 EASTING 1 R. FLR. COLOf�ED CONCRETE O 115:0' a z SOIL CONCRETE IM 874.86' J SHOP FLR. I I WATER METER REMOVE r W/#49 18'O.C. a >- 115.50' SHOP FLR. 115.04'RAISE rn r EXISTING 115,04' w TO 115.4 0' o C 0 N C R E T E — DECORATIVE I' t o HOOP BIKE I a SIDEWALK a ROCKS SMALL 8 I I SDCB DOOR OPENINGS - o OFFICE FLR. RACK F.O.LC. OFFICE FLR. �� MEDIUM F.O.I.C. 115.40' INSTALL CON'. Ks I M413.74' a � 115.40' RDM fl 50I PAD AS REQ' I / TOP 0 S- .371SWI $i 6. BOTT M q 5412.85' 41 / //' VE i0 LANDSCAPE a J /1�� 3 m DMH REMOVE L/�i EXISTING CONCRETE F.O.I.O. w w NEW 4'CONCRETE ��ROn"F RHA G z DECORATIVE BIKE RACK wo F.O.I.C. INSTALL CONCI SIDEWALK BROOM FINISH i R[M=774.2 rn CONCRETE 1 ABOVE LOWER OUTSIDE o a 1 PAD AS REQ':D. I W/SCORED JOINTS F- EXPOSED I FACE OF BUILDING LOT 9 No V) / ASPHALT 1 ROOF SUPPOR SOIL SOFFIT •1258' o INSTALL 4'CONG I o (n D L ER OUTSIDE COLUMN a a N a r 8'W CONC.CAST - SLAB a EXPOSED 720' R.O.W. / E OF CANOP�' 19-333 _ x CURB OL EXISTIN SOIL AREA E -127.5' GAS PUMP w a N a I ��� IMPERVIOUS I��\ c ISgAND — I SURFACE TO FENCE $�L�. `EXISTING EXISTING 1 REMAIN I 0.5'SOUTH REVISIONS: 6'X 18'HIGH IMPERVIOUS CONC.CURB 77 ABOVE VERHANG SURFACE TO I p EA�SIDE OF 7 11480 j 6-27-19 PRELIM SET 4' HICK CO C.RAMP VERIFYPROPERTY LINE > ————————— BUSINESS SIGN ON !AD EXISTIN —TOP TOP TOP TOP TOP 30'CONCRETE BASE 10/31/19 BID SET/PERMIT SET CROSSW LK _ ROVERIFY I1EXISTING XO WA ®M / SIKe RICRO WALK N\ EXISTING EXISTI N. OLY PI AVE. (RAILROAD AVE.) WATER METER STREET L HT/ AN. 0LY PI AVE. (RAILR AD " H L SDCB AVE.)/1 RIM•114.53' 0 3 o � _ —— SD — �� " — SD — ——SD —— � � ——SD —— 5D — / — '— 50 ' � SHEET TITLE: DMH IM=114.85' SDMH SITE DEMO PLAN 12"DI W ' 12"DI W 12"DI W 12"DI W 12"DI W 12'DI W RIM-114.78' 12"DI W "DIIW 12"DI W 12'DI W 12"DI W 12 DI W 1' PROPOSED SITE PLAN c, PROPOSED SITE PLAN =\ SITE DEMO PLAN =\ SCALE: 1'-10'-0' / SCALE: 1'-10'-0' / SITE PLAN NOTES: ZONING: LEGEND: 1. CONNECT ALL DOWNSPOUTS TO PVC TIGHTLINES AND OLD TOWN BUSINESS DISTRICT- 2 NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK CONNECT TO STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM PER CIVIL DRAWINGS. PERMITTED USE -OFFICE INEW USEI 2.VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING POWER,COMM., SEWER,WATER BUILDING SETBACKS NEW ASPHALT DAVID WILSON GAS,AND STORM DRAINAGE LINES PRIOR To CONSTRUCTION NO CHANGES TO EXISTING FOOTPRINT(OKI PROJECT ARCHITECT: 3.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING GRADES AND PROPERTY LINES BUILDING HEIGHT AREA OF CURB/GUTTER DEMOLITION NOTES: DAVID WILSON 4. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CONDUIT AND POWER FROM POWER -EXISTING NO CHANGE-(OKI AREA OF RETAINING WALL/CAST CURB DRAWN BY: VAULT AND TELEPHONE/DATA SERVICE TO BUILDING TYP. SITE SQUARE FOOTAGE 1. SITE PLAN INFORMATION IS INTENDED TO 5.OWNER TO INSTALL GAS PIPING TO BUILDING AS REO'D AREA OF EXTRUDED CURB ILLUSTRATE THE OVERALL SITE PLAN. REFER TO PETER J CARLETTI FOR SERVICE AND NEW WATER LINE AND SIDE SEWER TO BLDG. 6,880 SF OR .16 ACRES EXISTING CATCH BASIN EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL LEGEND, CHECKED BY:INFORMATION ON DEMOLISHED ITEMS. 8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SHOEBOX TYPE SITE COVERAGE ��4 AREAS OF EXISTING ASPHALT TO LUMINAIRE.POLE MOUNTED.SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS. -EXISTING(NO CHANGEI O SITE LIGHT PER ELECTRICAL 2. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING SITE BE REMOVED JUNE 17. 2019 CONDITIONS.ITEMS TO BE REMOVED 6 ALL EXISTING LLl-1-1/—A DATE BUILDING SQUARE FOOTAGE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BUILDING. NOTIFY ARCHITECT S\ARC H\19\DRAWINGS\19-333 ADDRESS: 404 N OLYMPIC AVE ARLINGTON,WA 98223 OTHER ITEMS TO BE REMOVED OR DEMO LINE .078 Sr5F EXISTING(NO CHANGE) INDESCREPENCIES. COMPUTER FILE NAME 1 PARCEL ID NUMBER: 00520000800902 PARKING 3. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISITING �/ AREAS OF EXISTING CONCRETE LEGAL DESCRIPTION: TwN 31 RING 05 sec 02 se EXISTING(NO CHANGE) UTILITIES ON SITE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. �T� TO BE REMOVED A � 1 . 1 MC MAHONS 1ST ADD TO ARL BILK 008 D-00 S 76 FT OF LOTS LANDSCAPING 1� 9 6 10E 1OFT OF S 76FT LOT 11 EXISTING(NO CHANGE) COPYRIGHT 2019 CARLETTI ARCHITECTS.P.S. CONC.RETAINING WALL CONC.STEPS W/1'1' NEW� BENT PLATE + STL. HANDRAIL EA. WRAP NEW OPENINGS T SIDE PRIME/PNT. FL�'DIAPHI X 1S C Al2.T RISE FLAT PHILLI T CONC. A-4.0 MAXM RUN AT ST S SCREW 0 10'O.C. PREPARE PLATE FOR 40'-6' FLUSH SCREW SET 14'-0' HSS STEEL TRELLIS 0 121 EXT.DOORS STRUC URE ABOVE ON. PRIME/PNT.PLATE -NEW CT CAN/ 40'-6' 6'-]�' T-2' 26'8i' W/P TS ON BINCI IS Q '.0' 9'-0' 9'•0' 9'-0' q•-6•PER ELECTRICAL 10'-0' 1' 10'-0' 2'-8' 3'-0jovrrXIS '-0' 3'-0' '-6' 10'-0' 6' 10'-0' 2'-6' AQ 1 CARLETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. .4 •7f 7'-2' 8'-8 EMOVE E ST. architecture,planning,inteior design .F. -0'X 2ICI D (Y [NDOW 8'- 'A.F. . A116 EAST FIR STREET NEW ELEC. REMov N MOUNT VERNON. WA. 98273 NEW 6-3/4 X 16-1/2 GLB REMOVE NEW . .W/ PANEL PER 24F-V48EAM 90'X BOTT L=k 3 F /� �0 ELEC. CCONOC.WALL c+ LLB'-8'Dk� N� Phone: 360 424-0394 /PET TION ,i ® ��--/� � HEADER L Fax (360) 424-5726 I - d d ITI 9 CHAIRS ABOVE AS � o x i� UNISEX o REQ'D FOR W x b= FOR�dER 10 m • RRO FD / l�(F.O.LO.) u• m -, TYP. io NEW DOOR u w 3 FRM w o x o FORMER 30 6429 g•_ /� OFFICE m o z g Jr 0 REMOVE WALL 00 E STERED c HAND 1 105 INSTALL NEW oc m; �• LC � ; 3 HITECT DYER L! GWB ON ALL 2 X 10 JOISTS ABOVE �J - RAISED CONC. I I o - O WALLS AT POWER/ 0 16'O.C.B.O.JOISTS - _- G u o o INT./EXT.OF DATA 12'-4'A.F.F.TYP.U.N.O. - a >REMOVE0 SKATE�T I OFFICE/BREAK FLOOR I B.O.ROOF DECK ABOVE U IR t LR F CMU SHAFT Q N N u - p� ROOM BOXES II 19'-1'A.F,F-- - u� F� 0 WASHINGION IJ�) < O REMOVE H_ LOC. W L C. ��ruu rc a - - - ® \ FE EXISTING PER ELEC.) \/ CONC.WALL i7 HE.";,I o 0 UNISEX d-7 X 24 BEAM OPEN m o AND - 'w' a w III co I o RR O FD •6 NO WORK OFFICE I I a HEADER 0 o o N a i� 1 BREAK ro m ABOVE AS N o m FRMER REMOVE WALL F x w 3 cV 103 106 1 - 101 a REQ'D FOR ap aD w"' C� a n w o o NEW P-L " `•' 6 NEW DOOR N ; F00 t�-wz w� A REMODEL FOR: AT SPA 101.105.AND 108 o REMOVE rii z m o 3 A 4.0 --- ¢ A-4.0 o z - �+ O\ 7 C IN E -1 POUR Nq CONCRETE FLOORS '� �m390'X S ELVCEMOVE $tea CITY OF ARLINGTON 0 - SO LEVII THROUGHOUT 19-1/2'I ci 8'-8'DR� S ELEC PANEL o INNOVATION CENTER - - - - 1q EL L-� ROUGH IN THICK I W/VRB W/NEW L � 404 NORTH OLYMPIC AVE - - ., r .�� - PAINT WALL WALLS W/ PLUMDING NEW PA AT EXPOSED CLG. x ARLINGTON, WA HSS STEEL TRELLIS PUTURE SIN JOISTS P.W/NEW LIGHTING III o III STRUCTURE ABOVE LLLJJJ PER EL IC RICAL 'm EXISTING 3-1/2' ;D io 98223 BE POSTS ON I o - iD 0 F FE ELEVATIONP IN - BENCHES AT LOBBY 102 GRIND AND - u3 `Q O WALLSPRIME.PNT.TYP. .6 I I FE O REMOVE WALL/ ui - o SEAL EXISTING CONC.W/ --- WINDOW ; 4X4 HSS COLUMN TYP. ,y N, G NEW VRB.W/NEW GWB ON 2 C III I41 LOCATIONS I WALLS FRAMING. CEILING.ON Icl N N REMOVE 10'-0'X 10.0 REMOVE 10'-0'X 10'-0' EXIT N /� OVHD GARAGE DOOR OVHD GARAGE DOOR iv PE CONC.EXISTING L L EXISTING CONC.LINTEL ❑ _ - T \ EXISTING CONC.LINTEL ABOVE B H LOBBY 0} 28 B B REMOVE - B iN Q O 102 O 1 O O : 9'-0'X T 0' _ �, \N - _j.. N V�, DOOR W2�0' - - - - - - - '-0'X..., - - - - - - - - - - - WINDOW BOVE RAISED CON.. 9'•0' S.A. '-0' 2'-5' T 10'-0. 0 1'-6. 1o'-OQ 2'78' TO REMA N CAST IN PLACE CURB __ m i j EXISTING PERIMETER 40'-6' CO CRETE WALLS TYP. of( Q PRIME/PNT.INTERIOR 0 r ES TYP. 1 3'-0. 8'-1' 3'-0' 2'-5' 10'-0' 10' Q N NEW SIDEWALK W/ HOOP BIKE 14'-0' 13'-3' 13'-3' 19-333 RACK F.O.I.C. BROOM FINISH AND INSTALL CONC. 40'-6' SCORED JOINTS PAD AS REQ'D, I A Q 2 A-40 3 4 1 O 3 4 REVISIONS. r, o 1- DECORATIVE BIKE RACK 6-27-19 PRELIM SET m F.O.LC.INSTALL CONC. i PAD AS REQ'D. �\ EXISTING C O N D T I O N S/ DEMOLITION PLAN „/,5/,0 BID SET/PERMIT SET -I EXIST.ROOF -Ex OVERHANG SCALE: 1/4'-1'-0' ZA o N LEGEND: EXISTING WALLS,WINDOWS.DOORS TO REMAIN POURED IN PLACE Q MAINTAINR WALLS.WINDOWS.DOORS.CEILING AND 4'ABOVE P - LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED RAMP MIN.AT TOP AND FLOOR PLAN NOTES: FLOOR PLAN LEGEND RUN AT AN ANGLE 1. PROVIDE BARRIER FREE SIGNAGE AT ALL ADA RESTROOMS DIRECTIONAL EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN HARDWIRE W/BATTERY EXIT DEMOLITION NOTES: Q 2. CONFIRM ALL ROUGH OPENINGS FOR DOORS AND WINDOWS PRIOR TO BACKUP FRAMING AND ORDERING. COMBINATION EXIT SIGN/EMERGENCY LIGHTING WITH 1. VERIFY ALL ROUGH OPENINGS FOR NEW GLAZED WINDOWS SHEET TITLE: 9. CONFIRM ALL FINISHES W/OWNER AND CONTRACTOR PRIOR EXIT BATTERY BACKUP HARDWARE WHERE NOTED PRIOR TO CUTTING NEW OPENINGS. TO ORDERING. 4. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE BUILDING ALARM/SECURITY 2. CAP ALL UTILITIES INCLUDING ELECTRICAL,WATER.AND GAS SYSTEM W/OWNER PRIOR TO DRYWALL INSTALLATION. <L--r EMERGENCY LIGHTING W/BATTERY BACKUP HARDWARE AS REO'D ONCE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE EXISTING COND./ DEMO PLAN S. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL CASEWORK FOR aE 2A 10BC SEMI-RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER SEE SHEET 9. REPAIR ALL DAMAGAED SUBSTRAITES TO MEET FLOORING FLOOR PLAN APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT/OWNER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. p2,O FOR LOCATIONS MANUFACTURE'S REQUIREMENTS. 6. SOUND INSULATE ALL WALLS TYP.THROUGH-OUT. 7. ALL RESTROOMS TO HAVE GREEN GWB TYPICAL ALL WALLS AND CEILING. x 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS,MEMBER SIZES DOOR NUMBER SEE SHEET A-2.2 FOR SCHEDULE S.VENT HOT WATER TANK OUTSIDE AS REQUIRED.PROVIDE RELIEF VALVE 0 AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING DEPICTED IN PAN.AND SEISMIC STRAPPING AS REQUIRED. THE DRAWINGS AND NOTIFY CARLETTI ARCHITECTS OF ANY O WINDOW NUMBER SEE SHEET A-2.2 FOR SCHEDULE DISCREPANCIES FOR POSSIBLE REDESIGN Fx-xx-1 ROOM FINISH TAG SEE SHEET A-2.2 FOR SCHEDULE S. DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO DAMAGE OR OVERLOAD THE EXISTING STRUCTURE 6. SHORING AND BRACING SHALL BE INSTALLED BEFORE ANY NEW INTERIOR WALLS TO BE 2 X-WD FRAMING 0 16'O.C.W/ STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ARE REMOVED OR BEFORE ANY NEW 5/8'GWB BOTH SIDES.PAINT BOTH SIDES.FRAME WALL TO LOADS ARE ADDED UNTIL PERMANENT SUPPORT AND Ilk PROPOSED FLOOR B.O.STRUCTURE(REFER TO WALL TYPES) STIFFENING ARE INSTALLED PLAN EXIT PLAN NOTES: 7. VERIFY WITH OWNER ALL ITEMS TO BE SAVED OR SALVAGED. _ SCALE: 1/4'4-0' 1. TRAVEL DISTANCE TO COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL�75'-O'IOKI EXISTING INTERIOR WALLS 8. REMOVE ALL EXISTING FLOORING AND BASE THROUGHOUT DAVID WILSON 2. OVERALL EXIT TRAVEL DISTANCE�200'-0'FOR(51 OCC.WITH OUT EXISTING EXTERIOR CONCRETE WALLS AS NOTED. PROJECT ARCHITECT: SPRINKLERS PER TABLE 1017.2(OKI 0. CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK FOR DRY ROT OR INFESTATION. NEW FANS.VENT TO OUTSIDE AS REQUIRED ALL ROT SHALL BE REMOVED AND DAMAGED MEMBERS SHALL DAVID WILSON 3. I11 EXIT REQUIRED FOR�40 OCCUPANT LOAD(2)PROVIDED IOK) BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED AS DIRECTED BY CARLETTI DRAWN BY: ARCHITECTS. 4. 2 EXITS ARE NOT REQUIRED SO WE DO NOT HAVE TO MEET THE PETER J CARLETTI REQUIREMENT THAT THE EXITS DOORS ARE GREATER THAN 1/2 THE 10. REMOVE ALL EXIST.LIGHT FIXTURES.SWITCHES.MCCH..ETC. DIAGONAL DISTANCE APART OF THE OCCUPANT AREA SERVED ❑DS EXISTING BUILDING DOWN SPOUT LOCATIONS IN ALL ROOMS AS REQ'D FOR REMODELED CONSTRUCTION. CHECKED BY: PER 1007.1.1 IOKI O FD 6-m FLOOR DRAIN.SLOPE FLOOR TO DRAIN(AS REQUIRED) JUNE 17, 2019 S. EGRESS WIDTH PER OCCUPANT SERVED 10 OCCUPANTS(PER COVER DATE SHEET)1201 INCHES PER OCCUPANT(PER TABLE 1005.3.2 WITH(5) +HB NEW FREEZE PROOF HOSE BIB S\:ARCH\19\DRAWINGS\19-333 OCCUPANCIES WITH SPRINKLER SYSTEM 1 10 X(.201•2 INCHES. WE PROVIDED(2)EXIT DOORS 134.341•68 INCHES COMPUTER FILE NAME WHICH IS X 2 INCHES(OK) 6. INSTALL EXIT LIGHTS 6 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHOWN ON PLAN AND AS DIRECTED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL A � 2 . 0 COPYRIGHT 2019 CARLETTI ARCHITECTS.P.S. 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 NEW GWB EXISTING EXISTING CEILING. MANSARD ROOF METAL ROOFING TAPE.MUD.SAND NO WORK (NO WORK) CARLETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. PRIME.PINT TYP architecture,planning,interior design �J lel Ds (EI Ds q q 116 EAST FIR STREET lel Ds (el DS SUITE A MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 EXISTING Phone: (360I 424-0394 NEW SURFACE MOUNT NEW CHAIN MOUNT MANSARD ROOF Fax: 1360) 424-5726 LED LIGHTS NEW LED LED STRIP LIGHTS NO WORK PER ELECTRICAL RR ;.' ! .., 0 10'-0'A.F.F. EXISTING E SVTEERCED GUTTER PAINITECT PSTRUCTURL (NO WORKI NEW GWB NEW EXHAUST FAN OFF ROOF PENETRATION CEILING. PROVIDE/INSTALL PRo wrsnacran TAPE.MUD.SAND .. F BOOT AND FLASHINGS PRIME.PNT.TYP. AS REQUIRED NEW SURFACE MOUNT LED LIGHTS BREAKHOT WATER HEATER INTAKE/EXHAUST PER MECH A REMODEL FOR: (E)JOISTS 12'-W A.F.F. 1E1 PROVIDE/INSTALL CITY OF ARLINGTON IFI inNEW LED AS REQUIRED INNOVATION CENTER ASHINGS CAN LIGHTS EXISTING PARAPET CAP � 404 NORTH OLYMPIC AVE ARLINGTON. WA (EI GUTTER 98223 (NO WORKI LINE OF PLUMBING VENT FOR ROOF BELOW NEW SINKS PER ECH.PROVIDE/INSTALL M NEW GWB BOOT AND FLASHINGS CEILING. V:77777777AS EQUIED TAPE.MUD.SAND PRIME,PNT.TYP. EXIT rr LEI — — I B B SOFFIT .10E FPIT 11'-0'A.F.F. '-0'A.1i 0 WORKI 0 WORK) C ��J C IT I 19-333 SOFFIT 12'-W A.F.F. 2 3 4 1 3 4 REVISIONS: IND WORK) 6-27-19 PRELIM SET 11/15/19 BID SET/PERMIT SET �\ RELFECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4'4-0' EXISTING POST BELOW LEGEND IINTERIOR E:�_—I SURFACE MOUNTED 1'X 4'LED ACRYLIC WRAP PER ELECTRICAL ROOF NOTES: 0 4'-0'LED STRIP LIGHT-CABLE MOUNT 10'-0'A.F.F.PER ELECTRICAL o INDICATES EXISTING DOWNSPOUT 0 6'LED RECESSED CAN W/CLEAR ALZAC LENS-PER ELECTRICAL 1.ALL ROOFS SLOPES ARE AS NOTED. SHEET TITLE: 2.PLUMBING/ELEC./MECH.SUBCONTRACTORS TO YTT-IM DIRECTIONAL EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN HARDWIRE PROVIDE/INSTALL FLASHING BOOTS AT ALL ROOF ® W/BATTERY BACKUP PENETRATIONS TYP. EXISTING COND./ DEMO PLAN WITHI IBATTERY BLACK PN HA DWAREY LIGHTING FLOOR PLAN `Lf EMERGENCY LIGHTING W/BATTERY BACKUP HARDWARE $ SWITCH.PER ELECTRICAL $3 3-WAY SWITCH.PER ELECTRICAL QF EXHAUST FAN V.T.O.AS REQUIRED PER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS NOTES: 1. LOCATE ALL DIFFUSERS 6 RETURN AIR GRILLES SO AS NOT TO INTERFERE W/LIGHTS. �\ ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/4'4-0' DAVID WILSON PROJECT ARCHITECT: DAVID WILSON DRAWN BY. PETER J CARLETTI CHECKED BY: JUNE 17, 2019 DATE S\:ARCH\19\DRAW IN GS\19-333 COMPUTER FILE NAME A � 21 COPYRIGHT 2010 CARLETTI ARCHITECTS.P5. o-0 6-6 a-o 6-0 6'-0• CARLETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. 2'•5! 2'-2t 2'-2! 9'-Y 2'-2!' 2'-tt 2'-2t 2'-ef 2'•Sf 2'•Sf 2'-Bf 2'-ef 2•-7t 2'-et 5'-0• Y-0' architecture,planning,interior design EAST FIR STREET SUITE A MOUNT VERNON, WA 98273 F Phone: II360II 424-0394 Fax (3601 424-5726 F T T F � 12 F o r a Y WINDOW NOTES: 642e E STERED LLT12 1.ALL GLAZING IN FIXED OR OPERABLE PANELS ADJACENT TO A DOOR WHERE HITECT THE NEAREST EXPOSED EDGE OF THE GLAZING IS WITHIN A 24'ARC OR EITHER O NEW EXTERIOR STOREFRONT O NEW EXTERIOR STOREFRONT O EXISTING(NO WORK) O NEW STOREFRONT O NEW STOREFRONT O EXISTING(NO WORK) VERTICAL EDGE OF THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION AND WHERE THE BOTTOM EXPOSED EDGE OF THE GLAZING 1S LESS THAN 60'ABOVE THE PETER WALKING SURFACE SHALL BE TEMPERED. STATE 0 WASHINGMN (GLAZING SUBCONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LOCATIONIS)OF ALL SAFTEY GLAZING.) 2.GLAZING SHALL BE TEMPERED IN AN INDIVIDUAL FIXED OR OPERABLE PANEL. OTHER THAN THOSE LOCATIONS WINDOW SCHEDULE DESCRIBED IN ITEM 1.ABOVE.THAT MEETS ALL THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA. N0. QTY. SIZE TYPE FRAME U-VALUE NOTES AI EXPOSED AREA OF INDIVIDUAL PANE GREATER THAN 0 SQUARE FEET. eI EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE GREATER THAN 96'ABOVE THE FLOOR. A REMODEL FOR. MAT'L. FIN. b CI EXPOSED TOP EDGE GREATER THAN 36'ABOVE THE FLOOR. CITY OF ARLINGTON DI ONE OR MORE WALKING SURFACES WITHIN 26'ABOVE THE FLOOR. B 1 10'-0'X 0'-8-1/2' FIXED STOREFRONT CLEAR ANOD. .94 EXTERIOR(SOLARBAN 60 CLEAR PPG BRONZE LOW EI 3.REFER TO THE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SIZE OF ALL DOORS WITH GLAZING. INNOVATION CENTER 4.SEE BUILDING ELEVATIONS FOR MUTTON AND DOOR PLACEMENTS 404 NORTH OLYMPIC AVE C 3 6'-6'X T-4' FIXED STOREFRONT CLEAR ANOD. .94 EXTERIOR ISOLARBAN 80 CLEAR PPG BRONZE LOW EI 6 OPERABLE WINDOWS. D 2 10'-0'X 2'-0' EXISTING NO WORK 5.ALL WINDOW SIZES ARE ROUGH OPENINGS AND SHALL BE FIELD MEASURED ARLINGTON, WA E 2 9'-0'X 2'-0' FIXED STOREFRONT CLEAR ANOD. .34 1 EXTERIOR(SOLARBAN 60 CLEAR PPG BRONZE LOW i PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 98223 '^ 6.U-VALUE OF ALL WINDOWS TO BE.94 OR BETTER,LOW E d THERMALLY BROKEN F 2 8'-0'X 2'-0' FIXED STOREFRONT CLEAR ANOD. .94 EXTERIOR(SOLARBAN 80 CLEAR PPG BRONZE LOW E) o ISHADING COEFFICIENT TO BE.40 OR BETTER.) G 1 6'-0'X W-2.1/2' EXISTING NO WORK 7.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL WINDOW QUANTITIES. H 1 3'-01 X 6'-9' EXISTING NO WORK S.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL WINDOW SIZES I 1 1 T-6'X 8'-0' EXISTING NO WORK 0.SEE SHEETS A-6.0 FOR WINDOW DETAILS J 3'-0'X 1'-10' EXISTING NO WORK 10.T•TEMPERED GLASS NOTE: (TI TEMPERED GLAZING O EXISTING(NO WORKI O EXISTING(NO WORK) O EXISTING IND WORK) 10'•0' 2'•6f T-5f 2'-5f l, 2'•61' DOOR SCHEDULE NO. SIZE DOOR LEAF FRAME HARDWARE RATING NOTES TYPE MAIL. FIN. MAIL. FIN. CLSR. PANIC GRP. T T T T 1 Y-O'x 7'-0' D ANOD.ALUM. CLR.ANOD. ANOD.ALUM. CLR.ANOD. YES - TUBULAR PUSH/PULL STOREFRONT DOOR W/CONTINOUS HINGE CONCEALED CLOSER/WEATHERSTRIP/THRESHOLD/SWEEP/KEYED LOCK/DEADBOLT SOLARBAN 60 LOW E GLASS 2 3'-0'x T-O' D ANOD.ALUM. CLR.ANOD. ANOD.ALUM. CLR.ANOD. YES - TUBULAR PUSH/PULL STOREFRONT DOOR W/CONTINOUS HINGE•CONCEALED CLOSER/WEATHERSTRIP/THRESHOLD/SWEEP/KEYED LOCK/DEADBOLT SOLARBAN 60 LOW E GLASS,CIPER LOCK SET FOR DEADBOLT ❑ ET T T� T❑ T 19-333 2B 10'-0'X 0'-8' E ANOD.ALUM. CLR.ANOD. ANOD.ALUM. CLR.ANOD. STANDARD LIFT CLEARANCE WITH CHAIN HOIST 3'TRACK HIGH CYCLE SPRINGS 75.000.SOLARBAN 60 LOW E GLASS 9 5'-0'x T-O' A HMO PNT. HMF PNT. YES - INSULATED.LEVER HANDLE.W/ELECTRIC LOCK W/TIMER.W/PRIVACY DEADBOLT INTEGRAL MORTISE d OCCUPANCY INDICATOR WEATHERSTRIP.THRESHOLD•SWEEP T FE rNUMbtFF- 4 5'-0'x T-O' A HMD PNT. HMF PNT. YES - - - INSULATED.LEVER HANDLE.W/ELECTRIC LOCK W/TIMER.W/PRIVACY DEADBOLT INTEGRAL MORTISE 8 OCCUPANCY INDICATOR WEATHERSTRIP.THRESHOLD.SWEEP5 6 3'-0'x T-0' C WD STN. WD STN. BARN DOOR SLIDING HARDWAREY-O'x T-O' C HMD PNT. HMF PNT. YES - LEVER HANDLE.KEYED LOCK/DEADBOLT.W/WEATHERSTRIP.THRESHOLD.SWEEP.WALL STOP E�l �[TE T REVISIONS: A B C D e 6-27-19 PRELIM SET DOOR NOTES: 1.ALL DOORS TO BE 1 3/4'THICK.ALL WOOD DOORS TO BE 11/15/19 BID SET/PERMIT SET SOLID CORE SPECIES TO BE MAPLE. 2.VERIFY ALL R.O.AND JAMB DEPTHS PRIOR TO ORDERING. 1 9.ALL DOORS TO HAVE BARRIER FREE HARDWARE AS REQUIRED. 4.EXIT DOORS 1.2 SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 5.ALL GLAZING WITHIN A 24 INCH ARC OF EITHER EDGE OF DOORS AND WITHIN 18 INCHES OF FLOORS SHALL BE SAFTEY GLAZING AS REQUIRED BY IBC SECTION 2406.ALL SUCH GLAZING SHALL HAVE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SAFETY GLAZING STAMP. 6.DOORS SHALL HAVE LEVER HARDWARE WHICH WILL PERMIT OPERATION BY WRIST OR ARM PRESSURE. 7.ALL DOORS W/DEADBOLTS MUST HAVE SINGLE ACTION OPERATION BY HANDLE INSIDE AND KEY ON THE EXTERIOR 8.FOR DOOR DETAILS SEE SHEETS A-6.0 0.U VALUE OF ALL EXTERIOR STOREFRONT DOORS TO BE.37 OR BETTER 10.ALL EXTERIOR DOORS ARE TO BE FULLY WEATHERSTRIPPEO AND HAVE ADA COMPLYING THRESHOLDS AND CONCRETE LANDINGS(OR SIDEWALKI.EXTERIOR DOORS OPENING ON TO TRAFFIC AREAS ARE TO BE PROTECTED BY PIPE BOLLARDS. SHEET TITLE: SCHEDULES FINISH SCHEDULE ROOM ROOM FLOOR BASE NORTH WALL SOUTH WALL EAST WALL WEST WALL CEILING NOTES: NO. NAME MAT•L FIN. NO. MAT•L FIN. NO. MAT'L FIN. NO. MAT'L FIN. NO. MAT•L FIN. NO. MAT'L FIN. NO. MAT•L FIN. HGT. 101 OPEN OFFICE CONC. SEAL S-1 VRB FF VRB-1 (E)CONC. PAINT PNT-1 (N)GWB PAINT PNT-1 115)CONC.PAINT Pi IEI CONC. PAINT PNT-1 IEI EXPOSED STRUCTURE PNT.-2 12'-4'-13'-1' 102 LOBBY CONC. SEAL S-1 VRB OF VRB-1 (NI GWB PAINT PNT-1 (EI GWB PAINT PNT-1 (N)GWB PAINT PNT-1 (N)GWB PAINT PNT-1 INI GWB PNT.-2 10'-0'A.F.F. 103 RESTROOM-UNISEX TILE SEAL T-1 TILE SEAL T-2 IEI GWB FRP FF IEI CONC. PAINT PNT-1 (E)GWB FRP FF (E)GWB FRP FF INI GWB W/FRP OVER FF 10'-0'A.F.F. FULL HEIGHT FRP AT ALL 14)WALLS TYP..PATCH AND REPAIR GWB AS REQUIRED/INSTALL FRP ON CEILING SURFACE 104 RESTROOM-UNISEX TILE SEAL T-1 TILE SEAL T-2 IEI GWB FRP FF it CONC. PAINT PNT-1 (EI GWB FRP FF IEI CONC. FRP FF IN)GWB W/FRP OVER FF 10'-0'A.F.F. FULL HEIGHT FRP AT ALL 14)WALLS TYR.PATCH AND REPAIR GWB AS REQUIRED/INSTALL FRP ON CEILING SURFACE 105 OFFICE CONC. SEAL S-1 VRB FF VRB-1 INI GWB PAINT PNT-1 (N)GWB PAINT PNT-1 (NI GWB PAINT PNT-1 INI GWB PAINT PNT-1 INI GWB PNT.-2 10'-0'A.F.F. 108 BREAK CONC. SEAL S-1 VRB FF VRB-1 (NI GWB PAINT PNT-1 INI GWB PAINT PNT-1 (NI GWB PAINT PNT-1 INI GWB PAINT PNT-1 IEI EXPOSED STRUCTURE PNT.-2 12'-4'-15•-1' NOTE: (N) NEW AND(E) EXISTING DAVID WILSON PROJECT ARCHITECT. DAVID WILSON DRAWN BY PETER J CARLETTI CHECKED BY: JUNE 17, 2019 DATE S\ARCH\19\DRAWINGS\19-333 COMPUTER FILE NAME A ^ 2o2 COPYRIGHT 2010 CARLETTI ARCHITECTS.P.S. B 11� A NEW WINDOW TYPE A 4 3 a-3.D 2 1 EXISTING MANSARD EXIST.WINDOWS - ROOFING NO WORK NO WORK EXISTING COVERED EXISTING CONC. �- `r - CARLETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. WALL NO WORK NEW OVHD WER architecture,planning,interior design NEW STEEL TRELLIS T— SUPPLY PER ELEC. STRUCTURE EXISTING COVERED NEW STOREFRONT NEW BANNERS NEW C CHANNEL CANOPY POST TEE ❑❑ ❑❑ ❑ ❑❑❑ ❑ ❑ IF.O.I.C.I WINDOW/srsrEM � >' i i i i i / i i 116 EAST FIR STREET STRUCTURAL WRAP TYPE'C'WINDOW NEW ELEC METER NEW WINDOWS �� NEW CONCRETE SUITE A OF NEW OPENING PER ELEC. BENCH SEE PLAN MOUNT VERNON, WA. 98273 TYPE'F'WINDOWS NEW HMF/HMD EXISTING cMU WALL ❑❑❑ =❑-E❑�- C, NEW PLANTER I NEW CT CAN Phone: I3601 424-0394 NO WORK PER ELEC. _ _ _ _ _ -�' NEWSIDE CONCRETE PaX: `3601 424-5726 NEW CONCRETE NEW PLANTER \\ SIDEWALK/STAIRS — — — — — NEW CONCRETE BENCH `—EXISTING EXISTING FOOTING/ EXPOSED ARCHITECTUAL CONCRETE SIDEWALK STEM WALL SEE PLAN �29 E STERED HITECT SOUTH ELEVATION NORTH ELEVATION WEST ELEVATION PAR WASHINGTON SCALE: 1/8'-1'-O' SCALE: 1/8'4-0' SCALE: 1/8'-1'-O' A REMODEL FOR: A A B B CITY OF ARLINGTON 4 2 A-3.0 3 4 A-3.0 10'BRUSHED EXISTING MANSARD ROOFING INNOVATION CENTER S.S.LETTERS NO WORK EXISTING METAL ROOFING 0/ 404 NORTH OLYMPIC AVE EXISTING COVERED T.O.PARAPET 14'-4'A.F.F. SHEATHING 0/TAPERED RIGID EXISTING PARAPET CANOPY NO WORK - S^^ INSULATION 0/2 X 12 ROOF DECKI G 0/ CAP ARLINGTON, WA B.O.SOFFIT 11'-0'A.P.P. - _ 2 X 10 JOISTS a 18'O.C.TYP. 98223 EXISTING COVERED ���� ❑❑❑❑ T.O.WINDOW 10'-0'A.F.F. T.O.PARAPET 14'-4'A.F.F. CANOPY POST NO WORK q ❑❑ f�EXISTING CONIC WALL NO WORK V T.O.FRAMING 19'-9'A.F.F. EXISTING MANSARD FRAMING OO T.O.DOOR 7-9-1/2'A.F.F. T.O.BEAM 11'-4'A.F.F. SHEATHING.B.P..AND ALUM.ROOFING PANELS EXISTING WINDOWS ❑❑� ( :' �. �BOISTING SOFF SOFFITGUTTER 1'-0'A.F.F. NO WORK NEW STOREFRONT WINDOW/ DOOR SYSTEM 8.0.BEAM 10'-8'A.F.F. 0. EXISTING CMU WALL ❑ B.O.WINDOW 0*-5-1/2' T.O.WINDOW 10'-0'A.F.F� T.O.WINDOW 10'-0'A.F.F. NO WORKJIM ❑ ❑❑ ❑❑❑ T.O.FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0' A K1 / / / / / / / / / EXISTING CONCRETE HEADER NEW CONCRETE SIDEWALK �. B.O.WINDOW 8'-0'A.F.F. v EXISTING CONCRETE SUPPORT NEW CONCRETE BENCH W/ NEW EXISTING FOOTING/STEM WALL NEW STOREFRONT FOR BEAM BEYOND DOOR WINDOWS NT WINDOWS BEYOND EXPOSED ARCHITECTURAL NEW FULLIOLAZED �EE EEE �/� E F// NEW APPROX.7 X 20 BEAM PER STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SEE PLAN OVERHEAD DOOR PER PLAN BEYOND ATTACH PER STRUCTURAL I III I--I I I II II III I I IIIIIII III I I II III III�.,II I I I II 1 1 III I I I= I I I III I I I=III NEW ALUM INU M S TOR E FR ON T WINDOW SYSTEMEAST ELEVATION B.O.WINDOW 2'-8'A.F.F. / / NEW 9-1/2'THICK CONC. OPEN OFFICES OVERLAY SCALE: 1/8'-1'-0' T.O.FIN.FLR.0'-0'A.F.F. B.O.WINDOW 0'-9-1/2' T.O.FINISHED FLOOR 0'-0' I I TII III-I - I I 111 II I I NEW EXTERIOR CONCRETEI SIDEWALK I EXISTING FOOTING/ 19-333 = II-IIII STEM WALL REVISIONS: 6-27-19 PRELIM SET A BUILDING SECTION 11/15/19 BID SET/PERMIT SET SCALE: 1/4'-1'-0' 1 NEW DTT2Z TIE 0 48' 1 O.C.W/ }'DAM.X 2 a A ) D.C. SOS LAG SCREWS A-3.0 Y TO RAFTYERS AND t DIAM.THREADED ROD EXISTING METAL ROOFING 0/ EXISTING PARAPET TO 10'CONC.WALL SHEATHING 0/TAPERED RIGID CAP NO WORK DRILL 8 EPDXY EMBED INSULATION 0/2 X 12 ROOF DECKING 0/ EXISTING MANSARD FRAMING W/ T.O.PARAPET 14'-4'A.F.F. 5'W/SIMP.SET-XP EA. 2 X 10 JOISTS a 16'O.C.TYP. SHEATHING.B.P..AND ALUM.ROOFING PANELS END NO WORK - TO FRAMING 19'-9'A.F.F. T.O.BEAM 1T-4'A.F.F. SHEET TITLE: B.O. URA SOFFIT 11'-0'A.P.P. 4A PAINT INTERIOR NEW T X 20' 1 ROOF STRUCTURE TYP. BOA EPLACEM PER TOLDTBEAM B.O.BEAM t 101 A.F.F. ELEVATIONS r� T.O.WINDOW 10'-0'AF.F. NEW D�Z2 TII E�.e 4s DAM.X ' EXISTING GUTTER SECTIONS 4X12 HSS BEAM - 10-1/2'SDSI AG SCREWS NO WORK PRIME/PNT. EXISTING CONCRETE DI RAFTYEAD AND D NEW STOREFRONT 40 HISS PRIME/PNT. BEAM SUPPORT PRIME/PNT. DI AM.THREADED ROD WINDOWS BEYOND TO 10'CONIC.WALL PER PLAN 2X2 HSS PRIME/PNT. DRILL 8 EPDXY EMBED / NEW CONIC. END INFILL\ /SIMP.SET-XP EA. 0 48'O.C. INSTALL S.S.EYELETS SLAB ON 2X2 CROSS PIECES EXISTING CONCRETE WALLS B.O.WINDOW 2'-8'A.F.F. o TO RECEIVE BANNERS RR BREAK OPEN OFFICE PRIME.PAINT TYP. F.O.I.C. ' ..,..... ... ., T.O.FIN.FLR.0'-0'A.F.F. lo I I I III=11I III III. III I I I_I I I III I I I_I I- = - - - HT III III II II II III-III III II :IIHII III i RAISED CONCRETE BENCH II-III III III III III III III III-II III III=III III III III III=1 DAVID WILSON II III - 11191411910 III-III III -I PROJECT ARCHITECT: W/ARCHITECTURAL EXPOSED III EXIST.CONIC.SLAB III=III III CONCRETE AND S.S.SKATE STOPS II IIIIIIII III=11111111111111111111 II TO REMAIN 111111111111=III IIIIII� DAVID WILSON SEE PLAN _- - - - DRAWN BY: PETER J CARLETTI CHECKED BY: BUILDING SECTION DUNE 17, 2019 DATE SCALE: 1/4'-1'-O' S\:ARCH\19\DRAWINGS\19-333 COMPUTER FILE NAME + COPYRIA 9 CARLETTI ARCHITECTS.PS. CARLETTI ARCHITECTS P.S. architecture,planning,interior design 116 EAST FIR STREET SUITE A 1 2 A 4 MOUNT VERNON. WA. 98273 A-4.0 UE Phone: 13601 424-0394 Fax: `360 424-5726 NEW HTT5 TIE W/I261 SD#10X1-1/2'SCREWS TO BEAM AND t'DIAM. THREADED ROD TO 10' WALL DRILL&EPDXY E STERED 8'W/SIMP.SET-XP y.P`a'E (2( 10d EA. JOIST HITECT EA.END -- y'un 5 "MIN 1 O SAC„ ry Y1 MIN A. WASNINGTON NEW GLB >, .. EXIST / 2X70'S Y.' ;,O BOLTS SNE':ATS—, a A REMODEL FOR: CITY OF ARLINGTON o ATTACH EXIST.zxlo PLALSSHIV � �y sPu INNOVATION CENTER . SUS 404 NORTH OLYMPIC AVE I.mcw Yza EXISTING ROOF A BEAM W/I2I 10d DR�L�-^a E°o"� ARLINGTON. WA REMAIN e /eT-xa "f EXIST. CONCH*' 98223 a CORBEL 3a wa EXIST.2X10 ROOF NEW DTT2Z TIE B 48' SEC➢ON JOISTS 0 16'O.C. . .W/181� DAM.X B 1-1/2'BOB LAG SCREW B NOTE .0 RAFTYERS AN A-4.0 DIAM.THREADED ROD Ai_L r-A?ES P�3&S�EEi A-4 10'CONC.WAL ELEVATION DRILL&EPDXY EMBED r W/SIMP.SET-X c� sca�E a/a°=r-o' END n PNEW TIE O 48' NEW HTT5 TIE W/(26) rvDAM.X SDf10X1-1/2'SCREWS ✓ IBE M S AT DET IL CENTER AG SCREWS TOEAM AND�"DIAM. ..S AND ' THREADED ROD TO 10' d PoemARLINGTON, WA DED ROD WALL DRILL&EPDXYq` °`.WALL W/SIMP.SET-XP RILL&EPDXY EMBED EA END 19-333 END ° BEAM DETAIL REVISIONS SK-1 SCALE: 3/4'-1'-O' 6-27-19 PRELIM SET 11/15/19 BID SET/PERMIT SET ZL- GRIND ALL WELDS SMOOTH FOR ARCHITECTURAL A-4.0 EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEE 2X2 T.S.PRIME/PNT 012 HSS BEAM •24'O.0 MAX.SPACING BEYOND SHEET TITLE: 4X72 HSS BEAM PRIME/PNT. DETAILS ELEVATION OF TRELLIS axa Hss PRIME/PNT. ROOF FRAMING & 4-0 D74 BEAM UPGRADES STRUCTURAL ® EXPOSED ARCHITECTURAL CONC.BENCH CHAMFER 6X6X: STL.PLATE o ALL EDGES CONT.SEAL o W/141�4'WELDED STUDS EMBED IN iO ISI 04 HORZ.CONT.W/ S.S.SKATE STOPS --- CONIC.PRIME/PNT. 1' CORNER BARS LAP 24' &04 VERT.a 18'O.C.W/HOOKS CHAMFERED EDGE TYP #4 TIES o 18,O.C. 1-V2' MIN � 0 = 1-III -1111��, Illlj'_'IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIil�lllllllll=III`_ JIIIIII11=1111I IIL- MIN.1'EMBED' II 11-111iilllllillllllll- REVEAL JOINT DAVID WILSON 91 OLR.MIN. PROJECT ARCHITECT: EXISTING ROOF FRAMING PLAN D p AWNDBWIL9ON SCALE: 1/4'-1'-O' PETER J CARLETTI CHECKED BY: JUNE 17, 2019 DATE T R E L L I S DETAILS S\ARCH\19\DRAWINGS\19-333 COMPUTER FILE NAME � SCALE: 1/4'-1'-O' A � 4 . 0 + COPYRIGHT 2019 CARLETTI ARCHITECTS,PS. Permit#: 2934 Permit Date: 12/13/19 Permit Type: COMMERCIAL ALTERATION Project Name: City of Arlington Innovation Center Applicant Name: City of Arlington Applicant Address: 238 N Olympic Avenue Applicant, City, State, Zip: Arlington,WA 98223 Contact: Sarah Lopez Phone: 360-403-3448 Email: slopez@arlingtonwa.gov Scope of Work: Classroom and public restroom Valuation: 275000.00 Square Feet: 1080 Number of Stories: 1 Construction Type: VB Occupancy Group: B; Business ID Code: Permit Issued: 01/28/2020 Permit Expires: Form Permit Type: Status: COMPLETE Assigned To: Kristin Foster Property Parcel# Address Legal Description Owner Name Owner Phone Zoning 00529900800902 404 N OLYMPIC AVE CITY OF 641 Automobile ARLINGTON Repair&Services Contractors Contractor Primary Contact Phone Address Contractor Type License License# Trico Companies LLC 360-757-2373 15066 Josh CONSTRUCTION UBI 603 251 163 Wilson Road CONTRACTOR Trico Companies LLC 360-757-2373 15066 Josh CONSTRUCTION L&I TRICOCL886Q8 Wilson Road CONTRACTOR Inspections Date Inspection Type Description Scheduled Date Completed Date Inspector Status 1.Missing 18"vertical grab bar both restrooms 2.missing exit sign in front office 3.Caulk all ceiling penetrations 4.Add draft 06/24/2020 C20.BUILDING stops @ roof line between 06/24/2020 06/24/2020 BUILDING Not FINAL Completed break room&restrooms 5.Add ceiling/draft stop to HWH room 6.Attic access required 7.Insulate above all heated areas 06/30/2020 C20.BUILDING Approved FINAL Plan Reviews Date Review Type Description Assigned To Review Status 12/13/2019 COMMERCIAL BUILDING ALTERATION 12/13/2019 COMMERCIAL PW-SEW-REV ALTERATION 12/13/2019 COMMERCIAL PW-WAT-REV ALTERATION 12/13/2019 COMMERCIAL PW-ADMIN-GIS ALTERATION Fees Fee Description Notes Amount Building Permit Table 4-1 $2,912.21 Processing/Technology $25.00 Building Plan Review Table 4-2 $1,892.94 State Surcharge-Commercial Commercial Only $25.00 Building Permit Table 4-1 ($2,912.21) Processing/Technology ($25.00) Building Plan Review Table 4-2 ($1,892.94) State Surcharge-Commercial Commercial Only ($25.00) Total $0.00 Attached Letters Date Letter Description 12/13/2019 Building Permit Notes Date Note Created By: 04/17/2020 See uploaded council minutes for fee waiver. Kristin Foster Uploaded Files Date File Name 09/23/2021 9747935-2934 IC 3.26.2020 under slab plumbing,pdf 09/23/2021 9747936-2934 IC 4.15.2020 rough plumbing,pdf 09/23/2021 9747933-2934 IC 4.22.2020 rough mechanical.pdf 09/23/2021 9747934-2934 IC 6.24.2020 Final.pdf 04/17/2020 6536924-Council Minutes for Innovation Center Fee Waiver.pdf 12/13/2019 5992573-Innovaiton Center Applicaiton Commercial Remodel.pdf 12/13/2019 5992574-Innovation Center ENGINEERING SHEET.pdf 12/13/2019 5992575-Innovation Center M3.2 HVAC FLOOR PLAN-NEW.pdf 12/13/2019 5992576-Innovation Center Project Manual.pdf 12/13/2019 5992577-Inovation Center Plan Set.pdf A CONC CPT a o 1 o m i s }s c> m M v r �c f71 0 m-n v = O rn-�v 3 N o N cl m m v x x-1 () c�m m v 3 D n m M--a o D N El" v N 00�3 N p o o 0 2 -[O �- O DD S.ND 03D20 D 03D 2' xo 03D20�D O �7 D z m z O D Dxorn�m fll 1 rx z o� Crnj -ztDxzZ7'0 �Dxzy X a Z -zlDxzz`a C7 �DxzC v D x m - z n D.. rnF N 2 yr-M-IA C D.. m M D.. rn� m Zz Z V O ZO.4) O 00 O� O O .. m -0 A 2 D.. illNop p z m -Nj o o Fmz�_ ooA D -lo cwmmr .i �x x M A -in rnN� -I 1 rn."o - O N N mrn mA�rnCl �c roN��c " pzmN � X, m n vaa mzm> Ill u z2A O -1 mo o�mA m 'T (7 ®<N„m Oo xxxx v= rn 0� N m t<V <N Nrn�N r ZYd �vD< r m?rT0 i- OD jZ C- O m D o o vA x 3 ° ? N Tll ro oy p> rll <�N>o� zm Noy D X xz v a:p?Dc'i mo coum�o D o m mw Z Dawcn�m fll o <-I rn x Fo m A < 0m In 30 00+N � Z D, o m mN Z XX r-t V con mi .r..3 n nZ l/-�l F A V p Q A m AO z o -Xi c X X �'rn A nNi D N N= A N< \ J D-r7. Z 03 Z zm' iy v m Dz m D or o o v rn zA m y c o m o rn rn Imll '" o rn frnll N m M < N D O o 'Orn 3 -4 < M y -I r r A o ;a .; o 0 N A 0 3 mA 0 D N M r r � r 2 n � o 18 J 3 a z M z3 F D D M m.i m o z D rn D p jrn A m D 3 0 0 `o INT M O 3 3 1�f7 < M D z o A F 1 1� -I .1 r Z Jc M 0 o m m A z z 3 A m xxxx 2 2 2 2.2 rn N -P �n N zzv N�NNO T ll'nmll mM Mm mm m ll 1171 m Mm MM Do V v v vo 0 0 0 000 C)OC100000ro00 m gvpw DDDD DDDDA ,1 y M V F 0+03-i v l F DAD 0 O Ozyr A mmMv Dz m0 ti pr r D TF�lZ A O D-I m 0000 00¢r-] Mr OArm < Ar 000MOr AO`<-IDD-iv ODvr 'li0 A y �< v. AN_i 2 <O r 3.2 A-IN Or O 0 3N-I N 2 1 DM D<zATA OArcvD D N v z��AN��vv OM�Om N Z 1�1rZ'r }} m pzm My ntnAD��c NMN N ' •' yZZ 0000 000 m M DTi N N N N N Zm ZT zM mMli 1171 Mm mT vll m"li m Mm mM mm vv JOO vOv v 110000000000()O00 O W NtPN DDDD DDDD a �yz=� ND2mo�AD �r < mcp r r ��r 10C Nmm rI NA NZ NZZ ONA N_OAA zA N ADO X�~�<n2 AD Z A i SAD_ �AA-z N n(ZIOO N D-- mti AD O~n { 22om C C OG� v _ N M MM mrn rn N -1 Mm 0 N=DOmO Zm FvN-lo^ N-I OaM FFy y NF 2 F 3N ADM D` �.-.D�Ov 2 -1 v� O ZM 0 JC `C m MD zZrOzo M" A.-1-i0 �Z -ic Db ➢Z r 2 2 r2 DDAzrn 0 zD rD N o �z 1 A zztSaai Nm r -II Ozc c -MIZ`G-m-I n A�-ZI� 3 Z� �nm�r�.�.M� 3rrz AD MN D z vZ O O" 33rnm N�3 mb A N MM TTM rn m."i.� 0-1 rj-13 D D T AN o n NNC ZA m AD00 MM a �rm-1'Mo Dtlz-i Z2 N.-. z3 1 miA.M D� A o 00 ov o v Zr A OIiZ� N m Z z "11 �i .ml -ic,=,l i O OM. �. DDz �I"7 IAA O 30,im NmMD 2M z D D1 D r D aN wa a N E v Az-.c z O mm 03 A Orn 'lf z r A rr N 1 �� y M..M<N Zz2 D .N-. rrD ® �-( j-("{-C O D N... D Z Z N mM Z N m r '""l -O 3'9 r No-i vD .n'AmrrD=Dr rz Z MVJC O D 000000 SZDzvy NOr�Z�czm o a 3 Zz ZZZZ A C MO D Z Z m O 11 rM 0O. P Q Z f zrvDz yfrnD mNm MN mo zA rnM�� m I � < 'M 1 z H MAZN rv?O NCDi...O AD m D D D A-D. D D o z s A N A 00 ➢� <mcZm Ar 00 D D O 2MN 0DN'N mMNz3 cVi DAO-0a�g ZAM rtZMAN NCN MmMSNM M mrr M-I m0 ZO T m OiN Zm = D ! 00 <zNA Z1A0 A0 �NA N-iA1NNv7�A<aIiIf' ..Woo NAGN� �NN nN 2NN 0Z3ANN� rNzl �f 01T 0\0 O3Z0 CA01 ZZ-DIZN Z-rlI Z� KMZ KKr 53-1 3crAll lAzz3ll 3 -1 j 012 O NnDO DDl0ZrrT jDr rrZmZr➢ <Am Z <Az O =X0 >D A ZD mO p m3D^N 1 Z1 mmmmr3mmm N Am <Zo 0Z�� �<mN 0 2 v l rZ mml Cm A i CrZ X zN A 3 ON1DN DNrnc � D mT yDl ANCm Z z�< AZmm 0ODm. AOrz m FA 00r mM � m 3 lO op D DDm<rOD v r r O� 0 n M m0 0N 00 3 O vvD i�D ;O �Av1p z 0 y D 0 Z Zyixc D DM MAv o0 =O 0 m vA O SN v D 2 0 N rr� F$^i Oz~, N O p N o N z r -1 m F n n f OO A i 1/ M v V Card 52 AD1 �NOF D m2011 000 3 O3NFOD oA D0� -V Y3N M-nv D mmN OmZ ONvI-1i1 Or DiA 3S�v1 �N<0Oao 0 D 1 am > -1 0 n.- ZDrO� v-i r20<"-OlMO CrnN OZ�DZ�VN1Dr ZC1 3vv Z ^? mCDnN Mrvjv r�Fm>mMrnr� OONfD') Nn AAON DA _>66 <10T 3D S�cO DD n-IC OF?O Z�AIVT C1 ITN A�AOSNj MN z-Nij-Oi,VA �n D34ZJ iZT Z Z zO ZNFN D� O m� o ' -I n00N _D mM Or zmMO 0 Am DA� INim�� OZy1� Di AD mo I?-M AP A3 jZC)y�� =DMA noMR- I ZA`o yN yrn -iD �O N�AZ O �rAll nmN '�-100 yNm Mm A01vOM OA O... NZ Drll2 =A � D N O O A -I D M N„ 2 N 61¢15 A,7. gm> OTDmD a> y ZD NCDiOO -iz 10 D.N.. Nn -q''o X '-54 j-'m NOOp Or-DI'M o"a-Z OZ ZOOmN MZ ZODr�r MD Mr<T(I r�TD /V .-{ N.63#IY9N ak�15 9M6QxIl�Yi. �o OD x...�F Dr zcaiOr crr- DAuzi rn� M0 no -lMz -1 no z v O'M 3 IT =vm y N-loDx-ojN MOO DNO FOr D D'fz TN AOA rT O O,'rA Dmor m r M NO N.�., �.Z me v➢ A 3N 0Ao 0M3N -T rgD3 D-lz -o �.N-.yrZ... N�ONDO Ar ZN0(11p > vv2 N-111 mOrTO 00-yiD mA vOZrT Nm NO N0 m0 mNp� y TIAIf n00 fail r Nr AmvZ MNm Nr g oM 00 m'A;zj Om NA M on OZAN A -< A N M Z Z O M Z O O NO 1 anV lt�{ti4 t<} N4VPSL AVC mom ZNDO CIa; N OTovO 1'lIN mD�D OF A� �N N_y DV NO Txll 4]p .�..r211T NDAO 'ivDO -l0 mM ZC)A nZ DN NmfAilrN'2 .�..> A.10N0 mNOD ZIOA� 00Z P nZ v N9D N cZ �O T�r2 M ZA NN ��AN o��� rt2T2 AX NZ3ON rm m-,ajOS jD ATovgN Z D , D•- D DO 2 N .0 O n A N D.. OF' N N mA ril < -lr0 N �Z.cc Z'A�M O O-10 1Z GM VF0 17 N 10TSN0 MDvv oM,rNT N� mNOv vy v'Oo DD my XONfAT m !-Tv D� OZO mDZm rvT.M-.F IFTo-Ij�NN"Tz OON��2 nK .O.ZZ x O ,'i_,Sm o YrD OrmP 1A21 Am mO.T.-I 1'pN �N F. Ar P A op �v r N-iNA vrm'2 MD �O A.O. AJI�C<N SN N-INgt�F ».,«»... 3A kv.. a Ra read Ski NrnO3mmn momm 'OA -iZ rO =2 -lZ NO D> Oom� = r pN ''DOSON MAom A.Z yr n00nA�.. vO MO ON 1N -o-1NIYIA q0 3 ti DO N Z AN-i� O Oy D D 2v DA O� M o 03 3-I -1 Zcm NO o�m Fm Z 1A Z0,0i DmN2 rOTr 3<r m' M„ N, m`" OZ,1L 3 12 -imzl MAmZ AZZ mM 2A m 0y 0M CZ'M OSM pC) ZZC a= O N-ISv cnAc 'OSm yr m..,o� nO �m DM F 1m'O-o fp m2� oAAD -NI--I C'IN �N-I IIIN r�1fp Nam OZ D��OS.CN) MZ jr�l0 N i'.IJYR1p�L AWL. t P7 C1 E�'ft1f31C/tY2 �j Z M =mAz 1,AlicD'9r AN .<." -I O 0y N5N D SN Ill m OOn� cOI`n �00 =Z -OI�DDZ Z" on""> D� Z _ • -R DAM -opOOn ND!TN ODmN N� FIVTmN N O(Il A tFll tl� z m 1p t311 IAlIDA c.ZD 202 m_O -I()-21 TD am ZnN.-. OZ mAam <J/ v ZA -Ilpvo 4)lizo 'DDDD Aj �Dy-T Z vN 3 �N3N D 2 �O fO11ZCrAT MDNr Fom Z MODOor - oyrvTAp no Dj i101 O MND D�AIT DD2v 2- 'o mn mO�So -.rf D rA➢ C A•om K-i m M 1m ZNZN Oro< JtoN �C Oivmv�m 3>,>ok no 2_rn1 Z N A 2 Pf Madod AYg �,'. $ �Cr� �0= tTMDO mZNO �S4m vD Dl1AN _ p O OA�r v n my �zNO @mAA OEI. 3� no _Om �MNZZD z� -Ivr'O NV C�.24{1 RKE_ r Il filZ.. OZ�� y -I �DpD -ice A M� 'O 111 A Z '-ONp A O 00 OZ lI0- DZ 0 1y vON n0 m`� N 6RazL&Od�Ve J Om ADmM tL zr2rl Ar�1Z OO 2 Oc 0 M N ZF-1 M A mroo lojZ -lz3 JAc� 2<N'""l0. SCA3 rir �r�T-{{,vO --� Om� Nm Om cove D"Sv my m� °' r o N.2.0 m 'm N *O<N N ">o z� 'G'-'AM mm zm v-zi 1.m N Nc5 x 3� A mN 'om0 mD O Z O S O N MO ADS OZ v3 7i0oa. 0 AZMN„Z Orb rn 3� O�Xm r C) O 1 m nw.. v O M-iA v z N A�-a1Z ADcD m00; 3v Cl (ry D A zj ZNa Am xNA� p<�4 MO N NZrnN �m-ZIZDS.m. m-� vrT vcDi cD1 -( A O... ArN-lOy Dm mONM Z D A. .. A O O OO 1z0� ov p�rn0 F3L'R}t-A, rn N _ v nO1C D -OIrD- -z-I ;-1 vA� -<'0" my O A2A N 0,.OD M O -{ j� onN -im0 N �N O z Dj Z N 2 N i 0 z Z 1. ''^^ M 0 Z m D Z Z rn Z a n -� A N rZll c O N 'lf" M-' N VN��o Oo v N A WN-` AO ZD N � Na � V/ mo ODO ^O oxZ Mx oro> OV" p r F � FAZ Aw O m -iANM �rO O�z2 A�➢ODm OA➢N McvOi rn m J .�. /� CC) r C.���D Z1130 l^J O -Ni N ~C N rn� CH -ID =D = =Jrn O3 /rn� Z �D M m Z O M M N pNXC. Om X01-30 ADM;gip;F�ZC yD C'INIIkf<11M F;2- A 1 Z �� C �J l l <j M3 l! 2 Z O \! Z D� D D 1 mD VJ t� //��O N N Z Z > N -ID zll. NF�m< F ZAN..OY jam@rN vz'Ay Orn P rn N rn AD O 11M C o 'O 0 N C r-`f yO y� N Q G>� OZ D Z Z O" T M A A O N i V OrrO1lx�Tyrpil Opp<ryTDP D7-Z jv-M m N pimp OZvO D f-rt V O _ � AOO lr N0ray N o m ODo �yH /N� NZN N^DmNr N (0nrnn rn /Z� mnOO DrTi TN-AIZTADO S?IOT AAOI O.-.>:E-o..Il N000NCy �� O C) r Aj O m D -I -NI Z o) ^D G- DITJ[ �/� -I Z -I��lrr��! Oi% N /�Q® m V! rn `T m o ,�.r Gop A1Z1N lINrn ND�A 4�rX Sm O��A2 AZ c 2m�zomom M Z 3N V! m jZ C)O N V X X O XV• NO Q m o N N N 1 D CCO o.-. 02r NZomz tp@�'vi taDr2TDaA 1v XDm-Ir Dv�Z 02 O m rn G �. �D-. -N_I ''� rn -( rn--t. v/Z/�� .�. -2 �. '.i. No N O \ o mr GD�!o�m 3�A Zm00?£oN AO CCS DINII�N ZDmF � Z r z <D D O N \l V NVI N Oi rn N �D _� N N� � cI Dm�o�opm o"a eD^?moaD➢�iNrO�'-io yDgM N N N rnN r^ o rn D m r Tfl m o -o o -piA 1�1 D xi For3A N sor zA DAD ?; _ T rn V tir Aim M VU-i <r Mp ZrO� OD xn=D rNil v O C) ��N N�a° D AC D rr----�� o 0 -4' X O pp�00XOrPmy vo vDm OAP��Nr � Z �0 C O m A co 0 O ']c ?oODDNDO M mANM M3 DNN r M 21Z _ A �--, l➢jmm C;TNM pv0 Z30I2TFdO O.11.rOilzo M`mi NNym "ll D D pONO-I� rn M D a O O O Z Z N o A.2. =� O p 0 O O X O O a OW Z D o< � 0 0 0 N A z D t000 O vFNz _ 'n D ;Sw AYAAz ADO A➢SN r>m-.1voo.NOC CA Nm mO O n nN O D ^D O O V' m Mm O D moo H !! DZ •D� n�a'q 2y�mf�11FN�mN mA�F�ZV S?CDIN z ��. O O� N DO m \J�' o N D Z 2 no O pOrMT•SxODO XZZ Dm���my DN O�Z mom 2MnNF3y2 rn -m 'Zn -P Oc�n o'O .Dr )C V O N ON'T„rmrD O"iOr mr0_v ADA c01v 0=?DDF CC Gm V' M rn N NN T q A Z O N DO m O �V NN ZDFi3o'r Z;o. PMr Z�Z C O -��__-�_ X ^ O- O O ;gu —kw DDA OXDD v�rO�n xOr Zr vM m0 Mru n 6 w N ll D O inZO "T-U��' r�m FOM NZ�Azy Z' D n D3 X�XXXX� N C 11 .11.0 Zr� O AN -Nl Ohm ;ya A No TOMrN11T1fT NON ONt N�Dv' M <;M AA 1m-I-I-I-I-i D O10 (n ll v D 0 IT c% Z® NAO-nm.A� ➢ OTD 2 Ty3 -' �p NX-a-oAA2 D Zs rnN O DA m D Z D NO Dmc(oj NO .2NN].0.-.r<T"iP m y3 � �A pA.p p p p p p rn y G N D 0o A O C A,F A-iD r� 14 ll p� N M <Il'00 V 00 @ m v Mr101 o2 I) mm @ 3 r v p00tUl in rn:0 rn m roll mN O M O D N-10 D= of -Dlm 1 Fn - c D O 1ATFmZ zN 0 n O O 0,� Z N 2 rollD2ti2 prnZ NN O '-^� D N D �Dr2TZ rlA A ? N A T r zFD ;1 0 O m O p O 0 y o M � D Z O (� 00 mMMrnmrnmmrnrn 333333� D DD A D DOaD Z Zz'l ??fO N N ' N N N N ? t➢N N "O _ m m ITS ...N���p-•r �.b—b-o rn O O N o oo0 IZI A rn nl 7 rn C) C') iZl Q -:n rn rn mD A � D D r 1'T1 mm...rnmrrTm� Dec yc c=�!Z!'�� �cmi�xo-n oN o3N< rn �� Z O AAA�A AA AAD m K-66ti CA�! r OZC'O(mI NZ NNZA J l—�Z Z Z Z r 1 (10000>>00 NNr NN (fl �DDD��D DDr O O rnxD NNNro�Dr_iil o O'�ox S rrr rrr Ama A�wNmr �mzv mo N4 am � rn v'DOzz0`1 �OOrzo p� D .m.pa mDv� D VJ oo � �nmrr„rn 1m AFzvFo rA1> r ^V � �{'� i �I�ADD A�''D �N m4)M 0 o�zI z �,� � M --� OOAAA N�'�D DDrm aD N NZ N >;Cjl-TTV �{�'�r ! O 1-A„1 rNT rn rn A D Z Z T m o "I r z N H ''�j(V( Z D OOANN DZ�P ` rn� �N Z rOT I~�T m N (� r N N r m r z D rn D ,nn rps V r n 'j O A z Z z j�1 CS H Q rn ¢N a rn 3 V' N O N O 0-O v 0 -o p C) CP rp D -P O D o� >O rnrn nD oD o = D al rn m w� Oz �I� n A D M Z o F< < < rfl � N < W N -P 0 -�{."'0 O o c_Orn mn rn U W Z<O r71 x� OZ 1rn C)D C.) r- 0- W 2 ZO 4? � - r=jl N O D rrl T <D t$1 'I rn o D N o I m�x N +' rrl r o _o - =z r (,,P W � -I a n n D oz cmi z o vN,a (y - rn co � �O C-)r-n �z Gun y r- n z D 2 V " ro rTI D r- rn Z o o 00 o w P m� �#l'm V G) \ .r. a v rn NN Y N 91nS ;u ''o N n;il Z mm ?� D rill m MpSO :37 3 Ill z Om (PO rfl o T D �O vW y W Amp if - N RI _i Pfd m I N CO 0 I i CO Q O U 01 yy F tE W vW o o Z. O z3x 3 U WOW IL C/) 3 ¢_ a ON a`VONN J m t0 ] ON aCJ'a'ON O Q O x � go u m o o '� zvsi a a'aWON H o w z w z a oa�z N NoaoNd U w o O 60 °a 5 i a w 'o w p w fi' ��Oa�OU)ow o Q a w w w w F- '�m x o Z t>: Wo _ FoF ¢ J m 3 o ya owo z, N Z N fall N3 �f~JOO z o Z D> ^ w c ^ a O (o NO2I,G3R' o Q W o �® N ® �` o -�raoa3 N n I x S' Z O U )n Z _J o o w .. N ¢ ¢N a°tRa z O o U i ¢ m o U w �f`u�oa-i w > s ro1 - - - L - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - - - - 1 ! I w z�z z�> �o -o°� !I I 0UJQ ma8�_:jo J �Z( ^°0w1 Niz 3 L - Zwa Adz zNQ _ O 3 o JUG oF-�U�3 °° QZO �QoN�o Lr_O ow w .z z Q< �oz�wa3nb aeo�IiV�) end �Idw,k]o N >0 oQx Xa o =W�< m i O of z 0 F- °oo� M 10„Zl M 10„ZL 6 O U w r Z- M 10„Z L O a~a M 10..Z1 p M 10.Z1 10. �y a U a W M 10„Zt —��- _ NK a aaKH _ 0 III U OO +j -- °5 - - -- �� m O S - OS ---- '--- -- CD U 11 Z o� Z Nm Z 3 J N - l0'10 L pNppp _ tt W O M y h h o tM�nlaa ° �{W° Z= 16 n a O T )lHM30 33ha 0N0� j cn Q w zO IS — — — — — — VJ-1Ov o wi ~ wp �zz xn f WW �an LLa cn N o D �9L �Q N I / I r , Q� Oo I u I I - Z Z W z?a � V7 a OW Mafoo .2 i m v zo ooN �d poaol z 4 w�� ri h I 7 u m oo MN o�Z aE �a-w fnv h rl.I K N mo D pro a�ly oDa� I Wo II a aMr",F M D N No ^ No o I I °a o° �.� o� I a I av D --- - 7 wo D Vol, N ^ UU I 8g - �Z h mp3m '; I UU D m' I moo om \ R - 3s NCI UWN oz�rri m w b y 00 11I oo^ woa^ 2oa I NJ $S� dN lvo I m�ll I � m � a o y o v I �C��0. U I a � � � •etj° D a I I "z a. I Z. 85 I o JD �z h> wN I Za I o If \7 T d - M„99,90.ZS v 3 � I N�n� vD I I F QS EN.N- °h •�� I N I �3 mN 11 �D n I �N M oo n n = n Z X I #~ h m oa X F k 3 a I / ao I r I I y I — — — — — — — — — — I I I I I a I I I m s 5K. I I I mKU I g0� � I a NY M I paw I �11 l I -E'er-J _ - - - - - OS _- — — — — — — — — — — — — — _. I --- • - SS..H- � — (ad0?�lld?� N�13H1 10— N010N1�2if18) 55 - SS„8 - �JWJI IVINN31N30 �s / 0 N F Cl > W �- ton Q H to Arc, F W Q 44- Z tu 0 ct) W NN O W 4. 0.. V N Z .}d- O Z UJ LLl N J FW- Z O Z W Q a II aC.� Z nn IL U O fr LLJ 0.. O ti O o-' cA fr Z W W -1 Z 2 Z d Lu H O N -1 U J U O O J NQ> tJ ILOF Z W m ~ W W 3a yiN N wW O « N f^ 2� e-0C LLJ Z c .. W O >ZZao U) N ` W W 0- OG OZ W Y u �� O x N O N ,1441' t0 N0 LO R.F- Z i+1 w tp a 2 (J) K Q� Q� W= 76 ao 'o dL- QUA �Qw N N 0- 0a no 0-U �o (NU u I s I o I I h W 0< P z w O 2 U J W O W O w 0 N O a Z U N K U N N Z 0 O Z ILCi 0 � I 3m �o (O.� 3 m o z Z �X 9NI'1 .UNgdONd N � � Q w o w a n N NNE N Oo Z OK O N W J N W Y 2 U�dF arc O - R' N z K Of OO yWy W UN O Ow 'J zo NKr[f] QA "a �P z w ¢W �w a > O ' z O =ZO J \\ C Q� p OU �D IL J Na' • •,S W FN-N=N = 3 WR]rN (Njn. mw W I ♦-W LL. nop N o jUZ -- Z m z xw a� n- N3 x��w xoU >UIL Xc�w Wp =ow p ,... - JI¢LN (L V pj_ CD N R' ow _....-. .. -.......................... 4 r Z w �w rZ �7'N9.>O J d I a� r WO ZI p Un.'f NO \ OO a« O N�¢Z-� ZU Y UNNWOO \WK¢wN 0=..Q r ' WtrllS • I F rfj= Z b:I W ZZ� Jay w W I O W J Ur W K N of ��n , ,� 0 3 rho FJyay uXi O °_ ww wN wW� ( --- -gyp -ao �� I waoN �-0po0 IT I I I �` Y NZ pc�> J I W I \ a w3 M011 ZNZ= >rcoW >O 1 w NZ u= wb I ,v Wo' la .0,06 fwN� LPom Qa I 0-'N p� �pU O I..: Z N �000 PN�P PW i-3 I off ?=oo oPvH oN wzw -- - - - - zrzz r•-ar„z rg U Ours U���� w wo I ❑ irU'• rczZza t� KWU \\ O C9 Vw-J WZW JI<. N 3 .. WKZ< ZO�"=U Zy( ' >F�3 7iiIt o�c� Un �J-� I P O NANO OzzOW coi o f O y U W 1�`Y o f z a o IL N `� I M..ZO pCJ0���1 WXON O: / J"IL o U;zo Y, \ KWUQWWW > '.J.WZ NUUO? A LE mma --�J�- aN!'1 A1L'3dONd W DRIVEWAY is 0 9 o DRIVEWAY - OH PWR G /,� „� w(�m z .... � ... .,, LL1 r I JI J o ;n > W J !, w (900. Nw Ow w a� o« J I of S SD - z� > `n (Wirc CD (�� NK wz �3 Z Nz N `� --- n -- SD --- ¢c�i r r t=w uri N SO wa zwo --SD 2 S « -- zX-m w r_w 3 SD _- -7 -- SD - w u ��-- wNU _ -- SD -- O � 1 N 0 U J 1 3 W a V z U 1 O (D N O a J N N Z W m W mma> 3 w z F r P a U = U K W U = z a W W w m m O N O 0 0 ? r — N r X\ x x a l Al 3d0 d z z Q a a w in U zo0-0 W Qw a. .0 LJN ILN - a¢ w r o .., r r zzI O N =a Za !+ �; VOO Ud O Y O= I =OCL O x W p w w u0 r O � w Oju r�az {Lt,Sb p30< ? az o 3 c- -- ywKf -----.ey.� ;WN NQ� Na�� z Q W 0 o x�Ow I�:::I wow f >.. Q W «ow I ZN3y?NN W«NK ¢ U z „ x> (f1 0 ILA Z N y N z w CL r <ai N w IL 0 ? ? rcI ? oz Oo os�o ^ILW d �� II N Q JJ a Ja L UN�r I „ NW> O rt] Z y 0 I O W S x N Z z W I X O m .I r Z K W .J.. K a Zaj 3 fOL W r 0 O O F W W O N Ncur ':' 'T N N K U� o rc ScSn 20�8 Q a r ZW Wa pa NNN Wm� L._ .., {�-- _ O r3 O W F (D -_- O o.� r.Z aw aZ r UW IL L'1 z �ww m I Q Z o Q p U.U" N� W¢ WO... N �PJ N U �L z ~ IL U Z ZQJ FR J ..... m�p Q Q dWQ ( OE ,N 2W O W W W Z aW OW dd fL QO U O O JOO Zrc WW 0=5„ Wr " -1 I H Jar yIL Q X (A tOL . W Z '(9 O ID J .. p.. .,, >Nz ti o i d Fmx [C wO F w CD< a s (� < a tV fW- w J'0($ ® c-�f'ci W IL i?.N.. v \._1 -o p a J z w W P W U U F v z U o W U 2 O• e IL L....... o YL a 3 I < U a t0 0 Z w Z z �0 0 U( w C0 in 9 Q Oy 0=,a- -- I o Z pw D a o? N IL N U r p N z z cn z r z« W p.a• Ae Z n N OZ I t _ 20. U r N � m � N H -0 w I Z 0 R X O P� p fj r w 5 J N Oa co z m W N 'd cN ca CL w J w Ol OL 'NIW .q aw X I 0 LEd�•a. I �3d0�S'XVW a> > ri OL t'dWYa LL1 3NII 1,lNUU8 " ' <; a l.VM@K as N >enranla0 istxa CL M ;;moo w CL P $ OH PWR— n kF1X3 ,,,a r ._ -�_- �W�a 3 �� wf-' c"i w Z-N i aJWNZ .F d �Z R LU N>NOa oONN J a N w KK Z ZY Z 0,L) Fw.. I C '1 II Q `� zU�UW WaQ Jd ON OyN dO OW is .. MK A 3 JKOOG K ZN w3 W •= U .W WU U UW f-O WQ' -0 .-.......0 J Q tr� 0" 2� O y N O .N OwN r KUU U a..,,� I O - �Z NO F_ O dUF uri«y.0 WJ ��WO 2�. iV �d%O pW.a IL, Z a0o �O O .... SD _. - «« u: P> wa OU F0w"Z (1U IIw p' .... 3'W _ N-.Y....JW NU- QO N.. � p W>WJ ....... '.. ...N.N,z U. -03 -^N =a YO`o Far-NW 2U O, O 3RF.. K Z >J J O Z MuN W N _ =„N-'Y UW A a a W X XK UNO C, O ¢ O K O J .U, W W Q....3 f N m O^ rJz a " NZ .N-,ZNrWQ'. =ON' ...p'yJ :_._. OQ. .._ <, .... ......_... X.U.N F, �.PJU ,.." OZW N K w o O y « d'F-aN Q6 ¢W 6W�zWp f-J UUpUpO Z� Oa. .._...._. (� PWZj .r.QZW JW rctn KmTi«3W a03 OR's Jw �OUWP ..t-•. y .. . \ L- NaNWJ 'o¢y-¢ PN U 0- 0- F•ZZU' a o0a3 rc0 Jr ,'\.. �afr jza3 PZ s ao '-f— N Z�pOW Q2 J ID Z Kf JO W O PU- 1 $jY OPZ�> N JaZ ZW Z m Q ON r Q O J F Z �oa�rc orzw �a a Z x ¢� 5 Z arcaoo azo> Uni rJ� �r n Q a wwaIIOF-KN F�-Z N J oO F 0O> $re ?a>ofoL w' Q u1 Q• (n « M A h 10 Q a- -i s o � Z H- n w N d-co W N S F U Q O f- ~ w W o tu W Q O� wr Z�U W cn w N d OIj z w K N O 00 w 3 Lli O Z W J Q W W Z Z V Z _j Q¢ u a Z cD CO u-JUO� N W p C> O W W ann m ��Z =Z 73 °" O F��- U Q � U c2i O O� LLl Q 0 N J N N of f0. s CD pfLF�lO--' Z w F- z �¢ � �m _� w q QWF- OOQOU' O cA F- oc ~ m �w OF w W Z >Z Z e) "� w n- W ~ O p w O z W Y W of!O o 0 OJC >-O ,�J N > N 'O W N O > LIJ QO. Q W ¢o Oa-_V dIL pS Q w u z f < W > O w Ja H O,9b 3 O CDN-a N Zw a r ON_I- WZ ' Z a o wo WY a S aKF- U r 10 9,9 S,Z 3 a M o 0az ID wmz J Z Wp W Or m K a O K z W V W m Uaz 3 w zzx uOi wwo > w rcom V� � O 3O UW H �Q� FpN m QW NW r '. - - - ' . ou o O jot N 0m-N Smt .�V•O L M00NI z dd"V OL-Z MOONIM W xiv oJ' V T, NM LL X.9.9 9AOW2N LL ' - o N oZ m o > rLL jo x-aW p ZOm W� U O r" Uw y w>rxOO ZZ NQ.J.J J JLL WM% U'Q bK 1 '. Z O O Z j Zd Nf- NNZFa o0 DO 1' "M QO JLLpa' N Uw=Z w Z W K xN mw 2,W, w 3 N aJo Xa wo as aIoLL zx an O OUw' ( O cn Q O� U) ¢O JU OM1I NOW OZ OgOa O W Na0 W� O OQ O O 3.x.. Jp �O Jr Oo3Z 0p aQWN r Jo ONVFN"-Qo Vz�¢�d ¢ � �rz rJ�w=wa opoz o az _ w= a wa ' Y� w> ra=w3 � wz ZM ym> rc s V a r o Oo NmO > a 11VN1001S N3d 3OV1d3N ONV 2AO9V WV39 K X L 9NVO o /M 9AOW9N 01 NOINN1N00 - `" °' "' 1D ^ `^ d U J> co - - - - - - - - - - - - — U r r' — — — — — — — — — — — L� N '" o Z _ 0olil' `OZ X tO c7 O mW� P 00 O an Z r r Or O J W O Q ¢ w roQ z O m 2 a m W •3 'o 3 F- o w w w ll 3 F- a w w cxa N zLL O z z ¢ :. N (�iiwradrzm 3Wzta.oz"Wo,�a�3.'w�=-O<c:�Ax 7-Q�3w rw a zUafJaJLL-�N.U�Ow2UNO._'._NNaotWaJW1WKa_L_rNWWN�JLL I-I:I ^�NKoWa nwra.LLa-i�zaUzD'•O o0JaWwaN,O`t4n4i, �NxWfwNw>rc`pO-oxa oOZ-m OO�mo3-/''0�-.tr�I:1.r~'.9:.I,.9�-I�.•_I�oL,..Ly/_9mwroZW3 wwK.>x�"`O'���z>NWJ 3,U�OOZI Jw a lI O//OU\x^I�J-iI1_I-_.._ra/J'�IILr�._�.�fl,•.-.._wLL81.•.,._•..p'9d_�L__\•LLZ..-9.��..—L ftioLL wJI'-t�I=�/wN^�-o�-_wNb�_—.w--xNJa�OrO-"_-l.od�n'I�0Or9aL ILIII J•-�=w•.0.apWorl �U3mOS_;"LL�J1�_\�II'_U"_2 U.v_�`�_....Nw O.a D.9fma0^i.•�..(�.,•S,I 99..O II 9.wz>'c0Zzb/ilw'�`.-_�,.µµ\9J:J`«I��1-m.«V(.LL._II�dz I_N traa.O.�a lO ==wooN•, \'3ara 1 IzONaft,�W/�FarW_❑_�__wI.L_._JwjZJrOO-®'_.wm¢wJUV.N_ z:OiouT0 vpdo �Ww.Hi.dUQac,tRYJWWUzi��a1, .os... IxWt L' wN>O QmmZtiUmaaaz-�OZQW oOlraafK- azraZ2ZXwwZ II Xw0J3 orOxr•n fJ3Ww�f^LOOLZWJF-/I -°'pWQOnarOy ZUzr.rcF Ji rwOzNaFO2ZwwwzU O w 01 JKOy aNZ3omFo owNwa�rzQ.Oaaa owaoOOt0 N oNIVW�01 V WV2 X-L m.a_Q w Q oo' w o C. W mZa� JU 0 0, a W u N 3 O.0 1W U N 0 JW0ZLL e o-� woVaNwONrZjoO.NNwN--.+ImmNos3 L Z a OOwV wp 3N Q V O NO WO UC Q _ O ........ a0 O 3wU O ZUNF p IL0OL9< o z zmXXzx "ILL 3 JL IL mr ox bl 30-.9 MOONIM �'V.0•9 M ONIM .0-.Z X.0-.9 0•.9 SIX2 9AOW911 3 W9N o 8 l \J OZ, aw r¢Yo WOo w, vv '0o UZQaN3 io--C-mINaororaxQjUO0xN i' zam '. -xawzN`rIziLLo�jW,zQaV'+" aLLn.rcj -�A.0rWO0>Oa3WW� Oz.azO3N(�XLLN.%I2 a -0 aU<O LL0 ONO> WaW 0OWWOO 2Oao - -2zOab3 oo3 iom OZWmww WmWw 2 a a NN Q U ': wOw z NNLL NZz O ah to K�W-JrwJJazroj. �1�Oox 22 No Mg x OW O Q^ N ~ W FKOO UUod 1z xU3N -O J Q K ZFF LL Z a .9' L R - r?Na O .XN _j KN? w oaz¢ CL z..rOoo=z O _ 9.3. > x 0- ww O0oo .9 01 N OO } NF VO 1 OO'd 0 Qa 3. oo� zwo, ow � wow sNia Z 9 ON oz -0 o o J ,Wx a zx 'oaN3_omz o 3-'z3VIL4 -o O w 3o '0 3zo � i aw3 N I m Z \0O IL 0. JOm O� O � wKU U OW JVLL g ZZ. aZLL z O a U"a 10L• OOQaw O•.8,0-1 .' W 0L .9 CL omi' 20VNO 01 H10N31 H01VN.0•,OZ -Po J_NaLrWrWQma. Q, r� d OZ N a U zoFo a� I ro Ia "1 I I I mU `I WVN do Wr O WO III I Sm3m p< NN , J W o 3 J~ V— OaU 1-r w imam ama I � Z Vl c �c0 W N d �— V O w t` W a mod' 25 Z 2'U W x � 0) i N o-' W _ U c NN wr O W d d U H Z a V = N Z d-� tj x s 2'O Z _j E- ` 1- W E F of o o`o w 0 LIJ < W W O � a Q if a z Or9 o LL_ U O 2' N ILI Z ZU U. Z OL z w IL W �� oa J Z=Z .. O O Q J cxi N U r w u u �. �a> W a O O N .°. 1- N 1O G 00 IL H F- z0 f1. ¢ m ^ _ W _ i U J O >z Z e) N -, - W H D v fl� Lu W f U'S o .. OX W N O N e) ..W •-.Z W Y W �� N OL..IL ~Z O 2' N �' W c0 2 X a� ate.W x �¢ ao a U .. d- Q r a' cN W IL n.U o N U $ O O i O � p W � ... .....-__.... -----..... _._--_ - ....- ....-....--7..._, lu T�. ; N o if -41— -- - — — O _O 4 '. C9 K O Fes-O ... ..... __.... z a-..: sp.�. _ O - .. .- ILL d.X _ . ¢Z p _ wwxzp� cnubp .lE Q-Q aWw�ao ..... ZZ .Q� .. zrcam¢ =�aam¢ azm¢ I 1 O O— ._.. .... ._ _ - ................ Wit. _ �r �z ' t y � L .: _ =T Q N p n W 1L IL (90fG O0. U' K ZH wW Z ZKp w Om m 1z3 NF3 �z WO NN Z W m Z W Z W O? W 1 J K W d 0 00 1-N O ¢ Q 00ti� Z Fw Y y UNpj� � p W WWWO .-- zJaa uj J a I U I N I (..00 / O w .......... ................ .... —. .ram"—�` � ...0 u.�. IL_ O O W a i J IL of a ~ OQ w a Z O U' 3 y?Z ¢ _ N N Q 2 � Q � Z N W J y F a�Q~ x OUF N W N J 2 O 0 m NW..~ IL o 0 M Z o z Qaaa ww O K ❑ �N aw on d� E, z>u Oa O x ..1 i Z U 01 wdaa t;O ro� _ N W W z ¢LL W J Q .. p w Q kv ��I;7�[`J\� N o ww r i -<O 3 U u N O IWL Y 3 !^ J Z N x J W J W N cV z �✓� O Q Z r d J ~ ¢ Q @ w a j w � Q " 5 aF- oz�CS a c U r zi w z� ZUFd ` ❑ F V 2 ¢ Wd NY Z Kam+ p J U Ky _ O w KIwL O FwO ZU C N Wm K J w x Z WK o W fF N U QK OF N W ~ U- Olw- ,W0OZ <W W W U� 2; CD H Q Q DO <o ,o W1 Ni v :o 03 coi3 w N.� w Wz 1 L a H N W O p O W <w W <Y LI J �� Q N N ¢N N N~ lL = m j Z = p 2 W 1G m j Z (46mLL1 NO JJ FO UZ�LLj 3p 3�a� 3p 3z v' 3 3=w� , w W W w¢K W W W Q wO OzJ zUHa zJ zo z zoFa Q S O LLJ Vl "N 'tN J N M ~WVFVF ao W -0cNc7v,—NNcDi uwN LNJu LF�u W LL Ll d Sc W - LLI U) Fx NWOU W zW Z � J N W �.. CD xa JZS Qc nW a N> W O�QwN If rcau4w wa o O IL F-O F- ZO ~ a > `° r =rc C OJ F-j C .. W O>Z Z.n N r coW W Dv Oz W u Ur 3 W �Ng �� �O0�� 2 w W 2 U Q0 Qa Wi Q U,-. •t Q w w 2 cN N Oa Oo dU I70 NU u wW ?z d w m xl- W F- N a J00000 �c FW tlm KLLW. 2'J � � VA VA VA p¢K O W K U WZ K O tl N O W W F N a O N O ol x~z W N �❑ O\F oa 3 ¢O o N 3dW0w3g r�Zm JO J WDj f-NV W W x W W W>O a J ¢tl o'N NZdJ O] JI-m-NIL Z WE ON N H� 6¢aa¢ZOZ a W V-N Qtl OZ WOZ WWxA3N0 Z O�ON.J. W W J2 Ua yrZ �¢W,QNKI~- W a��,0�pw IL IaL. r ml-aJ 1�¢ F-d Wx WOE 1 OO � tl�K Q FFVC..� O WOZ_Z_p =�7 O tl OW Z Z_ Ow p0 J2'a¢<pw0' xZ W JO�Uay U0 LLpjW H�=VH-0W W WJKQNQ OZ Z KD N U U WLL ww W r�NW0F0 W30 jOW U3 U>>O 00 .Z.W OOW VOJ x�wF-a LL1p WZN..J ILOO m / an' ZN 0djo=Z�Qm�fl-�3N<LLw HfQ W IL IL ZW3¢ O Kd'N LL= J J a Q J W tl tl p 00 m u N N N O� z tlZ UOx NNWUXXXZW,a3000 HrNr zz 3 JW k JQaxNWWW OILWOJ >xZZw ' \\. O Jx WOa JJF-W���SWW JK UUN~ W W O aF>m 3 tl Op Q m UOa'N-0Q a�N 3 N dd � a N N a Q 3 3 tl tl a a Ow a!� r O O m a a a a i a F F N N N J J J J 7L-.8 .D•A � � ¢¢ u ...... 3 j J ¢¢ \\ 0IL w w m CC F o 0 o tl tl 0 \\ w 3 00 y, w t9••e d m m w w w ......__ ........ U' .OL•A 70{•1 z m m 0 o Z W IL F j J J N 0 0 x x \ W N N W W IL IL IL IL IL IL IL J9-.9 O FF load , .0•.Z JH•1 00 o- a o a0000a a ¢ rcrc x a0000iv W w r r Q `n, AA rc VA NE 3 r > �� aaW W ad \' J Y 1wL O 10- N � 3 �—_—_------------------ tl w w D O � K rc j \ Z F Z W W Z Z U >> I- O N N 00 5 \\ x ¢GO ~ K K ~ W CDa s N IL IL N O .. N N W O U N 3 3 W U V Z x x. 000 b-0 J J W O tl O O X .0-.L 28.1 w O � -•z 3 r W a WO'O 7{h.L xx JJ o� 0 N I- _Z Z Z a a Z Z W \LEIN 3 3 p r r J J LL A u¢.IL IL R 1 o n ,� x O O \ W N N n J r 3 3 Z m m Z m m }9-•e O O O N O a N J U(3a tl V 3m O tl m m W W I .0-.L !B•1 o0zp0LL' - 3 wawwzz wwauaiwN J J N p O ti O F W W z H F o ¢¢w}}� J U V O z a a IL IL a s U \ Z Z} > U U V >¢ ¢ W w z z a a z z ��a = w J IL aaa IZLan r J NSZ N o Z U 3tl 3tl 3(�3tl 3 Z Z~~ r Z W 6Z Z O 7- 2tl I-H:n33Q z u- F z jI lj xaaaaia ( w 0 0 0 _ I� 33 K K Z Y.,U Q F- z Z Z Z Z Z z O O C K IL a ¢¢¢ ¢¢ ww ww oo�cri c~im � aaaan-a 38•.e 33 33 zz xwaiw 3 citi F 99 09 00 o w fm m z z m m ,y.1 o ww w W ,• y? �I�L333Y¢ H c30 c0i c0i can can .0-.Z .B•.f .Ol-.{ 8-.L w o0 00 'r Oozui ai o0� m 3wwwzz N N¢Z Z N tl lb CD CDi J W x x r tl Z Z Z IL IL Z _ \\ Q uI F.» F- r� N3. a W 1¢a.ILL Dom..d R O w coo U0 SI 0ww ¢0 3 3 ,0p 0m ,0p ro N Q Q a Q Q p x Z m m m W m j=1 ' F U can O tl tl C9 \\ \\ \\ O.... m m m�aa 1,[� Z FO-F N Z z v m Z g W Z W W Z Z J J J J l'1 O N N N N Z 0o 00 O O m m N m m O N W. K a K Z >> f r x F FW-Fw-. u tl !e•.L .0-1 � w w w J p d Z a A n b a j N N • wool, • "� = W W W W W IL W W N N C W W 0 0 0 000 - J8•.L .!L4'b•'E .OI•.L OWX ON3 >r rL WJxILNm WUNXIL7 Y3ztlXW UWNxIOL LL'.XIDL- �•O3ztlXWYaV Y3ztlXW 3zOXW tl?Na JW0p fWr aJOOa a0aO R\ \ - W V axa Exxa¢- 2axU Zp3N3U OopJJYUIxy-WaSmO tlzOtN6dWOmQ-.W�WiW�W¢QW^mwF�WW0m Ww3ZY�N1}QC LLUwHw�a"zr¢'_Na}FNwmNNDIL NJJ�tlxjaNZ�a aNtlN}FNOQ.rKW3xc�Kaxrca LLjI WaFzx0�N oWZOI m¢wWN wmONoowNe apWdKNx<iWpfw pNZJwwOO FO>Z �O E1= p L NZ . w ,w IL Z Z 2a¢ a N So 00 tl x O ¢WaaUWaF�iN NJJ mp ZIJL NaWNCcii>QNWNti FaWFNW�1WHNWF aNWNiu¢ Y OOO WpW -n O a ¢ Q OQOpOO 0 0 z z 0a00 2aw� ¢m-,3 zn z5 W g 0 0 H 0 0 WaXOK'UZ= QQQQ QZZZmmO Z U0 ¢K NFHO pQ o J W.I. tl WN J jKOd we NWNzc0i N N W � F N cV lV ap i0 i9 � W ON pw._IW ZWWUJ�OmqY NfN KR'p. �j Z W O X O X b W a�LLpJp Ow V 3 N ro O D O O ip W 0 0 0 0 0 0 W 0 3 m W 2¢ a J tl F W W Oc. m p WF"¢KZXO 0 O O Z is e> n io i� i. in r X l2 zz} Jo 3N owl}wF O}z U Y O . 0 0 0 0 0 W UO d A N N N .. Nrc N A A O A A A Iz... O0p¢rU O QxO3W�z3 ~Off JWa- O Q T OWW WL V U OO O JRw O m Ep =tl WMOWF Z ui 0 0 o d 00 WJx-�zwwor JJa o>Jp�w O o 0 0 0 0 0 0 Z mVO Wttl S.. 7 Z OZ Nchi.n •F u� m OaN>aw3a<W .000xa- QQNw 0Z Z .. _ p t`l li Y N m n mud H = N w w .CDi n Q w o n Iu W o w Q Q Z U N i F �' oc a F z w a V c N Z N= z a U Z r J F w F OZW JQ a O FW A N 0,0 ttro amiG IwLJZO-O��- N fe N ON�i¢w O ` F Nnn J Q� i-L FQ> O 0)L m z Lij F- di EO>Z n nOw w > �'F ..j ¢� II uJvr o -.)0 dD ,~O O e0 of w m ZZ S J ILl Q0 Q¢ W x na Qp ° acN W cN D a O o o_V N J W O ¢ a U' z Z N IL N FW-J K F Z ¢ O 3K IU a W KW FW- 0 Q--ON a ZOj ZJ - (D f j IL IL U mu cox a c�i F3 H za IL Cl) io 3Z 3 30. ;A'mw m _IL Nw wo ¢ < < z�Zm Z zcn wm 30 < a4 w zz o Z aU F Q Nn. n coo F oo O a�am i 33 o wm 3 UQ IL ap IwL IL = N mN W Z 0 O of U' ox o3-3 mwWO-Fm Q u- I-IIL--.: FZUaWaW QwN OFcQH!znOQWLn-�i NO- c�N�WJ��. mUy1oND I'II'aacwQF I�I- Z uI-IIIIII_�III I0Nm-II�II =<FxaUFF0zrp� aZ - -❑-za3Z lmY3pzi\..�Q�Oz3mNSFriZ3-omwQOZ�WO- ✓i:--_ �NQ3ZFa_ 3XWduorccxFwrI��wY�OaW.� e2NdrfUiNOxND 1$�}2�f'oNX3Z°OrcZLL¢FoOmaWa<m�Nm F�VaU0 .0IIt.IiIII..�FaRIWZO zWFIa�10 a a v .KwWFQO..So rcxx 60 0o � 0< yW ¢ (7E,§ � O U Z ID Q :w 2 x oa o W WWwZm ,�3FzNW NWaNNXUN FF?a�awO_NW2m>WUWK�RQ. ..—... UI..: - .'.c �ll �,O3w p OW ZO pU I I WN WW 0 ',mFWOpNrc�. aJA.>FUa3¢ z IW \ LO cba0o O o d ui aL__ Mz . LU -04 LU NO1L 0- ;0 71 o 00 [7 ILI O O J zz F z � o 0o o m3 0 _ .... ao Nto'FNxc.�ij. CID IUNO¢WWZU¢rc01I1 ) ; >ZjWm. � ZZ� 0Ica z[Li w O aci V O UZ & N LL_HF LU WFw N NN IL i CD F W01 IX Nx U N N O O OXOw0 F W VL- W U O 00 WK CID NO40 IL CO arcom3 0Z- 80 N3 Mo W F Lli w o ZW � CD �z zo Z.F �o >z cw U p N m ] UpU p z zi z Oww ..O UUW S o O UNrc3 p 3a32w 0 ZNZN `",wzwW o.P XO (U ZFZFOZZWNN WU zWUo ❑ �Q -I .. t� J Q � LIJ W d H ON > N U u V W o W ON W 2 N F Z F1'V N F C.) 7HFC ca FN¢TzO�� .........-ror3F-F~xwz-NwaN`Xom'aohZQ<ofwm b�KWxF-w rp�w�rcJ 3 NFNOt-�aXFNa�N a o OZawi x O�'i iOZWi ?n�O zoNFXw_�~FJZi•�o'wFO�e°x'f:Wo�l,.... QSF��p1ZOW= -wOdwAaWp—XNLL�N3ita,ii 0W b• -�t"s y>IF.a rW,�oJ-QL d-s,F OW0�aF�1XNNFusi�Z id W>Xdun�OW. yWN3 ,�I►II...._-_.O•I�H O`�1-I V I �w N LU` z W _.. N�zaFaQwN bjo� mxNaaWNrH z�mUNNOo' ®J�FUa'w�WLLZtUO<NnbVW•mQ.0�;�i-i.U8�+1axmNi-J� /Namac�ZU_1i,V o3c p.oai NWFy- Oao � QJ(`HQz�'�VXi��o�^F l•N�/ 7wFFU4�O�UN' - r0w� mN�oZ�ow2ONlH�H Jmu ¢ F I 2 OH 00,0 JO 2 ' yn _ Df ¢ LIJ¢O ¢W O > Z m qLIJ IL OOW Q o C. wzwaow O � a-IL woof � � N FY LLJN! o QUl m It XO q"x I W O Rl C�) O LU Q =VUJV KxO N LU 2 a C,Oa VZ J Zw Z- No LU 0 �j — OOw F, IL O Q am a o- -77 �0 l/1-9 X f6.9 M3N o3 W 6 ^ Qrca WQO a LL LLO pw PnZu O. II akSn_ OO Tj E n o Z 0 p F N m o O cornN �� o o O N Q N u t °� n� m > W u � uw o n E _ 0 a N 8 0 b NN a w -J C) Pip U Z p 3 a C m'Y Q C�>v' a W v Z oo p mma° ¢.Jz.�zm aa•. �o w t FF �� IL W o �N z FW ,� 4o5 nm''. FF- w n J", F W Q IL cn a LL, O2 � q Z W F-� c mLU 7 O j Z V / - � wqoc 0 0 W 2 O L jo J Ju �F 2 UUURn K N U Oa C90 Yczi =t a i w m CO 0 z z 2 2 2 2 2 2 S S O L O C i O 2 w z U U U U c -•a '- am aSO� zoo g g ' g g g g g �caiw C �ywm ¢4 J�wS zU m z J W U Q<C, L Z w z U•r a?Z w g Q m m Y a?m pr zUz - r zg >3 UQ ¢ wz g gZm❑ w ci 'OR w w w F w r O ONO J¢m _ OQ O mz OlL2 W dU d d'N aWW m(nY W U U W W J W W L )O❑ ° a w y K a Z w Q 2 W S Z O U 9 O- W W W g g g g g W w -p�.^.i Y<ti p Z m J r O W 2? r x r r m m r o ❑m m3 Z- Z:n m p 4 T>S O❑ m K mcw.)O W W Z J Q O O Z w 1 � �U C J Q m O w¢ w w w LL.O K y a= ❑¢ m z - p m Q z m z m J 0, x-r w z w z Q o_Olt x o o x x x x x x = -moo g> w' w w w w w w ° w ° U >w> ,rnoU >s rw- UO x or m a ❑ w V ro mm 2 W W g g Z g g g g o __ Fz.--"' a m4 'z az z❑ ❑ z ru wmmmWV m zx mSV d2 zui¢w ¢Q =� a�O m❑ wr >v� _ N ° 2 Z. zO z Y O�'�;nmJ wW a>' m c ) z'.2, 4? UQzur. zw �< ¢3 mr 5�i<<zCL 4� �w iw xJ zg_ zz mw aw V d° ❑ o O-ww m4 oa3o 0o K �w❑ow? LL W Wz w (n T = G _erg m� F-ooz fnm d ❑ zo 3 3m a a N> cxi w J u c=i c=i c2i c2i cxi c2i W i<° ?. °w 3gzd �m $r w�<c<Zz ox zwwozF am zm w w w w .nc ._..e UI ❑o¢F g� o zSO 3z v0 w w g g g 1-' mU m�� ,>n �z ar mwwo gg m ❑oazpmz W a3 �❑ m¢a ULL W <0 LL 0 _zaaw >'z �F zmz� �� ++� ❑coQooS a. �CZ: Jz�N 3❑ �r x a ?C z Q U U z J Z a Z- C7 w a r Q J p a J O a m'w m¢¢W uwj J r m ❑ Z °rz z °g zar❑ WW d wWw amLLo U0. w 3wz <Rl� wx LLI J Wz T` O ❑ nT. V arww gm WmmW a 3w w Q �w W aac9 <a' � z. awzw �a W�KZSZz2 x ¢_ Q azFzN Uz Ofn o�¢� >x mommWm-mw ¢> JxmSzz ww V o3 0 -; Ww '✓'n' __��m= au�i z�Fc4i mN N >_>>¢>>a Ua ww�zww zz Z Fw-Z U _zw C.?JI �jZ F❑w W U W OUyaa=ad2 2❑ m 2Zr W r mm Uw o SU ��i� za wOaU ¢uri �o�o�No�cv w¢ ¢>'Yzzd <O ❑U mz '.x - �� °p raor 2> mV xZwz,w 20 ?gam ❑ ❑wa < ❑ m ❑ w z❑ oxV¢ p ¢¢ mzwz wF mm WaS g m zm w ❑ S a O❑ °� am w7 x ga w����g��� a= m- W V w m ¢ mo¢ ¢ r z Qo ;Z wr❑ w�o z�mm oz uri W mzo a z r zw a0 -puzw o gJ>- �w w r O w LL�O a m m m Jni F C1 - Tm a TpF w❑ wUwW JOm wm U 3rx - r mr z __ i4 ❑ a?Ua, or, _zz Ww z�w wz= gw ww w °o i ¢ W ;20 -o NZN NJF7� ao ra rzra3aU r�. i N N g m W. O r> V a F w O S O -0 Z w Z <a ..J o Q o •n❑T J U r00 r ¢❑ 000 aC7- mm QU a oo m0 I W �;N �< -,Q Uwv UZUa Uw o=z W y¢ <ZQm r¢F� p0 �r r ¢gtt �U V xV T_ w wzo m ox ❑wo w OKw Fz >>m O¢ OWa az F W mJ rw mVw¢ 3ww z¢ w❑ 3r rig gz J w zoo d o> ❑�xw oam Om 3z pm Oa¢ O ❑ m e m SLL LL w g0 wOrx Om Ur J6 j- g>o FU w O m ti N S m n C p H W 0>V m ° m z O a mph LL z sZ m�a° 0 ] a3 z CL z >: oz _ uz � Plx-a�womr °ma �z C7� ui ° c�wF r - UrU r 3 ram z W ro g Gm_ WN_O ZZ � F Z ¢W= C x �WQZ 2 °rW �= w zz� w z mmm �gw w L x Fxo u z e -❑ ° <7O2 o❑¢x ❑ m W wz Flo V or W z za - = r zUw =� wF,c"a °��% xw0r W m O a0o< zU o rUT uJ w �o �o pzo W z ? =z ca m❑°w xw r N ❑in IL Oa m a O d❑r Z Z a O UOS z L S �nZ I m o w zwQ rF w W Q NFU DO m �wvi z V dQ w i Q LL r �`- > a wm>O° -p C K a W,❑ zZ Q tN-n I m zwa4 O ?z r mLLU ¢ OW (¢jU0 z v m wmc.i Jw �� wwarpT ❑FO0 1, V ♦� O z �' \ w Lf)aver w-0 m a = Iwo =g a Jrm< <� ao g �z dais �� m>m < ¢ aF H< '-¢r~ U m�-U z .:_4 < Ua w0 LL� N W O� NO O CL .- W d N W g Z m C F O z W J z w'C>Z - -/G C O Q Z Z g N , m Z C Z O m m W °¢v_¢ W m W 0 YQ,,M- �� �o� w o agp ° s� � N o � °- o�,� ozzQ�w°iw Ow-� ❑m o 30 �- z o a ° o rc � oc�a wm Gra> dw r Z o❑� ° o po a tizm i m �m a - o m art ��zp x ❑J Z iIWn 3-W _ ❑ U moz U O zo u. _- - = w Zr - mC c z W Jw. �a LLw�w ma c7 v J rw° o Qw z >°F m o wr m Q �w 0 gw; o r om°w��U x J mow z U w L C g m ¢ 0 m a r >m w w oz zJ g_ C >o erg- z c�LL ❑ z w- w❑ Q ❑-� O a0 U� ¢zw w O ti°caz = C= O w am3 ¢g <_ OVF v a�°❑�nz>o.- NQN �Faz Jr. m LU Jzmo W and ww xuriJ a murio " •.0 °>> g�V <c' wzz<J w0 c °w go m-J m ¢ - O> w da C c . Jr� Z�maO.oa°Jw F. wz w = W a W rcJ m Gm < m W a W m 30a V L - :J:J m W g 7 C. J m J daC:L rcCUWi li❑ W OLLZgZ>W r m U ❑> w z �a 'nm w❑O zcJ wCwOOm Uto Z Oda -; m Or �w0 1= oaz 'r m z - �'� - mZU mz �¢- '�<uE O rrg-LLw g >m O C zm U> r m m " ¢ C Z F-m C prm w W°- S' r W o O ¢w °i <w0K x w OzOa m w w w UmU m Oi m CJw¢Cti F W ¢mr Uzmm00 r N g zs i " Sr rr Fz�F LL r=- m~rC- u+. ❑ w z LL- awi zF pr, o a x2z c�=z m- FFwi M w 0 °s z ° go z arz g omg a z 3 z gx 'u �Wmo zro 0 Foy<N ° ' ¢ oo❑� ro a JLLo J a waa�aa� LL 4>m a m z�z i°i> °z zc� W _ x G 10 I C W �¢ -OT g m amm c`- x ZZ❑ZZ Z Zm❑ 2= _ COJ- < Z1=' ¢zJJ U sL " om Z❑ U.^. tw7 Nm `n:¢ w m¢ 00 a 000 j CJw o > V am❑4U�, ❑ OFwg❑Cw�'� m ¢ z o z w�com a > ¢ zU a a mga�Um U Fr FF z> ��z V U� ¢ w2Sz O g 2 <0 �;rcc0 w z- J a4 g<< m O - r, rm m °n= FzwUina c r J SJ rw am az J Oro C ¢ zz m z o- =z0 ¢ a S Oa zx OmzOm m Q w y tij wam~u-¢i ¢ zy z? UOO� w O UV�,< ¢ wm O T </ w asz i J i> _c; ~¢F�c``7 z OUa Fa�Owr a_ z ww J o = > zn v.� w❑ Fw V¢ '-'� v0 O <w wigORzC i0 ~ a Qm)y°j z N Q Iw m� ��G m 4 LL ❑Y°F O �!z z ww mgr a a ��m m2J rSOw ❑rU W o.0�mU NUmz� ww O� i0V❑Z U OVO¢O ¢ ¢ o - ra oJz 2 ar ^w=00dom p¢y rL z mLLwS z gz Um r3�¢ > Uz 2>U a g c�N N N ry N� z; r?Q> V°wJ�i ao U pU U U °�.Fx->iLL¢OU7 Kim N " OW ate❑ A FL pWw ❑ W m o ❑ w g¢m z ® r ❑ W LL W z z z 00 ¢ I ° 0 O Q W W 10 W x m rt o z ❑ a o ? m QW a o w M o O I"' W Z m z C7 N S ❑ O tq O r ° W g ? m U 4 Z r 4 w w z > m W U O O O ¢ m ) m S vJ fL N J ryz �J J w U u ° w > U W U 'z J tt w U z r ° Y LL a o w J ° z Q z O F o t ❑ LL w LL w K S O w ¢ r U w uri ¢ g O O m a C7 m z U ¢ z y r F w w w m F U 0 ¢ w J¢ ¢K Z r m w w m m J J w m z U z z w r w J Q 0. o S U 2 O S m a K 0 w_ W w z m m tY K O z N z z Q z z ? twi H N U z < z m u m o p ¢ z U U U ¢ OU a a J i w a J 4 U i z 0 O OU a T W ¢ m z 0 p z w z ❑ z w O V °x Q a m ❑ W r W uri W U LL z m l/l 4 �' r a U w H p Z Q O Z ? W d J U O U m Z >w 8 ❑W U o r > w z d w ❑ w w > U w zO x ° > a 3 o a g z z r o g o W z 0 0 3 cri 3 z X Jw�z �0 ❑ ro 2 OJ W J V• w U V x W W W Q Q C7 x ? m o S _ O J S z w Fw- x z W Z d,❑w o Z U 10 W U m o U V U W W W W U• 0 W x w W a - O m O ` O m w 4 a J W O w Z z g W m ❑ 0 w w m m w K ¢a W Z U m o 00 ❑ U U F W m N LL o Q6. ❑O Z W 0 0 �`ow0 Wr o 2 C:u Z r U O � T Ow(7 W- ,<z ❑ppQQ m Q W K S g m p N W rL'i m 4_ m J ow n0 wQ W U m ? LL U o m7 7 0 0 x U U m w m p d m 0 w > m 7 U U m U V Z wgmof z O 9 O W < F ¢ ¢ m U U V V U o o w w w w u 0 0 = i r - _ 3 3 g w z o a a❑¢r ¢z > W w g O �XUO >� Q O a m U ¢ J d LL 2 O 0 J J O m az z z m w w O CDw a ° w ° < Wa ?o mo W F W J ZZ.N ¢ w m m< w? N w rk o w z O 3 d ? 1 ❑ ❑ m w m ❑ g ' K ^W-� v z y = w m Z° IL Y w J w s < m O m W O Z W w 2 p W r r w W a d K m p W W W m 0 O W m W m' z J J J > ¢ r a m m r m 2 r W U p r J m m X U ❑ m ° Z m g 2 LL. W r m J W _ F-Z r W Y F ® ¢ 4 U ¢ > Z W O JO a W Z m W r W m ¢ w w rn ❑ m w ❑ ¢ g 6 ¢ Z LL N Y g r vi LL a a ¢ ¢ > > > m g rn m z w m C7 O r= r 4 r w m z o > ❑ ❑ 17i a o w K ¢ w m o ❑ mwZmEiV0 U J w U m O _ U ? ZO > ¢ w ° W ¢ 0 3 K ta- m¢V' 0 O o r F W ❑ Z w W LL 2 ¢ ¢ 0 O Z O F N w Y U r=j N Z m m m r m F r U z p m ¢ Z g m p J IY m U m z U_¢ ¢J O r W O a Z m m g r O F 3 O m V z 2 w w U ❑ 2 m J > o z O N zzxy._ rmw W m ID U C7 O tY Q = W < 2 m m z t- ¢ o a m m W ❑ O ❑ K a ❑ z K d r ¢ Z w ° o ❑ m r a w m O w V w U cri c~i Im- 5 m w „ m r o> o ¢ " z cri w m w w a F` 3m?~O¢�❑gow > F > r r > > U W J g m Z J w w ¢ m"zg FOrzl-zx 3 < O = ❑ ❑ ❑ 4 ❑ U ❑ rnU po=��waLL��� W m w a o o� z v ��wgzr Wow zr m m �m aw ig„ ex�Tc m mmcnF�=g Wu' zw ww m Y m Z ti U _ ��U z 5❑Z K a a r � a2xm>rl-W r -C mZ r �N¢F LLlN J m 2 U) ❑ �O U g o z,�Or=wO o Orn Y a 5 > o T 3 O OU F w > ro m oLL m z U F z U>w m r ti a ❑oY?Fina`w U w Z m p Y U m O a x>�U:LO�r SOO � H �_�� Um ilr h f.Z❑r2 W - N W O _ O LL Z p m Z N �)Z T YJ W<❑ 6 C5O2 Z r OF S I I - W ¢�❑�3 awa Z:TaQ r m t • 1 U U ®�`CS S Ozr. mOOdma tr�m 2 Y f — � � I I I T F =�� � � ? T ► �® � ® ZaLL au�= m ®AEI <ww �,marm=w mmU mQ¢?wm IL z z 7 w❑o w O W W W -.. - o a 7 v � d O w m Z r❑❑m x m E5wztK�w<n❑zz - W W¢ p>>O w m a U U o,Y r Ow o-.w�go2IF�x dram❑0�?r0-1 an O ZO W N N v n vi M nN o� o = O N ~ (A J h U w m 0 1 d m z o a N aY'$g, O Q �— W Q m OZJ 9p `W W g NfY� W "am w -�OF F;w y ap O F' w N o a 0 m Qz�¢ M� C W U O) 0) al, w NQ QoY IZn U O ❑ O O W�W j O W W_ N o tD iu11zuo ai UCL.n U w _ O z � M �I ¢z m �7 z z I- of0 O Q C7 ma O LU _ W G iV N N z tt z z zCc a' a O LL ail Ylll 2 O z m ¢ _ ¢ m X ❑ z @� a n a ¢ Q li w li a Q �� a Wa¢m N�a r F x a a o o a a ¢ ¢ ¢O H z w m(n w g J LL m FEZ- x ,QX M. x,n v> >a LL O w w ��uu Ir d F (7wNN m w vm X❑°rWn¢ m�� ❑aw °j N av am 5 a� a a D. z.' z a z Mm °'a�X� rLzN ��� �o z zz zr'�, z z- W iWw, �'� �qa II J N xw a x w� �� a> Ooa Oro i� �o �❑ > > > �� _ I �� z -r LLK�3 w w U < (7a��N ?mo OJ uiz :,Oa ¢p a p ¢o LLw Q �` W waQo g x ? oa axF❑ z xa ¢ �� 0 0 0 �m xa of ) -- o~a> z �m m=c �wX �ma v �� O 'lli ------' o a 3 ¢ a> 3w 0m Y� LL m�>a ¢a¢ Q w zZQ W amih C:w ��CD i U O ❑O mw O I II -O z� 9 2 LL Q r> o U a>� rn<w LL a�n .`� 0 U V W WaW'OOw S �Oz NLL�9-w i❑E Op j w w w ❑ C w mX =,o--1 Fw❑ -ww �n a a O O O a I V wuY.m� 3 j 0y� ^W UXm zza w�-`a O m o o to m m a0 1..._yi..._L o a2u ~�mw5 0° gym° - U o U a>ag > F K0 0C) m M x W m W❑= w U o �wm K��jm HUa -WiZF - LL _ 0 o Frw owz w a Xwg s.ow z�� "!'w W O O f3 ❑8w ❑ O i ?mwo< o z J Nei ��Vaa ooQ aao _ J 3 v x 3 mS a omOFa m LL wow OJ�n�Xn .aw }w L'� m 0 "'❑ }m z J-❑� wo CNI- wi-a �nr¢ �w ❑ U U U TiL 1.x o <Z W fn8 U K¢N r aw Fp wU W W a a a wZO W a m mom❑ wz of mUp 5,0 .�Q > > > Ur wrnzw� r 3 Y OZQ yOrH°¢ , ♦_♦♦♦ 2ooa w o``°z��_ Z a w �wz m�0am wzO o�� �a V �n v� (n�go� ZM �� >¢ O U w w z w W O z m 0 N O L W 0) O m w m wawa K W }OQ' 2 Y r w W��x Zt�` OQ F N� W mz �❑ V' f-W m m Q m wa, zI /^ yFrom o ¢ m ¢>~ Fo�aw N❑� a�i -z z ml I ._ - Fww O V w J� a $ 0 3z3 v,om=Y mow �wm -'¢ ¢ of c- zazwo Z w�� x 00 ¢¢ow YZOz z�J r❑ �w Z w l- ¢ a rn m ¢ ❑ xrw aaxr F. 'n w K ❑ zWO¢in w,aa �mLL Cj a m ¢ ¢ ¢ OwQUO = J �awmm m w� Ok> w�w0 F Ja omo z� a Za a�aYl N ~O w� ❑m0 �f/1="Z a'wv'1 ❑W? S c� z ❑YI�OJ a omo0� _ wa zxC) a❑ z r zOzxm K m x W O�((j x'zui❑ a ❑� wz- CL W- 7LLLL J ¢O jI_(n n M aKU Jj CKz' °¢K ^a /A Fes" �° 3z = z0 aaw 2 w, ooze, 0~❑ W V w w w w❑ a w t zT O_ r1 > �m oo z z a rc s LLz°Sz < m zQ j,o afo Oazo,. �,,u O`m'w. ¢° Z 4a 0 I 'oJ C) o W r U O OYO (7 aw JZU 2m0❑w zm w Ud❑ va Co ❑ .� - g Q p�LLaw z ❑N OS Ud4> �ULLQ ¢''Z �W Wc o ❑ 7 O O W O Z rt_ QK� YmOm� Yv,=3 W J w'rJ G CC' x N m Z C7 wo 3aa z"'❑ort ZM�U o03 J s a Q z Z <.w�LLO K ❑a tt m�arw Nli. z" -❑v m Ow c- wj❑m¢ N �a wmm F d °' a. a > > > ~ �F y wLL z 00 �� aNw ma'�>U a uUi� OF❑ <m ❑ ❑ Oof z 2❑-�� mU }m� amc,2 xx I- I- w w x x w w U ��❑ ° a m Ur K W w a=❑x� a did UQ<? I p, LY C: U U a ^ 'J U Y>Z ww a' W ttIZ OZw a'pm W Q wDO_ wdCw w� a a t� UJ m a d N tti>j� a 5z 00 QFw j iy>jUa�' �<w a - too 0 U > > > NIW.ZI ❑momm x1 wNo ��ma LLi¢m �iUW� - a a a v O x x _ F wo 0 0 < O W W.w W W U Q cc o o ❑ g za 3 Q ID C w _ 0 0 Z o ' o o J y, s m m a � .. W o w x D a�aalw z� x �� w w w m`g U how w'> (D m > U S¢ > K a z m vxWi F 3 k z J w a a r- W a Sol w J M ^ H o z O a =U m n LL Z 7 y W � U p X ¢F w K z z Q CDw w z U U Do Oww w w y omY ❑ m z U 0 - 8 w w xow o o w w ❑ m m l W w O O a m � w owz w a h- U _ a 0 U a x _ ZC s w Ix- r Ci LLI D m w J W LD Z Z d a W C) °' ° z > W z - J a Q z W w O w z LU m G H LL w j � a Y M W ¢ NN Q} O o � m d a �� �w w 0 y o a ww wo LL z > �o Q wUj O m _o❑U� Uw Qz LL} 2 oYYVm Q - � W W W w w Y s o o z °o $ > z J F.o J w z. Q ¢ O o~ wZ y W Q U } O i O z �= Ow z m z W z W c _ = o z a s uoi.o o: y. 3 � _ 'W = O ¢ N z M 0 z w o �w o= oo� zin m 0 of V^ 4 0 0 a z r F Z z z a W va w� 1Yz Ua a V w w g S z it C ❑ wo w > m aq. z c M L;'. > kYm �... `d z _ c z J r > s _ 03 om o m w z u� "Wi c MM r- ❑ o _ = w< o r ~ N Y O U U Y W N W ¢ N W U L O W w C LL - ` W d> mO p Q 2 �♦ N of V w ¢ O C 2 U 0 z a ¢ m ❑ Zi < 5 j F z - > a O a s U rC 00 F < w z 0 > W z - Q 1. Z z j w U O ? V z I a W O w s z J O o < g J o �� n ❑w o o v Y ❑ m o z c, F ❑ I- �- p ,.� - ,W ¢ ti a z w w W _o o a rrc m O c a a .- c z (3 O wT 0 1 uWa x x '� z -- n ¢ m a a z ❑~ - < wa I Z c c a ¢. w w z c: - x z a ¢�... FO < x x w w rA of ¢ 'J S O l C O z Z mm CL z u ¢ w < w o w z o xw d �' z c a ❑ n o rc a < o ^ w- a > > - > F w ❑ oixa❑<wx �U :.i W - g w m x F nm x>w ao H ¢ O U O 3 j/j N n tii 7 \ ..: W a n a < =- N 1 w ii S d ¢ ww z w� Q ww z i z F a z¢ x z W K Wa' ui o LLm m a 0 a �0 ttU OO m U z' W N- Z d N W W O N ma a�n �3 + Z N3 E J y CO ZO n- s y N - w w nn _ Q > uw Q N o c a N N o Q diQ o a m (4411- NN ''o w R' J O Q R Pp'CpN p H O (l^aI-I U ag N Z �� O a c m-Y Q U>U O w F \ W Q z �o`o m ro a Q_j >�o w di w IL W anln m C U N�.�- '� 8 ym 0- F' m N cii c F" N Q> �, - a o Y H Q H n �zs 4�p44' z F- z O Z F A o iu c. `o °>°� Hof�o� w w Wu Y 5 Q 0 Lp W ° � z��oo > w Clo -Iz j Nu aw a - c O oof�o w o x � �� U.-. O UUUa� N 0- da U' o ]Go a o I I I I I ...... - - --- .. .... ....... -- -........ ...........- -, ....... . ........ ...... -...__ ...-..._, �._.. I I I I I I I I ...._..._.. .---- .... - ..- ..... - T --.. - ... -_ -- - ----- ---- ----- -------.- ------ ------- ------ I I I � I I I III I IIII I ICI I I III I I I III I III I ICI I 11 I I II III I I I III I III I III I ............ II 11 I 11 IIII I I III I III I III I III I III I I I ................ _ .... --- . ... - - . ..... ....... - IIII I I I III III a°Z III I �o II I z ogz tQo z �o y III I zww a 3� i1111 ............... LL w°w III I o.. 0 z 0 I j W i c0y III I I p ¢yz o w Q III I Z oi� II I Q r p 0 U.....-- d zai3 I_.................... w Q Of - .......-. .- - -....- - - -..... z . .....- - _ - - ..-.... . -_ /- w FL z ZO _ yp p / w o ; Lj w u v '------ ---------- --`- I.1 ----- I_1__I� I r--- I I I I I I I I I I l�y - ... --... - _..._ I � ' t 1. - I 1 1 I I U o w _.. ... - - I LI o 1 I z Z 7 \ _...... -uz� I r OO �oLL� / 0: l 0 WwU U I ? i Al U_ I M I wQ V_ o°nwo o =w 1 w LL o s M I H I It --.-.._ _ ..._ -....-..-.. _ .._ _ ......_.- _............-....... i----.�..._°�....,--__a< —_ 1. I _ _ ... - �da I I I I I I I a I I I I I I I I I I I I I + O n d O I- d c14 ri ti ° ILJ ® U 2 W O� m 0 d N -- W Q O -i --� a F W a w K Q IL ��FW , V � F ` gg�� VI P o 00 ° o w o �� f o c o �.. aa .. w o < 9 Z ID tD "Yf'' 3 ' Q.Z tD d, YE W ¢1 2 55 Wm �� �O� NQNf fi '°' CL FJ.. IL Ni 3 Q> a c Y H s o z F- ED 0 QWz m g Lwil o o QO� O p rn �.� m ollLL WF-� c.. �' o >a f�T N W Zw uO L O l.11 °c � 1-�0 0 > W O W� Y 3 -j �_w a CL d C C O«.O of 10 W O 2 J 'o J� J= ~ � i3 o c�c)Ua� m a oa coo �co 00 o ............ .............- — — -_........... -- - - ...._ I I i I I z o II, I I I i�l, II III I I ; I I li I III i I I III ___.... - - t II II hill I I ao z i _.....1...._ III ; III I ! i II I ! I ! I i II: I II, III i III I II, I I 1..-_ w w z '�. ..._ ._.. - — .... ILL o ----------- Z a �= w W I Z N zo 0in 0, Lij o o0 J U 0 Ow Z 2 w 2 Z U z z x.. i X x ~x x x x x f x'- Q� w� ❑ ❑ x �� w 00 x xx x x ❑ o wa o�m ow x,--xT(4 w a mmi i I Y C z Y z I I ° __--_--W_-_.0.. ❑ w W W I a 2 rl I I j..i\ a- e o o o UO)N v Q $ O IN Q N 0 uo W ON °.i" � z c d W Q co Yi S F �Y' W 5 w R' U F W Dp'�°N `� F- z - N O N m Q Z>Q J W F a rc z o`o G ° co rc Wzao px rc a HwU z a)CL H �-a> QLLJ O r e- N ° H iL t z H J z a m al U`...aO UFoUU� mn w IL ° o �ccL W o lz oSo UILJ wq) �� z u oa-I �o w x > = ILO w N 2 U 0 oo U I I ' I I I I I I I I I - --...— - - -- ....... .- - -- -- r -- - — --- --- - -- -- I -- --- ----------------�-_. ___- - -_-----....................... ------------------ i I ' I III I III I Ill I I I 111 I I I Ili I l l - III I I I III I III I I III I I I III II III ............ I Ill I I l 111 I I , II I I I III I III I II l ........._...... _.........__..........._.................................._........................__................................................................................ ..................._..................................._...... __.... __.._�... III I I I III I II I z Ill l �o I Ill I z llll I I I Ili l fill i I III I I I Ili I I l III I III I I w III III I I I Ill I a IIII I — y Li _ .. p ° w 000 EMEMEMEMINIV* p - _-Q --- _ - -- Z —� Q a —. ..... -... ._ -._ ...... .�._ _. J I � a <0 ------ J o - zo i' n � O a <� zo ii'I L N I 0- 'RoI tJ NF w >°xzF¢z wa \ Q 2 °r-IH 0oo 0 i Un °cmo° ----..... 0 T I �Zzz o w z z CD a F . _. j ayo.. I _... \ , - C IJ rR77 I i o l ........... I i� it UC o v'.: x z 0 —�� �o x� XC, __ _ _ _..w ....... - - w Z.. ._ . -I - . -- __ ....... .... - -- - - o o LL .MOOP 3 I I w r K Q S a I I I I I I I I I I I I + Z d E g Q J a n d $d O O (- a U gP rn Mn "v �' _ di > N N 0 c w N 4 .E O d O0 N Q m NN W a w K J O C e O 00 N w Q >jey,3 .., , R ~ < y. I' c o z ao 0 o w ui w j°, z CID W < Z .0 .104 ° UC-zU``� c�°� °' ~ z I-a m o rn Q {°moo °X W c oa FrfW� m w w wv �; rc"i �w R u �NM =ate a ��c 0 0w40 w o x J Z �& J� Ji oa o U.. ° UUUaan rc N a Oa U{ o ]Gc� o 00 I I I I I -------------------------------------... ..-----. -------. -- F------�� I I I I I I I I I I —_ - - - -...... _.. - - _.......- ._..... ............... - — -' ----..._..............- --........... ............................... --._........... ...............-- ...................._.. _.. ..._..........._..... ---- _ I � I ......_. Lll I I I ( I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I \ ----------_ ..._.. ----... -------- -- - -- ---.. ....- - --.... _ _ _ - - _ _.... — � I- LIJ — � I t.la il..... =' 0U ZZ ao o z _.''. 0 z = A OZO ` ?ww a0 N Q LL Z O W 11 0tz- I ! I LL�F W j W 1 a Hm- O aE, oNz O z ¢p aZ.O ¢ Fa0 �X O z q?j W Z Z i¢-m ✓¢ zm? i aza mma W Z Q LU dam w m a I 7 1.w3 - zF aWj� I^ a3z d zm EL _.I o 30z It I a I �mz> _I 3w <I`� 2m mma �I ^..I I 0 > 0 0 ¢wa L LU a z• zo z� G� Cf:1 z I r-- I lA z N I I I I? mLLJ I mg z I a� m a dzv N I� �_ las '' CL N I I � � O z I i zl �w 7 I .... _ zw� ----J' co O i z C� I f IIII nXT7r __ O I ° 0aoIdl u (Y �w3 � � J I r N ; --------- > u>I adz mo ..._ _ U z��, ......... .ZZ � Illl l � ........ ..... . I_.1 ..... i, awd I I a I i I I I I -- aF� 4 omw°zo Ur) m�m1__ > _—�, I ------ aUWa II --- wzlzio oz z I' I I II L__ll__ .... 11---- III III II IL.. I'I � II I I I I II II II II II ,: II 'I I I'. I I I I II II II II II II II I! I If I I II II II II II II II !! 1 !! ! I II II II II it I! i' I II II II II II !i i! I II II II II II !I I! II II II II II I it f I II II II II I Y II II II o 11 I I II II II II II I it I- I I I I 3 o 1 II II - 111-_ . -J I-_ _ a..... ---� ---J l_. C ..... .uL... JI u u ..... 11. ....._ _I ... --..... ._. u -- .... _.... a